(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

MARYLAND 



m/gfi 







_ _ ,_ j 



s* J^ 



GRADUATE CATALOG 1987-1988 



COLLEGE PARK 



J4 



BOARD OF 
REGENTS 



Mr. Allen L. Schwait, Chairman 

Mrs. Constance C. Stuart, Vice Chairman 

Dr. Joel A. Carrington, Secretary 

Mr. A. Paul Moss, Treasurer 

Mrs. Betty R. Coss, Assistant Secretary 

Mr. John J. Mattras, Jr., Assistant Treasurer 

The Hon. Wayne A. Cawley, Jr., Ex Officio 

Ms. Geraldine Aronin 

Mr. Frank J. De Francis 

Mr. George V. McGowan 

Mr. Julius A. Rainess 

Mr. Robert F. Tardio 

Mr. Albert W. Turner 

Mr. Rodney Lydell Tyson 

Mr. John W. T. Webb 



OFFICERS OF THE 
UNIVERSITY 



Dr. John S. Toll, President 

Dr. Raymond J. Miller, Vice President for 

Agricultural Affairs 

Mr. Donald L. Myers, Vice President for General 

Administration 

Dr. Patricia S. Florestano, Vice President for 

Governmental Affairs 

Dr. David S. Sparks, Vice President for Academic 

Affairs and Graduate Studies and Research 

Dr. Jean E. Spencer, Acting Vice President for 

Policy and Planning 

Mr. Robert G. Smith, Vice President for University 

Relations 



OFFICERS OF THE 
COLLEGE PARK 
CAMPUS 



Dr. John B. Slaughter, Chancellor 

Dr. William E. Kirwan, Vice Chancellor for 

Academic Affairs and Provost 

Mr. Charles F. Sturtz, Vice Chancellor for 

Administrative Affairs 

Dr. A. H. Edwards, Vice Chancellor for Institutional 

Atffmrs {£dL*h*s~>jis%+4s*J~ 

Dr. William L. Thomas, Jr., Vice Chancellor for 

Student Affairs 



THE GRADUATE 
SCHOOL, COLLEGE 
PARK CAMPUS 



Dr. Jacob K. Goldhaber, Acting Dean for Graduate 
Studies and Research 



Cover Design by: Michael A Abemethy 

Design Service Project 

Cover photo provided by University Book Center. 



GRADUATE CATALOG 



The University of Maryland 
College Park 



1987-1988 




Raphael. Apollo and the Nine Muses, detail from Parnassus, Stanza della Segnatura, Vatican. 
Scala New York/Florence. Photo provided by Art Resources, NY, NY. 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Graduate Program 
(course code) 

Aerospace Engineering 
(ENAE) 



Degrees Offered Page Contact Person 



MS.. Ph D 



Agricultural & Extension Education M.S., Ph.D. 
(AEED) A.G.S. Certificate 



Agricultural & Resource Economics 


M.S. Ph D 


(AREC) 




Agricultural Engineering 


M.S., Ph. 


(ENAG) 




Agronomy 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(AGRO) 




American Studies 


M.A.. PhD 


(AMST) 




Animal Sciences 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(ADVP) 




Anthropology 


MA. A 


(ANTH) 




Applied Mathematics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


(MAPL) 




Architecture 


M Arch 


(ARCH) 




Art (History or Studio Art) 


M.A.. M.FJ 


(ARTS) 




Astronomy 


M.S.. PhD 


(ASTR) 




Biochemistry 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


(BCHM) 




Botany 


M.S., Ph.D. 


(BOTN) 




Business & Management 


M.S., MBJ 


(BMGT) 




Business/Law Combined 


MBA. J.D 


(LMBA> 





69 



70 



71 



73 



74 



75 



77 



79 



79 



83 



89 



91 



92 



96 



Dr Sung Lee 

Bldg. 088 

454-8767 

Dr. Merl Miller 

Rm. 0220, Symons Hall 

454-3738 

Dr Bruce Gardner 

Rm. 2210, Symons Hall 

454-3807 

Dr Fred Wheaton 

Rm. 1124, Shriver Lab. 

454-3901 

Dr. Marvin Aycock 

Rm. 1 109, H.J. Patterson Hall 

454-3718 

Dr John Caughey 

Rm 2140, Taliaferro 

454-2533 

Dr. John Vandersall 

Rm. 4151, Animal Science Bldg. 

454-7848 

Dr. Michael Agar 

Rm. 1115, Woods Hall 

454-5069 

Ms. Ann Barlied 

Rm. 1112, Glenn L. Martin Bldg 

454-2841 

Stephen F. Sachs 

Rm. 1205. Architec. Bldg. 

454-3427 

Ms. Connie McCuIley 

Rm 1211, Art/Soc. 

454-3431 

Dr. Leo Blitz 

Rm 0233. Computer & Space 

Sciences Bldg. 

454-6061 

Dr Marcia Durso 

Rm. 1320. Chemistry Bldg. 

454-2606/05 

Dr. Glenn Patterson 

Rm. 1210, H.J. Patterson Hall 

454-3812 

Ms. Mary Ann Walsh 

MBA Coordinator 

Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 

454-5140 

Ms Mary Ann Walsh 
Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 
454-5140 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Business/Public Affairs Combined M.B.A., M.P.M. 96 

(BMPM) 



97 



Chemical Engineering 
(ENCH) 


M.S., Ph D. 


Chemical Physics 
(CHPH) 


M.S., Ph.D. 


Chemistry 
(CHEM) 


M.S., Ph.D. 


Civil Engineering 

(ENCE) 


M.S., Ph.D. 


Classics 
(CLAS) 


M.A. 


Communication Arts &Theatre 
(CMRT) 


M.A.,M.F.A.,Ph.D 

(see Public 
Communication) 



Counseling & Personnel Services 
(EDCP) 

Criminal Justice & Criminology 
(CRIM) 

Curriculum & Instruction 
(EDCI) 



98 



100 



102 



103 



105 



Comparative Literature M.A., PhD 

(CMLT) 

Computer Science M.S., PhD 

(CMSC) 



106 



107 



M.Ed.. M.A . Ph.D. 109 

Integrated Master's 

AGS Certificate 

MA, PhD 112 



M. Ed, M.A, Ed. D. 113 

Ph D.. AGS Certificate 



Economics M.A., Ph D 

(ECON) 

Education Policy, Planning & 

Administration 

(EDPA) 

Electrical Engineering M.S., Ph D 

(ENEE) 

Engineering Materials M.S., Ph.D. 

(ENMA) 



115 



MA, M.Ed.. Ed. D, 117 

Ph.D.. AGS Certificate 



118 



120 



Ms. Mary Ann Walsh 

Rm. 3104. Tydings Hall 

454-5140 

Dr. Ted Smith 

Rm. 2115, Chemical Engr Bldg 

454-2431 

Ms. Diane Mancuso 

Rm. 1109, Inst, for Physical 

Science & Technology 

454-3839 

Dr. Marcia Durso 

Rm 1320, Chemistry 

454-2606/05 

Dr. James Colville 

Rm. 1I73D. Bldg. 088 

454-6617/2438 

Dr Robert J Rowland. Jr. 

Rm. 4220. Jiminez Hall 

454-2510 

Dr. Edward L. Fink 

Speech 

454-5122 

Dr. Gene Weiss 

Radio- Television-Film 

454-6218 

Dr Harry J. Elam 

Theatre 

454-6210 

Tawes Fine Arts Bldg. 

454-2541 

Dr Ralph Heyndels 

Rm. 4223. Jiminez Hall 

454-2685 

Ms Anna Marie Brennan 

Rm. 2313, Computing & Space 

Sciences Bldg 

454-2003/04 

Dr E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg 

454-2015/3443 

Dr. Charles Wellford 

Rm. 2220. Le Frak Hall 

454-4538/5318 

Dr. E. G Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg 

454-2015/3443 

Dr John Adams 

Rm. 31 15G. Tydings Hall 

454-3451 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg. 

454-2015/3443 

Dr Charles Silio. Jr. 

Rm. 3179D. Electrical Engineering 

454-4173 

Dr Manfred Wuttig 

Rm 1110. Chemical Engr. Bldg. 

454-1609 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



English Language & Literature 
(ENGL) 



M.A., Ph D 



Entomology 
(ENTM) 


M.S., 


PhD 


Family & Community 

Development 

(FMCD) 


M.S. 




Food, Nutrition & Institution 

Administration 

(FNIA) 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


Food Science 
(FDSC) 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


French Language & Literature 
(FRIT) 


MA. 


, Ph.D. 


Geography 
(GEOG) 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


Geography/Library & Information 
(GELS) 


M.A. 


, MLS. 


Geology 
(GEOL) 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


Germanic Language & Literature 
(GERS) 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


Government & Politics 
(GVPT) 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


Health Education 
(HLTH) 


MA. 


, Ph.D. 


Hearing & Speech Science 
(HESP) 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


History 
(HIST) 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


History/Library & Information 

Services 

(HILS) 


M.A. 


, M.L.S. 


Horticulture 
(HORT) 


M.S., 


PhD 


Human Development 
(EDHD) 


M.Ed 
Ph.D. 


., M.A., Ed.D., 
, AGS Certificate 



121 



122 



124 



125 



126 



129 



130 



Industrial. Technological & 
Occupational Education 
(EDIT) 



M.Ed., M.A., Ed.D.. 
Ph.D., AGS Certificate 



132 



133 



134 



135 



136 



137 



141 



142 



143 



145 



Dr. Theresa Coletti or 

Dr. John Howard 

Rm . 1131, Taliaferro 

454-4109 

Dr. Robert F. Denno 

Rm. BOOB, Symons Hall 

454-3843 

Dr. Roger Rubin or 

Dr. Leda Wilson 

Marie Mount Hall, Suite 1204 

454-2142/6461 

Dr. Merrill Read 

Rm. 3304, Marie Mount Hall 

454-2139 

Dr. Robert Wiley 

Rm. 11 22 A, Holzapfel Hall 

454-3611/2829 

Dr. William MacBain 

Rm 3122. Jiminez Hall 

454-4303 

Dr. Kenneth Corey 

Rm. 1113, LeFrak Hall 

454-2241 

Dr. Kenneth Corey 

Rm. 1113, LeFrak Hall 

454-2241 

Dr. Henry Siegrist 

Rm. 4101, Geology Bldg. 

454-3548 

Dr. Christoph Herin 

Rm. 3215, Jimenez Hall 

454-4301 

Dr. Don Piper 

Rm. 2181F. Le Frak Hall 

454-6745 

Dr. Robert Gold 

Rm. 2383, Physical Education 

Recreation and Health 

454-3055/2629 

Dr. Gerald McCall 

Rm. 0100, Le Frak Hall 

454-5831 

Dr Ronald Hoffman 

Rm. 2102G. Francis Scott Key Hall 

454-2846 

Ms. Jean Diepenbrock 

Dr. Ronald Hoffman 

Rm 4110, Hombake Library 

454-3016/2846 

Dr. Theophames Solomos 

Rm. 1122, Holzapfel Hall 

454-6504 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 

454-2015/3443 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 

454-2015/3443 



6 A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Journalism 


MA., (Ph D. see Public 


146 


(JOUR) 


Communication) 




Library & Information 


MLS.. Ph.D. 


148 


Services 






(LBSC) 






Linguistics 


MA.. Ph.D. 


150 


(LING) 






Marine-Estuarine-Environmental 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


151 


Sciences 






(MEES) 






Mathematical Statistics 


MA. Ph.D. 


153 


(STAT) 






Mathematics 


M.A.. Ph.D. 


155 


(MATH) 






Measurement. Statistics 


M.A., Ph.D. 


157 


and Evaluation 






(EDMS) 






Mechanical Engineering 


M.S., Ph.D. 


159 


(ENME) 






Meteorology 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


161 


(METO) 






Microbiology 


M.S., Ph.D. 


165 


(MICB) 






Music 


MM.. DMA., Ph.D. 


167 


(MUSC) 






Nuclear Engineering 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


170 


(ENNU) 






Nutritional Sciences 


M.S., Ph D. 


171 


(NUSC) 






Philosophy 


M.A., Ph.D. 


171 


(PHIL) 






Physical Education 


M.A., Ph.D. 


173 


(PHED) 






Physics 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


176 


(PHYS) 






Poultry Science 


M.S., Ph D 


179 


(POUL) 






Psychology 


M.S., MA.. PhD 


179 


(PSYC) 







School of Public Affairs 
(Public Management and 
Public Policy) 



M.P.M., M.P.P. 



181 



Dr. L. John Martin 

Rm 2104. Journalism 

454-5040 

Ms Jean Diepenbrock 

Rm 4110, Hombake Library 

454-3016 

Kathi Faulkingham 

Rm. 1107, Mill Bldg. 

454-7002 

Dr. Robert E. Menzer 

Rm. 0313, Symons Hall 

454-3714 

Dr. Paul Smith 

Rm. 1107, Mathematics Bldg. 

454-4944 

Dr. Jeffrey Cooper 

Rm. 1106, Mathematics Bldg. 

454-2841 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg. 

454-2015/3443 

Dr. Colin H. Marks 

Rm. 2168, Eng. Classroom Bldg. 

454-4261 

Dr. Robert G. Ellingson 

Rm. 2201, Computer & Space 

Science Bldg. 

454-2708 

Dr Anthony MacQuillan 

Rm. 3112A, Skinner Bldg. 

454-5370 

Mr Jack Cooper 

Rm. 2110, Tawes Fine Arts Bldg. 

454-6554 

Dr. Frank Munno 

Rm 2309. Chemical Engineering 

454-2430/2436/2812 

Dr. Joseph H Soares, Jr. 

Rm. 2145. Animal Sciences Bldg. 

454-7838/5062 

Dr. Jerrold Levins 

Rm. 1131. Skinner Hall 

454-2850/2851 

Dr. David Kelley 

Rm. 2343. Phys. Ed.. Recreation 

& Health Bldg 

454-2928 

Mrs. Jean Clement 

Rm 1120. Physics & Astro. Bldg. 

454-3514 

Dr. Owen P Thomas 

Rm. 3129, Animal Science Bldg. 

454-3837 

Dr Barry Smith 

Rm. 1 147, Zoo-Psych Bldg. 

454-6392 

Ms. Lynn E. Chasen 

Suite 2106, Morrill Hall 

454-7238 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



184 



186 



187 



189 



190 



192 



194 



195 



197 



Dr. Thomas J. Ay I ward 

Km 1206. Tawes Fine Arts Bldg. 

454-4373/2541 

Dr. Adah Strobell 

Rm. 2363, Phys. Ed. & Health 

454-3388/2930 

Dr. Joseph Lengermann 

Rm. 2103. Art/Soc. Bldg. 

454-5933 

Dr. Eduard Gramberg 

Rm. 2215G, Jiminez Hall 

454-4305/6 

Dr. E. G Campbell 

Rm. 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 

454-2015/3443 

Dr. B. F. Smith 

Rm. 2100, Marie Mount Hall 

454-5150 

Dr. Judd Nelson 

Rm. 0300, Symons Hall 

454-7134 

Ms. Barbara Williams 

Rm. 1113, LeFrakHall 

454-2662 

Dr. J. David Allan 

Rm. 2233, Zoo-Psych Bldg. 

454-7300 



Public Communications 


Ph.D. 




(PCOM) 






Recreation 


M.A. 


, Ph.D. 


(RECR) 






Sociology 


M.A. 


Ph.D. 


(SOCY) 






Spanish Language & Literature 


M.A., 


Ph.D. 


(SPAP) 






Special Education 


M.Ed 


, M.A. 


(EDSP) 


Ph.D. 


.AGS 


Textiles and Consumer Economics 


M.A. 


Ph.D. 


(TXCE) 






Toxicology 


M.S., 


Ph.D. 


Urban Studies 


M.A. 




(URBS) 






Zoology 


M.S., 


PhD. 


(ZOOL) 







Contents 



Contents 



Part 1: General Information 
Admission to Graduate School 

General 11 

Criteria for Admission 11 

Eligibility 12 

Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 13 

Non-degree Admission Categories 13 

Offer of Admission 16 

Change of Status or Program 16 

Termination of Admission 17 

The Admission Process 17 

Admission of Faculty 19 

Application Instructions 19 

International Students 19 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 20 



Fees and Expenses 

Graduate Fees 20 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and 

Charge-differential Purposes 21 

Payment of Fees 22 

Refund of Fees 22 

University Refund Statement 23 



Fellowships, Assistantships, and Financial 
Assistance 

Fellowships 24 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 24 

Assistantships 25 

Work-Study Program 25 

Graduate Tuition Grants 25 

Loans and Part-time Employment 26 

Veterans Benefits 27 



Contents 



Registration and Credits 

Academic Calendar 27 

Developing a Program 27 

Course Numbering System 28 

Designation of Full and Part-time Students 28 

Minimum Registration Requirements 29 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 29 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 29 

The Inter-Campus Student 30 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 30 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 31 

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 32 

Credit by Examination 32 

Transfer of Credit 32 

Course and Credit Changes 33 

Grades for Graduate Students 35 

Computation of Grade Point Average 35 

The Academic Record 36 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees ... 36 
Graduate School Requirements for the M. A., M.S. 

Thesis Option 37 

Non-thesis Option 37 

Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree 38 

Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 38 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral Degrees . . 38 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 39 

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 40' 

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the 

Dissertation Defense 41 

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis 

or Dissertation 42 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 42 

Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 42 

Time Extension Governing Degrees 42 

Waiver of Regulations 43 

Commencement 43 



1 Contents 



Resources 

Location 43 

Special Research Resources 44 

Special Opportunities for Artists 45 

Libraries 45 

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 47 

Consortia 61 



Student Services 

Housing 64 

Dining Services 65 

Career Development Center 65 

Counseling Center 66 

Health Care 66 

Health Insurance 66 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 67 



Part 2: Graduate Programs 69 

Part 3: Graduate Course Descriptions 201 

Part 4: The Graduate Faculty 517 

Part 5: Other University of Maryland Campuses 593 

Part 6: Appendices 595 

University Policy Statements 595 

Policies on Non-Discrimination 595 

Resolution on Academic Integrity 595 

Code of Student Conduct 598 

University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records 598 

Index 605 

Campus and Area Maps 



Admission to Graduate School 1 1 



General Information 



Admission to Graduate School 

General 

Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research and the staff, who regularly seek the advice of the de- 
partment chair and graduate admission committees of the academic programs in mak- 
ing their decisions. In the case of foreign student applicants, the University's 
Director of International Education Services is also consulted. Standards applied by 
the Graduate School and individual programs are to insure that students admitted have 
high qualifications and a reasonable expectation of successfully completing a graduate 
program. Standards for admission to doctoral programs are frequently higher than 
those for admission to master's programs. In many degree programs applications by 
qualified students for admission to graduate study regularly exceed the number of stu- 
dents who can be accommodated. In order to maintain programs of outstanding quali- 
ty, the number of spaces in each program is limited according to the availability of fa- 
culty, special resources, and funds for students requiring financial assistance. The 
Graduate School admits the most highly qualified applicants up to the limit of the 
number of spaces in each program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Those who have earned or will earn a bachelor's degree at a regionally accredited 
college or university in the United States, or the equivalent of this degree in another 
country, will be considered for admission to the Graduate School at UMCP. 

The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on a combina- 
tion of the following criteria according to requirements of the specific program or de- 
partment: 

1. Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The 
Graduate School requires as a minimum standard a B average or 3.0 
on a 4.0 scale, in a program of study resulting in the award of a bac- 
calaureate degree from a regionally accredited college or university. If 
an applicant has studied at the graduate level elsewhere less weight may 
be, but is not necessarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate 
academic record. Some programs may require a minimum grade aver- 
age higher than 3.0 for admission. 

2. Strength of letters of recommendation from persons competent to 
judge the applicant's probable success in graduate school. Usually 
these letters are from the applicant's former professors who are able to 
give an in-depth evaluation of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses 
with respect to academic work. Additional recommendations may 
come from employers or supervisors who are familiar with the 
applicant's work experience. Applicants should instruct their references 



1 2 Admission to Graduate School 



to send all letters of recommendation directly to the program in which 
they desire entrance. (See application form.) 

3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the 
predictive utility of these scores may vary from one group of applicants 
to another, a discriminating use of all relevant materials will be made 
in each applicant's case. The three most widely used standardized ex- 
aminations are the Graduate Record Examinations, Graduate 
Management Admissions Test, and the Miller Analogies Test. 

GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS (GRE): Although many 
graduate programs do not require the GRE, almost all will use such 
test scores as an additional measure of an applicant's qualifications. 
The GRE may be taken in either or both of two forms: The General 
Test and The Advanced Test. Applicants can take this test in their 
senior year or when filing for admission. For details, applicants 
should write directly to Graduate Record Examinations, Educational 
Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, NJ 08540. 

GRADUATE MANAGEMENT ADMISSIONS TEST (GMAT): 
Details about this test, required when applying to a program in 
Business and Management, can be obtained by writing to the 
Educational Testing Service, Box 966, Princeton, NJ 08540. 

THE MILLER ANALOGIES TEST (MAT): Details about the grad- 
uate form of this test can be obtained by writing to the Director, 
Counseling Center, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 
20742. 

For information on the programs requiring one of these tests, please 
see the List of Graduate Programs in this catalog and the instructions 
accompanying application forms. 

4. Statement by the applicant of academic career objectives and their 
relation to the intended program of study. These statements help the 
department or program identify students whose objectives are consonant 
with the objectives of the program. 

5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require other 
evidence of graduate potential, such as a portfolio of creative work, 
completion of specialized examinations, or personal interviews. 

Notes about Eligibility for Admission 

1. Prospective students may apply for admission to the University of 
Maryland during or after their final year of undergraduate study, but 
must furnish proof of graduation before the end of their first term of 
enrollment at the University. 

2. Prospective students applying for admission to a graduate degree pro- 
gram in a field of specialization in which they already hold that same 
degree or its equivalent may do so only if the previous degree program 
was of substantially different character or was not accredited. 



Admission to Graduate School 1 3 



3. Prospective summer-only students applying for entrance in either of the 
two summer sessions should check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to de- 
termine if the courses they wish to take will be offered. To obtain this 
publication, write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, 
College Park, MD 20742. 

4. Non'U.S. Citizens who are permanent residents and or immigrants may 
use regular applications. Other non-U. S. citizens must use the 
International Student Application Form obtainable from the Office of 
Graduate Admissions, Graduate School, University of Maryland, 
College Park, MD 20742. 

Categories of Admission to Degree programs 

Applicants for degree programs may be admitted to either full or provisional status 
as outlined below: 

Full Graduate Status 

Applicants admitted to full graduate status must have submitted official documents 
indicating a completed baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution 
(or the equivalent) and be otherwise fully qualified in the judgment of the individual 
program and the Graduate School. 

Provisional Graduate Status 

Students may be admitted to provisional status because: 

1. The previous academic record is borderline or prerequisite coursework 
in the chosen field is insufficient; or 

2. The applicant has majored in another field with a creditable record but 
has not yet clearly demonstrated abilities in the proposed new field; or 

3. The applicant has completed the baccalaureate degree but has not yet 
submitted official verification of the last semester's work and receipt of 
the degree. 

Official transcripts indicating receipt of the degree must be submitted before the 
end of the first semester. 

A program to correct any deficiencies in preparation will be outlined by the faculty 
and the student is expected to become fully qualified within a specified time limit. 
When all conditions have been met, the department may recommend admission of the 
student to full status. Students who are unable to qualify for full admission under the 
conditions specified may have their admission terminated. 

Non-degree Admission Categories 

Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist Program is designed to promote a high level of 
professional competence in an area of specialization in the field of education. The 
candidate must be able to show that he or she can operate as an effective counselor, 
administrator, teacher or skilled person in a major field of professional endeavor. The 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate is offered through most of the programs in 



1 4 Admission to Graduate School 



the College of Education and the Agricultural and Extension Education program in the 
College of Agriculture. The Certificate is awarded by the College of Education or by 
the College of Agriculture. Requirements are as follows:. 

1. Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as are 
prescribed for degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must have 
completed a master's degree or the equivalent in credits earned either at 
the University of Maryland or at another regionally accredited institu- 
tion. The Miller Analogies Test scores are required at the time of ap- 
plication. 

2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least a 
"B" from an accredited institution may be transferred to the program at 
the University of Maryland. 

3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and 
filed with the Graduate Studies office in the College of Education. 

4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a mini- 
mum of 60 semester hours of credit with not less than 30 semester 
hours of credit completed with the University of Maryland. At least 
one half of the credits earned either at other institutions or at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland must be in courses comparable to those in the 
600-800 series. The student may be required to take a substantial por- 
tion of the program in departments other than those in the College of 
Education or the College of Agriculture. Registration in certain kinds 
of field study, field experience, apprenticeship or internship may also 
be required. 

5. There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B" 
average with no "D" or "F" grades will be required before the certifi- 
cate can be awarded. 

For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures; Advanced 
Graduate Specialist Program in Education," issued by the College of Education. 

Advanced Special Student Status 

The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an opportunity to indi- 
viduals who do not have an immediate degree objective in mind to take graduate level 
courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate School is to conduct pro- 
grams of graduate instruction leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty wel- 
comes, to the extent that resources allow, qualified students who have no degree ob- 
jectives. Unofficial transcripts or photocopies of diplomas will be accepted with the 
application for evaluation purposes, but by the end of the first semester of enrollment, 
the student must submit official copies of all required documents. Official transcripts 
must be submitted from all institutions except the University of Maryland, College 
Park. 

Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must satisfy one of 
the following criteria: 

1 . Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution 
with an overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit official 



Admission to Graduate School 1 5 



transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate de- 
gree requirements. 

2. Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited 
institution. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the 
award of a master's or doctoral degree. 

3. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution 
and have at least four years of successful post-baccalaureate work 
or professional experience. Applicants must submit an official tran- 
script showing the award of the baccalaureate degree. 

4. Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 50 percentile 
of appropriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as 
the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's 
Analogies Test, the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where 
different percentiles are possible, the Graduate School will determine 
which score is acceptable. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status will normally continue for five 
years. If there is no registration in three consecutive academic year semesters, the 
admitted status will lapse, after which a new application will be required. 

Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point average. 

Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees. Students in this 
status are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate Teaching or Research 
Assistants or Fellows, or receive other forms of financial aid. All other services, e.g. 
parking, library privileges, etc., are the same as those accorded to other graduate stu- 
dents. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to be used as a pre- 
paratory program for later admission to a doctoral or master's program nor to the 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program. No more than six credits earned 
while in this status may be applicable to a degree or certificate program at a later 
time, with the approval of the faculty in the desired program, if the student is subse- 
quently accepted for degree or certificate study. For consideration of admission to a 
degree program at a later time, the student must submit a new application. 

Visiting Graduate Student Status 

A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school who wishes to enroll in 
the Graduate School of the University of Maryland at College Park and who intends 
thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is matriculated, may be admit- 
ted as a Visiting Graduate Student. 

Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good standing in another 
recognized graduate school. The applicant need not submit full transcripts of credits, 
but must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate School and pay the application 
fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student may have the appropriate graduate dean certify, 
in writing, to the Graduate School that the student is in good standing and that the 
credits will be accepted toward the graduate degree. Unless otherwise specified, ad- 
mission will be offered for one year only. 



1 6 Admission to Graduate School 



Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of Maryland 

The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses and services 
of the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years of age or older, who are re- 
sidents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired persons will be con- 
sidered those who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for more 
than 20 hours per week). People meeting these requirements may apply for graduate 
admission, either as degree or nondegree students, and must meet the same admis- 
sions criteria pertaining to either category as do all applicants. Once admitted and 
having been issued the Golden Identification Card, such persons may register for 
courses in any sessions, subject to the same restricions as any other student, and use 
the library and other campus facilities during the time they are enrolled in courses. 
Tuition fees will be waived for holders of the Golden Identification Card. 

Admission to an Institute 

Application for admission to a special institute (e.g.. National Science Foundation) 
should be made directly to the director of the institute. If admission to the Graduate 
School is also necessary, the decision will be based on the same criteria for admitting 
other degree applicants. Admission to an institute does not imply that the individual 
will be automatically admitted in any other status at the University of Maryland at a 
later date. The status terminates upon completion of the institute in which the student 
was enrolled. A new application must be submitted for admission to any other gradu- 
ate status or program. 

Students already admitted to a regular graduate degree or nondegree status may 
also qualify for participation in an institute. 

Offer of Admission 

Applicants admitted to the Graduate School will receive a written offer of admis- 
sion from the Graduate School which specifies the date of entrance. The offer of ad- 
mission must be responded to. If the applicant wishes to accept, decline, or change 
the effective date of the offer, the Graduate School must be notified or the offer of 
admission becomes void. Failure to register for the authorized term also voids the 
offer of admission. If the offer of admission is voided, the applicant must submit an- 
other application in order to be considered for admission in a subsequent semester. 

Graduate students must consult their academic department for precise registration 
information. 

Change of Status or Program 

Students are admitted only to specified programs for specified objectives. New ap- 
plications are required under the following conditions: 

1. If the student wishes to change programs (students may be admitted to 
only one graduate program at any one time); or 

2. If the student wishes to change status (from nondegree to degree); or 

3. If the student wishes to pursue a new degree objective (change from 
master's to doctoral degree). 



Admission to Graduate School 1 7 



Admission to a new program and/or status is not granted automatically. Each ap- 
plication is subject to approval. 

Termination of Admission Status 

A student's admission terminates when time limits for the completion of the degree 
or nondegree status have been exceeded or when the student is no longer in "good 
standing." Admitted applicants who fail to register during the term for which they are 
admitted will also be terminated. Students must maintain an average grade of B or 
better in all graduate courses taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional depart- 
mental and Graduate School program requirements. The admission of all students, 
both degree and nondegree, is continued at the discretion of the major professor, the 
department or program director, and the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

The Admission Process 

To be considered for admission to the University of Maryland College Park 
Graduate School each applicant must obtain and complete the application form, fol- 
lowing all instructions. An application may be obtained by writing directly to the 
Graduate School, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742. 

Each applicant must submit the following items in order to be considered for ad- 
mission: 

1 . A completed application form. 

2. An application fee of twenty dollars (do not send cash). Effective July 
1988, the application fee will be twenty-five dollars. 

3. Two complete sets of transcripts reflecting all undergraduate and gradu- 
ate work elected or in progress. Each transcript must bear the signature 
of the registrar and the seal of the granting institution and should in- 
clude the years of attendance, courses taken, grades received, class 
standing, and the degree, certificate, or diploma received. If the appli- 
cant attended UMCP, the Graduate School will obtain the records of 
courses completed on the College Park Campus. To facilitate the pro- 
cessing and review of an application, send two sets of unofficial copies 
of transcripts from institutions other than the University of Maryland 
College Park Campus. Official copies of those transcripts are required 
before full admission can be granted. 

4. Three letters of recommendation submitted by professors or others who 
can assess the quality of the applicant's academic performance and 
scholastic potential. Letters of recommendation should be sent directly 
to the academic department in which the applicant is interested. Be 
certain that the applicant's full name is included on each recommenda- 
tion. 

5. Each applicant must prepare a 300-500 word statement of the 
applicant's goals and objectives in pursuing graduate study. 

6. Standardized Test Scores. Many departments and programs require ap- 
plicants to submit scores of standardized examinations, either the 



1 8 Admission to Graduate School 



Graduate Record Examination (GRE), the Graduate Management 
Admission Test (GMAT) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). To de- 
termine if one of these examinations is required for admission to the 
department or program to which the applicant is applying, please con- 
sult the listing at the end of the brochure. If standardized test scores 
are required the applicant may write to the following addresses for 
further information: 

Graduate Record Examinations 

CN 6004 Educational Testing Services 

Princeton, NJ 08541-6004 USA 

Graduate Management Admissions Test 

Box 966 

Princeton, NJ 08541 USA 

Miller Analogy Test 
Psychological Corporation 
7500 Old Oak Blvd. 
Cleveland, OH 44130 USA 

Examination scores should be sent directly to the department or pro- 
gram to which you are applying. 

7. Departmental Requirements. Some departments and programs require 
additional information such as a portfolio or other supplementary ma- 
terials. It is important that applicants contact the department or pro- 
gram to which they are applying for information concerning additional 
admission requirements. Failure to do so may result in an application 
not being considered. 

8. Calculation of Grade Point Average. All applicants must calculate se- 
parate grade point averages for the following categories: (1) all courses 
taken for the baccalaureate; (2) all credits earned after the first 60 cred- 
its for the baccalaureate; (3) credits which constitute the undergraduate 
major; and (4) all credits taken beyond the bachelor's degree. All 
grades are to be converted to a four-point grading system. Pass/fail, 
satisfactory, completed credit, and similar grades are not included in 
these calculations. 

All numerical, alphabetical, or equivalent grades, except as already 
noted, must be calculated as follows: 

a. Multiply quarter credit hours by (.66) to convert to semester credit 
hours. 

b. Multiply the number of semester credit hours for each course by the 
number of quality or honor points earned, as follows: A=4; B=3; 
C=2; D=1;F=0. 

c. Divide the total number of quality points by the total number of se- 
mester credit hours. The quotient will be your grade point average. 



Admission to Graduate School 1 9 



Admission of Faculty 

No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland having the rank 
of Assistant professor or above is permitted to enroll in a program leading to an ad- 
vanced degree at this institution. Faculty who wish to take course work for personal 
enrichment may wish to investigate the Advanced Special Student status. 

Application Instructions 

Application Deadlines 

Students should pay special attention to the deadlines listed in each application 
booklet. In general it is to the student's advantage to apply well before the published 
deadline, particularly if the applicant wishes to be considered for fellowships, assis- 
tantships, or other forms of financial aid. The Graduate School recommends that stu- 
dents time their applications, transcripts, and letters of recommendation to arrive be- 
fore February 1 . Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that their tran- 
scripts have, in fact, been received by the Graduate School. 

If possible, the application should arrive before the arrival of transcripts and other 
supporting evidence of preparation, if these materials cannot be attached to the appli- 
cation . 

Application deadlines for the Fall and Spring Semesters are listed below: 

1. Fall (Aug.) and Spring (Jan.) Semesters — Each department, in consul- 
tation with the Graduate School, sets its own deadlines for Fall se- 
mester entrances for U.S. citizens, resident aliens, and refugees. 

2. International Students-All citizens of foreign countries must submit ap- 
plications for admission by the following dates:. 

a. Fall — February 1 of prior academic year (unless the department in 
which you are interested sets an earlier deadline). 

b. Spring —June 1 of prior academic year. 

Summer School 

Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions are urged to 
check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they wish to take will 
be offered in a particular session. To obtain this publication, write to Summer 
Sessions Office, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

International Students 

Foreign students seeking admission to the University of Maryland should not plan 
to leave their country before receiving an official offer of admission from the 
Graduate School. 

1 . All citizens of foreign countries must submit applications for admission 
in accordance with stated deadlines. 

2. Special Notes for International Students: 

a. Academic Credentials: The complete application and official tran- 
scripts or mark sheets with English translations must be received in 
the Graduate Admissions Office prior to stated deadlines. 



20 Admission to Graduate School 



b. English Proficiency: Applicants must demonstrate English language 
proficiency by taking the Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) since all foreign students are expected to read, speak, un- 
derstand and write English fluently. 

c. Financial Resources: Each applicant must furnish a statement of 
financial status to the Office of International Education Services. 
Approximately $14,550.00 annually is required for educational and 
living expenses. 

d. Immigration Documents: Applicants admitted to graduate study will 
be issued a student visa where appropriate. No foreign student 
seeking admission should leave his/her country before obtaining an 
official offer of admission from the Associate Dean for Graduate 
Studies. 

e. Non-U. S. Citizens should address any questions to the Director, 
International Education Services, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742, USA. 

Reporting Upon Arrival: 

Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International Education 
Services, North Administration Building, as soon as possible after arrival at the Uni- 
versity. This Office will be able to assist not only with various problems regarding 
immigration, housing, and fees, but also with problems relating generally to orienta- 
tion to university and community life. 

Questions concerning criteria and requirements for foreign applicants should be ad- 
dressed to the Director, International Education Services, University of Maryland, 
College Park, MD 20742. 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 

All records including academic records from other institutions, become part of the 
official file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. Students 
should obtain an additional copy of their official credentials to keep in their posses- 
sion for advisory purposes and for other personal requirements. 

The admission credentials and the application data of applicants are retained for 18 
months only and then destroyed in the following cases: 1) Applicants who do not reg- 
ister for courses at the time for which they have been admitted; 2) Those whose appli- 
cations have been disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond to the departmental 
requests for additional information; and 4) Those whose applications are not complete 
with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or test results. 

Fees and Expenses 

Graduate Fees * 

Application fee $20.00 

A non-refundable $20 application fee and a separate application must be submitted 



Fees and Expenses 21 



for each program in which entrance is sought. Effective July, 1988, the application 
fee will be $25.00 

The University is pleased to waive the application fee if the student has been ad- 
mitted to and has attended the University of Maryland, College Park Graduate School 
previously. 

Tuition Per Credit Hour: 

Resident Student $99.00 

Non-Resident Student $176.00 

Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay graduate tuition fees whether or 
not the credit will be used to satisfy program requirements. A graduate student who 
wishes to audit a course must pay the usual graduate tuition. 

Continuous Registration Fee (per semester) $10.00 

Graduation Fee 

Master's Degree $25.00 

Graduation Fee 

Doctor's Degree $50.00 

Mandatory Fees* 

(Students taking 1-8 credits) $56.00 

(Students taking 9 or more credits) $90.50 

The fees and waivers listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to 
press and are offered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees charged 
in a particular semester are published in the Schedule of Classes for that semester. 

*For a breakdown of the "Mandatory Fees," consult the "Schedule of Classes." 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition and Charge- 
Differential Purposes 

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and charge- 
differential purposes will be made by the University at the time a student's application 
for admission is under consideration. The determination made at that time, and any 
determination made thereafter shall prevail in each semester until the determination is 
successfully challenged. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in-state 
status and for submitting all documents for reclassification is the last day of re- 
gistration for the semester the student wishes to be classified as an in-state 
student. 

The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay in completing 
the review process. It is hoped that a decision in each case will be made within nine- 
ty (90) days of a request for determination. During this period of time, or any further 
period of time required by the University, fees and charges based on the previous de- 
termination must be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess fees and 
charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or who wish as- 
sistance with their classification should contact: Office of Residency Classification, 



22 Fees and Expenses 



1116 Francis Scott Key Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Payment of Fees 

Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are satisfied. 
Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it cannot assume responsibil- 
ity for their receipt. If a student does not receive a bill on or before the beginning of 
each semester, it is the student's responsibility to obtain a copy of the bill at Room 
1103, South Administration Building, 8:30-4:30, Monday through Friday. 

The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan. Payment for 
past due balances and current semester fees are due on or before the first day of 
classes. 

It is the policy of the University not to deter payment on the basis of a pending ap- 
plication for financial assistance to an outside agency, including Veterans 
Administration benefits, bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, etc. 

Students will be severed from University services for delinquent indebtedness to the 
University. In the event that severance occurs, the individual may make payment 
during the semester in which services were severed and all services except housing 
will be restored. A $25.00 Restoration of Services fee will be assessed in addition 
to payment for the total past due amount. 

State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central Collections Unit, and 
in accordance with State law the University is required to turn over all delinquent ac- 
counts to that office for collection and subsequent legal action. 

Refund of Fees 

A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Registrations Office before the offi- 
cial first day of classes entitles the student to a full credit or refund of semester tui- 
tion. 

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registration must follow 
the withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of Classes." Students will find the 
necessary forms for withdrawal in the Records Office. The effective date used in 
computing refunds is the date the withdrawal form is filed. "Stop Payment" on a 
check, failure to pay the semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not constitute 
withdrawal. 

A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the Division of 
Business Services; otherwise any credit on the student account will automatically be 
carried over to the next semester. 

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition in accordance 
with the following schedule: 

Period from date Refundable tuition 

Instruction begins only (Additional 

fees non refundable) 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 



Fees and Expenses 23 



Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks No refund 

University Refund Statement 

Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for refund only if 
the student completes the prescribed withdrawal procedures or is dismissed from the 
University. Residence Hall and Dining Services charges are authorized for refund 
only if the student completes the prescribed residence hall and dining services contract 
release procedures. Please refer to current "Schedule of Classes" for complete refund 
information and procedures. 

Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 

The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today and makes 
every effort to offer financial assistance through a variety of programs to qualified 
students. Approximately one-half of all full-time graduate students receive financial 
support which may include remission of tuition fees, teaching and research assistant- 
ships, the work-study program, and University and state fellowships. Referrals for 
on-campus or area employment opportunities for students and students' spouses are 
also available in various departments and in specific student service centers on cam- 
pus. 

Admission to a graduate program is a prerequisite for the award of a teaching or 
research assistantship, a fellowship, a traineeship, a loan, or a work-study award. 
Please be sure that all required documents for your application for admission, as well 
as the appropriate application for financial aid, have been submitted. Some awards 
are made on the basis of the applicant's academic merit, others on the basis of need. 

There are three campus units which administer the primary forms of financial sup- 
port: the Graduate School, the individual programs, and the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. The Graduate School processes applications for the University of 
Maryland Fellowships (application deadline: February 1) and the Other Race Grants 
(application deadlines: early November and May). The individual programs award 
graduate teaching and research assistantships (priority application deadline: March 1) 
and nominate students for the Graduate Fellowships (to be considered for nomination, 
apply by February 1). The Office of Student Financial Aid processes College Work- 
Study and National Direct Student Loans (priority date for consideration; February 
15). To be considered for the priority date in the Office of Student Financial Aid. 
you must have submitted a completed Financial Aid Form (available at most colleges 
throughout the country and by request from the Office of Student Financial Aid), 
financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any other required documentation to be 
received by the Office of Student Financial Aid by February 15. Note that the 
Financial Aid Form must be sent to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton for 
analysis, which takes approximately 4 weeks. 

A more detailed description of the various forms of financial assistance is given be- 
low. 



24 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 



Fellowships 

A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic merit and 
promise. All applicants for fellowships must be admitted to the Graduate School on a 
full-time basis to be eligible. Inquiries and requests for appropriate forms should be 
directed to the Graduate Fellowship Office, University of Maryland, College Park, 
MD 20742. 

The Maryland Fellowships Program, established by the State Legislature and ad- 
ministered by the Graduate School, provides a limited number of fellowships to quali- 
fied applicants who are enrolled in doctoral programs. The stipend is $4,000 for the 
academic year, with remission of tuition. These fellowships carry a three year non- 
renewable tenure, for students making satisfactory progress toward the degree. 

Deadline for the application, which is available from the Fellowship Office of the 
Graduate School, is February 1. 

The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a competitive basis. 
Students cannot apply directly for the award; rather they must be nominated by the 
department in which they intend to enroll. The stipend, which includes remission of 
tuition, is $7,650 for the 1987-88 academic year. The standard application for de- 
partmental financial aid will serve as an application for this fellowship program and 
must be submitted by February 1 directly to the department in which you seek admis- 
sion. Awards are based on merit. 

Other Race Grants. This grant is intended to increase the participation of black 
students in graduate education at the College Park campus. Students who are first- 
year students and students in disciplines in which blacks are underrepresented will be 
given preference. 

Applicants for the Other Race grant must: 

1 . be citizens or permanent resident aliens who are classified as Maryland 
residents; 

2. be admitted as degree-seeking students; 

3. be willing to register as full-time students; 

4. be able to demonstrate special merit or need. 

The individual educational grants vary, and have ranged from $500 - $7,650. 
Tuition is also remitted for up to 10 credits per semester. Students may apply for 
reappointment on a yearly basis for up to three years. Additional details and applica- 
tion materials are available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School. 

In addition to these University sponsored fellowships, the Graduate School has a 
Fellowship Information Office which lists fellowships and grants available from out- 
side agencies. 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 

First-time graduate students who are residents of the state of Maryland and have an 
undergraduate GPA of 3.60 or better from an accredited American college or universi- 
ty may ask their departments to nominate them for a Graduate Tuition Scholarship. If 
you think you qualify, please mark the appropriate space on the departmentally- 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 25 



administered financial aid form. Departments may have additional criteria, e.g., full- 
time status, for nomination of students in their program. 

Assistantships 

Offers of assistantships, which are made by the individual departments, are contin- 
gent upon the applicant's acceptance as a graduate student by the Graduate School. 
Departments may set additional criteria. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students in 
many departments and programs. In addition to remission of tuition, these carry ten 
or twelve month stipends ranging, in 1987-88, from $7,650 to $9,480. Applications 
for assistantships should be made directly to the department in which the applicant 
will study. 

Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are available in 
some departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For information, inquire in the in- 
dividual department or program. 

Resident Graduate Assistantships. in limited number, are also available. In 
1987-88, the 12 month stipend is $9,180, plus remission of tuition in exchange for 
part-time work in undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff members. 
These Resident Assistantships are open to both men and women. Applications for a 
Resident Graduate Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human Resources, 
Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742. 

Administrative Assistantships. Many offices on campus currently have graduate 
assistant positions. For further information, contact the Fellowships Office, or the in- 
dividual office or department. 

Work Study Program 

The University has in operation a College Work-Study Program which offers part- 
time opportunities for students who demonstrate sufficient financial need. Every ef- 
fort is made to match the student's interests and career goals with suitable assign- 
ments. Graduate students who are awarded work- study are usually given positions in 
their programs, according to their experience and skill, assisting with research projects 
or administrative duties. To apply, you must submit to the Office of Student 
Financial Aid a Financial Aid Form, developed by the College Scholarship Service 
and available at most colleges throughout the country or by request from the Office of 
Student Financial Aid, financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any other required 
documentation. For priority consideration, all materials must be received in the 
Office of Student Financial Aid by February 15. 

Graduate Tuition Grants 

These grants, which are awarded on the basis of financial need, provide remission 
of tuition of up to ten credits. Recipients must enroll as at least half-time students. 
To apply complete the regular University financial aid application. 



26 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 



Loans and Part-Time Employment 

National Direct Student Loan Funds are available to graduate students of the 
University of Maryland. Applicants must be United States nationals (citizens perma- 
nent resident status, or recognized refugees). Loans are approved based upon finan- 
cial need. Repayment begins six months after the borrower leaves school, and no 
interest is charged until the beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest after that 
date is charged at the rate of five percent per annum. Repayment of the loan, includ- 
ing interest is deferred during the time the borrower may be in military service, the 
peace Corps, VISTA, and ACTION, up to a period of three years, as well as during 
time of continued study on at least a half-time basis. Applications should be directed 
to the Director, Office of Student Financial Aid, North Administrative Building. Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742, by February 15 for the fall semester. 

Guaranteed Student Loan programs which have been established for State of 
Maryland residents through the Maryland Higher Education Loan Corporation, permit 
students to borrow money from their hometown banks or other local financial institu- 
tions. When the student's adjusted gross income, or that of his/her parents in the case 
of dependent students, exceeds $30,000, students must submit documentation, to de- 
termine need. Graduate students in good standing may borrow up to $5,000 per year, 
but state agencies and individual banks may set their own limits up to this amount. A 
five percent origination fee will be deducted from the face value of each student's 
loan. In 1987-1988, new notes bear 8% simple interest. Students who previously 
borrowed at 7% or 9% may continue to borrow at that rate. Monthly repayments be- 
gin six months after graduation or withdrawal from school. The federal government 
will pay the interest for eligible students while the student is in school. Further de- 
tails regarding this program for Maryland residents may be secured from the Office of 
Student Financial Aid. For prospective non-Maryland borrowers unable to obtain in- 
formation concerning the particular loan programs of their states, the Office of 
Student Financial Aid can provide necessary information. 

PLUS Loans. Under this federal loan program, $3,000 per year (up to a $15,000 
total) may be borrowed at 12% interest. The award is based on the cost of university 
attendance, and there is no financial needs test. Repayment of the loan begins im- 
mediately, with the exception of full-time students, who can have the principal de- 
ferred. For application forms, contact the Financial Aid Office, or the lender. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid, located in the North Administration 
Building, serves without charge as a clearinghouse for students seeking part-time 
work and employers seeking help. Many jobs are available in the residence halls, li- 
braries, laboratories, and elsewhere on and off campus. All full-time students seeking 
work are welcome to visit the office and consult referral lists. A computer scholar- 
ship search is also available. 

Additional information may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid, 
Student Employment Section, located in Room 2114, North Administration Building, 
Telephone: 454-3046. 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 27 



Veterans Benefits 

Recent federal legislation has had significant impact on the veteran-graduate stu- 
dent. People who originally were entitled to 36 months of V.A. Educational 
Benefits now have a total of 45 months of educational benefits. The new complement 
of benefits can be used for graduate work. 

See the Veterans Section of the Current "Schedule of Classes" for other current in- 
formation. 

The University of Maryland Veteran's office assists veterans, their dependents, and 
servicemen and women with all V.A. related questions and problems. This office 
can offer you help in getting your monthly educational assistance checks, as well as 
other less known but available benefits. Some of these are compensation for service 
connected disabilities, guaranteed home loans, and vocational rehabilitation services 
for disabled veterans. 

Related information, such as facts on individual state bonuses, removal of derog- 
atory SPN codes from your military discharge (DD214), and University of Maryland 
Veterans Club activities, is also available. 

The Veteran's office is located in Room 1108, North Administration Building. 
Telephone 454-3430. 

Registration and Credits 

Registration for courses is ongoing during most of the time that the University is in 
session. Information concerning registration procedures, deadlines, and current tuition 
and expenses is found in the "Schedule of Classes," published regularly by the Office 
of Registration and Records. Students interested in summer session courses should 
consult the Summer Session "Schedule of Classes," obtainable from the Office of 
Summer Sessions, Reckord Armory. 

Academic Calendar 

The Academic Calendar is printed in the "Schedule of Classes" for each semester. 
The Graduate School has an "Important Dates" card for graduate students, which lists 
deadlines for submitting requirements for degrees in a particular academic year. 

Developing a Program 

The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules and 
procedures of the Graduate School and all applicable department or graduate 
program requirements which govern the individual program of study. 

Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a degree or certificate 
begins with a visit to the student's academic advisor in the graduate program or de- 
partment to which the student has been admitted. There the student will obtain infor- 
mation about specific degree or certificate requirements, which supplement those of 
the Graduate School. 

The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will develop, in consulta- 
tion with a graduate faculty advisor, an individual program of study and research. 



28 Registration and Credits 



Students admitted to Advanced Special Status may seek advice from the Office of 
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research or from appropriate faculty members. 

The Associate Dean for Graduate Student Affairs is the individual to whom re- 
quests or petitions for exceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate degree require- 
ments should be addressed and to whom appeals from decisions of departmental or 
program faculty or administrators should be directed. 

Course Numbering System 

Courses are designated as follows: 

000-099 Non-credit courses. 
100-199 Primarily first-year courses. 
200-299 Primarily sophomore courses. 

300-399 Junior and senior courses not acceptable for credit toward graduate degrees. 
400-499 Junior and senior courses acceptable for credit toward some graduate de- 
grees. 

500-599 Professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, Medicine) and post- baccalaure- 
ate courses not for graduate degree credit. 
600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. 
799 Master's thesis credit. 
899 Doctoral dissertation credit. 

The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the course and 
the last two digits are used for course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 
are courses that are repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable courses must end in 
through 7. 

Graduate credit will not be given unless the student has been admitted to the 
Graduate School. The student is warned that no credit earned while in a Non-degree 
Student Status-Undergraduate will be applied at a later date to a graduate degree pro- 
gram. 

Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate Students 

In order to reflect accurately the involvement of graduate students in their programs 
of study and research and the use of University resources in those programs, the 
Graduate School uses the graduate unit in making calculations to determine full or 
part-time student status in the administration of the minimum registration requirements 
described below and in responding to student requests for certification of full-time stu- 
dent status. The number of graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in 
the following manner: 

Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 899 carries 18 units/credit hour. 

To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student must be officially regis- 
tered for a combination of courses equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate as- 



Registration and Credits 29 



sistants holding regular appointments are full-time students if they are registered for at 
least 24 units in addition to the assistantship. Courses taken for audit do not generate 
graduate units and cannot be used in calculating full-time or part-time status. The 
University of Maryland may alter this system in the near future. 

Minimum Registration Requirements 

All graduate students, masters and doctoral, making any demand upon the academ- 
ic or support services of the university, whether taking courses, using university li- 
braries, laboratories, computer facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with fa- 
culty advisors, taking comprehensive or final oral examinations, must register for the 
number of graduate units which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor, accurate- 
ly reflect the student's involvement in graduate study and use of university resources. 
In no case will registration be for less than one credit. 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 

Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy must register each se- 
mester, excluding summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. 

Dissertation Research 

Those who have not completed the required semester credit hours of Dissertation 
Research (809) must register for a minimum of one credit of research each semester. 
(See the following sections for specific doctoral degree registration requirements.) 
Doctoral candidates whose demands upon the University are greater than that repre- 
sented by this minimum registration will, of course, be expected to register for the 
number of units which reflect their use of University resources. 

Continuous Registration 

Doctoral candidates who have completed the required minimum of credit hours of 
Dissertation Research (899), and who are making no use of University resources, 
must meet a Continuous Registration requirement, in each semester, except for 
summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. This requirement is met by submitting 
the Continuous Registration Form and paying the $10.00 Continuous Registration fee, 
in person or by mail, directly to the Graduate School. Forms and fees must be re- 
ceived before the end of the eighth week of classes during the fall and spring se- 
mesters. Continuous Registration forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, 
Room 2117, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, 
MD 20742. 

Failure to comply with the requirement for maintaining Continuous Registration 
will be taken as evidence that the student has terminated the doctoral program, and 
admitted status to the Graduate School will be terminated. A new application for ad- 
mission, with the consequent reevaluation of the student's performance, will be re- 
quired of a student wishing to resume a graduate program, whose admission has been 
terminated under this regulation. 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 

The Graduate School recognizes that physically handicapped students may derive 
considerable educational benefit from courses which include laboratories or other 



30 Registration and Credits 



non-classroom activities in which the student is prevented from participating because 
of the handicap. It is therefore, the policy of the Graduate School to allow handi- 
capped students to enroll in such courses, complete only those parts of the course that 
their physical capabilities permit, and receive credit for the course proportionate to 
their levels of participation. 

Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to enroll in such courses but par- 
ticipate only in certain aspects of them, should consult the Associate Dean for Student 
Affairs in the Graduate School. The Dean will assist the student in making the neces- 
sary arrangements with the department offering the course, the department supervising 
the student's graduate program, and the Registration Office. The final agreement as 
to the student's level of participation and the amount of credit to be awarded will be 
specified in an agreement to be drawn up by the Graduate School and signed by all 
parties concerned. 

The Inter-Campus Student 

A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the University is eli- 
gible to take courses on any other campus of the University with the approval of the 
academic advisor and the graduate deans on the home and host campuses. Credits 
earned on a host campus are resident credit at the home campus and meet all degree 
requirements. Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be maintained on the 
home campus, and fees will be paid to the home campus. Forms for registration as 
an inter-campus student may be obtained from the Graduate School offices on any 
campus of the University. 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 

The University of Maryland College Park is a member of the Consortium of 
Universities of the Washington Metropolitan Area. Other institutions currently associ- 
ated with the consortium include the American University, The Catholic University of 
America, the George Washington University, Howard University, University of the 
District of Columbia, Gallaudet College, Mount Vernon College, and Trinity College. 
Students enrolled in these institutions are able to attend certain classes at the other 
campuses and have the credit considered "residence" credits at their own institutions. 
The consortium program permits both undergraduate and graduate students to partici- 
pate. The policies governing registration through the Consortium arrangement are 
listed below. 

UMCP Graduate Students 

1. University of Maryland College Park degree-seeking graduate students 
may take courses at other consortium schools, to be treated as UMCP 
residence credits, with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies 
of the degree program in which they are enrolled. 

2. No more than 25% of the course credits required for the UMCP gradu- 
ate degree may be taken at other consortium schools through the con- 
sortium arrangement. Practica, internships, workshops and similar ex- 
periential learning courses cannot be taken at other consortium schools. 

3. Significant factors to be considered by the Director of Graduate Studies 



Registration and Credits 31 



may include but are not limited to: 

a. Unavailability of a similar of comparable course at UMCP within a 
reasonable time frame. Mere convenience is not adequate justifica- 
tion. 

b. Possible enhancement of the student's overall program in a way not 
possible at UMCP, as by the presence of unique faculty or the 
availability of a course not offered at UMCP. 

c. The level and content of the course, including the nature of prere- 
quisite coursework. 

Visiting Students 

1. Students from other consortium schools may register for University of 
Maryland College park courses on a space available basis beginning 
with the first day of classes. 

2. Courses for majors in departments or colleges at UMCP that have se- 
lective admission programs will not normally be available to students 
from other consortium schools. 

3. Students from other consortium schools are expected to meet all prere- 
quisites for UMCP courses for which they wish to enroll. 

4. Students from other consortium schools will not normally be permitted 
to register for practica, workshops, internships and other experiential 
courses at UMCP. 

5. Students from other consortium schools who have previously applied 
for admission to a UMCP graduate degree program and have been 
denied admission will be permitted to register for graduate courses in 
that program only with the specific approval of the Director of 
Graduate Studies of the program. 

6. Students from other consortium schools who have been dismissed from 
UMCP for disciplinary or financial reasons will not be permitted to en- 
roll in courses at UMCP under the consortium arrangement. 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 

A senior in the final semester at the University of Maryland at College Park who is 
within seven credit hours of completing the requirements for an undergraduate degree 
may, with the approval of the undergraduate dean, the department or program offering 
the course, and the Graduate School, register for graduate courses. These may later 
be counted for graduate credit toward an advanced degree at the University, if the stu- 
dent has been approved for admission to the Graduate School. The total of under- 
graduate and graduate courses must not exceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess 
credits in the senior year cannot be used for graduate credit unless proper prearrange- 
ment is made. Seniors who wish to register for graduate credit should inquire at the 
Graduate School, Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs, 2125 South 
Administration Building, for information about the procedure. 



32 Registration and Credits 



Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the depart- 
ment or program offering the course, undergraduate students may register for graduate 
level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with the exception of 799 and 
899, for undergraduate credit. 

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year, have 
earned an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have successfully completed, with 
a grade of "B" or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and be a major in 
the appropriate or a closely related department. The student will be required to obtain 
prior approval of the department offering the course. 

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply subsequent de- 
partmental or Graduate School approval for admission into a graduate program, nor 
may the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the University of Maryland. 

Credit by Examination 

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at the 400 
level previously identified by the appropriate department or program. As a general 
rule, credit by examination is not available for courses at the 600, 700, or 800 levels 
for, in the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a con- 
tinuing interaction between faculty and students to achieve the educational goals of 
advanced study. 

Students may receive credit by examination only for courses for which they are 
otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in which the 
student is enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may be 
earned in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination must obtain 
the consent of their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. 
Once the student begins the examination, the grade earned will be recorded. 

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are avail- 
able or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per course re- 
gardless of the number of credits or units to be earned. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at region- 
ally accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may 
be applied toward master's degrees at the University of Maryland. There is no need 
for transfer of credit at the doctoral level. All graduate study credits offered as 
transfer credit must meet the following criteria: 

1 . They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned. 

2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree 
previously earned. 

3. They must have been taken within the time limits applicable to degrees 
awarded by the Graduate School. 

4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at 
Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree pro- 



Registration and Credits 33 



gram the student is pursuing at Maryland. 

5. The student must have earned a "B" or better in the courses offered for 
transfer credit. 

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the 
master's degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement. 

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the necessary 
transcripts and certification of department or program approval to the Graduate School 
as promptly as possible for its review and decision. 

Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit 

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time less 
than a normal academic semester or summer session and offering graduate credit to 
the participants must meet the following criteria: 

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit. 

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture. 

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem 
working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session. 

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three 
"contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits) 

3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per 
week. 

Course and Credit Changes 

A graduate student may change elections (drop a course, add a course, change be- 
tween audit and credit status, change the number of credits for a course within the 
listed range, cancel registration or withdraw from the University) by obtaining the ne- 
cessary approvals and observing the published deadlines and procedures. The dead- 
lines are published each term in the "Schedule of Classes;" the procedures governing 
each of these transactions are listed below. 

Procedures for Dropping a Course 

A graduate student may drop a course through the 10th week of classes in a term 
by submitting a Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registrations Office, North 
Administration Building. Currently, there is a $2.00 charge for each drop processed 
after the 10th day of class. There is no refund of tuition and fees for drops processed 
after the 5th class day (see "Schedule of Classes"). 

Procedure for Adding a Course after Registration 

A graduate student may add a course until the 10th day of classes in a term (see 
"Schedule of Classes" for precise date each term), without paying the $2.00 adminis- 
trative fee and without Graduate School approval. 

To add a course: 

Submit Schedule Adjustment Form to the Registration Office, North Administration 
Building (an appointment is necessary during the first ten days of class. See 
"Schedule of Classes" for further details). 



34 Registration and Credits 



After the 10th day of classes all graduate students are required to obtain: 

1 . Departmental and instructor authorization stamped or written on the add 
slip. 

2. Approval of the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Students, 
2125 South Administration Building, for each add. 

Approved requests must be promptly delivered to the Records Office, 1101 North 
Administration Building. 

Procedures for Late Registration 

Students registering after the established registration period and before the end of 
business hours on the tenth day of classes in each term must call the Office of 
Registrations and Records for an appointment to register during the late registration 
period. Students registering after the established registration period (i.e., beginning 
with the schedule adjustment period) will be assessed a $20 late registration fee. 

To register after the tenth day of classes a graduate student must: 

1 . Obtain the approval of the department written or stamped on the regis- 
tration form. 

2. Obtain the written approval of the Office of the Associate Dean for 
Student Affairs, 2125 South Administration Building. A written ex- 
planation of the circumstances involved may be required. 

Procedures for Credit Level Change and Change of Grading Option 

Students wishing to change their grading option or credit level in a course may do 
so without special approval until the tenth class day each term. After the tenth class 
day, departmental and Graduate School authorization is required until the end of the 
tenth week. No credit level changes or grading options are permitted after the tenth 
week of classes. 

1 . Exceptions to this deadline require the written approval of the instructor 
and the approval of the Graduate School . 

2. The departmental stamp must be placed on the change of grading 
option/credit level form. 

3. Approved forms should be submitted to the Registrations Office, North 
Administration Building. 

Procedures for Withdrawal from the University 

Graduate students wishing to cancel their admitted status and withdraw permanently 
from the University may do so at any time. The procedure for withdrawal is to write 
a letter of resignation to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. This letter will be 
reviewed and processed and the necessary offices notified. Please note that although 
students may withdraw during the course of a given term, they are liable for all fees 
and other obligations due the University, and their academic records will reflect their 
status at the time of withdrawal. It should be noted that readmission to the same pro- 
gram is not possible should the student wish to return to the University at some later 
time. 



Registration and Credits 35 



Procedure for Cancelling Registration for a Term 

To cancel a registration for a given term, after the stated deadlines, a graduate stu- 
dent must provide a written explanation, endorsed by the graduate director of his or 
her program, to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. If appropriate, the request 
will be processed and, if fees are involved, the necessary adjustments made. Please 
note that the cancellation of one's classes during the course of a given term is not 
meant to be used as a means of avoiding poor grades. 

Grades for Graduate Students 

A minimum grade point average of 3.0 for all graduate level courses taken is re- 
quired in order to be in good academic standing and for graduation with a graduate 
degree. Graduate students are required to meet all departmental and program rules 
and regulations. Departments and programs may stipulate requirements more strin- 
gent than those minimally expected by the Graduate School. 

Grading Systems 

The Conventional A through F grading system is used in graduate level courses. 

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be used, at the discretion of 
the department or program, for certain types of graduate study. These include courses 
which require independent field work, special projects, or independent study. 
Departmental seminars, workshops, and departmental courses in instructional methods 
may also be appropriate for the S-F grading system. 

The "Pass-Fail" grading system is a grading option for undergraduates. However, 
in certain cases, a Department or program may give permission for a graduate student 
to use the Pass-Fail option for any 100-300 level courses that a student takes. 
Graduate credit may not be earned for these courses. 

Thesis and dissertation research, and courses labelled "Independent Study" or 
"Special Problems," may use either the A-F or the S-F grading system. 

Only one grading system will be used for a single course in a particular semester. 
The grading system will be designated by the department or program offering the 
course. 

Computation of Grade Point Average 

The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality 
points. The grades of D, F, and I receive no quality points. After a student is matri- 
culated as a graduate student, all courses taken numbered 400 and above (except 
500-level courses), those numbered 799 or 899, and those graded with an S, will be 
used in the calculation of the grade point average. A student may repeat any course 
in an effort to earn a better grade. The later grade, whether higher or lower, will be 
used in computing the grade point average. Grades for graduate students remain as 
part of the student's permanent record and may be changed only by the original in- 
structor on certification, approved by the department chair and the Dean for Graduate 
Studies and Research, that an actual mistake was made in determining or recording 
the grade. 

No course taken after August 23, 1974, will be considered "not applicable" for the 



36 Registration and Credits 



purpose of computing the grade point average of a graduate student. No graduate 
credit transferred from another institution will be included in the calculation of the 
grade point average. 

The Academic Record (Transcript) 

A graduate student's academic record (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete 
history of the student's academic progress at the University of Maryland. As such, it 
cannot be altered except in conformance with stated Graduate School policies go- 
verning change of election. Under no circumstances will the academic records be al- 
tered because of dissatisfaction with a grade or other academic accomplishment. 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees 

Programs 

The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must constitute a 
unified, coherent program which is approved by the student's advisor and by the 
Graduate School. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit towards a 
graduate degree is required (some degree programs require more than 30 credits); in 
certain cases, six of the thirty semester hours must be thesis research credits. The 
graduate program must include at least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or 
higher. If the student is inadequately prepared for the required graduate courses, ad- 
ditional courses may be required, which may not be considered as part of the 
student's graduate program. Credits to be applied to a student's program for a 
master's degree cannot have been used to satisfy any other previously earned degrees. 

Grade-Point Average 

The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average grade of "B" 
(3.0) in all courses taken for graduate credit. 

Time Limitation 

All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a five year 
period. This time limit applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be in- 
cluded in a student's program. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate require- 
ments may be imposed, especially for degrees which are offered only in one depart- 
ment, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the course descrip- 
tions which appear in this catalog or the special publications which can be obtained 
from the department or college. 



Degree Requirements 37 



Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of Master of Arts and 
Master of Science 

THESIS OPTION 

Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research credit (799) 
is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours 
required in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be earned in the major subject. No 
less than one-half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of 
twelve, must be selected from courses number 600 or above. 

Thesis Requirement 

A thesis must be submitted for the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees 
except for those programs in which a non-thesis option has been approved by the 
Dean in conformity with the policy of the Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis 
is the responsibility of an examining committee appointed by the Dean, on the recom- 
mendation of the student's advisor. The advisor is the chairperson of the committee, 
and the remaining members of the committee are members of the graduate faculty 
who are familiar with the student's program of study. The chairperson and the can- 
didate are informed of the membership of the examining committee by the Dean. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be found in the Thesis 
Manual, which may be obtained from Room 2117, South Administration Building. 

Oral Examination 

A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has completed 
the thesis to the satisfaction of the student's advisor, providing all other requirements 
for the degree have been completed, and a 3.0 grade point average, computed in ac- 
cordance with the regulations described under "Grades for Graduate Students" has 
been earned. 

The examining committee, with a minimum of three members, conducts the oral 
examination (an additional comprehensive written examination may be required at the 
option of the department or program). The chairperson of the examining committee 
selects the time and place for the examination and notifies other members of the com- 
mittee and the candidate. Members of the committee must be given a minimum of 
seven school days in which to read the thesis. The duration of the examination is 
normally about an hour, but it may be longer if necessary to insure an adequate exam- 
ination. 

The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be unanimous. 
Students may present themselves for examination only twice. The report of the com- 
mittee, signed by each member, must be submitted to the Dean for Graduate Studies 
and Research no later than the appropriate date listed in the "Important Dates for 
Advisors and Students" if the student is to receive a diploma at the Commencement in 
the semester in which the examination is held. 

NON-THESIS OPTION 

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees without thesis 



38 Degree Requirements 



vary slightly among departments and programs in which this option is available. 
Standards for admission are, however, identical with those for admission to any other 
master's program. The quality of the work expected of the student is also identical to 
that expected in the thesis programs. 

The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are a minimum of 30 
semester credit hours in courses approved for graduate credit with a minimum average 
grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in 
courses numbered 600 or above; the submission of one or more scholarly papers; and 
successful completion of a comprehensive final examination, a portion of which must 
be written. 

A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected to meet the 
same deadlines for application for a diploma and for final examination reports estab- 
lished for all other degree programs. 

For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see the list of 
Graduate programs in the Catalog. 

Requirements for the Degree of Master of Education 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree 
with the following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade average 
of B. Grades for courses not a part of the program but taken in gradu- 
ate status will be computed in the average. 

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 with the re- 
mainder at least in the 400 series. Some departments require courses in 
departments outside of those in Education. 

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of coursework. 
A part of the examination may be oral. 

4. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or two seminar pap- 
ers. 

5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 45 1 . 

6. Test battery. 

For further details, see "Statement of Policies and Procedures: Master's Degrees in 
Education," issued by the College of Education, and descriptions of departmental pro- 
grams. 

Requirements Applicable to other Master's Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture, Master of 
Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of Music, and Master of 
Fine Arts are given under the individual Graduate program entries in those fields. 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Doctoral Degrees 

Credit Requirements 

The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral degree regi- 
ster for a minimum of 12 dissertation research credits, but the number of research and 



Degree Requirements 39 



other credit hours required in the program varies with the degree and program in 
question. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the departments may 
elect, are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy. 

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within five years after 
admission to the doctoral program and at least one academic year before the date on 
which the degree will be conferred. 

It is the responsibility of the student to submit an application for admission to can- 
didacy when all the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. Applications for 
admission to candidacy are made in duplicate by the student and submitted to the ma- 
jor department for further action and transmission to the Graduate School. 
Application forms may be obtained at the Graduate School Records Office. 

Time Limitation 

The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including the disser- 
tation and final examination, during a four year period after admission to candidacy. 
Extensions of time are granted only under the most unusual circumstances. If stu- 
dents fail to complete all requirements within the time allotted, they must submit an- 
other application for admission to the Graduate School and, if readmitted, another ap- 
plication for Advancement to Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program prerequi- 
sites prior to Advancement to Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral degree. 
The topic of the dissertation must be approved by the department or program commit- 
tee. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any doctoral degree 
must register for the prescribed number of semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation 
Research (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will be found in the 
Thesis Manual, which may be obtained from the Graduate School Records Office. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate require- 
ments may be imposed, especially for those degrees which are offered in only one de- 
partment, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the descrip- 
tions which appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the 
special publications which can be obtained from the department, college, or division. 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high 
attainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in independent research. It is not 
awarded for the completion of course and seminar requirements no matter how suc- 
cessfully completed. 



40 Degree Requirements 



Foreign Language Requirement 

A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. The student should inquire in the department regarding this re- 
quirement. Students must satisfy the departmental or program requirement before 
they can be admitted to candidancy for the doctorate. 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement stipulating a specific number of course 
credits in either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the Graduate School to 
encourage the development of individual programs for each student who seeks the 
Ph.D. To that end, the academic departments and interdisciplinary programs have 
been directed to determine major and minor requirements, levels or sequences of re- 
quired courses, and similar rquirements for submission to the Graduate Council for 
approval. 

Admission to Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 

Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an original disser- 
tation on a topic approved by the department or program. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree must register for a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral re- 
search (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 

1. A dissertation committee must consist of a minimun of five members, 
at least three of whom must be regular members of The University of 
Maryland Graduate Faculty. Additional committee members may be 
required or invited to serve at departmental discretion. 

2. Each dissertation committee will have a chair, who must be a regular 
member of the Graduate Faculty. Dissertation committees may be co- 
chaired upon written recommendation of the department graduate direc- 
tor or chair and the approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies and 
Research. At least one of the co-chairs must be a regular member of 
the Graduate Faculty. 

3. Each committee shall have appointed to it a representative of the Dean 
for Graduate Studies and Research. This person must be a regular 
member of the Graduate Faculty at The University of Maryland College 
Park and must be from a department other than the student's home de- 
partment. In cases where a student is in an interdisciplinary department 
or program, the Dean's Representative must be from a program outside 
the departments and programs involved in the interdisciplinary endeav- 
ors. 

4. Individuals from outside The University of Maryland system may serve 
on dissertation committees provided that their credentials warrant this 



Degree Requirements 41 



service and upon the written request of and justification by the depart- 
ment involved. These individuals must, however, be in addition to the 
minimum required number of regular members of the College Park 
Graduate Faculty. 

5. Emeriti and retired professors may serve on dissertation committees 
provided they are members of the Graduate Faculty. 

6. Graduate Faculty who terminate employment at The University of 
Maryland may be regarded for dissertation committee service purposes, 
as members of the Graduate Faculty for a 12-month period following 
their termination. During that time they may chair individual disserta- 
tions and theses and work with students as necessary. After that time, 
they may no longer serve as chairs of dissertations, although they may 
be placed in the status of co-chair. After they leave UMCP, faculty 
may not serve as Dean's Representative. 

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the Dissertation Defense 

Each doctoral candidate is required to orally defend his/her doctoral dissertation as 
a requirement in partial fulfillment of the doctorial degree. The final oral defense of 
the dissertation is conducted by a committee of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the 
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research upon the advice of the candidate's disserta- 
tion advisor and department graduate director. 

Oral defenses must be attended by all members of the officially established doctoral 
examining committee as approved by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 
Should a last minute change in the constitution of the committee be required, said 
change must be sanctioned by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research in consul- 
tation with the graduate director of the student's home department and the student's 
dissertation chair. 

Notice of doctoral defenses must be published in the student's home department at 
least 5 days before the scheduled event. All doctoral defenses must be open to 
Graduate Faculty of The University of Maryland, College Park campus and any other 
interested parties whom the chair of the dissertation committee, in consultation with 
the Graduate Director of the department, believe to be appropriate. Departments may 
wish routinely to open dissertation defenses to a broader audience, in which case de- 
partmental policies must be established, recorded and made available to all doctoral 
students. 

Oral defenses of dissertations must be held in University facilities that are readily 
accessible to all members of the committee and others attending the defense. 

Two or more negative votes constitute a failure of the candidate to meet the disser- 
tation requirement. In cases of failure, it is required that the examining committee 
specify in detail and in writing to the department graduate director, the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research, and the student the exact nature of the deficiencies in 
the dissertaion and/or the oral performance that led to failure. A second defense is 
permitted, which if failed, results in termination of the student's admitted status. 



42 Degree Requirements 



Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis or Dissertation 

1. A graduate student may, upon the recommendation of the dissertation 
director, and with the endorsement of home department graduate direc- 
tors or chairs, include his or her own published works as part of the 
final dissertation. Appropriate citations within the dissertation includ- 
ing where the work was previously published are required. All such 
materials must be produced in standard dissertation format. 

2. It is recognized that occasionally a graduate student will co-author 
works with faculty and colleagues which should be included in a disser- 
tation. In such instances, the graduate student may include those works 
but only upon the recommendation of the dissertation advisor, the ap- 
proval of the department graduate director or chair and the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research. In a co-authored paper, it is incumbent 
upon the examining committee to determine that the student made a 
substantial contribution to the paper which is being included. The for- 
mat of such inclusions must conform to be standard dissertation format. 
A forward to the dissertation, as approved by the Dissertation 
Committee, must state that the student made the primary contributions 
to the relevant aspects of the jointly authored work included in the dis- 
sertation. 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.D) degree are for the most part 
the same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the College of Education. 
The Ed.D. project requires a minimum of 6 semester hours of dissertation credit, 
while the Ph.D. requires a minimum of 12 semester hours of dissertation credit. 
Consult the Graduate Studies Office in the College of Education and the individual 
department for additional details. 

Requirements for other Doctoral Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Musical Arts are given un- 
der the corresponding program description. 

Time Extensions Governing Degrees 

Students who fail to complete all requirements by the prescribed deadlines may pe- 
tition their departments in order to seek up to a one year extension of time in which 
to complete the outstanding requirements. This extension may be granted by the de- 
partment, which must then notify the Graduate School in writing of its decision. The 
Graduate School will confirm this decision in writing to the student and adjust the 
computer database accordingly. Students who fail to complete all requirements for 
the degree following the granting of a time extension by the department must seek 
any additional extension by petitioning the department. If the department supports the 
request, it must forward the request to the Graduate School for review. In such 
cases, the Administrator of Graduate Admissions and Records evaluates the request in 
light of the written explanation provided, and may grant up to one additional year's 
extension. The Graduate School decision will be communicated in writing to each 



Degree Requirements 43 



petitioner and a copy will be sent to the student's home department. 

Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a Regulation 

All policies of the Graduate School have been formulated by the Graduate Council, 
the governing body of the Graduate School, with the goal of ensuring academic quali- 
ty. These policies must be equitably and uniformly enforced for all graduate students. 
Nevertheless, circumstances occasionally occur which warrant individual considera- 
tion. Therefore, if a graduate student believes that there are compelling reasons for a 
specific regulation to be waived or modified, the student should submit a written peti- 
tion to the Graduate School, Room 2125 South Administration, explaining the facts 
and issues which bear on the case. In all instances, the petitions must be reviewed by 
the departmental graduate director or chair and, if the petition involves a course, by 
the course instructor. If both of these people recommend approval and so state in 
writing, it is then forwarded to the Graduate School for final review. 

Commencement 

Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions and 
Registrations within the first three weeks of the semester in which the candidate ex- 
pects to obtain a degree, except during summer session. During the summer session, 
the application must be filed during the first week of the second summer session. 
Exact dates are noted for each semester and the summer sessions in 'important Dates 
for Advisors and Students." Failure to meet specific deadlines may result in a delay of 
one or more semesters before graduation. 

If, for any reason, students do not graduate at the end of the semester in which 
they have applied for the diploma, they must re-apply for it in the semester in which 
they expect to graduate. 

Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement exercises. Those 
who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the University of Maryland 
student supply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks before the date of commence- 
ment but may be cancelled later if students find themselves unable to complete the re- 
quirements for the degree. 



Resources 

Location 

In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the best of all 
possible worlds. Situated on 1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the College Park 
Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., which is rapid- 
ly becoming the nation's capital in cultural and intellectual activity as well as political 
power. The Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Filene Center, and the 
many fine area theaters regularly present performances by the world's most exciting 
and renowned artists. The Smithsonian Museums and the National Gallery of Art, 
among others, sponsor outstanding collections and special exhibits that attract national 
attention. In addition to cultural activities, the nation's Capital provides interested 
students the opportunity to observe at first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit 



44 Resources 



in the galleries of congress; to watch the Supreme Court in session; and to attend pub- 
lic Congressional hearings. The possibilities for personal enrichment offered in this 
exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous. 

Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus, the scene in the 
Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland offers a great variety of recrea- 
tional and leisure activities in its many fine national and state parks, from the Catoctin 
Mountains in Western Maryland to the Assateague Island National Seashore on the 
Atlantic bound Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus. Historic 
Annapolis, the state capital, is only a short drive away, and the city of Baltimore, 
with its rich variety of ethnic heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, and 
its impressive urban transformation is only thirty miles from College Park. 

Special Research Resources 

The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest concentrations of 
research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Libraries 
and laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are within easy commut- 
ing distance. There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas, information, techni- 
cal skills, and scholars between the University and these centers. The libraries and 
facilities of many of these centers are open to qualified graduate students at the uni- 
versity. The resources of many more are available by special arrangement. 

In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library, 
with its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are among the world's most out- 
standing research libraries. In addition, Dumbarton Oaks; the National Archives; the 
Smithsonian Institution; the World Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the 
National Agricultural Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore; the libraries 
of the Federal Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, Education, and 
Welfare; Housing and Urban Development; and Transportation, and approximately 
500 other specialized libraries are all within a few minutes drive of the College Park 
Campus. These resources make the University of Maryland one of the most attractive 
in the nation for scholars of all disciplines. 

The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States 
Department of Agriculture has stimulated the development of both laboratories and 
opportunities for field research in the agricultural and life-sciences. The National 
Institutes of Health offer unparalleled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical 
and behavior research. Opportunities are also available for collaborative graduate 
study programs with other major government laboratories, such as the National 
Bureau of Standards, the Naval Research Laboratory, and the U.S. Geological 
Survey. 

The long-standing involvement of the State of Maryland in the development of the 
commercial and recreational resources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the esta- 
blishment of outstanding research facilities for the study of marine science at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland Center for environmental and Estuarine Studies, with research fa- 
cilities at Horn Point near Cambridge, at Crisfield, and at Solomons Island, 
Maryland. 

Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline. Work in the 



Resources 45 



behavioral sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for 
fully automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include two small Van de 
Graaff accelerators; an assortment of computers, including a PDP 1 1/45, a UNIVAC 
1108 and a UNIVAC 1100/41; a 10 KW training nuclear reactor,; a full scale low ve- 
locity wind tunnel; several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels; specialized facilities 
in the Institute for physical Science and Technology; a psychopharmacology labora- 
tory; shock tubes; a quiescent plasma device (Q-machine) and a speromak compact fu- 
sion device for plasma research; and rotating tanks for laboratory studies of meteoro- 
logical phenomena. 

Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and even laboratory- 
equipped vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay. The University also owns and 
operates one of the world's largest and most sophisticated long-wavelength radio te- 
lescopes located in Clark Lake, California and in the Astronomy Program Observatory 
on campus. 

Special Opportunities for Artists 

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is concentrated 
in the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently completed Art- Sociology Building. 
Creative work is greatly stimulated by the close interaction that has developed be- 
tween the students and faculty of the University and the artists and scholars at the 
National Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gallery, 
the Smithsonian Institution, as well as the musicians of the National Symphony 
Orchestra and small musical groups. The Kennedy Center for the performing Arts 
and the Filene Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for 
creative artists attending the University. 

Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and television is aided by the 
proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the Morris 
Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the Washington and 
Baltimore area. There is a frequent and steady interchange of ideas and talent be- 
tween students and faculty at the University and both educational and commercial ra- 
dio and television media, as a consequence of the large professional staffs which are 
maintained in the Washington area. 

Libraries 

The University library system includes major research libraries on both the College 
Park and Baltimore Campuses. 

The libraries on the College Park Campus contain over 1.7 volumes, and they sub- 
scribe to more than 20,000 periodicals and newspapers. Additional collections of re- 
search materials are available on microfilm, microfiche, phonograph records, tapes 
and films. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus and the princi- 
pal library of graduate use. Special collections include those of Thomas I. Cook in 
political science; Romeo Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine Anne Porter 
and Djuna Barnes; materials from the Bureau of Social Science Research; the archives 



46 Resources 



of the Baltimore News America; Maryland documents; and the files of the Industrial 
Union of Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America. In addition, the University 
is a regional depository of U.S. Government publications, and the Government 
Documents/Maps Room in McKeldin includes U.S. Government publications, docu- 
ments of the United Nations, the League of Nations and other international organiza- 
tions, agricultural experiment station and extension service publications, and maps 
from the U.S. Army Map Service. The East Asia Collection is the world's largest 
repository of published and unpublished Japanese-language materials from the Allied 
Occupation period. The McKeldin collections also include microfilm productions of 
government documents, rare books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone. Six branch librar- 
ies also are included as part of the UMCP Libraries system. Although the Hornbake 
Library's collection is primarily for the undergraduate student, this library does offer 
ample study space and a 24-hour study room. In addition, Nonprint Media Services, 
the central location for audiovisual materials in the library system and the campus, is 
in the Hornbake Library. 

Also in the Hornbake Library building is the Music Library with books, periodi- 
cals, music scores and parts, and music recordings. The Music Library's special col- 
lections include items from the American Bandmasters Association Research Center, 
the National Association of College Wind and Percussion Instructors Research Center, 
the International Clarinet Society Research Library, and the International Piano 
Archives at Maryland. 

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library (EPSL) contains materials in phys- 
ics, engineering, mathematics and geology with other significant collections in com- 
puter science, environmental sciences, water resources, and aerospace science. EPSL 
is also a U.S. patent depository and has collections from NASA, ERDA, and Rand 
Corporation, and other agencies and organizations. 

The Charles E. White Memorial Library is a collection of chemistry, bio-chemistry 
and microbiology materials. Materials include periodicals, major indexes and 
comprehensive spectra collections. 

Architecture students are served by the Architecture Library with materials on ar- 
chitectural design, theory and history, urban design, landscape architecture and build- 
ing technology. This library's special collections include rare architecture books dat- 
ing as far back as the seventeenth century, materials on world expositions from 1857 
to 1937 and the collection of the National Trust for Historic preservation. 

For graduate students in art, the Art Library collects materials in art history, studio 
art, art education, photography, graphic arts, interior design and textiles. Special col- 
lections include art reproductions and art exhibition catalogs. 

Research is supported in the UMCP Libraries with a variety of technological tools. 
An online catalog identifies library materials from the collections of libraries in the 
University of Maryland system including the UMBC, UMES and UMAB-Law cam- 
puses. It provides access to this information through public terminals located 
throughout the library system and soon through telephone connections using terminals 
in homes or offices. Research is also supported through CARS and MiniCARE, com- 



Resources 47 



puter assisted reference services for accessing hundreds of remote bibliographic, tex- 
tual and numeric databases. Both McKeldin and Hornbake Libraries offer microcom- 
puters for the use of anyone in the UMCP community. 

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 

Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge, the 
University maintains organized research units outside the usual department structures. 
These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable opportunities for faculty and stu- 
dents to engage in research and study in specialized areas and in public service activi- 
ties. 

Bureaus 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: John H. Cumberland. The 
Bureau of Business and Economic Research conducts economic research in the areas 
of regional and urban development, environmental and natural resources management, 
and state and local public finance. Projects are funded by the University and by State 
and Federal Government agencies. Research is conducted by Bureau faculty 
members, who hold joint appointments with the Department of Economics, and by 
advanced graduate students working on degree programs. 

Bureau of Governmental Research: Acting Director: Michael Nacht. Activities of 
the Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to the problems of state and lo- 
cal government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes findings 
with reference to local, state and national governments and their interrelationships. It 
undertakes surveys, sponsored programs and grants, and offers its assistance and ser- 
vice to units of government in Maryland. The Bureau furnishes opportunities for qua- 
lified students interested in research and career development in state and local ad- 
ministration. 

Centers 

Center on Aging: Director: Dr. Edward F. Ansello. The Center on Aging, estab- 
lished in 1974, has a university-wide mandate to promote aging-related activities. 
The Center's goals are to: (1) promote disciplinary and interdisciplinary aging related 
research by assisting in proposal preparation and in communication with various gov- 
ernment and private funding sources. (2) Encourage departments, schools, and col- 
leges to pursue aging-related research and develop gerontologically-oriented courses. 
(3) provide students with educational programs, field experiences, training opportuni- 
ties, and job placements that will prepare them for careers in aging-related occupa- 
tions. (4) Conduct training programs, sponsor conferences, and provide on and off- 
campus technical assistance to meet the needs of practitioners who serve older per- 
sons. In addition, the Center sponsors a colloquium series on aging-related topics that 
is open to students and the public, conducts training and conferences for community 
level practitioners, and offers the annual Institute for Gerontological practice for per- 
sons involved in direct service activities for the elderly. The Center coordinates the 
Graduate Gerontology Certificate for students pursuing master's and doctoral degrees 
in regular university departments as well as for those who return to the campus as ad- 
vanced special students. 



48 Resources 



Architecture and Engineering Performance Information Center (AEPIC): 

Director: John Loss. A joint center of the School of Architecture and the College of 
Engineering, AEPIC was founded in 1982 to develop the systems, programs, sof- 
tware, and storage networks for the systematic collection, collation, analysis, and dis- 
semination of information about the performance (dysfunction) of buildings, civil 
structures, and other constructed facilities. 

Architects, engineers, contractors, developers, manufacturers, lawyers, building 
owners and users, federal and state agencies, insurance underwriters, university and 
private research organizations, and others interested in the objectives of AEPIC can 
use this computer-based collection of performance information for: (1) planning new 
projects; (2) reviewing existing structures for rehabilitation or restoration; (3) teaching 
(case studies); (4) modifying codes and regulations; (5) planning research; (6) prepar- 
ing professional texts; (7) investigating for dispute resolution; (8) developing new pro- 
ducts for the industry; (9) implementing effective quality control measures; (10) im- 
proving professional and industry practice; and (11) creating an in-house resource base 
with lessons learned from project performance. 

Center for Automation Research: Director: Azriel Rosenfeld. The Center for 
Automation Research, established in 1983, conducts interdisciplinary research in 
many areas of industrial and business automation. The Center currently consists of 
four laboratories: Business Automation, Computer Vision, Human/Computer 
Interaction, and Robotics, some of the principal areas of interest of these laboratories 
are as follows: 

• Business Automation: office automation systems, impact of automation 
on organizational behavior; decision support systems; man-machine in- 
terfaces. 

• Computer Vision: robot navigation; industrial computer vision; 
knowledge- based vision systems; machine architectures for vision; im- 
age processing algorithms and software. 

• Human/Computer Interaction: experimental studies of human perfor- 
mance with computers; user interfaces for expert systems; programmer 
workstation and system development tools; training; on-line assistance, 
and documentation. 

• Robotics: control systems; kinematics; dynamics; computer-aided de- 
sign,; manufacturing automation; modeling and identification; artificial 
intelligence; locomotion; structural design; applications. 

In addition the Center has close relationships with other research groups at the Uni- 
versity. These include the Laboratory for Computer Aided Design (Department of 
Electrical Engineering); the Database Systems Research Laboratory (College of 
Business and Management); the Machine Intelligence and Pattern Analysis Laboratory 
(Department of Computer Science); and the Laboratory for the Study of Psychological 
Aspects of Automation (Department of Psychology). 

Center for Business and Public Policy: Director: Frank E. McLaughlin. The 
Center, housed in the College of Business and Management at UMCP, seeks to en- 
courage more effective public policy development in the contemporary social and po- 



Resources 49 



litical environment. It conducts and promotes research and dialogue among members 
of the affected groups and public officials concerning the broad pattern and changing 
character of business and society relationships, and directs attention to specific public 
policy issues through conferences and seminars. It emphasizes the study of more ef- 
fective approaches to the resolution of disputes involving business and society. The 
Center publishes and distributes a wide range of documents reflecting its work. 

Comparative Education Center: Director: George A. Male. Established in 1967, 
the Comparative Education Center provides cross-cultural encouragement and assist- 
ance to faculty and students with international education interests. Center staff 
members represent special competence on Western Europe, Africa, the Near East, and 
on international organizations. 

The Center arranges study visits for educators from other countries, holds symposia 
and occasional lectures, and periodically publishes research essays on international 
education topics. The Center is associated with the Department of Education policy, 
planning, and Administration. 

Computer Science Center: Director: Dr. Glenn Ricart. The Computer Science 
Center is the hub of University computing services on the College Park campus. As a 
trendsetter in intra- and inter-university computer communication, the Center provides 
a broad range of computer power via a highspeed broadband coaxial cable data net- 
work, local Ethernet networks, and gateways to such national networks as BITNET, 
ARPAnet, SURAnet, and MFEnet. 

Researchers, faculty, staff and students can access instructional and research com- 
puting resources on the Center's Sperry (Unisys) 1100/92, IBM 3081, IBM 4381, and 
two IBM 4341 systems. Depending on the machine, computer account holders can 
use general programming packages like Fortran, Cobol, Basic, and Assembler, as 
well as more specialized packages in statistics (SAS and SPSSx), graphics, and data- 
base (SQL). For qualified users with large-scale computing needs, the Center oper- 
ates a VAX 11/785 with a Floating point System-164 array processor, and maintains 
a link via satellite with a CRAY X-MP/48 supercomputer at the San Diego 
Supercomputer Center. 

Because of the enormous popularity of microcomputers on campus the Center has 
established numerous workstation labs for faculty, staff and students. These labs fea- 
ture IBM PCs (and compatibles) and Apple Macintosh microcomputers. 

Support services for faculty, staff and graduate researchers using CSC- sponsored 
computing resources include: 

programming, microcomputing, and statistical consultation; 

• software evaluation and development; 

• data entry; 

• publication production; 

• Kurzweil scanning; 

• mark sense reading (Optical scanning); 

• collection of specialized software for micro and mainframe computers; 



50 Resources 

non-credit short courses; and 
• maintenance and repair service on computer equipment. 

An additional service arm of the Center is the Computer Emporium, located on 
campus. The "store" sells microcomputers, related peripherals, terminals and mo- 
dems to faculty, staff and students at prices reflecting educational discounts. 

Additional information and numerous free handouts about the Center's resources 
and services are available in the Program Library, Room 2337. 

Center for Curriculum Development and Change: Director: Louise M. Berman. 
This Center is committed to working with public and private schools, schools of 
nursing and medicine, business and industrial organizations, museums, and govern- 
mental and private agencies on issues pertaining to curriculum development and 
change. 

Among the activities of interest to Center staff and groups they serve are plans for 
designing, implementing, and evaluating curriculum programs; advanced study and in- 
service education for faculty and administrators; networking and identification of spe- 
cialized experts in the curriculum field; and development of national and international 
curriculum programs and exchanges. The Center is associated with the Department of 
Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. 

Center for Educational Research and Development (CERD): Director: Dr. John 
T. Guthrie. Associate Director: Dr. Gerald V. Teague. The Center for 
Educational Research and Development (CERD) is a research facility devoted to 
promoting the study of analysis and complex issues in education. The problems ad- 
dressed include student learning and development, teacher effectiveness, curriculum 
theory, policy analysis, and the social context of education. Issues are examined 
through a variety of methodologies including qualitative approaches, surveys, correla- 
tional studies, experiments and philosophical/literary analysis. The Center communi- 
cates its findings broadly, attempting to bring new knowledge to the attention of edu- 
cational decision-makers and the public through a variety of publication outlets. 

The Center provides service to College staff in the development of scholarly activi- 
ties. Assistance is given in the areas of literature retrieval and review, research de- 
sign and analysis, and the communication of findings. Preparation of grant proposals 
including financial preparation, monitoring and accounting is supported. For the pur- 
poses of conducting research activities and sustaining communication regarding the 
application of new knowledge to educational problems, the Center provides a liaison 
with local, state and national education agencies. Collaborations of educational, cor- 
porate, and university communities engaged in common research pursuits are facili- 
tated. 

Industrial Relations and Labor Studies Center: Director: Paul A. Weinstein. The 
program of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies was recently organized at UMCP 
and is concerned with two kinds of activity. The first is interdisciplinary research 
directed primarily toward the study of labor-management relations, wages and related 
problems, the labor market, comparative studies and personnel problems. The Center 
draws on the expertise and interests of faculty from the College of Business and 
Management, the School of Law and the Department of Economics, History, 



Resources 51 



Psychology and Sociology. The second main activity consists of community and la- 
bor relations education projects serving management, unions, the public and other 
groups interested in industrial relations and labor-related activities. These projects 
consist of public lectures, conferences, and symposia as well as non-credit courses. 
Discussions concerning the development of a Master's degree in Industrial Relations 
and Labor Studies are currently underway. 

Center for Innovation: Director: Jerald Hage. The Center for Innovation has three 
main goals: (1) the development of new theories about organizations broadly con- 
ceived. (2) the search for innovative solutions to practical problems, and (3) research 
on technologically advanced and innovative organizations. Among its theoretical 
frameworks are a multidimensional approach to technology and product systems, and 
a contigency theory of mental health delivery systems. Several other research projects 
focus on the attempt to integrate organizational theory and the analysis of societies. 
Among the items on the Center's research agenda is an innovative project in Chile on 
quality work circles, industrial democracy, and the problems of employment and pro- 
ductivity. 

Throughout the past year, members of the Center, which is sponsored jointly by 
the Departments of Psychology and Sociology and the College of Business and 
Management at UMCP, have presented papers at numerous conferences; these 
working papers are available to interested parties upon request. 

Center for International Development and Conflict Management (CIDCM): 

Director: Edward E. Azar. The Center is a think tank focusing on management and 
resolution of protracted conflict in the world today. 

The Center's staff, composed of University faculty and visiting fellows and associ- 
ates, studies dozens of comtemporary international and intercommunal conflicts their 
causes, dynamics, management strategies, and peaceful resolution. 

The Center's activities pursue three goals, consistent with the mission of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland: research, service, and teaching. 

Research at the Center is organized in groups of projects — a) Conflict Theory and 
Management Strategies; and b) Regional and Country Studies. Key areas of research 
at the Center include: Theory of protracted Social Conflict, Strategies of Conflict 
Management and Resolution, population and Development. The Center's current area 
studies and projects include:. Central America Project, Studies on Israel, Studies on 
Korea, Studies on Lebanon, Middle East Project, and South Africa Project. 

Service to the wider community of scholars, government, campus, and public in 
the United States and abroad to share knowledge and to provide technical assistance is 
the second focus of the Center. 

The Center sponsors public lectures, seminars, and policy round-table discussions 
on a variety of contemporary issues. 

The Center hosts resident and visiting scholars and fellows from the United States 
and other parts of the world and collaborates with national and international institu- 
tions. 

Teaching Faculty members and fellows of the Center work closely with the teach- 



52 Resources 

ing departments of the University of Maryland in organizing and teaching undergradu- 
ate and graduate courses and seminars. 

As a research tool, the Center has been building a computerized information base 
on conflict and cooperation events on a worldwide basis. 

Center for Language and Cognition: Director: David L. Horton. The purpose of 
the Center for Language and Cognition is to provide a central focus for instruction 
and research training on all aspects of language and cognition represented by the 
training staff. The Center's specific goals are to (1) encourage and support research 
and (2) to train students capable of making substantial contributions to the understand- 
ing of human cognitive systems and of relating this understanding to behavior in nat- 
ural settings. 

The training program consists of classroom instruction (courses and seminars), re- 
search apprenticeships, and a variety of special features designed to provide an inte- 
grative program for all students. The special features include an "interdisciplinary" 
center seminar which provides a common forum for the discussion of contemporary 
issues and an evening discussion seminar in which a variety of professional, practical, 
and theoretical issues are considered. Also of importance are the visiting scholar se- 
ries, a technical report series, and a variety of informal procedures for the training of 
competent, mature scientists. 

The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life: Director: 
Tom Turtle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life op- 
erates within the College of Business and Management. The Maryland Center was 
established in 1977 to promote productivity quality and labor-management cooperation 
in Maryland. 

Helping organizations develop productivity measurement systems, employee in- 
volvement programs, productivity gain-sharing systems, joint labor-management pro- 
jects and other "tactical" improvements is an important part of the Center's work. 
But the real challenge is helping organizations understand that productivity and quality 
of working life must be viewed as strategic issues to be built into the fabric of the or- 
ganization. 

Only by thinking strategically can businesses, labor organizations and government 
agencies work together to make the substantive changes needed to survive in the rap- 
idly changing world we live in... and assure that jobs will remain and grow in 
Maryland. 

The Center has four major functions: 1) to foster increased productivity and quality 
of working life and to increase competitiveness through work with public and private 
sector organizations in Maryland; 2) to act as a clearing house for information about 
productivity and quality of working life and publish a bimonthly newsletter, "The 
Maryland Workplace" 3) to increase knowledge levels about productivity and quality 
of working life in Maryland through the regular curriculum of the University, as well 
as through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) to conduct research 
which adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and the quality of working 
life. 

Center for Mathematics Education: Director: Dr. Patricia F. Campbell. The 



Resources 53 

Center for Mathematics Education facilitates a graduate program in mathematics edu- 
cation a program with an integrated focus relating mathematics, psychology, and 
learning. The faculty of the Center believe that crucial to the kind of research effort 
envisioned is a milieu conducive to such an effort a physical-psychological local in 
which students, faculty, participating children, parents, and appropriate visitors can 
become involved in the formal and informal interactions so essential to integrative re- 
search. 

In support of its graduate program, the Center sponsors two major projects: The 
Arithmetic Clinic and the Mathematics Teaching Laboratory. The Arithmetic Clinic 
provides a context wherein graduate students can study difficulties in teaching and 
learning mathematics as they work directly with children. Models and procedures for 
the diagnosis and treatment of learning difficulties in mathematics are tested and re- 
fined. 

The Mathematics Teaching Laboratory provides an extensive array of materials for 
teaching elementary school mathematics materials which graduate students not only 
evaluate but also use in their work with children or with pre-service teachers. 

Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere Interactions: Director: Jagadish Shukla. The 
Center for Ocean- Land-Atmosphere Interactions (COLA) has been established in the 
Department of Meteorology to foster interdisciplinary research and to increase our 
understanding of the physical processes in the oceans, atmosphere, and at the land 
surface, and their interactions. It is recognized that the interactions among the 
ocean-atmosphere-land processes are perhaps the most important determinants of the 
fluctuations which affect the global and regional habitability of the planet earth. A 
better understanding of interactions among the ocean-atmosphere-land processes is es- 
sential to enable us to distinguish between the natural variability of the coupled sys- 
tem, and changes caused by external forcing or human activities. An important ob- 
jective of the center is to study the contributions of internal dynamic processes and 
the slowly varying boudary conditions at the earth surface in determining the variabili- 
ty and predictability of short term climate, and to explore the feasilibity of dynamic 
prediction of monthly and seasonal averages. Specific atmospheric, biospheric and 
oceanic studies currently being conducted by the Center are listed below: 

1 . Study of physical mechanisms which determine the interannual variabil- 
ity and predictability of monthly and seasonal averages. 

2. Mathematical modeling of large scale atmospheric processes and 
predictability of the coupled ocean-land-atmosphere system. 

3. Study of climatically significant feedbacks operating between the land 
surface and the regional and global circulation using a biologically and 
physically realistic biosphere-atmosphere model. 

4. Investigation of the use of satellite remote sensing data in initializing 
and validating the combined atmosphere-biosphere model. 

5. Research on mesoscale coastal modeling and tropical ocean modeling. 

6. Four dimensional assimilation of ocean data using realistic ocean mod- 
els. 

Reading Center: Director: Robert M. Wilson. The Reading Center provides support 



54 Resources 



services for undergraduate and graduate students in the area of reading education. 
The faculty of the Center believe that a positive learning environment facilitates 
learning and are continuously searching for ways to improve reading instruction. 

The Center operates a diagnostic and remedial clinic in which graduate students 
work with children who have mild to severe reading difficulties. Clinic diagnosis and 
instruction is of the highest quality and is closely supervised. Over 2,000 children 
have been assisted in the clinic. Hundreds of graduate students have refined their 
diagnostic and remedial instructional skills there. The clinic provides a pool of re- 
search subjects for faculty and graduate students. 

The Center facilitates faculty research through awarding small grants, obtaining re- 
search subjects, and sponsoring staff development in such areas as research design 
and statistical procedures. 

Collaborative efforts are made with other UMCP faculty as well as with the 
Maryland State Department of Education and the local schools. These efforts have 
resulted in interdisciplinary classes, conferences, and research projects. Faculty and 
graduate students aid local schools by conducting inservice activities, consulting on 
curriculum development, and providing support to parent organizations. 

Center for Renaissance & Baroque Studies: Director: S. Schoenbaum (UMCP). 
Executive Director: Adele Seeff (UMCP). The Center for Renaissance & Baroque 
Studies, housed in the Division of Arts and Humanities at UMCP, was established in 
1981 to serve all disciplines within the Division of Arts and Humanities. 

The Center has several objectives: to promote interdisciplinary research and teach- 
ing among faculty in Renaissance and Baroque studies; to aid individual departments 
in the development of new curricula and programs; to support and publicize faculty 
research projects; to promote closer relations with major research centers in the 
Washington and Baltimore areas; to strengthen ties with faculty in humanities disci- 
plines from regional colleges and universities; to enrich the life of the university and 
area community through lectures, conferences, exhibitions, concerts, and other public 
presentations; and to consolidate ties between university and secondary school faculty 
in Maryland. 

Major programs sponsored by the Center include the scholar-in-residence program, 
which appoints a distinguished scholar for a semester to teach, lecture, and conduct 
faculty colloquia; an annual interdisciplinary symposium; the Maryland Handel 
Festival, Newton Symposium; and two summer institutes for secondary school teach- 
ers in Fine Arts and Shakespeare. 

Center for Research in Public Communication: Director: Michael Gurevitch. 
Associate Director: Jay Blunder. The Center for Research in Public Communication 
is sponsored jointly by the College of Journalism and the Department of 
Communication Arts and Theatre and is housed in the College of Journalism. The 
Center was established in 1972 and serves today as an institute dedicated to the study 
of the structure and processes of journalism, public relations, advertising, and other 
forms of mass communications. 

The Center's philosophy has three elements: 1) stress on the holistic character of 
the public communication process; 2) concern with comparative cross-cultural re- 



Resources 55 



search; and 3) policy orientation. This philosophy underlies such studies as the rela- 
tionship between journalists and their news sources; the interactions between public 
relations departments, activist groups, and government; and the role of mass media in 
different societies. 

Some examples of projects, on-going and planned, include a study of the role of 
the media as sources of interpretative frameworks by which people give meaning to 
their awareness of social issues; a study of interactions between candidates and jour- 
nalists in setting the agenda of campaign issues in recent British and U.S. elections; 
and a five-year study, funded by the foundation of the International Association of 
Business Communicators (IABC), on the characteristics of "excellent" public relations 
departments and how those departments contribute to the effectiveness of their organ- 
izations. 

Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research: Director: Prof. Alfred Gessow. 
The Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research operates within the Department of 
Aerospace Engineering, and is one of the Centers of Excellence in Rotorcraft 
Technology created by the U.S. Army Research Office. The purpose of the Center 
is to provide the helicopter industry with trained manpower, and to expand the tech- 
nology base to enhance the capability of the U.S. vertical flight industry. 

Graduate studies and research are conducted in areas including aeroelasticity, struc- 
tural dynamics and vibrations, aerodynamics, and flight dynamics and controls. The 
experimental and computational facilities available to the Center include the Glenn L. 
Martin wind tunnel, with a test section of 8 by 11 ft and speeds of up to 230 mph, an 
extensively instrumented aeroelastic rotor test rig, a structural dynamics laboratory, a 
state-of-the-art composite structures fabrication and testing facility, and the Cray X- 
MP supercomputer of the San Diego Supercomputer Consortium, of which the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is a founding member. 

Science Teaching Center: Director: William G. Holliday. The Science Teaching 
Center, through the Department of Curriculum and Instruction, offers master's and 
doctoral degrees specializing in science education. Students may focus their studies 
on research in: 

science curriculum development, evaluation and implementation, 

interactive computer systems, 

problem solving and inquiry processes, 

science classroom processes and management, 

learning science in non-school settings, 

studying how students learn science, 

science textbook learning, and 

science teacher development. 

In addition, other education topics at the elementary, secondary, and post- 
secondary levels directly related to the learning and teaching of science can be 
pursued. 

Currently, the Center consists of nine professors, a support staff, and over 40 ac- 
tive master's and doctoral students. Faculty members in collaboration with graduate 



56 Resources 



students are actively engaged in research in new technologies, reading comprehension, 
and classroom processes. Excellent facilities and a comprehensive collection of curri- 
culum materials, documents and journals enhances the functioning of the Center. 

Course requirements, while flexible, allow students to develop competence in the 
theory and research of science education, as well as in a science discipline. Graduate 
students in consultation with a faculty advisor develop a program of study to meet 
their needs and interests. The core of the student's program consists of course work 
in science education, research methodology, and science. 

Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values: Director: Barbara 
Finkelstein. A research and development center which serves as an organizing center 
for research, education and service activities providing sustained occasions for bring- 
ing university professors, public officials, educators, and community groups together 
in order to address problems of compelling ethical and political importance in educa- 
tion. 

The Center has organized and directed the Mid-Atlantic Region Japan-in-the- 
Schools program (MARJis), a regional program designed to enhance the quality of 
cross-cultural instruction in pre-collegiate schools in the region through summer semi- 
nars, study tours, curriculum development activities, and research in the conduct and 
practice of Japanese education. The Center operates a CLEARINGHOUSE for high- 
located global instructional resources with a special emphasis on Japan, conducts in- 
service programs for teachers, school administrators, and public education officials, 
conducts seminars for scholars aiming to explore aspects of education policy and hu- 
man values, serves as a site for research and ongoing dialogue and dissemination of 
scholarly work for public use. It provides orientations American education design to 
initiate foreign visitors into an exploration of American schools in a sensitive fashion. 

The Center also serves as a focus for interdisciplinary research in the history of 
childhood, the history of education, curriculum development, education policy, and 
civic education, bringing in scholars from around the world to study these problems. 
Monographs, position papers, conferences supplement these activities. Internships 
and postdoctoral study opportunities are available through the Center for individuals 
interested in the humanistic study of education. The Center is associated with the 
Department of Education Policy, Planning and Administration. Its programs focus on 
civic education, and social studies teachers in pre-collegiate schools. 

Survey Research Center: Director: John Robinson. The Survey Research Center 
was created in 1980 as a Division-wide research facility within the behavioral and so- 
cial sciences. The Center specializes in the design of questionnaires and the conduct 
of surveys for policy purposes, and has the capacity to conduct mini-survey experi- 
ments, and in-depth clinical interviews. The Center provides assistance to researchers 
in sample design, has technical expertise on the storage, manipulation, and analysis of 
very large data sets, and provides support services to archive and maintain such data 
sets. 

The Center supports graduate education by providing both technical training and 
practical experience to students. Also, the Center has a strong community service 
mission through the provision of technical assistance on survey methods and survey 



Resources 57 

design to units of state and local governments, and by conducting surveys on a con- 
tract or grant basis for these governmental units. 

Transportation Studies Center: Director: Everett Carter (UMCP). Housed in the 
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering, and with input from 
the other divisions of the College Park campus as well as from academic departments 
on the Baltimore County campus, the Center acts as a catalyst to foster research and 
development and interdisciplinary studies in transportation and to provide the means 
for investigators from different disciplines to work together on a wide range of trans- 
portation related problems. Objectives of the Center are to identify potential research 
projects by establishing a dialogue and rapport with sponsoring agencies and offices; 
to provide coordination between the various disciplines engaged in or having potential 
to engage in transportation research and between potential research sponsors and Uni- 
versity researchers; to facilitate cooperation between the University of Maryland and 
other universities and industry, for joint undertakings; to promote and, where appro- 
priate, to supervise specific educational programs of an interdisciplinary nature. 

Among the areas identified as having interest and research potential are transporta- 
tion systems management, transportation planning, public policy, public utilities, sys- 
tems economics, multiple uses of rights-of-way, mass transit systems, conversation of 
energy, terminal siting, bridge and pavement design, traffic flow coordination, traffic 
safety and efficiency, transportation economics, aerospace transportation, meteorolog- 
ical factors, noise control, highway landscaping, environmental considerations, and 
air, rail, water and highway alternatives. 

Water Resources Research Center: Director: Robert E. Menzer. The Water 
Resources Research Center sponsors and coordinates research on all aspects of water 
supply, demand, distribution, utilization, quality enhancement or degradation, and al- 
location or management. The Center brings together water resource user groups, such 
as local, state and federal management and regulatory agencies and citizens groups, 
with university researchers and educators to assist in the solution of both basic and 
applied water resources problems. Research proposals are solicited from researchers 
which address water problems within the state, while water resources problems con- 
fronting management, regulatory and health agencies and or citizens of the state are 
determined by use of an advisory committee. The Center acts to bring together the 
technical expertise, financial resources and other contributions necessary to help solve 
existing water resources problems and to generate basic scientific information which 
may contribute to solutions of future problems or which may prevent development of 
new water resource problems. The Center's funds are derived from the Water 
Resources Division, U.S. Geological Survey, under PL 98-242, from substantial uni- 
versity contributions in faculty time and other expenses, and from other local, state 
and federal agencies and private sources. Funds are made available for research pro- 
jects on a competitive basis. Training of graduate and undergraduate students in wat- 
er resources and the transfer of existing water resources knowledge to user groups are 
integral components of the Center's activities. 

Center for Young Children: Director: Marilyn Church. The Center for Young 
Children is a research facility for graduate students and faculty. It is located in the 
College of Education and is under the direction of the Department of Curriculum and 



58 Resources 



Instruction. Approximately 70 children ages 3 through 5 attend daily sessions in a 
nursery school-kindergarten setting. Observation booths adjoin each room providing 
facilities for observational research and instruction. An individual testing room is also 
available for use in working with individuals or small groups of children. 

Institutes 

Institute for Advanced Computer Studies: Acting Director: Larry Davis. The Uni- 
versity of Maryland Institute for Advanced Computer Studies was established in 1985 
by Governor Harry Hughes as a separate research department. UMIACS, while resid- 
ing on the College Park campus, is intended to serve the entire University system as a 
focal point for research activities in computing. 

UMIACS has 34 affiliate faculty whose principal academic appointments are in 
other educational departments in the University. The departments represented are: 
computer science (UMCP), electrical engineering, mathematics, physics, business and 
management, philosophy, and computer science (UMBC). 

The Institute publishes and distributes technical reports. Other activities include a 
Distinguished Lecturer Series, workshops, conferences and seminars; graduate student 
research; and a Visiting Scholars program. 

Institute for Child Study: Director: Robert C. Hardy. In its program, the Institute 
collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in various fields that are 
concerned with human growth, development, learning and behavior. Programs, 
which have an educational psychology focus, provide study of all aspects of life span 
development from infancy through aging. Institute research is primarily concerned 
with social aspects of development. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to 
the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of 
Education degrees, and the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of 
human development. 

Cooperative Institute for Climatic Studies (CICS): Director: Ferdinand Baer. 
Following more than a decade of fruitful collaboration in meteorology and climate re- 
search, NOAA and UMCP have established a Cooperative Institute for Climate 
Studies on campus. Principal participants are the National Weather Service and the 
National Environmental Satellite Data and Information Service of NOAA and the Uni- 
versity of Maryland Meteorology Department. The Institute is organized to: 1) foster 
collaborative research between NOAA and the University in studies of satellite clima- 
tology and climate diagnostics, modeling, and prediction, 2) serve as a center where 
scientists and engineers working on problems of mutual interest may focus on studies 
contributing to the understanding of earth-ocean-atmosphere climate systems, climate 
modeling, climate prediction and satellite climatology. The Institute's activities are 
also expected to include cooperative programs with other research groups, both na- 
tionally and internationally, and to stimulate training of scientists and engineers in ap- 
propriate disciplines involved in the atmospheric sciences. 

The Institute employs numerous Fellows, research scientists, and research associ- 
ates from the cooperating agencies as well as graduate research assistants to accom- 
plish its goals. 

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology: Director: Charles Wellford. The 



Resources 59 



Institute coordinates the University's interests and activities in the areas of law en- 
forcement, criminology, and corrections. The Institute has a very extensive and care- 
fully integrated undergraduate program. Special emphasis, however, is placed on 
graduate programs and on research. 

The research capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make possible 
the achievement of its primary goal the education of social and behavioral scientists 
who have chosen the problem of crime and its prevention and controls as their spe- 
cialization. The Institute offers the M.A. degree with options in criminology or cri- 
minal justice and the Ph.D. degree in criminal justice and criminology. 

Institute for Governmental Service: Director: Donald F. Norris. The Institute pro- 
vides information, consulting, research and technical assistance services to county, 
municipal, and state governments. Assistance is provided in such areas as program 
evaluation, survey research, preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, fiscal 
management, personnel, zoning, information systems, and related local or intergo- 
vernmental activities. The Institute analyzes and shares with governmental officials 
information concerning professional developments and opportunities for new or im- 
proved programs and facilities. 

Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy: Director: Dr. Douglas MacLean. The 
Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplinary program of re- 
search and curriculum development, investigating the structure of arguments and the 
nature of values relevant to the formation, justification, and criticism of public policy. 
Most research efforts, chosen from topics expected to be a focus of public policy de- 
bate during the next decade, are coordinated by Institute research staff and conducted 
cooperatively by working groups composed of philosophers, policymakers, analysts, 
and other experts from within and without the government. This diversity permits 
comprehensive examination of the major aspects of the complex issues investigated. 
Current research areas include: regulatory policy, environmental ethics, nuclear strate- 
gy, the nature of ecology, the rationality of attitudes toward risk, equality of oppor- 
tunity, the ethics of legal negotiation, and the mass media and democratic values. 
Research products are made available through commercial publication, distribution of 
model courses, a quarterly newsletter, working papers, and workshops. 

The Institute's curriculum development seeks to bring philosophical issues before 
future policymakers and citizens. Courses dealing with contemporary normative 
issues in the national and international arenas are offered through the School of Law, 
School of Public Affairs, and various undergraduate programs. Courses which have 
been offered include: Hunger and Affluence, Philosophical Issues in Public Policy; 
Human Rights and Foreign Policy; Ethics and Energy Policy; The Endangered Species 
Problem; Risk and Consent; Ethics and the New International Order; The Morality of 
Forced Military Service; Theory of Regulatory Policy; Ethics and National Security; 
and Environmental Ethics. The Institute operates within the School of Public Affairs. 

Institute for Physical Science and Technology: Acting Director: James A. Yorke. 
The Institute for Physical Science and Technology is a center for interdisciplinary re- 
search in pure and applied science problems that lie between those areas served by the 
academic departments. These interdisciplinary problems afford challenging opportuni- 
ties for thesis research and classroom instruction. Current research topics include a 



60 Resources 

variety of problems in applied mathematics, statistical physics, optical physics, fluid 
mechanics, physics of condensed matter, space science, upper atmospheric physics, 
engineering physics, and biomathematics. Other areas of interest are remote sensing, 
the effect of ionizing radiation on chemical systems, and the history of science and 
technology. 

Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute are provided 
through the graduate programs in the academic departments of the Division of 
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering. The Institute sponsors a wide 
variety of seminars. Of principal interest are general seminars in statistical physics, 
applied mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. 
Information about these can be obtained by writing the Director or by calling (301) 
454-2636. 

Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education: Director: Robert 0. 
Berdahl. The primary focus of the Institute is to encourage and support the study of 
public policy issues concerning the relations between institutions of higher and adult 
education and their state and federal governments. The Institute concentrates on state 
level problems, particularly those relating to Maryland institutions. 

The Institute's location in College Park, next to the nation's capital, facilitates 
monitoring and researching federal policies in postsecondary education. The Institute 
addresses problems such as (1) legislative performance audits of higher education, (2) 
evaluation of statewide boards of higher education, (3) interactions among statewide 
boards, accrediting agencies and universities, (4) fundraising and research develop- 
ment, and (5) inter-institutional cooperation. 

The teaching base of greatest relevance to the Institute lies in the graduate pro- 
grams in higher and adult education in the UMCP Department of Education policy, 
planning and Administration; however, interaction with students and faculty from oth- 
er relevant areas is strongly encouraged. 

Institute for the Study of Exceptional Children and Youth: Director: Philip J. 
Burke. The Institute is a research unit adjunct to the Department of Special 
Education in the College of Education at UMCP. The Institute is a problem-centered 
organization engaged in innovation, research, and evaluation related to major issues 
affecting the lives of exceptional individuals, the gifted and talented as well as the 
handicapped. The Institute has five interlocking task areas: policy studies, consumer 
involvement and evaluation, leadership development, interdisciplinary studies, and 
dissemination. 

Projects administered by the Institute include doctoral training programs in the 
areas of public policy and a variety of technology research projects in the areas of po- 
licy, technology, and program evaluation. 

The Institute is an ongoing part of the University that also serves as a center for 
technical assistance to local schools and agencies with respect to needs of handi- 
capped children and youth. The Institute focuses its resources on key issues, prob- 
lems, and research areas that will maintain a strong and independent voice in matters 
relating to exceptional children and youth. 

Institute for Urban Studies: Director: Kenneth E. Corey. The Institute aims at 



Resources 61 



developing students knowledgeable both in the technical competencies which consti- 
tute the skills of "urban manpower" and in the professional understanding of the urban 
community as an object of interdisciplinary analysis. 

The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary B.A. and M.A. 
degree granting program. It was created to offer a teaching program to educate urban 
administrators and specialists to plan, manage and develop metropolitan communities. 
The Washington- Baltimore urban corridor provides an excellent teaching and research 
setting for faculty and students. Since contemporary urban problems must be solved 
by a multi- disciplinary approach, the master's program supplements the Institute's 
core courses with the specialized problem solving methods of the diverse departments 
and professional schools of the University. The Institute has developed a joint pro- 
gram with the UMAB Community planning program to enable the Master of 
Community planning (M.C.P.) degree to be taken by students in College Park as well 
as in Baltimore. 

Laboratories 

Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based Administration: Director: 
Edward J. Andrews, Jr. This laboratory is the research and development unit of the 
Maryland Commission on School-Based Administration and the Maryland Assessment 
Center project. It is concerned with the professional preparation and inservice devel- 
opment of school principals. Collaborating with the Department of Education Policy, 
Planning, and Administration in these efforts are the Maryland State Department of 
Education, other institutions of higher education, and the 24 local school districts in 
Maryland. 

The Laboratory's mission is to devise and activate a systematic plan to strengthen 
the effectiveness of school principals in Maryland through programs of principal as- 
sessment, professional preparation and development, and research on principal assess- 
ment and development. 

Consortia 

The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and local consor- 
tia concerned with advanced education and research. They offer a variety of oppor- 
tunities for senior scholar and graduate student research. 

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-profit 
educational and research consortium of 51 colleges and universities in the South 
formed in order to broaden the opportunities for member institutions collectively to 
participate in many fields of education and research in the natural sciences related to 
the environment, energy, and health. Educational programs range from short term 
courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship pro- 
grams administered by ORAU for the U.S. Department of Energy. 

The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), was created to serve as a 
focal point of a vigorous and expanding national research effort in the atmospheric 
sciences. NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the National Science 
Foundation by the UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC RE- 
SEARCH (UCAR), made up of 48 U.S. and Canadian universities with doctoral pro- 



62 Resources 



grams in the atmospheric sciences or related fields. The scientific staff includes me- 
teorologists, astronomers, chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and representatives of 
other disciplines. Over the years, UMCP Meteorology department, faculty, and staff 
members have had an active collaboration with NCAR colleagues and have made use 
of NCAR facilities. The Meteorology Department maintains a mini-computer which 
allows access to NCAR's CRAY 1 computer. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION, INC. (URA), a group of 52 uni- 
versities engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organization for the Fermi 
National Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The 
accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's highest-energy proton acce- 
lerator. University of Maryland faculty and graduate students have been involved in 
experiments at Fermilab since its inception. 

The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDUCOM) pro- 
vides a forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in communications 
science and technology and their relation to the planning and programs of colleges 
and universities. The council particularly fosters inter-university cooperation in the 
area of communications science. 

The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA) was designed 
to promote cooperation between universities, research organizations, and the govern- 
ment in the development of space science and technology, and in the operation of lab- 
oratories and facilities for research, development, and education in these fields. 
USRA currently has four active research programs. They focus on low gravity cloud 
physics, computer applications in science and engineering, lunar science, and ma- 
terials processing in space. 

The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY 
CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL and SOCIAL RESEARCH (ICPSR). One purpose 
of the Consortium is to facilitate collection and distribution of useful data for social 
science research. The data include survey data from the University of Michigan 
Center for political Studies and from studies conducted by other organizations or by 
individuals, census data for the United States, election data, legislative roll calls, judi- 
cial decision results, and biographical data. 

The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH 
CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide scale environmental research program, with the Johns 
Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, and the Smithsonian 
Institution. The Consortium coordinates and integrates research on the Chesapeake 
Bay region and is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in the manage- 
ment and control of the area. Each participating institution calls on faculty expertise 
in a diversity of disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, geolo- 
gy, and the social and behavioral sciences. Through this interdisciplinary research 
program a computerized Management Resource Bank is being developed containing a 
biological inventory of the Chesapeake Bay region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic 
data of the surrounding communities. The Consortium provides research opportunities 
for faculty members, graduate students, and undergraduate students at the University. 

Officially chartered in 1969, the SEA GRANT ASSOCIATION is a growing or- 
ganization concerned with the development and wise use of ocean and Great Lakes re- 



Resources 63 



sources. Composed of the nation's major colleges, universities and institutions with 
ocean programs, the Association works for the betterment of the management and 
utilization of marine resources. Maryland's research and education program is greatly 
involved with estuarine processes and commercial fisheries, especially oysters, in the 
Chesapeake Bay. Other important research efforts such as the joint cholera program 
with Florida, Louisiana and Oregon, represent strong national efforts. 

The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea Grant funding by 
the Department of Commerce for the calendar year 1977. Although forty-six univer- 
sities, colleges and non-profit organizations hold either regular or associate member- 
ships in SGA, Maryland is one of only about twenty who have comprehensive institu- 
tional programs and who are eligible to become Sea Grant Colleges. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN EDUCA- 
TION is to involve all interested agencies in the State of Maryland in the identifica- 
tion, development, and utilization of the human resources of the State for the purpose 
of improving human relationships in education. The consortium provides training ac- 
tivities for educational personnel, promotes the sharing of expertise among education 
professionals, disseminates information as to activities, personnel and materials con- 
cerning human relationships, and promotes cooperative relationships among the agen- 
cies involved. 

Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER RESOURCES 
(UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately 80 members. UCOWR was 
created to provide a forum for interchange of information pertaining to water re- 
sources research in academic communities. Member institutions also exchange infor- 
mation on special conferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities. 

The University of Maryland is an associate member of the UNIVERSITY- 
NATIONAL OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM (UNOLS) established to 
improve coordinated use of federally supported oceanographic facilities, bringing to- 
gether the Community of Academic Oceanographic Institutions which operate those 
facilities, and creating a mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning 
for oceanographic facilities. As an associate member, the University of Maryland op- 
erates research programs in the marine sciences and operates the University of 
Maryland Center for Environmental and Estaurine Studies. 

Chartered in 1981-1982 with the University of Maryland among its founding 
members, the POTOMAC RIVER BASIN CONSORTIUM comprises 20 or so aca- 
demic, governmental and private sector institutions whose intent is to expand scholar- 
ly and popular interest and involvement with the many natural, cultural, and historical 
dimensions of the potomac Valley basin arid its subregions and the Chesapeake Bay. 
Consortium interests range from agriculture, anthropology, and engineering to historic 
preservation, environment, geography, history, public policy and urban studies. 
Consortium activities, intramural and interdisciplinary, are aimed at enhancing oppor- 
tunities for collaborative studies of the region in academic curricula, student ex- 
change, internships, workshops, seminars, and a publication program of academic 
studies and papers. 

The University of Maryland is one of the charter members of THE SOUTH- 
EASTERN UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (SURA), a consortium of 



64 Resources 



35 institutions of higher learning formed in 1980 for the purpose of managing large 
cooperative projects in science, engineering and medicine. SURA's first undertaking 
was the proposal for a National Electron Accelerator Laboratory (NEAL). Although 
NEAL's primary research potential is in nuclear science, research in condensed matter 
physics, medicine, and industrial applications is a natural byproduct. 

The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social needs of limited resource 
peoples and less developed countries. Memberships in the organization is open to 
universities, research institutions and other organizations with capabilities related to 
rural and urban development and technology transfer. The University of Maryland is 
a charter member and has participated in several SECID technical assistance contracts 
including ones in Kenya, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Guyana, Malawi, Zambia, 
Senegal, and Mali. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL CROP PROTECTION 
(CICP) is to promote economically efficient and environmentally sound crop protec- 
tion practices in developing countries. CICP sponsors training for developing country 
extension workers, researchers, agricultural and health officials, and others to help 
reduce dependence on chemical insecticides and foster a more holistic approach to 
pest control; fields research teams to assess plant protection problems; and provides 
specialists for other technical assistance. 

The consortium, which operates under an $8.7 million, five-year authorization 
budget, most of which derives from the U.S. Agency for International Development, 
claims as members 13 U.S. universities and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. 
UMCP entomologist Allen Steinhauer serves as the executive director of CICP, which 
this spring moved to its new headquarters in College Park. Entomology professor 
Dale Bottrell serves as one of CICP's key personnel in his role as technical assistance 
specialist in entomology. 

Student Services 

Housing 

The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1195, Student Union, 454-3645), in coop- 
eration with many of the local landlords and apartment managers, maintains an exten- 
sive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several headings (Rooms, Unfurnished 
Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office can also provide students with con- 
venient maps of the College Park area and with lists of local motels, trailer and mo- 
bile home parks, real estate agents, and furniture rental companies. In addition, the 
University has set aside a limited number of furnished rooms in the undergraduate res- 
idence halls for single graduate students. 

Current rates for housing in the area are about $200-$250 per month for a room in 
a private home, $375-$475 per month for an efficiency or one bedroom apartment; 
$200-5250 per month for a shared apartment, and $800-$850 per month for an unfur- 
nished house. 

The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for married graduate stu- 
dents and for a limited number of single graduate students. Both Lord Calvert 



Student Services 65 



Apartments and University Hills Apartments are within walking distance of campus, 
which means that there is usually a waiting list, especially during the period immedi- 
ately preceding the fall semester. Priority for housing in these complexes is currently 
given to married full-time graduate assistants, then married full-time graduate non- 
assistants. Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is currently (1987-1988) $358/month, 
with two-bedroom apartments costing from $400/month; a limited number of efficien- 
cies are available to single students for a monthly rent of $309. Students must sign a 
one year lease and pay a security deposit of $100 (payable when an apartment is as- 
signed). There is a nonrefundable application fee of $10.00. After the initial lease 
expires, residence in the apartments is on a monthly basis. Graduate students who 
maintain full-time status are permitted to live in the apartments for a maximum of 
thirty-six months. 

Information and applications for University-owned housing can be obtained from 
the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, MD 20783, (422-7445). 

University Dining Services 

The University Department of Dining Services offers several dining options avail- 
able to graduate students. The D.S. Cash Plan or the Resident Dining Plans offer stu- 
dents the ability to dine at various restaurants all over campus. The D.S. Cash Plan 
has a minimum deposit of $50.00. The Resident Dining Plans cost $843.00 per se- 
mester. Information on both plans is available from the Dining Services Contract 
Office (454-2906). 

Dining Services features over 17 different restaurants and Eateries across campus. 
Menu offerings range from salad bars, delis and fresh dough pizza to a buffet res- 
taurant and steak house. All facilities are open to everyone, but students on board 
plans receive discounts and are entitled to specially priced meals. For more informa- 
tion, call 454-2901. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center, located in Hombake Library offers a wide variety 
of services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is to assist students in ex- 
ploring career opportunities and planning their careers. Services include career advis- 
ing, the Career Library, the credentials service, and the on-campus interview pro- 
gram. 

The career advising program includes both individual and group advising sessions 
and workshops on jobseeking skills, resume preparation, and interviewing skills. The 
Career Library contains occupational information, full-time job listings, employer 
directories, and other reference sources. 

Graduate students are eligible to participate in the on-campus interview program, 
which involves campus visits by representatives from business, government, and edu- 
cation. Students interested in employment in the fields of education and library 
science will find the credentials service especially valuable. 

Certain services of the Center are also available to students' spouses. 



66 Student Services 



Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers consultation on education/psychological concerns; an 
open educational-vocational information library; recorded interviews with department 
heads on the characteristics of graduate majors offered on the campus; and a weekly 
Research and Data series of presentations on current educational/psychological topics. 

Available services include the following: the Counseling Service, which offers ini- 
tial consultation on any problems and provides further counseling services or referral 
services to appropriate individuals or agencies in the area; the Reading and Study 
Skills Laboratory for those interested in improving any of their educational skills in- 
cluding special assistance for students for whom English is a second language; the 
parent Consultation and Child Evaluation Service, providing a variety of services to 
the parents of young children with learning or behavior problems; and the Testing, 
Research and Data processing Division, which serves as the testing and census taking 
arm of the campus. 

The Center provides consultation to a variety of groups and individuals concerning 
organizational development and group productivity. Other programs include a series 
of self-understanding and development groups for interested students and staff. 

The Center provides a wide variety of research reports on characteristics of students 
and campus environment. 

National testing programs (GRE, Miller Analogies, etc.) are administered by the 
Counseling Center as well as testing for counseling purposes. Office location; 
Shoemaker Building. Telephone: Counseling Services 454-2931; Reading and Study 
Skills Lab 454-2935; Testing Information 454-3127. 

Health Care 

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across from the 
Student Union. Both graduate and undergraduate students are eligible for health care 
at the Health Center. Services provided include both emergency and routine medical 
care, mental health evaluation and treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, 
gynecological services, and upon referral from a Health Center physician, dermatolog- 
ical services and orthopedic services. 

Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an appointment. 
Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an appointment will be seen on a 
walk-in basis. Emergencies always receive highest priority. 

The Health Center is open 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. weekdays and 11:00 a.m. to 
3:00 p.m. on weekends with acute illnesses taking priority on evenings and week- 
ends. People with emergencies are seen 24 hours a day. 

Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes eligible for routine 
medical care and professional services at the Health Center. Charges, however, are 
made for certain laboratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be 
noted that the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance. For informa- 
tion and emergencies, call 454-3444: Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health, 
454-4925; Women's Health, 454-4923; Health Education, 454-4922. 



Graduate Programs 67 



Health Insurance 

Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and many stu- 
dents do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group insurance policy is available 
to students. This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable rates, for hospital, surg- 
ery, emergency, laboratory, and x-ray purposes; some coverage for mental and nerv- 
ous problems; and contains a major hospital provision. Students may enroll at mid- 
year for a half-yearly rate, and they may elect to have family coverage. Enrollment 
periods for the policy are August 15, January 1, and June 1. For additional informa- 
tion and application forms, see the brochure available in the Health Center. 

In addition, teaching, research, and graduate assistants are eligible for the State 
employee insurance plan options. Please note that fellows and hourly employees are 
not eligible for the State employee insurance plan. For further information, contact 
your department, or the Personnel Benefits office. 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 

In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following publications: 

Graduate Application Booklet. This booklet, which contains the application forms 
and information you need to complete the forms, is available on request from the 
Graduate School Mailing Office or from the individual departments. 

Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new graduate stu- 
dent with an introduction to the campus and the College Park area, is available from 
the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth policies, procedures, and 
services of interest to graduate assistants and is available from the departmental gradu- 
ate offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

The Thesis Manual. This manual contains the instructions for preparation of theses 
and dissertations and is available from the Graduate School (Room 2117, South 
Administration). 

Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card of dates for submis- 
sion of final documents is available from the various departmental graduate offices, as 
well as from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 



68 The University of Maryland 



THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 



Aerospace Engineering 69 



Graduate Programs 



Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 

Professor and Chair: Gessow 

Professors: Anderson, Chopra, Donaldson, Melnik 

Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones, Lee, Winklemann 

Assistant Professors: Celi, Fabunmi, Vizzini 

Lecturers: Agrawal, Billig, Chandler, Chien, Hong, Kammeyer, Kim, Korkegi, 

Kushner, Lekoudis, Regan, Stanzione, Vamos, VanWie, Yanta, Wardlaw, Waltrup, 

Weissman 

The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a broad program of graduate studies 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The curricula 
for these degrees are adapted to meet the objectives and background of the individual 
student and are planned by the student and an advisor. Applications for admission are 
invited from those holding a B.S. degree in engineering, the physical sciences, and 
mathematics. Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural Mechanics, Rotorcraft, and 
Flight Dynamics are the major areas of specialization available to graduate students. 
Within these areas of specialization, the student can tailor programs such as 
Computational Fluid Dynamics, Hypersonic Aerodynamics, Composite Structures, and 
Helicopter or V/STOL Technology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Two master's degree options are available: thesis and non-thesis. No special de- 
partmental requirements are imposed beyond the Graduate School requirements. 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the Aerospace Engineering Department re- 
quires a minimum of 42 semester hours of course work beyond the B.S. including: 
(1) not less than 18 hours within one departmental area of specialization, (2) not less 
than 6 hours from among the other areas of specialization in the department, (3) not 
less than 9 hours in courses which emphasize the physical sciences or mathematics 
rather than their applications. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at least 15 
hours all of which are 600 level. Written qualifying and oral comprehensive exam- 
inations are also required. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities and equipment which support experimental studies in low speed aero- 
dynamics, structural dynamics, helicopter dynamics and composite structures include 
the Glenn L. Martin Wind Tunnel with a 7 feet, 9 inches by 1 1 feet test section, oth- 
er open and closed section subsonic tunnels, a supersonic tunnel, a structural dynam- 
ics rig, a model rotor test stand, a micro processor controlled autoclave with a 3 feet 
by 4 feet working section, testing machines and a laboratory minicomputer system for 
fully automated data acquisition. In addition to the main frame computer available on 
campus, the department currently maintains dedicated multi-user computer systems 



70 Aerospace Engineering 



such as the Hewlett-Packard HP1000 E, HP9000, HP1000/A900 and the Sperry 5000. 
For courses, see code ENAE. 

Agricultural and Extension Education Programs (AEED) 

Acting Chair: Miller 

Professors: Longest, Ryden (Emeritus) 

Associate Professors: Cooper, Rivera, Seibel, Smith 

Assistant Professor: Gibson 

Lecturer: Sieling 

Affiliate Professors: Booth, Coffindaffer, Jones, Oliver, Shelton, Snipp 

Adjunct Professors: Brown, Flyger, Jarvis, Ross, Soobitsky, Werge 

Programs in Agricultural and Extension Education enable professionals to be more 
effective in their careers. The department programs are multidisciplinary and organ- 
ized into Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing and Extension Education; 
Community Development; and Natural Resources Management majors. 

Faculty competencies and specializations within the department include; teacher 
education; program administration and supervision; staff and leadership development; 
program development and evaluation; community analysis, development and leader- 
ship; organizational development and, leadership; public affairs education; program 
management; natural resources management; and environmental education. In addi- 
tion, department faculty and graduate students are involved in interdisciplinary pro- 
grams such as international extension and research, rural sociology, and natural re- 
sources management and environmental education. 

Degree Information 

Student academic programs are built around core departmental and major field re- 
quirements. Courses may be included from other departments and colleges as appro- 
priate to the student's special interests and career aspirations. 

Graduate degrees are offered in Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing and 
Extension Education; Community Development; and Environmental Education (M.S. 
only) with specializations in each. Master of Science, both thesis and non-thesis pro- 
grams, are available. Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate requiring 30 credits 
beyond the master's degree is also available. 

Doctor of Philosophy programs are to meet graduate school and department re- 
quirements and are planned according to the student's previous education, experience, 
special interests, professional plans and aspirations. No specific number of credits is 
required, but is dependent on the student's qualifications and area of concentration. 
No foreign language is required but is encouraged for those interested in international 
development. Research and major competencies will be developed through specific 
courses, department research projects and/or projects developed by the student as part 
of his or her academic program. 



Agricultural Engineering Program 71 



Admissions 

Applicants for all programs must present transcripts and recommendations from 
three individuals qualified to assess academic abilities of the applicant. Results of the 
Miller Analogies and/or GRE tests must also be included with the application. 

Facilities and Special Resources: 

Graduate education programs are enhanced by accessability to the graduate library 
and the computer center. 

Departmental emphasis is placed on providing opportunities for interaction between 
faculty and graduate students representing an international culturally diverse dimen- 
sion. 

Proximity of the Department to Washington, D.C. and the national headquarters of 
many organizations and agencies is ideal to allow access to, and interaction of faculty 
and students with key leaders and sources of data. Some of the resources include: 
USDA, EPA, National Agricultural Library, Library of Congress, International 
Development Management Center, Lifelong Learning Research Conference, AEED 
Center for International Extension Development, National 4-H Center, and National 
FFA Center. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past aca- 
demic performance and availability of funds. Many of the full-time students in the 
department hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. 

Additional Information 

For additional information on programs, admission procedures, and financial aid 
contact: 

Chair 

Agricultural and Extension Education Department 

0222 Symons Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Phone: (301) 454-3738. 

For courses, see code AEED. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 

Professor and Chair: Hueth 

Professors: Brown, Cain, Foster, Gardner, Lessley, McConnell, Norton, Stevens, 

Tuthill, Wysong 

Associate Professors: Bockstael, Chambers, Hardie, Lawrence, Levins, Lopez, 

Strand 

Assistant Professor: Phipps 

The Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics offers a course of study 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate 
program prepares students through courses in traditional subject matters areas, re- 



72 Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 



search experiences designed to give technical and creative competency in applied 
economics, and seminar and discussion opportunities. 

The Department provides two areas of specialization, agricultural economics and 
resource economics. Both areas of specialization integrate opportunity and resource 
economics. Study and research within these two areas of specialization can include 
agricultural development, international trade, agricultural marketing, farm manage- 
ment and production economics, agricultural policy, econometrics, land use, marine 
resources, water resources and environmental quality. 

There are substantial employment opportunities for persons with advanced training 
in agricultural and resource economics. Graduates from the department obtain em- 
ployment in government, industry, and universities. In government, graduates are 
hired by such agencies as the U.S. Department of Agriculture and Interior and the 
Environmental Protection Agency. Some obtain positions with the World Bank and 
similar agencies. Industry sometimes include management or program responsibili- 
ties. Positions obtained in academics usually include assistant professor positions 
(teaching, research, extension) in major universities. A few graduates have accepted 
teaching positions in smaller colleges. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree in both 
areas of specialization. The thesis option requires a minimum of 24 credits for course 
work and six credits for thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place after 
completion of the thesis and is primarily a defense of the thesis. The non-thesis op- 
tion requires 33 credits for course work and a scholarly paper. There is a final 
comprehensive written examination for the non-thesis option. The examination is pri- 
marily concerned with course work taken during the program. 

Students with a bachelor's degree generally enter the master's program before ap- 
plying for the doctoral program. A minimum of 48 credits for course work beyond 
the bachelor's degree and 12 credits for dissertation research are required for the 
Ph.D. degree. Qualifying examinations are administered on completion of core 
course requirements. Written field examinations are held when course work has been 
completed. An oral dissertation defense is also required. 

There is no foreign language requirement for any graduate degree. The time re- 
quired to complete a master's degree is generally two years. The Ph.D. adds a mini- 
mum of two years beyond the master's program. The Graduate Record Examination 
(GRE) Aptitude Test scores are required with the application for admission. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department actively employs the resources of many state, federal, and interna- 
tional agencies unique to the Washington, D.C. area to offer experience from the 
world of government and business. The Library of Congress in Washington and the 
National Agricultural Library in Beltsville (just north of the campus) enhance teaching 
and research efforts. 



Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 73 



Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past aca- 
demic performance and availability of funds. Many full-time students in the depart- 
ment hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. Part-time and summer 
work is often available for students not on assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The Policy Handbook for the Graduate Program provides course requirements, 
examination procedures, and descriptive material for M.S. and Ph.D. programs. For 
specifics information contact: 

Dr. Bruce Gardner 

Graduate Coordinator 

Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20770 

For courses, see code AREC. 

Agricultural Engineering Program (ENAG) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Stewart 

Professors: Harris, Johnson, Wheaton 

Associate Professor: Grant 

Assistant Professors: Magette, Muller, Shirmohammadi 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Brinsfield 

Visiting Professor: Yeck 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers a graduate program of study 
with specialization in either agricultural or aquacultural engineering leading to the de- 
gree of Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems 
place emphasis on the engineering aspects of the production, harvesting, processing 
and marketing of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber products. Concern for the con- 
servation of land and water resources and the utilization and/or disposal of byproducts 
associated with biological systems is included in order to maintain and enhance the 
quality of our environment while contributing to efficient production of food and to 
meet increasing population demands. 

Agricultural Engineering graduate students can look forward to excellent employ- 
ment opportunities. Recent estimates indicate three to five openings presently exist 
for every student completing an advanced degree in Agricultural Engineering. Future 
projections indicate the demand for Agricultural Engineers with advanced degrees will 
be as good or better than it is presently. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is open to B. S. graduates in engineering, physical science or biological 
science who meet graduate school requirements and who have satisfactory completed 
a core of basic engineering courses. For the thesis M.S. program, a minimum of 30 
semester hours are required of which at least 9 hours will be agricultural engineering 



74 Agricultural Engineering Program 



courses, 6 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. A non-thesis 
M.S. is also available, requiring a minimum of 33 semester credit hours. At least 9 
credit hours will be ENAG courses, 3 hours will be a required paper, and 3 hours will 
be biometrics. 

A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a B.S. are required for the Ph.D. program 
of which 12 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. Additional 
courses may be required depending on the student background. 

The department has no language requirements for either graduate degree. Except 
for the above requirements, a M.S. or Ph.D. program is planned on a personal basis 
and is oriented toward the intellectual and professional objectives of the student. 

Facilities and Special Resource 

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the department, the facilities of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station, the Computer Science Center, and the College of 
Engineering are available. Facilities of the University of Maryland Center for 
Environmental and Estuarine Studies enhances the aquacultural phase of the 
Department's graduate program. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance may be available to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information contact: 

Chair 

Agricultural Engineering Department 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ENAG. 

Agronomy Program (AGRO) 

Professor and Acting Chair: Aycock 

Professors: Bandel, Decker, Fanning, McKee 

Associate Professors: Dernoe, Glenn, Kenworthy, Mcintosh, Mulchi, Ritter, 

Sammons, Turner, Vogh, Weil, Weismiller 

Assistant Professors: Angle, Bruns, Hill, James, Rabinhorst, Thomison, Welterien 

The Department of Agronomy offers graduate courses of study leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy The student may pursue major 
work in the crops division or in the soils division of the department. Programs are 
offered in cereal crop production, forage management, turf management, plant breed- 
ing, tobacco production, crop physiology, week science, soil chemistry, soil physics, 
soil fertility, soil and water conservation, soil genesis and classification, soil survey 
and land use, soil mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology, air pollution, 
waste disposal, and soil environment interactions. 

All graduate with advanced degrees in Agronomy from this university have found 



Agronomy Program 75 



employment in areas of their interests. Most are doing teaching or research at other 
universities or with the federal government; some are with international agencies and 
a few have advanced to administrative positions. A number are employed by indus- 
tries in research or sales-related positions. Some graduates are managing whole divi- 
sions of these corporations. Others are employed by consulting firms or are breeding 
new varieties of crops for sale to the farmers. Opportunities for employment of 
Agronomy graduates in the future appear to be excellent. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. A 
bachelor's degree in Agronomy is not required if the student has adequate training the 
basic sciences. All students must complete the Master of Science degree before ad- 
mission to the doctoral program. Departmental regulations have been assembled for 
the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are 
available from the Department of Agronomy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Agronomy Department has over 20 well-equipped laboratories to carry out bas- 
ic and applied research in crop and soil science. Basic equipment in the laboratories 
include: x-ray diffraction and mass spectrophotometer, atomic absorption gas chroma- 
tograph, isotope counters, petrographic scopes and equipment for thin section prepara- 
tions, neutron soil moisture probe and scaler, tissue culture equipment, grin quality 
analyzer, and carbon furnace. Growth chambers, extensive greenhouse space, and 
five research farms and/or research and education centers permit a wide range of soil 
and environmental conditions for research into plant growth procedures. A complete 
complement of planting and harvesting equipment is available for field research. A 
computer center, located on campus, is available for use by the department. 
Microcomputers within the department are also available. The University and the 
National Agricultural Sciences Libraries, supplemented by the Library of Congress, 
make the library resources among the best in the nation. Many projects of the depart- 
ment are conducted in cooperation with other departments on campus and the 
Agricultural Research Service of the United States Department of Agriculture with 
headquarters located three miles from the campus. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of research assistantships and teaching assistantships are avail- 
able for qualified applicants. 

For courses, see code AGRO. 

American Studies (AMST) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Kelly 

Associate Director and Director of Graduate Studies: Caughey 

Associate Professors: Caughey, Johns, Lounsbury, Mintz 

Assistant Professor: Diner 

Adjunct Professor: Washburn 

American Studies offers an interdisciplinary program of study leading to the M.A. 



76 American Studies 



and the Ph.D. degrees. The department is particularly oriented toward the study of 
19th and 20th century American culture with special emphasis in the areas of popular 
culture, literature and society, women's studies, ethnography, film, art, and social and 
cultural change. By combining courses in American Studies with study in other de- 
partments and fields, students can tailor their graduate program closely to their indi- 
vidual interests and career goals. Internship opportunities are available in area mu- 
seums, archives, government agencies, and local historical societies. Courses in ma- 
terial culture taught at the Smithsonian Institution and George Washington University 
are open to students in American Studies through a cooperative agreement. The de- 
partment also cooperates with the Departments of History, Anthropology, Geography 
and Urban Studies, and the School of Architecture in sponsoring a certificate program 
in Historic Preservation. Students interested in that program are admitted to one of 
the cooperation departments and, upon successful application to the Committee on 
Historic Preservation, complete 24 additional credit hours in preservation related 
courses. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants to the program should have a broad liberal arts background appropriate 
to the interdisciplinary study of American culture at the graduate level. 

The master's program requires completion of 30 credit hours. Students who elect 
to write a thesis take 24 hours of course work and 6 hours of AMST 799 (thesis cred- 
it). Students who elect the non-thesis option take 30 hours of course work and submit 
a scholarly paper based on independent research in lieu of a thesis. In addition, all 
students must pass a written examination. 

Ph.D. candidates must complete at least 30 credit hours beyond the master's degree 
organized around an area of concentration, pass three written comprehensive examina- 
tions, and write and defend a dissertation based on original research. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington area offers extraordinary research facilities for the study of 
American culture, past and present, including the Library of Congress, the National 
Archives, the National Museum of American History, and the National Gallery, as 
well as numerous other museums, collections, archives, and libraries. Through con- 
sortial arrangements with other schools in the area, including the George Washington 
University and Georgetown University, students may augment their programs with 
courses otherwise unavailable at the University of Maryland. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available. Students holding assis- 
tantships typically teach two sections of AMST 201, Introduction to American 
Studies. Awards are generally made to students who have successfully completed one 
year in the graduate program. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on program offerings, degree requirements, and financial 
aid can be obtained by writing to: 



American Studies 77 



Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of American Studies 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code AMST. 

Animal Sciences Program (ADVP) 

Professor and Program Vandersall 

Professors: Westhoff (Department Chair), Mather, Vandersall, Vijay, Williams, 

Young (Animal Science); Marquardt, Mohanty (Associate Dean), (Veterinary 

Medicine) 

Professor Emeriti: Flyger, Keeney 

Associate Professors: DeBarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Harsock, Majeskie, Peters, 

Russek-Cohen, Stricklin (Animal Sciences); Dutta, Mallinson (Vetrinary Medicine) 

Assistant Professors: Mills, Barao, Cassel, Marshall, Varner (Animal Sciences); 

Gorham, Ingling, Snyder (Vetrinary Medicine) 

The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences offers work leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the thesis and non-thesis op- 
tions are available for the Master's Degree. Areas of concentration within the 
Program include animal nutrition, physiology, virology, immunology, and cell biolo- 
gy. Opportunities for study are primarily related to domestic animals but studies with 
other species are possible. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examinations 
(aptitude) and at least 3 letters of recommendation. 

It is recommended that during the first semester, required by the second, that the 
student select a chairman of his/her Adivsory Committee for Program approval. With 
this committee's advice, a proposed schedule of courses which includes at least one 
credit of ADVP Seminar (ANSC 693 A) must also be filed. Committees may require 
remedial courses if the student enters with inadequate prerequisites or has deficiencies 
in her/his undergraduate program. By the third semester a thesis research or non- 
thesis "scholarly paper" must be approved and filed. This thesis or "scholarly paper" 
must be presented in a public seminar in addition to the final oral examination by the 
Advisory Committee. A written comprehensive examination is required of non-thesis 
students. A final bound copy of the thesis or scholarly paper must be submitted to 
the Program office. Students with adequate undergraduate training usually complete 
the Master's degree within two years. 

Ph.D. students entering from other institutions with the Master's are expected to 
meet the requirements indicated above. The M.S. is not a prerequisite for admission 
to Ph.D. study, however, most students find it advantageous. Two additional credits 
to the program seminar are required. Early in the program an Advisory Committee 
must be formed for Program approval. A plan of study and research proposal must 
be filed as in the Master's program. At least one semester of teaching experience is 
required. The Admission to Candidacy examinations are both written and oral. Prior 



78 Animal Sciences Program 



to the final oral examination the candidate must present his/her dissertation in a public 
seminar. In addition to the dissertation, at least one paper in form for publication in a 
referred scientific journal must be approved. A final bound copy of the dissertation 
must be submitted to the Program office. The Ph.D. degree should be completed 
within three years after the M.S. degree. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Faculty in the program are an outstanding group representing research accom- 
plished in a wide variety of related fields. Excellent supporting courses in physiolo- 
gy, biochemistry and microbiology are available in the appropriate departments. 
Courses in biometrics listed in the catalog under BIOM provide a strong background 
in experimental design and statistical analysis. Several terminals and micro computers 
are available in the Animal Sciences Center. The Computer Science Center offers 
analysis of thesis data. 

Outstanding laboratory facilities are available in the Animal Sciences Center which 
includes the combined resources of the Departments of Animal Sciences and College 
of Veterinary Medicine. Facilities are available for cell culture, monoclonal antibody 
production, and enzyme-iinked immunosorbant assays. Instrumentation is available to 
graduate students for gas lipid chromatography, atomic absorption, ultra violet and 
visable spectrophotometry, calorimetry, electron microscopy, liquid scintillation ra- 
dioactivity measurements, electrophoresis, ultracentrifugation, ovum micromanipula- 
tion and a variety of microbiological techniques. Controlled environment facilities in 
the Center permit work with laboratory animals and detailed experiments on larger 
animals. Surgical facilities are available for research in the areas of reproductive and 
nutritional physiology. 

Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep and swine are readily 
available for graduate research. Limited numbers of experiments can be conducted on 
the campus with large animals. Experiments requiring large numbers of animals are 
carried out at one of four outlying farms. A cooperative agreement with with the 
Agricultural Research Service at nearby Beltsville, Maryland (BARC) makes available 
laboratory, animal and research personnel resources of importance in the graduate pro- 
gram. 

In addition to excellent library facilities on the campus, the National Agricultural 
Library, the National Library of Medicine and the Library of Congress, all located 
within 10 miles, constitute the best library resource for graduate study available any- 
where. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of Graduate Assistantships are available and awarded to students pre- 
senting strong academic records and a capability and motivation to perform well in 
teaching or research assignments. 

Additional Information 

For specific information on the program, admission procedures or financial aid, 
contact: 



Animal Sciences Program 79 



Dr. J. H. Vandersall, Chair 

Animal Sciences (ADVP) Graduate Committee 

Department of Animal Sciences 

For courses, see code ANSC. 

Anthropology Program (ANTH) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Chambers 

Professors: Agar, Gonzalez, Kerley, A. Williams, M. Williams 

Associate Professor: Leone 

Assistant Professors: Dent, Stewart, Wali 

Lecturers: Cassidy, Eidson, Kedar, Seligman, Vorek, Wulff 

The Department of Anthropology offers a Master of Applied Anthropology (MAA) 
degree. This is a new professional program for students interested in an anthropology 
career outside academia. Core courses include preparation in cultural analysis and 
management. Students intern with an agency or organization suitable to their career 
interests. Specialization is flexible permitting students to select from a variety of 
areas of career focus or to tailor coruse requirements to their special career require- 
ments. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

Students are required to submit evidence of Graduate Record Examination scores 
and to fulfill the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School. Forty-two 
semester hours of work are required. All students must complete an internship. 
There is no thesis requirement. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A departmental computer lab, four teaching and research labs for physical anthro- 
pology and archeology, a photographic darkroom, and a departmental library are 
available for student use. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available to qualified graduate stu- 
dents. Part-time employment related to department research is occasionally available. 

Additional Information 

For additional information please contact: 

Dr. Michael Agar, Graduate Director 
Department of Anthropology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ANTH. 

Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 

Professor and Director: Wolfe 
(ENAE) Professor: Donaldson 



80 Applied Mathematics Program 



Associate Professors: Jones, Lee 

(BMGT) Professors: Bodin, Gass, Golden, Kotz 

Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Fromovitz, Widhelm 

Assistant Professor: Trader 

(ENCH) Professors: Cadman, Gentry, McAvoy 

Assistant Professor: Calabrese 

(ENCE) Professor: Sternberg 

Associate Professors: Garber, Schwartz 

(CMSC) Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Edmundson, Kanal, Minker, Stewart 

Associate Professor: O'Leary 

Assistant Professors: Elman, Fontecilla, Reggia 

(ECON) Professors: Almon, Betancourt, Kelejian 

Associate Professor: Coughlin 

(ENEE) Professors: Baras, Blankenship, DeClaris, Davisson, Ephremides, Harger, 

Mayergoyz, Newcomb, Ott, Taylor 

Associate Professors: Krishnaprasad, Makowski, Tits, Tretter 

Assistant Professor: Narayan 

(Math) Professors: Alexander, Antman, Benedetto, Berenstein, Cooper, Doughs, 

Evans, Fitzpatrick, Gdaz, Green, Greenberg, Hummel, Johnson, Liu, Osborn, Pearl, 

Sweet, Wolfe 

Associate Professors: Arnold, Sather, Schneider, Vogelius 

Assistant Professors: Jones, Maddocks 

(ENME) Professors: Marks, Yang 

Associate Professors: Bernard, Shih, Walston 

(METO) Professors: Baer, Vernekar 

Associate Professors: Robock, Rodenhuis 

(IPST) Research Professors: Babuska, Dorfman, Faller, Hubbard, Kellogg, 

Newhouse, Oliver, Yorke, Zwanzig (Dinguished Professor) 

(PHYS) Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Dragt, Ferrell, Glasser, Glick, Gluckstem, 

Greenberg, Griffin, Korenman, MacDonald, Misner, Prange, Redish, Sucher, 

Wallace, Woo 

Associate Professors: Einstein, Fivel, Gates, Hu, Kim, Wang 

Assistant Professors: Das Sarman, Hassam 

(STAT) Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith 

(PUAF) Professor: Young 

(ANSC) Associate Professor: Russek-Cohen 

The interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program offers the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. These are awarded for graduate study and research in 
mathematics and its applications in the engineering, physical, and social sciences. In 
addition, the Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathe- 
matics for graduate students not enrolled in the Program. 

The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. 
Under this arrangement the Department of Mathematics assumes the responsibility for 
the administration of the applied mathematics courses under the MAPL label. 
Moreover, the Graduate Office of the Department maintains the records of all students 



Applied Mathematics Program 81 



in the Applied Mathematics Program and handles correspondence with those applying 
for admission. However, it is important that any application for admission indicates 
clearly whether a student wishes to enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the Applied 
Mathematics (MAPL) Program. 

The faculty considers the primary aim of applied mathematics to be the understand- 
ing of a wide spectrum of scientific phenomena through the use of both a mathemati- 
cal specialist and a versatile scientist whose interests and motivations derive from a 
strong desire to confront highly complex or descriptive situations with mathematical 
analysis and ideas. In line with this, at least half of the required work is expected to 
be in coruses with primarily mathematical content, and the remaining part has to in- 
clude a coherent set of courses in some field of application outside of the usual math- 
ematics curriculum. Some of the areas currently pursued by graduate students in the 
Program are various areas of physics information structures, meteorology, operations 
research, pattern recognition, structural mechanics, and systems and control theory. 
Many other areas of study are available through the participating departments. It may 
also be noted that the faculty includes a strong group in numerical analysis and that 
all students include courses on numerical and scientific computing in their programs. 

Employment opportunities in industry, government, and education are currently 
very good for the applied mathematician. Our graduates have little difficulty finding 
satisfactory employment. In particular, the local employment environment is very 
favorable since there are many scientific and educational institutions in the area, such 
as the Goddard Space Flight Center, the National Bureau of Standards, and the 
National Institutes of Health. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for ad- 
mission to graduate study in the program should have completed, with at least a B av- 
erage (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which includes a strong 
emphasis on mathematics. The student's general ability for graduate study of the 
Program and mathematical capabilities will be determined from his or her record and 
recommendations . 

A mathematical preparation with grades of B or better at least through the level of 
advanced calculus in a school of good academic standing is normally considered suffi- 
cient demonstration of the required mathematical background. Previous education in 
some part of an application area, such as physics or in computational techniques will 
be favorably considered in a student's application of admission to the Program, al- 
though this is not a prerequisite. 

When a student has decided upon an area of specialization, a student advisory com- 
mittee is appointed by the Director of the Program. This committee, working togeth- 
er with the student, is responsible for fomulating a course of study leading toward the 
degree sought. This course of study must constitute a unified, coherent program in an 
acceptable field of specialization of applied mathematics and must meet with the ap- 
proval of the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics. 

Besides any other requirements specified by the Graduate School, the following 
specific conditions must be met for an M. A. degree in Applied Mathematics: 



82 Applied Mathematics Program 



1. At least 12 of the 24 required course credits for the M.A. degree with 
thesis are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 6 of 
these 12 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 12 credits 
are in courses on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 12 credits is in 
an approved applied mathematics seminar. 

2. The 24 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 
level or, alternatively, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in 
courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of 
application. 

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and 
(2) above. 

3. At least 15 of the 30 required course credits for the non-thesis master's 
option are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 9 
of these 15 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of these 15 
credits are in a course on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 15 cred- 
its is an approved applied mathematics seminar. 

4. The 30 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 
level or, alternately, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in 
courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of 
application. 

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both ( 1 ) and (2) above. 

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the M.A. degree without 
thesis. The examination consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts 
in a mathematics area and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The 
parts shall be taken as closely together as possible. (Comprehensive examinations are 
not required for the M.A. degree with thesis.) A scholarly paper is required for the 
M.A. degree without thesis. 

The student in the doctoral program must take a minimum of 36 hours of courses 
exclusive of dissertation research. At least 24 of these 36 credits are at the 600-800 
level. 

A transfer of at most 24 credits of graduate-level work taken at a regionally ac- 
credited institution prior to or after admission to the Ph.D. Program is permitted prov- 
iding: (1) the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics has approved the transfer, 

(2) a grade of B or better was earned in the courses taken (no course with pass/fail 
grades will be accepted), and (3) the credit was earned within the time limit imposed 
for completing the Ph.D. degree at the University of Maryland. 

Course Distribution: (1) at least 18 of the required 36 credits are in courses with 
primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of these 18 credits are on the 600-800 
level. At least 3 of the 18 credits are in numerical analysis. At least 2 of the 18 
credits are in approved mathematics seminars. (2) The 36 credits include either 6 
credits at the 600-800 level or alternately 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 lev- 
el in courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 

(3) No course may be used to meet the requirements under both items (1) and (2) 
above. 



Applied Mathematics Program 83 



The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. The examina- 
tion consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in an area of mathe- 
matics and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall be taken 
as closely together as possible. 

In addition, the student must pass the Candidacy Examination for the Ph.D. de- 
gree. The Candidacy Examination is an oral examination which serves as a test of 
the detailed preparation of a student in the area of specialization and seeks to discover 
if he or she has a deep enough understanding to carry out the proposed research. The 
examination assumes further advanced course work beyond the Comprehensive 
Examination. 

Certified Minors 

The Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathematics 
to regular graduate students who are enrolled in a graduate degree program of the 
University of Maryland other than the program itself. The successful completion of 
the requirements for such a minor will be recorded in the student's transcripts. 
Moreover, a number of departments participating in the Applied Mathematics Program 
permit the requirements of the certified minor to replace part of the degree require- 
ments of the major department. 

A student wishing to pursue a certified minor in applied mathematics must fill out 
an application form for participation in the Certified Minor Program. Such forms are 
available from the Office of the Director of the Applied Mathematics Program. 

The Certified Minor Program at the master's level must contain at least 6 semester 
hours in 400-level courses and 3 semester hours in 600-level courses, or 6 semester 
hours in 600-level courses. At the doctoral level the Certified Minor Program must 
contain at least 9 semester hours of graduate credit of which at most 3 hours may be 
at the 400-level. 

Financial Assistance 

The main source of support for full-time students in the program is teaching assis- 
tantships in the Department in Mathematics. These assistantships carry a stipend plus 
remission of tuition of up to ten hours each semester. In addition there are some re- 
search assistantships available in participating departments once a student has acquired 
advanced training. 

For courses, see code MAPL. 

Architecture Program (ARCH) 

Professor and Dean: Steffian 

Graduate Director: Sachs 

Assistant to the Dean: LaPanne 

Professors: Hill, Lewis, Loss, Lu, Schlesinger, Steffian 

Associate Professors: Bechhoefer, Bennett, DuPuy, Etlin, Fogle, Johns, Lewis, 

Schumacher, Vann 

Assistant Professors: Berke, Mclnturff, Thiratrakoolchai, Wiedemann 

Lecturers: Dynerman, Muse 



84 Architecture Program 



Instructor: Mason 

The School of Architecture offers a graduate program leading to the professional 
degree. Master of Architecture. The school's basic objective is to provide the highest 
possible quality professional education and training in architecture. Its program is or- 
ganized around required courses in architectural and urban design, architectural histo- 
ry and theory and architectural science and technology. Electives in Architecture and 
related fields are available in a curriculum that is rigorous and challenging. The 
school is accredited by the National Architectural Accreditation Board. It is a 
member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture assigned to the 
Northeastern Region. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is competitive. Candidates must satisfy the 
general requirements of the Graduate School and submit the following: (1) three 
letters of recommendation from persons competent to judge the applicant's probable 
success in graduate architectural school; (2) results of the Graduate Record 
Examination aptitude tests (not over five years old); and (3) evidence of creative abili- 
ty in the form of a portfolio of drawings, photographs, or other expressive media; de- 
tails concerning format and content may be obtained from the School of Architecture. 

Applications will be considered from three categories of students: ( 1 ) students with 
four-year baccalaureate degrees (architecture or equivalent major) from accredited ar- 
chitecture schools; (2) students with baccalaureate degrees not in architecture from 
an accredited college or university who successfully complete specified undergraduate 
prerequisites which are outlined by the School of Architecture; and (3) students with 
an accredited professional degree in architecture, Bachelor or Master of Architecture. 
Students are expected to enroll on a full-time basis. For complete information on cur- 
ricula requirements for these categories, write to the School of Architecture. 

(1) Students entering the program with a four-year baccalaureate degree in architec- 
ture from an accredited college or university normally require two years of graduate 
study to complete the requirements for the professional degree Master of Architecture. 
The established curriculum requires four semester of academic work encompassing a 
total of 60 credits. Additional credits may be required depending upon the admissions 
committee's evaluation of the individual's academic and architectural experience. 

(2) Students entering the professional program with other than architecture bacca- 
laureate degrees will normally require seven semesters of design studio and other 
prerequisite courses. Students may be granted advanced standing if they have com- 
pleted the appropriate prerequisites. Information on required courses and curriculum 
may be obtained from the School of Architecture. 

(3) A special option leading to the Master of Architecture degree is available for 
those students already possessing a professional degree in architecure (B.Arch. or 
M.Arch.) from an accredited program. This option is designed to accommodate the 
needs of students who wish to do advanced work beyond that required for the profes- 
sional degree. Applicants must specify in detail the nature of the proposed course of 
study, for review and approval by the admissions committee prior to their admission. 
They must complete a minimum of 30 credits, including ARCH 799 Thesis in 



Architecture Program 85 



Architecture (6 credits). At least 12 credits, other than thesis, shall be 600-level or 
above. All course selections must be approved by the graduate committee of the 
school. 

Presently, areas of concentration in which the school has noteworthy resources for 
advanced work are architectural and urban design for developing countries, architec- 
tural history and preservation, and architectural technology. 

4) A program leading to a Master's Certificate in Historic Preservation is available 
to M.Arch. candidates. The course of study include 24 credits and an approved the- 
sis, which may satisfy requirements of both the Architecture and Preservation curricu- 
la. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The School of Architecure is ideally located between Washington, D.C. and 
Baltimore, in the midst of a large number of historic communities and a varied physi- 
cal environment. The resulting opportunity for environmental design study is unsur- 
passed. Resources of the school include a modern physical plant providing design 
work stations for each student; a wood-working and modelshop; and environmental 
testing laboratory; computer aided design facility; and a darkroom. The library, lo- 
cated in the school, contains some 26,000 volumes and 130 current periodicals, mak- 
ing it one of the major architectural libraries in the nation. The National Trust 
Library for Historic Preservation, housed in the school, contains 11,000 volumes and 
450 periodical titles. The slide collection numbers some 205,000 slides on architec- 
ture, landscape architecture, planning and technical subjects. An opportunity for pro- 
fessional and service is provided through the school's nonprofit Center of 
Architectural Design and Research, CADRE Corporation, whose mission is to broa- 
den the educational experience of students through environmental design services 
directed by faculty members, rendered to a variety of clients. 

The school is a member of the Architectural Research Centers Consortium, Inc., a 
group of over 25 schools and centers whose objective is to increase the quality and 
quantity of architectural research. Current research is in process through funding by 
agencies such as the National Science Foundation, providing research opportunities 
for faculty and students. 

Maryland students continue to participate in field archaeology. Projects in the past 
have been in Portugal, Tunisia, Turkey, Jordan, Israel, and Sri Lanka. The School is 
a sponsoring institution of CAHEP (Caesarea Ancient Harbor Excavation Project) now 
in its seventh year. Qualified students participate in both land and underwater ar- 
chaeology. 

Summer workshops for historic preservation are sponsored by the school in Cape 
May, NJ, a designated national historic landmark district, and Kiplin Hall, North 
Yorkshire, England. Students may earn credit doing hands-on restoration work and 
by attending lectures presented by visiting architects, preservationists, and scholars. 

Students may also earn studio credit by attending summer programs abroad; the 
School sponsors excursions to Turkey (Istanbul), Sri Lanka, Italy (Rome), and France 
(Paris). 



86 Architecture Program 



Financial Assistance 

The School of Architecture offers a limited and varying number of teaching and re- 
search assistantships, scholarships, fellowships, and internships. Applicants should 
apply for financial assistance when submitting the application for admission. 

For courses, see code ARCH. 

Art Program (ARTS) 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Morrison 

Professors: Driskell, Lapinski, Morrison, Truitt 

Associate Professors: Craig, DeMonte, Forbes, Gelman, Klank, Krushenick, Niese, 

Pogue 

Assistant Professors: Blotner, Kehoe, Koscianski, Richardson, Sanborn 

The Department of Art offers a program of graduate study leading to the degree of 
Master of Fine Arts. The graduate faculty of the Art Department consists of over 20 
active professional artists specializing in the traditional studio areas of painting, sculp- 
ture, printmaking, drawing, and photography. Additional interests are reflected in 
course offering such a papermaking, environmental art, and mixed media. 

Studio facilities are spacious and well-equipped. Painting students are able to work 
in oils, acrylic, watercolor, fresco, encaustic, and pray/airbrush. Of special interest is 
a methods and materials course offered yearly. The sculpture area includes two 
woodshops, a foundry, shops for welding, forging, stone and wood carving, and an 
environmental sculpture space. Printmakers can choose to work with intaglio, lithog- 
raphy, photo-etching, silkscreen, or woodcuts. Drawing and papermaking facilities 
are also available, as well as special projects rooms. For photography students there 
is a complete darkroom. 

Each graduate student is provided with a spacious studio, access to models and to 
classroom facilities. Environmental works and sculptural installations may be built 
both indoors and outside on the grounds. 

Within the building housing studio art, there are two galleries and two libraries. 
The University of Maryland Art Gallery features national and international exhibi- 
tions, as well as faculty and MFA thesis shows. The West Gallery provides student 
organized exhibitions by and for undergraduate students, and a space for social activi- 
ties for both students and faculty members. The Art Library, which is shared by the 
Studio and Art History Departments, provides both visual and literary reference vo- 
lumes in addition to films and videos. The slide library boasts a growing collection 
of reproductions of artworks from significant art movements. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to graduate study in studio art, an undergraduate degree with an art 
major from an accredited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. The 
candidate should have a minimum of 30 credit hours of undergraduate work in studio 
courses and 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses 
should be part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. In addition, special de- 
partmental requirements must be met. Candidate for the Master's of Fine Arts degree 
will be required to pass an oral comprehensive examination, present an exhibition of 



Art Program 87 



their thesis work, write an abstract based on the thesis, and present an oral defense of 
the thesis. 

Financial Assistance 

The department offers seven teaching assistantships. There are also two year fel- 
lowships available from the college and a number of University Graduate Fellowships. 
Applicants should submit their applications by February 1 for consideration for a 
graduate assistantship or for a fellowship. 

For further information, call or write: 

The Art Department 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
(301) 454-3431 

For courses, see code ARTS. 

Art History Program (ARTH) 

Professors: Denny, DiFederico, Driskell, Eyo, Miller, Rearick 
Associate Professors: Farguhar, Hargrove, Spiro, Wheelock, Sithers 
Assistant Professors: Caswell, Kim, Peters-Campbell, Venit 

The Department of Art History offers programs of graduate study leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The program is committed to the 
advanced study and scholarly interpretation of works of art from the prehistoric era to 
the present, and is grounded in the concept of art as a humanistic experience. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to the Master's program, an undergraduate degree from an ac- 
credited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. Although the applicant 
must demonstrate a general knowledge of art history, an undergraduate major in art 
history is not required. The candidate should, however, have completed a minimum 
of 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses should be 
part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. The verbal and quantitative 
Graduate Record Exam is required for admission. 

To complete the Master's program, the student must complete 30 credit hours with 
a grade of B or better, including ARTH 692, Methods of Art History; pass a depart- 
mentally administered language examination in either French or German; pass a writ- 
ten comprehensive examination which tests the candidate's knowledge and compre- 
hension of the principal areas and phases of art history; complete a thesis which de- 
monstrates competency in research and in original investigation; and pass a final oral 
examination on the thesis and the field which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree include 30 credit hours of 
courses taken at the 600 level or above, with a grade of B or better; ARTH 792, 
Methods of Art History; reading knowledge of both French and German; oral and 
written qualifying examinations in the candidate's major and minor fields; a disserta- 
tion which demonstrates the candidate's capacity to perform independent research; and 
a final oral examination on the dissertation and the field it represents. 



88 Art History Program 



All applicants are encouraged, and those seeking financial assistance are required, 
to submit their applications by February 1 for entrance in the fall term; for admission 
in the spring, applications must be complete by November 1. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of Art is an annual spring event 
which is sponsored by the University of Maryland and held jointly at the National 
Gallery of Art and the university. This symposium provides the opportunity for ad- 
vanced graduate students from the member institutions to present their research in a 
professional forum. 

The University also supports the University of Maryland Caesarea Project, an on- 
going excavation at Caesarea Maritima, Israel. Qualified graduate students are eligi- 
ble for participation in the excavations, and work at this site may lead to M.A. or 
Ph.D. dissertation subjects. 

The University of Maryland Art Gallery is under the administration of the College 
of Arts and Humanities, and works cooperatively with the Departments of Art and Art 
History. The gallery organizes and hosts major exhibitions and produces catalogues 
of historical and contemporary art for the benefit of the University community and the 
general public. Graduate courses in museum studies are offered through the gallery. 
In addition to its exhibition programs, the gallery maintains a permanent collection of 
twentieth-century American paintings, prints and works on paper, and a study collec- 
tion of African sculpture. 

The University of Maryland is located in the suburban Washington, D.C. area, and 
is 30 minutes from the National Gallery of Art, the Smithsonian Museums, the 
Corcoran Gallery, the Phillips Collection and other museums in the metropolitan area. 
The campus is a 50-minute drive from the Walters Art Gallery, the Baltimore 
Museum of Art and the Johns Hopkins University. In addition to the university's 
64, 000- volume art library, students have access to the Library of Congress, Archives 
of American Art, and the research libraries of Dumbarton Oaks, National Museum of 
American Art and other branches of the Smithsonian. The department's slide collec- 
tion, with some 175,000 slides is the largest and most comprehensive in the area. 
The department is a member of the Consortium of Washington Universities, which 
has seven member institutions and which offers, on average, twenty to twenty five 
graduate courses and seminars each semester. 

Financial Assistance 

Fellowships are awarded strictly on the basis of merit by the College of Arts and 
Humanities and by the Graduate School. Graduate assistantships are awarded by the 
Department of Art History. 

Additional Information 

A more detailed description of departmental requirements for the above programs 
and other information may be obtained directly from the Department of Art History. 

For information on the Master of Education in art education, refer to the section 
devoted to Secondary Education in this catalog. 



Astronomy Program 89 



For courses, see code ARTH. 

Astronomy Program (ASTR) 

Professor and Acting Director: A'Hearn 

Professors: Bell, Erikson, Kerr (emeritus), Kundu, Papdopoulos, Rose, Trimble, 

Wentzel 

Adjunct Professors: Hauser, Westerhout 

Associate Professors: Blitz, Eichler, Harrington, Heckman, Matthews, Wilson, Zipoy 

The Astronomy Program, administratively part of the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in as- 
tronomy. The M.S. program includes both thesis and non-thesis options. Areas of 
specialization include: galactic structure, solar physics, solar system, astronomical in- 
strumentation, cometary studies, and high energy and plasma astrophysics. 

A full schedule of courses in all fields of astronomy is offered including galactic 
astronomy, general astrophysics, solar system astrophysics, observational astronomy, 
celestial mechanics, solar physics, study of the interstellar medium, extragalactic as- 
tronomy, and plasma astrophysics. The faculty has expertise in most major branches 
of astronomy. The research program is centered around several major areas of inter- 
est. One is high energy and plasma astrophysics with particular interest centering on 
applications to the study of extragalactic radio sources and of solar phenomena. 
There are related observational programs in the areas of solar radio astronomy and of 
extragalactic astronomy. Other areas include galactic structure, the interstellar 
medium with particular emphasis on molecules in space and on star formation, sellar 
atmospheres and cometary physics. 

Opportunities for permanent jobs in the "traditional" areas of universities and ob- 
servatories are limited, although initial temporary appointments as Research 
Associates are considerably easier to obtain. While the more traditional positions are 
highly competitive, opportunities exist in other areas especially in computer software 
first which do contract work for federal laboratories. All recent Maryland Astronomy 
Ph.D.'s have obtained full-time employment in work related to their training. 

Admission and Degree Information 

No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy is required. However, an 
entering student should have a working knowledge of the basic facts of astronomy 
such as is obtainable from one of the many elementary textbooks. A more advanced 
knowledge of astronomy will of course enable a student to progress more rapidly dur- 
ing the first year of graduate work. 

Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE Advanced Test in Physics is required be- 
fore an applicant's admission to the Graduate School will be considered. In special 
cases, the Graduate Entrance Committee may waive this requirement, and set other 
conditions as a requirement for admission, to be fulfilled either before admission or 
during the first year at Maryland. 

Ph.D. program: During the first two years, full-time students must take at least 
four and normally will take all of the principal courses: ASTR 600, 605, 610, 620, 
640, and 670 plus the required courses in physics. A research project, ASTR 690 and 



90 Astronomy Program 



691 is required during the second year. Students will be aided in identifying a suit- 
able project by the end of the first year. Qualification for the Ph.D. program is based 
on the overall performance in course work research projects, and a written examina- 
tion integrating the six principal courses. The examination is taken during the 
summer after the second year, with an allowance for students who postponed one or 
two of the principal courses. 

Course requirements for the Ph.D. include the principal courses, at least two addi- 
tional advanced astronomy courses, and twelve credits of advanced physics. In addi- 
tion, students must acquire some personal experience with modern observational 
methods and analysis, normally by accompanying a faculty member to a suitable ob- 
servatory. All of the principal courses are required before advancement to candidacy. 

Candidates for the Master of Science Degree with thesis are required to obtain 24 
credits (exclusive of registration for masters research) of which at least 12 are in the 
major area and at least 12 must be at the 600 level (not necessarily the same 12). In 
addition, at least 6 credits must be in a related field (supporting area). 

To obtain the Master of Science Degree without a thesis, 6 credits in the major at 
the 600 level are required in addition to the general requirements described above. 
That is, a total of 30 credits are required, of which 18 must be in the major, and at 
least 18 at the 600 level. The student must also pass a written examination, usually 
consisting of the written part of the Ph.D. qualifying Examination with appropriately 
chosen passing requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Astronomy Program carries on an extensive research program in the areas dis- 
cussed above with the graduate students playing an active role in this research. 
Approximately one-fourth of all research papers published have a graduate student as 
one of the authors. The program maintains a small optical observatory on campus. 
Due to the site, its main use is to enable students to gain experience in observational 
techniques and to test out new equipment to be used ultimately at better sites. There 
is an important effort in the program devoted to the development of optical instrumen- 
tation. A Fourier Transform Spectrometer and a photoelectric Fabry Perot 
Interferometer and a CCD camera are operational. 

The program has strong interaction with the national astronomy observatories, and 
many of the students and faculty carry on observing programs at them. There are 
also very close ties with neighboring scientific institutes. A major program of coo- 
perative research has been established with the Goddard Space Flight Center and a 
number of graduate students carry on research programs there. There are also con- 
tacts with the Naval Observatory, the Naval Research Lab, and other government 
agencies. 

For courses, see ASTR. 

Biochemistry (BCHM) 

Professors: Gerlt, Holmlund, Munn, Ponnamperuma 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dunaway-Mariano, Hansen, Sampugna 

Assistant Professor: Brusilow 



Biochemistry 91 



The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the College Park component of the 
University of Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry which also has compo- 
nents at the University of Maryland Baltimore County and at the University of 
Maryland Medical School and Dental School in Baltimore. The program offers study 
leading to Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Research specializa- 
tion at College Park is available in analytical biochemistry, developmental biochemis- 
try, drug metabolism, enzyme kinetics, immunochemistry, lipid biochemistry, marine 
biochemistry, membrane structure and function, metabolic regulation, neurochemistry, 
nucleic acid biochemistry, and nutritional biochemistry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Applicants 
should have completed an undergraduate program of study with strong emphasis on 
chemistry and/or biology with appropriate supporting courses in mathematics and 
physics. Before obtaining a degree in the program, a student must demonstrate ade- 
quate preparation in biochemistry and in analytical, organic and physical chemistry. 
For this purpose diagnostic examinations in these subjects are offered to students at 
the beginning of their first semester. Students who perform unsatisfactorily on these 
examinations or who may not have had undergraduate preparation in one or more of 
these areas will be advised to register for appropriate courses. Information on course 
work, comprehensive examinations, and the research interests of the faculty is avail- 
able for the guidance of degree candidates. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Biochemistry research is conducted in a new wing occupied in 1975. In addition 
to well-equipped research laboratories, the following central facilities are available: 
animal colony, fermentation pilot plant, electron microscope, analytical ultracentri- 
fuge, PDP-11 computer, liquid scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectrometers, and a chemistry- biochemistry library. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are usually available in the Chemistry and 
Biochemistry Departments. The assistantships involve teaching undergraduate labora- 
tory and recitation classes and permit a tuition waiver for a ten credit program of 
graduate study each semester. 

Additional Information 

Information on requirements and research interests of the faculty may be obtained 
from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20770 

For courses, see code BCHM. 



92 Botany Program 



Botany Program (BOTN) 

Professor and Chair: Patterson 

Professors: Bean, Corbett, Kantzes, Krusberg, Kung, Lockard, Reveal, Sisler 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, Cooke, Kalrander, Motta, Racusen, Steiner, 

Sze, Teramura 

Assistant Professors: Collmer, Foreseth, Grybauskas, Hutcheson, Van Valkenburg, 

Watson, Wolniak 

Adjunct Professor: Bantt 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Chen 

The Department of Botany offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems are 
developed on a personal basis and arranged according to the intellectual and profes- 
sional needs of the student. Course programs are flexible and are deigned under close 
supervision by the student's advisor. The objective of the program is to equip the 
student with a background and techniques for a career in plant science in academic, 
governmental, industrial or private laboratories. 

The areas of specialization are anatomy and morphology, plant biochemistry, cell 
biology, plant ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics and molecular biology, marine 
botany, mycology, paleobotany, plant nematology, plant pathology, phycology, plant 
physiology, taxonomy, and virology. 

Job opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree holders in botany continue to be 
good. A very high percentage of our graduates currently find appropriate positions 
within a short time of graduation. Conditions can change rapidly within the disci- 
pline, however, and consultation with a graduate advisor is recommended. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no special admission requirements. A high degree of intellectual excel- 
lence is of greater consequence than completion of a particular curriculum at the 
undergraduate level. The degree requirements are flexible. However, they involve 
demonstration of competence in the broad field of botany, as well as completion of 
courses in other disciplines which are supportive of modern competence in this field. 
A foreign language may be required if deemed essential by the student's Graduate 
Advisory Committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department has laboratories equipped to investigate most phases of botanical 
and molecular biological research. Field and green house facilities are available for 
research requiring plant culture. Major pieces of equipment include transmission and 
scanning electron microscopes, ultracentrifuges, a liquid chromatograph, low-speed 
centrifuges, microtomes for cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometer, re- 
cording spectrophotometers, gas chromatographs, and environmentally controlled 
growth chambers. A herbarium, departmental reference room, enzyme preparation 
rooms, dark rooms, cold rooms, special culture apparatus for algae, fungi and higher 
plants, spectrophotometers, and respirometers are among the many special pieces of 
equipment and facilities that are available for research. 



Botany Program 93 



Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available in the form of teaching and research assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The department has a special brochure available upon request. For specific infor- 
mation on departmental programs, admission procedures, or financial aid contact: 

Chair, Department of Botany 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code BOTN. 

Business and Management Program (BMGT) 

Dean: Lamone 

Asssociate Dean: Leete 

Assistant Dean: Brown 

Director of Doctoral Program: Preston 

Director of MBA & MS Programs: Waikart 

Chairpersons: Bradford, Loeb, Golden, Durand, Locke, Corsi, Hevner 

Assistant Director of MA Programs: Saks 

Professors Emeritus: Taff , Wright 

Professors: Bartol, Bodin, Bradford, Carroll, Chen, Dawson, Gannon, Gass, Golden, 

Gordon, Greer, Haslem, Jolson. Kolodny, Kotz, Lamone, Leete, Levine, Locke 

(Psychology), S. Loeb, Masi, (Affiliated), Preston, Simon 

Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Bedingfield, Corsi, Courtright, Edelson, 

Edmister, Fromovitz, Hevner, Hynes, M. Loeb, Nickels, Poist, Taylor, Widhelm, 

Yao 

Assistant Professors: Ahad, Basu, Chang, Christofi, Eun, Friar, Grimm, Gupta, 

Holcomb, Huss, Krapfel, Mattingly 

(Affiliated), Olian, Power, Scheraga, Schick, K. Smith, R. Smith, Soubra, Startk, 

Stephens, Stutton, Trader, Wardlow 

The College of Business and Management offers graduate work leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Business 
and Management (MS), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The College's MBA pro- 
gram is accredited nationally by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. Only about 30% of the more than 1,000 graduate programs in the country 
are accredited by the AACSB, a reflection of the quality of faculty, students, curricu- 
lum, and facilities. 

Areas of faculty specialization include accounting, finance, management science 
statistics and information systems, marketing, organizational behavior and industrial 
relations, transportation, and business and public policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission criteria for the MBA, MS and PhD programs are based on (1) quality of 
recent undergraduate and graduate course work; (2) score on the Graduate 
Management Admission Test (GMAT); (3) letters of recommendation; (4) other rele- 



94 Business and Management Program 



vant information and professional experience, and (5) written essays of objectives. 
Prospective applicants should contact the program for application materials. 

MBA Program The College of Business and Management offers an MBA program 
designed to provide the educational foundation for those students with the potential to 
exhibit the highest degree of excellence in future careers as professional managers. 
The MBA program requires 54 credits of course work (18 courses of which 5 are 
electives), normally 4 semesters for a full-time student. There is no thesis require- 
ment. Successful students in the program are expected to demonstrate the following: 
(1) a thorough and integrated knowledge of the basic tools, concepts and theories re- 
lating to professional management; (2) behavioral and analytical skills necessary to 
deal creatively and effectively with organizations and management problems; (3) an 
understanding of the economic, political, technological, and social environments in 
which organizations operate; (4) a sense of professional and personal integrity and so- 
cial responsibility in the conduct of managerial affairs both internal and external to the 
organization. 

Program prerequisites include a bachelor's degree, working knowledge of calculus, 
and a computer programming language. 

About one-half of the students enrolled are full-time and one-half are part-time. 
Full-time students take 15 credits during each semester of the first year, attend a 
four-session management workshop the second semester of their first year and take 12 
credits each semester during their second year. Part-time students take 6 credits and 
the management workshop each regular semester and may take courses during the 
summer. Should these requirements not be met or should a student's grade point av- 
erage fall below 3.0, the student will be placed on probation and granted one semester 
to remedy these deficiencies. Failure to do so will result in termination from the pro- 
gram. Most courses for part-time students will begin at 8:00 p.m. However, occa- 
sionally there may be an evening course with an earlier starting time. Maryland 
MBA graduates obtain employment in a wide spectrum of organizations. Starting sa- 
laries typically range from $25,000 to $45,000 per year. 

MS Program The college offers an MS program for students wishing to concen- 
trate in Accounting and Information Systems, Information Systems, Operations 
Research, or Statistics. The program is designed for students with strong quantitative 
skills who desire a more technical management education. Students typically come to 
the program with undergraduate majors in business, engineering, sciences, informa- 
tion and computer systems, mathematics, or economics. Prerequisites include calcu- 
lus and a high level computer language. Additional pre- requisites in Business 
Economics, and probability or statistics are determined by the student's concentration. 
Depending on the concentration selected, the program calls for either 30 or 33 credit 
hour beyond the prerequisites. A thesis option is offered which may represent 6 cred- 
its in the area of concentration. Program progress and admission standards described 
above for the MBA program area also applicable to the MS program. 

PhD Program The PhD program is designed to produce outstanding scholars in 
management related disciplines. To this end, a strong research philosophy pervades 
the entire program. The low student to faculty ratio fosters a high degree of interac- 
tion between faculty and students on research projects of mutual interest, frequently 



Business and Management Program 95 



culminating in journal articles. Students whose career aspirations are congruent with 
the program's research orientation can look forward to a learning experience that is 
not only demanding but also stimulating and enriching. Recent graduates are em- 
ployed at the following academic institutions: Ben Gurion University, Boston College, 
Georgia, Tech, Penn State, Texas A & M, Syracuse, Houston, Vanderbilt University, 
the University of North Carolina, and the University of Texas. 

Maryland Ph.D. students achieve excellence through course work preparation in 
basic and major and minor fields (required), supervise teaching during the period of 
residence (recommended), and independent research culminating in the writing of a 
doctoral dissertation (required). A full-time commitment (3 courses per semester) to 
the program is mandatory as a condition of admittance. 

All Ph.D. students are provisionally admitted and must achieve a 3.25 GPA in 
each of their first two semesters. Failure to do so results in being placed on proba- 
tion. The probationary period will last one semester, at which time the student will 
be dismissed unless a 3.25 overall GPA is obtained. 

Ph.D. course requirements range upward from a minimum of 42 units, plus disser- 
tation credits, depending on the amount of relevant prior study. Preparation in calcu- 
lus is required for admission. 

The Ph.D. student may select a single major (18 credits) with one minor (12 cred- 
its), or a double major (18 credits each). Major areas of concentration may be chosen 
from among such fields as: accounting, finance, human resource management and la- 
bor relations, information systems, management science and statistics, marketing, or- 
ganizational behavior, management strategy and policy, and transportation and physi- 
cal distribution. 

Minors and second majors may include areas inside or outside the College of 
Business and Management. Typical outside minors include: computer science, 
economics, engineering, government and politics, mathematics, psychology and socio- 
logy. 

Additional course requirements include: two courses from the MBA core 
(accounting, finance, marketing, and behavioral factors); one or two graduate courses 
in economics; a course in research methodology (not required in all majors); and four 
research tools courses specified by the major area. Some of these requirements may 
be waived if equivalent courses have been satisfactorily completed at AACSB institu- 
tions. 

Students are required to take written comprehensive examinations in the major area 
and the minor or research tools subject area. After all course work and written exams 
have been successfully completed, each student must pass a comprehensive oral ex- 
amination. Having passed the oral exam, the student is advanced to candidacy. 

Each Ph.D. candidate prepares a formal dissertation proposal and defends it at an 
open meeting of faculty and students. The proposal should clearly indicate how the 
dissertation will make a major contribution to the literature of the field. Every doc- 
toral student must register for a minimum of 12 dissertation research credits during 
the program 

The minimum residency requirements is the equivalent of three years of full-time 



96 Business and Management Program 



graduate study and research. Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one year 
must be spent at the University of Maryland. 

MBA/JD Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Law of the University 
of Maryland at Baltimore offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and JD de- 
grees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four 
academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be 
credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law 
School at Baltimore as well as to the Graduate School at College Park and must be 
admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program 75 credits in law school coupled with 39 credits in busi- 
ness courses are required for graduation. Fifteen credits of law will be substituted for 
MBA elective course work. Grade point averages in each program will be computed 
separately and student must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in 
the program. The Graduate School will not accept transfer credit for course work ta- 
ken outside the joint program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily 
in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is ter- 
minated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains en- 
rolled but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular 
(nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the law 
school advisor for the joint program and the MBA Program Director. For further dis- 
cussion of admission and degree requirements, students should see above and consult 
the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 

MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs offer a 
joint program of studies leading to the MBA and MPM degrees. Under the terms of 
the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in approximately five semesters. 
The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward 
both degrees. Candidates must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equal- 
ly between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed se- 
parately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in 
the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to re- 
ceive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may 
elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled but such 
completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint pro- 
gram) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the Associate Dean 
of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discus- 
sion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the general admission 
requirements for each program. 



Business and Management Program 97 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The college faculty has been recruited from the graduate programs of leading uni- 
versities in the nation. They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and professional leaders 
with a strong commitment to academic excellence, and to the education of the profes- 
sional manager and researcher. 

Special programs offered by the college include an Executives-in-Residence 
Program and an MBA practicum course, BMGT 791, in which students research a 
problem of significant management concern in a participating firm or agency. 
Through graduate program requirements and faculty research activities, students gain 
exposure to private enterprise to the public sector, and to the vast education, research, 
library, and cultural resources of Washington, D.C. 

The students also have access to the exceptional academic and professional re- 
source of the College Park campus including excellent library and computer facilities. 
A remote computer terminal and on-line teletype facilities are located in the building. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to qualified students in the form of fellowships, graduate 
assistantships, work-study, scholarships, and for Ph.D. students, instructorships. 

Additional Information 

The college has available brochures which give specific degree requirements for the 
MBA and Ph.D. programs. Initial inquiries should be directed to: 

Director of the Masters Programs 
College of Business and Management 

or 

Director of the Doctoral Program 
College of Business and Management 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code BMGT. 

Chemical Engineering Program (ENCH) 

Professor and Director: Smith 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Asbjornsen, Beckmann, Birkner, Cadmna, Gentry, Hsu, McAvoy, Regan 

Associate Professor: Gasner 

Assistant Professors: Calabree, Choi, Davison, Halemane, Payne, Wang, Zafiriou 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interest and 
backgrounds as established between the student, an advisor, and the department chair. 
The general chemical engineering program is focused on four major areas; applied po- 
lymer science, biochemical engineering, environmental and energy-related engineer- 
ing, and process analysis and simulation. 



98 Chemical Engineering Program 



Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any 
of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may 
be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regulations of 
the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate or the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the 
B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees 
in Chemical Engineering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 640. In addition 
to the general rules of the Graduate School certain special degree requirement are set 
forth by the department in the departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A number of special facilities are available for graduate study and research and are 
coordinated through the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, the Polymer 
Reaction Engineering Laboratory, the Chemical Process Systems Laboratory, the 
Laboratory for Biochemical Engineering and Environmental Studies, the Biochemical 
Reactor Scale Up Facility and the Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories con- 
tain advanced digital process control computers, AI computers, a gamma radiation fa- 
cility, an electron accelerator, polymer processing equipment and polymerization reac- 
tors, polymer characterization instrumentation, a laser anemometry facility, a thermo- 
hydraulics facility and an aerosol characterization facility. 

For courses, see code ENCH. 

Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 

Director: Coplan 

Associate Director: Moore 

(CHEM) Professors: Alexander, Greer, Khanna, Miller, Moore, Tossell, Weiner 

Assistant Professor: Mignerey (CHEM/IPST) 

Assistant Professor: Thirumalai (ENCH) 

Professor: Gentry 

Assistant Professor: Calabrese (ENEE) 

Professors: Davis, Hochuli, Lee (ENME) 

Assistant Professor: Radermacher 

Associate Professor: Gupta (IPST) 

Professors: Benesch, Coplan, Ginter, Mcllrath, Sengers, Wilkerson, Zwanzig 

Associate Professor: Gammon 

Assistant Professor: Hill 

Adjunct Professor: Nossal (METO) 

Associate Professor: Ellingson 

Assistant Professor: Dickerson (PHYS) 

(PHYS) Professors: Ferrell, Lynn, Redish 

Associate Professor: Einstein 

Assistant Professor: Williams 



Chemical Physics Program 99 



(PHYS/IPST) Professor: Dorfman 
Assistant Professor: Kirkpatrick 

The Chemical Physics Program provides an academic path for those candidates 
wishing to establish a professional career for which knowledge of both physics and 
chemistry is necessary. The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Candidates 
have the option of concentrating their studies in chemistry, physics, chemical engi- 
neering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering or meteorology. 

The Chemical Physics Program is under the joint sponsorship of the Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology and six academic departments (Chemistry, Physics, 
Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and 
Meteorology). The Chemical Physics Committee oversees the program and is made 
up of representatives from the various sponsoring units with the director of the pro- 
gram as its chair. The Chemical Physics Program Office administers the program and 
is affiliated with the Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A booklet de- 
scribing Chemical Physics at Maryland (College Park) can be obtained from the 
Chemical Physics Office upon request. 

The research of the 35 member faculty covers a diversity of disciplines such as sta- 
tistical mechanics, laser spectroscopy, intermolecular energy transfer, molecular 
dynamics, phase traditions, properties of fluids, fluctuation phenomena, biophysics 
and particle scattering. Access to national research laboratories in the Washington 
metropolitan area is made possible through the related research activities of the 
Chemical Physics faculty. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students with an undergraduate major in physics, chemistry, engineering or mathe- 
matics may apply. A strong background in physics and some background in chemis- 
try is desirable for successful completion of the program. Students admitted to the 
Chemical Physics Program will also be listed in the department of their chosen area of 
concentration. 

The program, of course, is adjusted to the needs of the individual student. When a 
candidate does not possess the required undergraduate background in both physics and 
chemistry, an advisory committee will prescribe appropriate undergraduate courses. 
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must pass the chemical physics qualifying examina- 
tion. This exam is based on material covered by the physics qualifying examination 
in the areas of classical mechanics, quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, thermo- 
dynamics, electricity and magnetism. Additional questions, appropriate to chemical 
physics, on atomic and molecular spectroscopy and structure, molecular bonding theo- 
ry, chemical reaction dynamics and chemical thermodynamics are also part of the ex- 
amination. In addition to passing the Ph.D. qualifier exam the student is required to 
take a graduate laboratory course, 2 semesters of seminar, 4 advanced courses and 12 
credit hours of thesis research concluded by the presentation and defense of an origin- 
al dissertation. 

Students may choose either a thesis or non-thesis option for the M.S. degree. 
Programs of work are arranged on an individual basis and require approval of an advi- 
sor associated with the Chemical Physics Program. The requirements for the non- 



1 00 Chemical Physics Program 



thesis option are completion of 30 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602, 
PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a graduate laboratory course, unless specifically ex- 
empted, and the submission of a scholarly paper along with a master's level pass on 
the Ph.D. qualifying exam. The requirements for the thesis option are completion of 
24 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602, or CHEM 687, PHYS 622, CHEM 
601 and a graduate laboratory, unless specifically exempted, 6 credit hours of thesis 
research, a written thesis and a passing grade on an oral examination which include 
the defense of the written thesis. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are available for qualified students. 

Additional Information 

Requests for further information concerning the Chemical Physics Program can be 
obtained by writing to: 

Professor M. A. Coplan, Director 
Chemical Physics Program (I.P.S.T.) 
I.P.S.T. Building, Rm. 1109 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CHPH. 

Chemistry Program (CHEM) 

Professor and Chair: Mazzocchi 

Professor and Associate Chair: Greer 

Professors: Adler, Alexander, Ammon, Bellama, Castellan, Freeman, Gerit, Gordon, 

Greer, Grim, Hansen, Helz, Henry-Logan, Holmlund, Huheey, Jaquith, Janis, 

Khanna, Kozarich, Mariano, Mazzochi, Miller, Moore, Munn, O'Haer, Ponnam- 

peruma, Poulos, Stewart, Rossell, Walters, Weiner, Zwanzig 

Professors Emeriti: Pratt, Rollinson, Stuntz, Svirlbely, Vanderslice, Veitch 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Boyd, DeVoe, Dunaway-Mariano, Heikkinen, 

Kasler, Mignerey, Murphy, Ondov, Sampugna 

Assistant Professors: Brusilow, Herndon, Thirumalai 

Research Professor: Bailey 

The Chemistry Department offers programs leading to the Master of Science or 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees with specialization in the fields of analytical chemistry, 
biochemistry, bioorganic chemistry, chemical physics (in cooperation with the 
Institute of Physical Sciences & Technology and the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy), environmental chemistry, inorganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, organ- 
ic chemistry, and physical chemistry. The graduate program in biochemistry is de- 
scribed separately in this catalog. The graduate program in chemistry has been de- 
signed with maximum flexibility so that students can achieve strong backgrounds in 
their chosen fields of specialization. 



Chemistry Program 101 



Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. 
Departmental regulations concerning diagnostic examinations, comprehensive exam- 
inations, and other matters pertaining to course work have been assembled for the 
guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available 
from the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has many special research facilities to support research in the 
fields given above. The new research wing of the chemistry building houses bioche- 
mistry research, a centralized animal colony, and some of the inorganic and analytical 
chemical research. Other facilities include "clean" rooms for lunar and environmental 
sample analysis, an electron microscope, X-ray fluorescence instrumentation, an elec- 
tron microprobe, mass spectrometers, NMR spectrometers including 100 MHz and 
200 MHz Fourier-transform NMR spectrometers, ESC A spectrometers, ultracentri- 
fuges, and analytical optical spectrometers. Departmental research is supported on 
two large computers in the Computer Science Building, a Unisys 1 100/92 and a IBM 
3081, both of which are accessible by remote time-sharing terminals. A variety of fa- 
cilities including a laser laboratory, and other electron microscopes are available on 
campus. The department has an excellent glassblowing shop, a fine student faculty 
machine shop, and access to other campus machine shops. The Chemistry Library 
has an extensive collection of books, journals, and abstracts in chemistry, biochemis- 
try and other fields. Included in the Chemistry Library is a computer terminal for li- 
terature searching. 

Financial Assistance 

Entering graduate students are normally supported on graduate teaching assistant- 
ships. Their assistantships usually involve teaching undergraduate laboratory and reci- 
tation classes and enable the student to pursue a ten-credit program of graduate study 
each semester. 

Additional Information 

The department has a brochure available describing its graduate program and the 
research interests of its faculty. For a copy of the brochure, or for specific informa- 
tion on graduate programs in chemistry, admissions procedures, or financial aid con- 
tact: 

Dr. Sandra Greer 

Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and Research, 

Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CHEM. 



1 02 Civil Engineering Program 



Civil Engineering Program (ENCE) 

Professor and Chair: Colville 

Professors: Albrecht, Birkner, Carter, McCuen, Ragan, Rib, Sternberg, Witczak 

Associate Professors: Aggour, Garber, Goodings, Schelling, Schoenfeld, Schwartz, 

Vannoy, Wolde-Tinsae 

Assistant Professors: Ayyub, Bernold, Chang, Hao, Perl, Smith, Walters 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate work leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science an Doctor of Philosophy. All programs are planned on an indi- 
vidual basis by the student and an advisor to consider the student's background and 
special interests. Course and research opportunities are available in the general area 
of transportation an urban systems, environmental engineering, water resources, struc- 
tural engineering, geotechnical engineering, and in construction engineering and 
management. In general, emphasis is on learning sound engineering principles and 
applying them to human needs. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. degree in Civil Engineering. 
However, applicants with undergraduate degrees in other disciplines may be accepted 
with the stipulation that deficiencies in prerequisite undergraduate course work be cor- 
rected before enrolling in graduate courses. There are no entrance examinations re- 
quired for the program. 

Two options are available for the Master of Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. 
The department's policies and requirements are the same as the requirements of the 
Graduate School. 

The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree are the same as those posed 
by the Graduate School. An approved program of study suited to the needs of the 
student is developed by the student and an advisor. The student must pass a qualify- 
ing examination before being admitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying exam 
is taken when the student's course work is at least 75% completed. There is no lan- 
guage requirement for the Ph.D. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities available to graduate students include laboratories 
in the following areas; transportation, systems analysis, environmental engineering, 
hydraulics, remote sensing, structure, and soil mechanics. Computer facilities avail- 
able include the Computer Science Center's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 comput- 
ers, complemented by remote terminals and mini-and micro-computer systems located 
within the department. 

The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan Areas are easily accessible for data, 
field studies, library access, contacts with national organizations and attendance at na- 
tional meetings. The location of the University of Maryland offers a unique oppor- 
tunity to obtain an advanced degree in Civil Engineering. 

For courses, see code ENCE. 



Classics Program 103 



Classics Program (CLAS) 

Professor and Chair: Rowland 

Associate Professors: Duffy, Hallett, Hubbe, Staley 

Assistant Professor: Lee 

Visiting Faculty (1986-87): Bums, D'Amato, Doherty, Lipovsky 

The Department of Classical Studies offers a graduate program of study with spe- 
cializations in Latin, Latin and Greek, and Classical Civilization leading to the degree 
of Master of Arts. The goal of this program is to provide students with advanced 
study of the Latin and/or Greek languages and literatures in the context of a broader 
and deeper knowledge and understanding of Greek and Roman culture and civiliza- 
tion. In addition to advanced courses in language, each student will be required to 
take course work in related disciplines outside of the Classics Department. Some in- 
dividual programs may require more than 30 hours. Students may chose one of three 
tracks toward the degree: Latin, Latin and Greek, or Civilization of the Classical 
World. The Department of Ancient Studies at the University of Maryland-Baltimore 
County cooperates in offering this program; however, no more than twelve (12) cred- 
its earned at UMBC will be accepted in satisfaction of the requirements for this de- 
gree. 

Department Requirements 

During their first semester in the program, students will be required to demonstrate 
their proficiency in reading Latin, Greek, or both well enough to pursue course work 
at the graduate level. Students may not enroll for further graduate level courses until 
they have demonstrated this proficiency. All degree candidates in the program will be 
required to take either Latin 490 or Greek 490, or both, depending on the areas of 
concentration, along with CLAS 601, unless they have previously taken similar 
courses. Before being approved for the degree, students will also have to demonstrate 
proficiency in reading one modern foreign language — normally French, German, or 
Italian; a different modern foreign language, if related to the student's research area, 
may also be approved. Students who elect to write a thesis will be required to take 
an oral examination on that thesis. 

Requirements and Areas of Concentration 

The Latin program requires a minimum of thirty hours of approved course work, 
twelve of which, exclusive of thesis research credits, must be in Latin at the 600-level 
or higher; six of these hours must be from the period courses LATN 620-6301. Six 
of the thirty hours should be in thesis research credits, although two courses in Latin 
at the 600-level or higher may, with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An 
independent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six 
of the thirty hours at the 400-level or above must be in aspects of classical civilization 
offered in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, and romance philology, 
or in approved allied fields. 

Final examination: Sight translation in Latin (3 hours); written examination (3 
hours) in Latin literature. 



1 04 Classics Program 



SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 

1) Outside emphasis in linguistics, non-thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, LATN 610, 
LING 432, LATN 604, LATN 620, LATN 623, LATN 631, LATN 640, FREN 602 

2) Outside emphasis in history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, LATN 604, LATN 
623, LATN 640, LATN 630, HIST 838, HIST 841, LATN 799 

The Latin and Greek Program requires a minimum of thirty-three hours of ap- 
proved course work. Nine hours of course work in one language and three in the oth- 
er, exclusive of research credit, must be at the 600-level or higher. Six of the thirty 
hours should be in thesis research credits, although two courses, in the languages at 
the 600-level or higher may with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An inde- 
pendent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six of 
the thirty-three hours at the 400-level or above must be in aspects of classical civiliza- 
tion in courses offered in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, and 
romance philology, or in approved allied fields. 

Final examination: Sight translation examination in both languages (2 hours in one, 
1 hour in the other); written examination (3 hours) in classical Greek and Latin litera- 
ture. 

SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 

1) Outside emphasis in philosophy, non-thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, GREK 
490, LATN 704, LATN 605, LATN 623, GREK 602, GREK 604, GREK 606, PHIL 
412, PHIL 413 

2) Outside emphasis in art history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, GREK 490, 
LATN 623, LATN 624, LATN 630, GREK 604, GREK 606, ARTH 403, ARTH 
702, CLAS 799 

The Civilization of the Classical World Program requires a minimum of thirty 
hours of approved course work. Twelve of those hours, exclusive of thesis research, 
must be at the 600-level or higher, and six of those twelve must be in either Latin or 
Greek language courses or in any combination of the two. The other six hours at the 
600-level or higher will be in the study of classical civilization or the classical tradi- 
tion in courses offered in archaeology, art, classics, history, philosophy, or in ap- 
proved allied fields. Six of the remaining hours should be in thesis research. An 
independent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. The 
remaining six hours, which must be at the 400-level or above, can be in aspects of 
classical civilization in courses offered either by the Classics Department or in ar- 
chaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, and romance philology, or in ap- 
proved allied fields. Students in this concentration will have an advisory committee 
of three faculty members appointed by the departmental chair. 

Final examination: Sight translation examination (2 hours);written examination on 
the civilization of the classical world (4 hours). 

SAMPLE PROGRAM: 

1) Outside emphasis in theatre, non-thesis: CLAS 601 GREK 490, CLAS 470, 
CLAS 621, CLAS 670, LATN 404, LATN 624, LATN 631, GREK 603, THET 490, 
THET 690 



Communications Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 1 05 



2) Outside emphasis in comparative literature, thesis: CLAS 01, LATN 490, CLAS 
620, CLAS 670, LATN 605, LATN 623, CMLT 488, CLAS 799. 

For courses, see codes CLAS, GREK and LATN. 

Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 

Professor and Chair: Gillespie 

Professors: Aylward, Bentley, Boyd, Kolker, Meersman, Milhous, Pugliese 

(Emeritus), Wolvin 

Associate Professors: Falcione, Fink, Freimuth, Gaines, Gomery, Kirkly, Klumpp, 

McCaleb, O'Leary, Weiss 

Assistant Professors: Carlson, Coleman, Blum, Brown, Parks, Robinson, Shykles, 

Patterson, Elam, Jr., Kriebs, Marchetti, Milton, Stowe, Wilson 

Lecturers: Doyle Niles, Lancaster 

Radio-Television-Film 

A student in the Radio-Television-Film division may either concentrate in a particu- 
lar area (Film or broadcasting, for example) or elect a more general program coring 
the multiple aspects of electronic and film communication. Students whose academic 
goals extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film division may, upon approval of their 
advisor, take as many as twelve credit hours in cognate fields in other divisions or 
other departments of the university. Examples of such programs would include edu- 
cational uses of media, broadcast management and electronic journalism. 

Speech Communication 

Students who elect to pursue a program of study in the Division of Speech 
Communication are encouraged to develop programs reflecting an understanding of 
the genesis, the nature, and the effects of human speech behavior. A student may 
concentrate within a specialized area of Speech Communication (Political 
Communication or Organizational Communication, for example) or may elect a more 
general course of study. Students in the Speech Communication Division are urged to 
augment their program of study with course work in complementary disciplines and 
with communication internships in the Washington, D.C., metropolitan area. 

Theatre 

The M.A. program in Theatre is designed to provide the student with opportunities 
to enhance and develop historical and critical faculties and to prepare for participation 
in further graduate work at the doctoral level. This is accomplished through course 
work and in the writing of a thesis using historical and official research methodolo- 
gies. 

The three-year M.F.A. in Theatre is designed to offer superior students advanced 
training and opportunities for creative activity, the program prepares the student for 
entrance into the professional theatre or for teaching in the creative area at the college 
or university level. The areas of concentration are costume design and theater 
management. 



1 06 Communication Arts and Theatre Program 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the John F. Kennedy Center 
for the Performing Arts, Arena Stage, and the National, Ford's and Folger Theatres, 
and the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. In addition, a number of 
Equity and non-Equity dinner theatres and semi-professional experimental theatres 
abound in the area. 

Two of the greatest libraries in the world, the Library of Congress and the Folger 
Shakespeare Library, are in close proximity to campus. Students also regularly make 
use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the National 
Archives and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in the Washington 
metropolitan area. 

The department has use of the Tawes Fine Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on 
campus, the Communication Research Center, and audio and video production facili- 
ties. 

For courses, see codes RTVF, SPCH and THET. 

Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 

Professor and Director: Heyndels 

Professors: Beck, Bentley, Best, Bryer, Clignet, R. Cohen, Damrosch, Freedman, 

Fuegi, Gillespie, Gramberg, Haber, Herin, Holton, Jones, Kerrigan, MacBain, Oser, 

Pacheco, Panichas, Patterson, Price, Rimer, Rowland, J. Russell, Schoenbaum, 

Sosnowski, Therrien, Wittreich 

Visiting Professors: Lifon, Logan, Semprun 

Associate Professors: Barry, Beiken, Bennett, Berlin, Bilik, R.H. Brown, 

Caramello, Coogan, David, Duffy, Fink, Flieger, Fredericksen, Glad, Grimsted, Hage 

Hallett, Handelman, J. Harris, Herman, Igel, Joyce, Kelly, Kerkham, Klein, 

Levinson, Loizeaux, Mintz, Peterson, Pfister, J. Robinson, C. Russell, Staley, 

Tarica, Trousdale 

Assistant Professors: Aguilar-Mora, Falvo, Dungey, Gullickson, Kristal, Leinwand, 

Levine, Strauch, Zappala 

Instructor: Spector 

Faculty Research Assistant: Taitsch 

The Comparative Literature Program and Center for Critical studies offer graduate 
work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. It associates 
a distinguished faculty and offers concentrated work in major movements and genres, 
in literary theory and in literature and other arts. The greatest strength of the program 
is currently in the history and criticism of dramatic literature in the novel, in sociolo- 
gy of literature and culture and in film studies. Interdisciplinary work is very much 
encouraged as is practical criticism in the arts. The three main priorities into the pro- 
gram are: 

1 . The critical theory and socio-philosophical approach of the literary pro- 
cess (including cultural anthropology); 

2. The study of literature as a part of the global "representation" and sym- 
bolic process (with an emphasis on film studies and drama); 



Comparative Literature Program 1 07 



3. The historical and theoretical approach of the relationship between li- 
terature and the arts (including painting, music, architecture, etc.). 

The different fields concerned by the program are: English, French and Italian, 
German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese literatures; American, Women's, East- 
Asian, Jewish studies; Classics, History, Sociology, Philosophy, Arts and History of 
the Arts, Communication Arts, Theatre, Radio-Television-Film, Music. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have a strong background in the arts and humanities. Since ad- 
vanced work in Comparative Literature is based on the premise that literature should 
be read in the original whenever possible, students are expected to be able to read at 
least one langauge other than English with a high degree of aesthetic appreciation. 
Ph.D. students are expected to use at least two foreign languages actively in their 
work, and it is assumed that efforts will be made to develop an acquaintance with one 
or two additional languages. Entrance examinations are not required, but high scores 
on GRE literature and language examinations will add weight to publications. 

Students take courses in CML and in the different affiliate departments and pro- 
grams. The M.A. degree requires thirty hours, either 24 hours of course work, a 
comprehensive examination and a thesis, or thirty hours of course work and a 
comprehensive examination. To enter the Ph.D. program, the M.A. thesis is highly 
recommended. No specific number of hours is required for the Ph.D., as the number 
will vary according to the preparation and goals of the individual student; the average 
has been eight to ten courses beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is a required step 
toward the Ph.D. The Ph.D. comprehensive examinations cover four major areas, de- 
termined after consultation with the individual student's committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The resources of the Library of Congress, the Kennedy Center, the Folger Library, 
the American Film Institute, Kennan Institute, and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly 
drawn upon as are internship possibilities in the greater Washington area and graduate 
exchange programs with European universities. Students have, of course, ready ac- 
cess to all the museums, galleries, libraries and cultural institutions of the 
Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. The CMLT Program and Center for Critical 
Studies, in cooperation with several departments and schools, is also running a 
comprehensive international artistic and cultural exchange program called "Maryland 
in Europe/Europe in Maryland." 

Financial Assistance 

Various teaching and research assistantships and general university fellowships are 
available. CMLT students may teach in various departments cooperating in the 
CMLT Program and may be considered for a year abroad as a teacher at cooperating 
European universities. 

For courses, see code CMLT. 



1 08 Comparative Literature Program 



Computer Science Program (CMSC) 

Professors: Agrawala, Atchison, Basili, Chu, Davis, Edmundson, Kanal, Mills, 
Minker, Samet, Stewart 

Associate Professors: Austing, Gannon, Knott, Nau, O'Leary, Roussopoulos, Shnei- 
derman, Tripathi, Weiser, Zelkowitz 

Assistant Professors: Aloimonos, Amir, Carson, Elman, Faloutsos, Fontecilla, Fu- 
ruta, Gasarch, Hendler, Jalote, Johnson, Kruska, Mark, Mount, Pedis, Plateau, Pur- 
tilo, Remakrishnan, Reggia, Ricart, Rombach, Sanders, Sellis, Shankar, Smith, Stotts 
The Department of Computer Science offers graduate programs leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: applica- 
tions, artificial intelligence, computer systems information processing, numerical anal- 
ysis, programming languages, and theory of computing. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to the graduate programs in computer 
science are described in a brochure available through the Departmental Graduate 
Office. There are two options for the master's degree: 1) 24 hours of course work 
plus the completion of a thesis, or 2) 30 hours of course work, a comprehensive ex- 
amination, plus the completion of a scholarly paper. There is no minimum course re- 
quirement in the doctoral program. The number and variety or courses offered each 
semester enables students and their advisors to plan individualized degree programs. 

Facilities 

The Department maintains a research laboratory containing a DEC 8600, VAX 
11/785, two VAX ll/750s, a Pyramid 90x and 20 Sun work stations all networked to- 
gether running Berkeley UNIX. In addition, we are developing software to integrate 
30 Xerox STAR work stations running XDE or Interlisp into our network. The 
Department has received approximately two dozen IBM PCs (XTs and ATs) from 
IBM, a Data General MV 10000, and a Burroughs XE-550 UNIX processor. The 
Departmental network is also on ARPANET (address: Maryland) and on CSNET 
(address: UMCP-CS). 

In July, 1983 the Department was awarded $4.3 million from the National Science 
Foundation as part of the Coordinated Experimental Research (CER) program to es- 
tablish a Laboratory for Parallel Computation. ZMOB - a distributed processor con- 
sisting of 256 communicating Z-80 microprocessors is the center of the Laboratory 
for Parallel Computation. 

Several faculty members are also affiliated with the University's Center for 
Automation Research (CfAR). CfAR has two VAX ll/785s, a Symbolics 3600, and 
a 16-node Butterfly parallel processor for use by its research assistants (most of whom 
are computer science graduate students). 

The Computer Science Center maintains large Univac and IBM mainframes, a 
OPDP 1 1/44 running UNIX, and several IBM 4341s which are used in classes and are 
also available for research. The Computer Science Center also provides other ser- 
vices, most notably the Program Library which contains a large collection of journals, 
conference proceedings, and technical reports. 



Computer Science Program 1 09 



Additional Information 

For information on degree programs and graduate assistantships contact: 
Graduate Office 

Department of Computer Science 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CMSC. 

Consumer Economics Program 

(See Textiles and Consumer Economics Program) 

Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 

Professor and Chair: Hershenson 

Professors: Birk, Marx, Magoon 1 ' 2 , Pumroyl, Schlossberg 

Associate Professors: Allan 3 , Hoffman, Greenberg, Lawrence, Leonard 2 , Medvene 2 , 

Power, Rhoads, Scales 2 , Sedlacek 2 , Spokane, Teglasi, Westbrook 2 

Assistant Professors: Boyd 2 , Freeman 2 , Lucas 2 , McEwen, Molla 3 , Mullison 2 , Strein, 

Thomas 3 

'joint appointment with Psychology 
2 joint appointment with Counseling Center 
3 joint appointment with Student Affairs 

The Department of Counseling and Personnel Services offers graduate programs de- 
signed to provide the knowledge and skills needed for practice and scholarship in 
counseling and related human service professions. These fields are concerned with 
assisting people (individually, in groups, and in organizations) to attain their optimal 
level of personal, social, educational, and career functioning. Graduates of the de- 
partment are employed in a variety of settings including schools, colleges and univer- 
sities, mental health agencies, rehabilitation agencies, correctional facilities, business 
and industry, government agencies, other community service facilities, and private 
practice. These professionals may serve any of several roles either at the 
practitioner's level or at an advanced level as supervisors, researchers, educators, or 
program administrators. Master's level professional entry-level programs are offered 
in five areas of specialization. 

(1) The School Counseling specialization program prepares students to become 
school counselors in elementary, middle, and high school settings. School counselors 
provide expertise in the personal, social, academic, and vocational development of the 
school-aged child; counsel children individually and in groups; coordinate pupil ser- 
vices in schools; and, function as a consultant to classroom teachers, school adminis- 
trators, and parents. (2) The School Psychology program prepares students for certifi- 
cation as school psychologists, whose principal duties are to assess intellectual and 
emotional factors that affect pupils' functioning in school settings and to devise inter- 
vention strategies to enhance the learning and behavioral adjustment of pupils. (3) 
The College Student Personnel specialty program prepares specialists for service in 
higher education settings in two areas of concentration: College Counseling and 



110 Counseling and Personnel Services Program 



Student Personnel Administration which includes such functions as student develop- 
ment, student union, housing, admissions, placement, deans of students and vice pre- 
sidents of student affairs. (4) The Community Counseling specialization provides 
three emphases within the program: career development and vocational counseling, 
community mental health counseling and consultation, and adult development and 
counseling. (5) The Rehabilitation Counseling specialty program prepares counselors 
to work with persons having mental, emotional, social, or physical handicaps. 

Because of differences in certification, licensure, and employment requirements 
across specialty areas, professional entry-level programs of two types are offered, de- 
pending on the area of specialization: (1) a master's degree program (M.A., thesis re- 
quired or M.Ed., thesis not required), or (2) an integrated Master's/ Advanced 
Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) program. In this program, the student is admitted to the 
full sequence, takes the master's comprehensive examination after twenty-four hours 
of course work, writes a master's thesis (if M.A.) after about twenty-four more hours 
of course work, then takes the A.G.S. comprehensive examination while completing 
the degree and A.G.S. certificate simultaneously. It is possible for students in the 
integrated Master's/A. G.S. program to stop at the master's level, after completing 
thirty to thirty-six semester hours (including the thesis, if M.A.); but this master's de- 
gree will not qualify them for certification in those specialty areas that require a 
sixty-semester hour academic program. The applicant should contact the department 
for further information concerning the entry-level requirements and curriculum of each 
area of specialization. 

It is possible for individuals who wish to enter a career in counseling but who are 
undecided about which area of specialization they wish to pursue to apply for admis- 
sion at the master's level as "undesignated" applicants. These students may apply for 
admission to a specialty area within their first 15 credits of coursework within the de- 
partment. While admission to a particular specialty will depend on available space 
and the student's appropriateness for that specialty area, they will be assured of being 
admitted to one or more areas as long as their academic performance and professional 
development have been satisfactory. 

The A.G.S. certificate is offered in all of the aforementioned areas of specializa- 
tion. For individuals who hold a master's degree in counseling or a closely related 
field, this certificate program may serve: (1) to provide the additional education re- 
quired for professional certification or licensure in those specialty areas which require 
a program of two year's length, and/or (2) to provide the academic background for an 
advanced level of professional practice within a specialty area. 

The Ph.D. degree in Counseling and Personnel Services is offered in four areas of 
specialization: (a) Counseling Psychology (in collaboration with the Psychology 
Department), (b) School Psychology, (c) College Student Personnel Administration, 
and (d) Counseling and Consultation. The goal of doctoral studies is to prepare stu- 
dents to achieve exceptional competence in the theory and practice of their field; to 
develop high level skills as researchers, educators, and administrators; and to assume 
positions of leadership in various relevant settings. Students in the counseling psy- 
chology specialization are educated to work as doctoral level counseling psychologists 
and supervisors in such settings as college and university counseling centers, com- 



Counseling and Personnel Services Program 111 



munity mental health agencies, and academic departments. Doctoral level school psy- 
chologists serve as advanced level practitioners, supervisors, administrators, research- 
ers, and teachers of school psychology. Students in College Student Personnel 
Administration are prepared to assume leadership positions as administrators of col- 
lege or university student personnel services or as teachers and researchers of college 
student personnel work. Doctoral students in counseling and consultation are pre- 
pared to assume roles as supervisors, consultants, administrators, educators or re- 
searchers in school counseling, rehabilitation, career development, or gerontological 
counseling programs. All Ph.D. students in the department are educated in accord 
with the scientist-practitioner model, wherein they are expected to attain advanced 
skills as both practitioners and researchers in their area of specialization. 

Professionally accreditated/approved programs within the department include: 
School Psychology (provisional) and Counseling Psychology Doctoral Programs, by 
the American Psychological (provisional) and Counseling Psychology Doctoral 
Programs, by the American Psychological Association; Rehabilitation Counseling 
Masters/ A. G.S. Program, by the Council on Rehabilitation Education; Community 
Counseling Masters (M.A. or M.Ed.) and Counseling and Consultation Doctoral 
Programs, (provisionally) by the Council on Accreditation of Counseling and Related 
Educational Programs. The M.A. /A. G.S. Program in School Psychology and the 
Master's (M.A. or M.Ed.) Program in School Counseling are approved for certifica- 
tion by the Maryland State Department of Education and are accredited by the 
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for regular admission to master's degree programs must have an overall 
undergraduate average of B (3.0 on a 4-point scale) and must submit their scores on 
the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination (required for School 
Psychology M.A. /A. G.S. program). Their undergraduate program must include at 
least 15 semester hours of course work in behavioral science fields (anthropology, 
education, psychology, sociology, and/or statistics). Applicants for admission to 
A. G.S. and Ph.D. programs must have a master's degree in counseling or a closely 
related field. For admission as a Ph.D. student, a grade point average of 3.5 in prior 
graduate work is required, together with an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies 
Test or the Graduate Record Examination (for Counseling Psychology and School 
Psychology). Selective screening of qualified applicants is necessary in order to limit 
enrollment to the available faculty resources of the department. 

Departmental comprehensive examinations are required of all master's, A.G.S. and 
doctoral students. All doctoral students are required to take advanced courses in sta- 
tistics and research design. There are no foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. 
degree. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

All Master's A.G.S. and doctoral students in the department are required to include 
supervised fieldwork experiences as part of their degree programs. To this end, the 
department has excellent cooperative relationships with the Division of Student Affairs 
(including such offices as the Counseling Center, Orientation, Campus Activities, the 



112 Counseling and Personnel Services Program 



Student Union, Resident Life, and Commuter Affairs) with units in Academic Affairs 
(such as Advising, Career Development, Admissions, and Experiential Learning) and 
with units in University College. Fieldwork may also be done at a wide variety of 
school systems, counseling services, and mental health agencies in the 
Maryland/District of Columbia area. 

In addition to campus and department resources, students also utilize the many ma- 
jor research and professional institutions of relevance to the counseling and personnel 
services field which are easily accessible to the campus. These include the Library of 
Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Institutes of Health and of 
Education, the American Psychological Association, and the American Association for 
Counseling and Development. 

Financial Assistance 

The department offers several graduate assistantships, and paid experiences have 
been arranged for some students in the department with a variety of on-campus and 
off-campus agencies. 

Additional Information 

Individual brochures describing the curriculum of each professional entry-level and 
each doctoral specialization may be obtained by writing or calling (301) 454-2026 the 
department. 

For courses, see code EDCP. 

Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 
(Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology) 

Director and Professor: Wellford 

Professor Emeritus: Lejins 

Professors: Loftin, Sherman 

Associate Professors: Ingraham, Maida, Paternoster 

Assistant Professors: Gottfredson, Smith, Uchida, Young 

The Program of graduate study leading to Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in the area of Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to prepare stu- 
dents for research, teaching, and professional employment in the operational agencies 
in the field of criminal justice. This program combines an intensive background in a 
social science discipline such as sociology, psychology, public administration, etc., 
with graduate-level study of selected aspects of the criminal justice field. 

A study recently completed of Institute M.A. and Ph.D. alumni reveals that 
Master's degree graduates have found employment in both public and private institu- 
tions in virtually every kind of activity associated with the criminal justice system: re- 
search; teaching; federal, state, and local law enforcement; courts; corrections; private 
security; funded programs; etc. Ph.D. graduates have found employment mostly in 
teaching, research, and as administrators in government agencies. 



Criminal Justice and Criminology Program 113 



Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, special admission require- 
ments include the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, a major in a social 
science discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the appropriate area of criminal jus- 
tice. For the M.A. applicant, the undergraduate social science major must have in- 
cluded at least one course each in theory, statistics, and research methods. The Ph.D. 
applicant must have completed two statistics, two research methods, and two theory 
courses, one of each being at the master's level. Admission to the Ph.D. program 
presupposes completion of the M.A. degree. At the discretion of the Graduate 
Admissions Committee of the Institute, deficiencies in some of the above areas may 
be made up by noncredit work at the beginning of the program. 

Students enrolled in the M.A. program have two options: a criminology option and 
a criminal justice option. The general plan of study for both options is as follows: 
thirty (30) semester hours of courses consisting of: 1) at least 6 appropriate level 
courses in criminology and criminal justice, three of which are required courses which 
must be passed with a "B" or better; 2) a graduate level course in statistics, the course 
to be selected from an approved list; 3) 6 credit hours of either thesis credit or addi- 
tional course work depending on the option selected by the student; and 4) one elec- 
tive course. The student has a choice between a M.A. degree with a thesis or an 
M.A. degree without thesis but with some additional requirements. 

For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in addition to the general Graduate School 
Ph.D. requirements, competence in research methodology and in quantitative tech- 
niques is expected, as well as competence in the general theory of the criminal justice 
field and in the specialization area selected by the student. The necessary course 
work is determined on the basis of the student's previous preparation, needs, and 
interests. The candidate is required to pass comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are available on a competitive basis. Further, 
graduate research assistantships are sometimes available for graduate students to parti- 
cipate in research projects directed by faculty members and funded by outside 
sources. 

Additional Information 

A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology and its 
programs is available upon request. Inquiries should be directed to: 
Graduate Program Coordinator 
Institute of Criminal Justice 
University of College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code CRIM and CJUS. 



114 Curriculum and Instruction Program 



Curriculum and Instruction Program (EDCI) 

Chair: Arends 

Professors: E.G. Campbell, Carr, Fein, Fey 6 , Folstrom 1 , Holliday, Jantz, Johnson, 

Layman 8 , Lockard 2 , Roderick, Sublett, Weaver, Wilson 

Associate Professors: Amershek, Borko, Brigham, Church, Cirrincione 4 , Craig, 

Davey, Davidson, DeLorenzo, Dreher, Eley, Farrell 5 , Gambrell, Gamer, Heidelbach, 

Henkelman 6 , Herman, McCaleb 9 , McWhinnie 10 , Saracho, D. Williams 

Assistant Professors: P. Campbell, Gillingham, Graeber, Krajcik, Markham, 

Sanford, Slater", H. Williams 12 , Young 13 

'joint appointment with Music 

2 joint appointment with Botany 

3 joint appointment with Human Development 

4 joint appointment with Geography 

5 joint appointment with History 

6 joint appointment with Mathematics 

8 joint appointment with Physics 

9 joint appointment with Communication Arts and Theatre 

10 joint appointment with Housing and Applied Design 

"joint appointment with English 

12 joint appointment with Library and Information Services 

13 joint appointment with Physical Education 

The department offers programs leading to the following degrees of certificates: 
Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis), Master of Education, Advanced Graduate 
Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The department offers a 
variety of programs individually designed to meet the personal and professional goals 
of graduate students. These goals may include educational research, teaching, super- 
vising, providing leadership as curriculum specialists within the disciplines, teacher 
education or consulting at all levels of instruction; early childhood, elementary, se- 
condary, and higher education. Programs are offered to meet the needs of profession- 
als in school and non-school settings. All programs are available on the College Park 
campus; some programs are available in off campus centers. 

Areas of emphasis include art education, early childhood education (birth to eight 
years of age), elementary education, history/social studies education, language and 
cultural studies (English education, foreign language education, teaching English as a 
second language, speech and drama education), mathematics education, music educa- 
tion, professional development (teacher education and human relations), reading edu- 
cation, science education, and uses of microcomputers in education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree programs require a minimum of 30 to 36 semester hours, the 
A.G.S. diploma program 60 hours beyond the bachelor's degree, and the doctorate a 
planned sequence of approximately 60 semester hours beyond the master's degree. 



Curriculum and Instruction Program 115 



Programs include both theory and practicum, professional work, research, and aca- 
demic courses. There are no foreign language requirements unless the dissertation is 
on a topic that requires it. 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate 
grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate 
Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program re- 
quires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 under- 
graduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test 
or Graduate Record Examination. 

Master's degree students are required to take a 6 hour comprehensive examination 
near the end of their program. Doctoral students are required to take a preliminary 
examination, usually written, after approximately 12 semester hours of work and a 
comprehensive examination near the completion of the program. An oral examination 
in defense of the dissertation constitutes the final step in completing the doctorate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction to support gradu- 
ate study and research include the Micro Teaching and Decision Making Laboratory, 
the Center for Mathematics Education, the Center for Young Children, the Reading 
Center, and the Science Teaching Center. Additional facilities in the College of 
Education include the Educational Technology Center, the Curriculum Laboratory, 
and Teacher Education Centers in local schools. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available in the Department of Curriculum 
and Instruction. These assistants work with research, supervision of student teachers, 
and teaching undergraduate classes. 

Additional Information 

Write or call the department (301) 454-7346 for more specific information about 
the various programs. 

For courses, see code EDCI. 

Economics Program (ECON) 

Professors and Chair: Hulten 

Professors: Aaron, Adams, Almon, Bergmann, Betancourt, Brechling, Clague, Cum- 
berland, Harris, Kelejian, McGuire, Mueller, Myers, Oates, Olson Polakoff, 
Schultze, Straszheim, Wonnacott 
Professors Emeriti: Dillard, Gruchy, O'Connell, Ulmer 

Associate Professors: Bennett, Coughlin, Cropper, Knight, Meyer, Murrell, Pana- 
gariya, Schwab, Weinstein 
Assistant Professors: Haliassos, Kessides, Kiguel, Kole, Prucha, Succar, Wallis 

Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees. Areas of specialization include: economic theory, advanced economic theory, 
comparative economic systems and planning, econometrics, history of economic 



116 Economics Program 



thought, industrial organization, institutional economics, international economics, la- 
bor economics, monetary economics, public finance, public choice, and regional and 
urban economics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have taken (or should plan to take immediately) at least one ad- 
vanced undergraduate course in microeconomics, macroeconomics, statistics, and cal- 
culus. In addition, the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Record Examination is 
required and the Advanced Economics Test is strongly recommended. Letters of re- 
commendation from three persons competent to judge the probability of the 
applicant's success in graduate school should be sent directly to the Director of 
Graduate Studies in Economics. Part-time graduate study is difficult since few 
courses are taught at night. 

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be taken under either the thesis op- 
tion (24 hours plus a thesis) or the non-thesis option (30 hours, including Economics 
621-622, a written examination in economic theory and a research paper). The re- 
quirements for the non-thesis option for the M.A. are met automatically in the course 
of the Ph.D. program in Economics. 

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are (1) a written examination in 
economic theory, normally taken at the beginning of the second year of full-time 
graduate study; (2) written examinations in two approved optional fields; (3) a 
comprehensive oral examination covering economic theory and the two optional 
fields; (4) two courses in Quantitative Methods in Economics; (5) two courses (ECON 
606 and 607) in the History of Economic Thought or one in Thought and one in 
Economic History (ECON 611 and 613); (6) foreign language competency or one of 
several options; (7) a research paper available to the faculty at the time of the oral 
comprehensive examination; and (8) a dissertation and its successful oral defense. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program in Economics is a comprehensive one. The Department pos- 
sesses special strength in the Economics of the Public Sector and Public Choice. The 
Department has general strengths in urban economics, poverty, natural resources and 
the environment, international economics and economic development, and other ap- 
plied areas. Special research projects under the supervision of faculty members are 
carried on in the Economics of Environmental Management, inter- industry fore- 
casting, and other fields. 

Financial Assistance 

Research assistantships are available in special projects. Numerous teaching assis- 
tantships are also available. The Department can usually help graduate students find 
part-time employment in federal agencies engaged in economic research. There are a 
limited number of fellowships available, including several from members of groups 
presently under-represented among economics. 



Economics Program 117 



Additional Information 

A complete description of the requirements of the degrees in economics and the ad- 
mission process is available on request from: 

Director of Graduate Studies in Economics 
Department of Economics 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ECON. 

Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program (EDPA) 

Professor and Chair: Warren 

Professors: V. Anderson (Emeritus), Andrews, Berdahl, Berman, Carbone, Chait, 

Dudley, Finkelstein, Male, McClure (Emeritus), McLoone, Newell (Emeritus), 

Stephens, van Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin (Emerita) 

Associate Professors: Agre, Clague, Goldman, Hopkins, Huden, Lindsay, Noll, 

Selden, Schmidtlein, Splaine 

Affiliated Associate Professor: Hershfield 

Assistant Professor: Slater 

Affiliate Assistant Professors: Edelstein, Gilmour 

The Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration offers programs 
of study for the M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as well as for the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) certificate. Areas of specialization include: administra- 
tion and supervision, curriculum theory and development, education policy, higher 
education, and social foundations of education. Ed.D. programs are offered at several 
off-campus sites and also on the College Park campus. Programs are tailored to stu- 
dents' objective and backgrounds. Graduates enter careers in research, administra- 
tion, policy making, planning, supervision, or teaching in public or private schools, 
adult and higher education, non-school educational settings, government agencies, or 
community organizations. Some graduates find career opportunities in other countries 
or with international organizations dealing with education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate 
grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate 
Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program re- 
quires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 under- 
graduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test 
or Graduate Record Examination. Selective screening of qualified applicants is neces- 
sary to limit enrollment to the available faculty resources. Doctoral students take a 
preliminary examination early in their programs. All graduate students take compre- 
hensive examinations. 

A research, teaching, or administrative internship is required in most department 
programs. The internship is performed under faculty supervision in schools, colleges, 
or agencies appropriate to the student's professional interests. 



118 Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The department has established liaison with area schools, colleges, and local, state, 
and federal education agencies which facilitate the use of these agencies for research 
and field experiences. Embassies in Washington, D.C. provide access to materials 
for the study of foreign education systems. Associated with the department are the 
National Center for Postsecondary Governance and Finance, the Center for the Study 
of Education Policy and Human Values, the Comparative Education Center, the 
Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education, the Research and Development 
Laboratory on School-Based Administration, and the Center for Curriculum 
Development and Change. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to the department chair. 

For courses, see code EDPA. 

Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 
Professor and Chair: Destler 

Professors: Baras, Barbe, Blankenship, Chu, Davis, Davisson, DeClaris, Eph- 
remides, Frey, Granatstein, Harger, Hochuli, Lee, Levine, Ligomenides, Lin, Mayer- 
goyz, Newcomb, Ott, Peckerar, Rabin, Reiser, Rhee, Slaughter, Striffler, Taylor 
Associate Professors: Antonsen, Emad, Gligor, Goldhar, Ho, Ja'Ja', Krishnaprasad, 
Makowski, Menyuk, Nakajima, Pugsley, Shayman, Silio, Tits, Tretter, Zaki 
Assistant Professors: Abed, Farvardin, Geraniotis, Iliadis, Ioannou, James, Narayan, 
Shamma, Webb 

The Electrical Engineering Department offers graduate programs leading to the 
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. A diverse offering of courses, seminars, colloquia, and the- 
sis guidance encompasses a broad spectrum of topics. Specialization is possible in 
communications (random processes; detection, estimation, coding, and information 
theories; digital signal processing; optical communications; communication networks; 
and remote sensing systems), computers (computer architecture, networking, and digi- 
tal system design; operating systems; and software engineering), control (computer- 
aided design; nonlinear, sampled data, and distributed parameter systems; system op- 
timization; and optimal and stochastic control), electrophysics (electromagnetic theory, 
charged-particle dynamics, quantum electronics, millimeter- and microwave-antenna 
and optical engineering, lasers, nonlinear optics, chemical physics, and biophysics), 
and microelectrics (circuits and devices; VLSI and computer-aided design; microwave 
and integrated circuits, semiconductor materials, and technology). 

Joint programs are maintained with the mathematics, physics, and computer science 
departments and the chemical physics, material science, and transportation programs. 
Opportunities for programs of study in conjunction with many national laboratories 
and technical facilities also exist. The department has active theoretical research pro- 
jects in optical communication, communication networks, coding theory, traffic con- 



Electrical Engineering Program 119 



trol, remote sensing, solar energy conversion devices, and many other areas. 

Employment opportunities for graduates of the department have been exceptionally 
rich in recent years. Private industry, research laboratories, government agencies and 
labs, and academic institutions have been hiring at virtually unprecedented rates. This 
strong demand should continue through the coming decade. The accompanying salary 
scales have been, and should continue to be, very attractive. Recent graduates from 
the Electrical Engineering Department have been employed by IBM, Westinghouse, 
the Applied Physics Laboratory, the Naval Research Laboratory and similar institu- 
tions in advanced research and development positions. Others have been employed 
by consulting firms working on a wide range of special problems. The growing de- 
mand for engineering faculty, particularly in the areas of computer engineering and 
microelectronics, has created a large number of opportunities for those interested in 
teaching careers. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

The present minimum requirement for admission to the Graduate School as an 
Electrical Engineering student is graduation from an ABET accredited undergraduate 
program in electrical engineering with a B+ or better grade point average, or similar 
undergraduate preparation in mathematics, computer science, physics, or other areas 
of engineering or science. 

Requirements for the master's thesis and non-thesis options are those of the 
Graduate School. All requirements must be completed within 5 years. 

Requirements for the Ph.D. degree include a minimum of 42 semester hours of 
graduate approved courses, the Ph.D. qualifying examination, and completion of all 
dissertation and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Modern research and project laboratories in the department support a wide variety 
of research. They include a microprocessor development laboratory, a gas laser lab- 
oratory (He-Ne and C02 laser stability and lifetime studies and applications), quan- 
tum electronics laboratories (nonlinear optics, laser sensors, molecular energy transfer 
processes, and laser millimeter wave systems), an electromagnetic laboratory 
(millimeter and microwave systems and interactions and dielectrometry), a semicon- 
ductor research laboratory with a clean room and a complete set of characterization 
equipment and techniques, and a charged-particle beam laboratory with two intense 
relativistic electron beam generators (studies of new accelerator concepts and novel 
sources of high power millimeter and microwave radiation). Computational support is 
provided through an integrated campus-wide communications network that provides 
access for departmental IBM and Zenith personal computers and other terminals to the 
university's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 computer systems, national and interna- 
tional packet switching nets, and the department's VAX-1 1/785, Pyramid 90X, and 
Ridge-32 computers, the several MicroVAX and Sun Workstations, and associated 
peripherals, including laser printers and fileservers. The communications and signal 
processing laboratory has a Masscomp 5500 computer and an IIS S575 image pro- 
cessing system, and the VLSI design facility is supported with VALID workstations. 
A complete engineering library is housed nearby in conjunction with the mathematics. 



1 20 Electrical Engineering Program 



computer, and physical science collections. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to graduate students in the form of Graduate Research 
Assistantships, Graduate Teaching Assistantships, and Fellowships. Applications for 
Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships should be completed and sent to the 
Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies. 

Graduate Research Assistantships are awarded subject to availability of funds and 
are renewed subject to satisfactory research progress. Summer appointments are often 
available. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usually awarded in April. Preference is giv- 
en to United States citizens. Duties may include laboratory teaching assignments, 
assistance in the computation facility, or assistance in courses. Teaching Assistants 
must register for at least nine credit hours per semester. 

Graduate Research Fellowships are available for highly qualified applicants in a 
number of areas. 

Local industries and government agencies have work-study programs in which 
about half of the Electrical Engineering graduate student body participates. 
Application should be made directly to the agencies. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures or publications offered by the department may be obtained by 
writing to this address: 

Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ENEE. 

Engineering Materials Program (ENMA) 

Professor and Director: Wuttig 

Professor and Dean: Dieter 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Armstrong, Arsenaut 

Adjunct Professor: Kramer 

Assistant Professors: Ankem, Salamanca- Young 

Associate Faculty: Park 

The Engineering Materials program is administered by the Department of Chemical 
and Nuclear Engineering. Special areas of concentration include diffraction, disloca- 
tion and mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and electron microscopic techniques, 
electronic and magnetic behavior of materials, the chemical physics of materials, and 
the properties and behavior of polymeric materials. 



Engineering Materials Program 121 



Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any 
of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may 
be necessary to require courses to fulfill this background. The candidate for the M.S. 
degree has the choice of following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The 
equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required 
for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Engineering Materials 
must enroll in EDNMA 650, 660 and 671. In addition to the general rules of the 
Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the department 
in their departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special equipment available includes scanning and transmission, electron micros- 
copes, x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal growing, sample preparation and mechani- 
cal testing facilities, and high pressure and cryogenic equipment. 

Additional Information 

Information is available from: 

Director, Engineering Materials Program 
Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ENMA. 

English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) 
Professor and Chair: Cross 

Professors: Bryer, Damrosch, Freedman, Holton, Kerrigan, Isaacs, Lawson, Light- 
foot, Panichas, W. Petterson, Russell, Salamanca, Schoenbaum, Vitzthum, Winton, 
Wittreich 

Associate Professors: Auchard, Barry, Bennett, Birdsall, Caramello, Caretta, Cate, 
Coletti, Coogan, Cooper, David, Donaworth, Flieger, Fraistat, Fry, D. Hamilton, G. 
Hamilton, Hammond, Handelman, Herman, Howard, Jellema, Joyce, Kleine, 
Kornblatt, Loizeux, Mack, Miller, C. Peterson, Robinson, Smith, Trousdale, Wilson 
Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Coleman, Collier, Dobin, Dunn, Fahnestock, 
James, Leinwand, Levine, Rutherford, Smith, Van Egmond 

The Department of English offers graduate work leading to the degrees of Master 
of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy with areas of specialization in English and 
American literature. In addition, candidates for the M.A. degree may take a minor in 
composition and rhetoric, and they may emphasize creative writing (up to 15 hours, 
including a creative thesis, out of 30). Traditionally most students enrolled in gradu- 
ate programs in English Language and Literature have sought employment in post se- 
condary teaching. Although this situation continues today, the declining number of 
projected faculty openings means that an increasing number of students are finding it 
desirable to seek non-academic employment. The non-academic areas that attract 



1 22 English Language and Literature Program 



most of these students include publishing, business and technical writing, administra- 
tion and personnel management. For the student who decides to seek one of these al- 
ternatives, the University of Maryland offers a Career Development Center which 
helps place students in careers suitable to their interests and to their level of educa- 
tional achievement. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, applicants to the M.A. 
program should present a 3.0 GPA in English and 24 hours of upper-level English 
courses. Applicants to the Ph.D. program should present a 3.5 GPA and an M.A. 
degree in English. Exceptions are occasionally made when other evidence is unusual- 
ly strong. 

Thirty credit hours are required for the M.A.; there is a distribution requirement to 
assure coverage of the major historical fields. The student may either take 24 hours 
of course credit and write a M.A. thesis for the other 6 hours, or may take 30 hours 
and pass a written comprehensive examination. 

The Ph.D. requires 51 hours of total graduate work (normally 21 hours beyond the 
M.A.). There are four further requirements, normally completed after course work: 
(1) an examination in a foreign language, (2) a general oral examination on the major 
areas of English and American literature, (3) a written examination on the student's 
area of specialization, and (4) the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to drawing on the cultural and intellectual resources of Washington, 
D.C., the English Department is an active participant in the Folger Institute of 
Renaissance and 18th Century Studies. Folger Institute fellowships have been 
awarded to advanced graduate students in the English Department. 

Financial Assistance 

A small number of fellowships are awarded by the Graduate School to candidates 
nominated by the various departments. Most financial aid is in the form of teaching 
assistantships (two courses of composition per semester) which are awarded by the de- 
partment in March. At present about 90 assistantships are awarded each year, of 
which about 25 go to new students or to others who have not held them previously. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on admission, financial aid, and degree requirements can be 
obtained from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of English 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ENGL. 



Entomology Program 1 23 



Entomology Program (ENTM) 

Professor and Chair: Steinhauer 

Professors: Barbosa, Bottrell, Davidson, Denno, Harrison, Hellman, Jubb, Menzer, 

Messersmith, Wood 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dively, Hellman, Linduska, Ma, Nelson, 

Reichelderfer 

Assistant Professors: Lamp, Mitter, Raupp, Scott 

Adjunct Professors: Baker, Erwin, Ferguson, Griessell, Gwadze, Hsu, Knutson, 

Marsh, Miller, Saunders 

Professors Emeritus: Bickley, Bissell, Haviland, Jones 

Lecturer: Spangler 

The Department of Entomology offers both the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. 
Graduate students may specialize in physiology and morphology, toxicology, biosyste- 
matics, ecology and behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, insect pathology, 
economic entomology, and pest management. 

Employment opportunities for graduates exist in industry; academia; federal, state 
and local governments; and in international and national spheres. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students applying for graduate work in entomology are expected to have strong 
backgrounds in the biological sciences, chemistry, and mathematics. Since the de- 
partment is particularly anxious to find strong basic preparation, an undergraduate ma- 
jor in entomology is not required for admission to the program. Students lacking cer- 
tain specific courses in their undergraduate program may need to extend the normal 
period of time required for the degree. 

In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, the student is given great latitude in the selection 
of the advisory study committee, choice of the major study areas and supporting 
course work, and choice of the research program. The M.S. degree is awarded fol- 
lowing the successful completion of the course requirements and a satisfactory thesis. 
A non-thesis M.S. option is available for those interested in qualifying as pest 
management specialists. In this program a field experience course including a 
comprehensive report is substituted for the thesis. 

Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program, the student is given a departmental 
examination to evaluate general knowledge of biology and entomology. After passing 
this examination the student's study committee suggests a program of course work 
and approves a detailed research proposal. Following completion of most course 
work and demonstration of competency in one foreign or computer language, the 
Ph.D. student is given an oral qualifying examination before applying for admission 
to candidacy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities are maintained in the department for research in all areas of specialization 
offered. In addition, cooperative programs with other departments in Agriculture and 
Life Sciences are possible. Cooperative research programs are often maintained by 
the department with several government agencies such as the Beltsville Agricultural 



124 Entomology Program 



Research Center, the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, and the Walter Reed 
Army Institute of Research. Students may also participate in the Maryland Center for 
Systematic Entomology where cooperative guidance toward advanced degrees has 
been established between the department and scientists in the Insect Identification and 
Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute, U.S.D.A. and the Department of Entomology, 
Smithsonian Institution. Specialized facilities are frequently made available to gradu- 
ate students in these programs. In many instances graduates of the programs in en- 
tomology find employment in such government agencies because of the contacts made 
in these cooperative projects. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a number of teaching and research assistantships available to entomology 
graduate students on a competitive basis. Several part-time employment opportunities 
are available in governmental and private research and developmental laboratories in 
the area. 

Additional Information 

The department's "Guidelines for Graduate Students" gives additional information 
on the graduate program, including requirements for admission, course requirements, 
examinations, seminars, and research areas and facilities. Copies are available from: 

Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code ENTM. 

Family and Community Development Program (FMCD) 

Associate Professor and Acting Chair: Rubin 

Professors: Gaylin, Hanna 

Associate Professors: Epstein, Hula, Myricks, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Churaman, Leslie 

Lecturer: Werlinich 

The Department of Family and Community Development is devoted to describing, 
explaining, and improving the quality of life by means of research, education, com- 
munity outreach, and public service. The curriculum places special emphasis upon 
the family and the community as mediating structures and determining life quality. 
The approach is holistic, i.e., human ecology. Departmental graduate training pre- 
pares students for jobs in research centers; consulting firms; voluntary and non-profit 
organizations; federal, state, and local governments; business enterprises; and private 
practice. 

The Department offers a Master of Science degree with individually designed areas 
of emphasis. These include a working knowledge of the growth of individuals 
throughout the life span, with particular emphases on inter-generational aspects of fa- 
mily living and the effective delivery of family-oriented services. A specialization in 
marriage and family therapy is offered (accredited by the American Association for 
Marriage and Family Therapy) which draws upon knowledge of family dynamics and 



Family and Community Development Program 1 25 



change using the clinical techniques of therapy and consultation. Courses are avail- 
able for students interested in the processes and methods of change for improving 
community services that impact upon families. A student may focus on the efficient 
utilization of available family and community resources, the relationship between 
available resources and governmental (and private sector) policies, and the develop- 
ment of expanded resources through citizen action. Specializations include manage- 
ment of human service programs, family policy analysis, and consumer affairs. The 
Family Service Center provides clinical services to several hundred families. The 
Family Research Center is the research facility for the study of family life. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department employs the general policies of the Graduate School as the basic 
criteria for admission to the Master's program. In addition, it is required that individ- 
uals take the aptitude section of the GRE and have adequate undergraduate prepara- 
tion in one or more of the following areas: anthropology, economics, geography, fa- 
mily development, planning, political science, psychology, public administration, so- 
cial work, sociology, or urban studies. A course in elementary statistics at the under- 
graduate level is recommended. 

The Master's program is 30 hours with additional hours for those in the Marriage 
and Family Therapy specialization. The student may choose either the thesis or non- 
thesis option. A student selecting the thesis option is required to enroll for six hours 
of thesis research. For the non-thesis option, a student will complete 30 hours of 
course work and take oral and written comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Due to the limited number of available Graduate Assistantships and the high de- 
mand for these positions, application for financial aid should be made prior to April 
1 st for the fall semester of the coming year. 

Additional Information 

Further information regarding this program can be obtained by contacting the de- 
partment directly; telephone (301) 454-2142. 

For courses, see code FMCD. 

Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program (FNIA) 

Professor and Chair: Read 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Prather 

Associate Professors: Moser-Veillon, Williams 

Assistant Professors: Choi, Curtis, Noble, Rinke, Taylor 

Lecturers: Gong, Norton 

Adjunct Assistant Professors: Behall, Conway, Deuster, Hallfrisch, James, Miles, 

Monagan, Pao, Raiten 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Goldberg, Reynolds, Szepesi 

Adjunct Professors: Hamosh, Kelsay, Resier, Trout 

Affiliate Professor: Heald 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: McKenna 



1 26 Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program 



The Department offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in each of the following major areas: food, nutrition, 
and institution administration. The Department participates in an interdepartmental 
program for Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nutritional 
science which is described under that title. The area of food includes study in experi- 
mental foods as well as cultural and consumer aspects of food. Nutrition includes the 
science of nutrition as well as the broad area of community and clinical nutrition. 
Institution administration includes food service systems management. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, a satisfactory score on the 
aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required. A minimum com- 
bination of 1000 with a minimum of 450 on both the verbal and quantitative is re- 
quired for admission. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master's of Science degree in 
food, nutrition or institution administration. 

All Master of Science students are required to take seminar, research methods, and 
a statistics course. Other courses are selected with the guidance of an advisor and/or 
a committee. Non-thesis option students must prepare a research paper, present an 
additional seminar, and take a written comprehensive examination in addition to an 
oral examination. An average of three or four semesters is usually required to com- 
plete the M.S. thesis option and two or three semesters for the non-thesis option. 

Students with bachelor degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although they 
are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants holding a 
master's degree with appropriate background courses may be admitted directly into 
the doctoral program. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an individual ba- 
sis. Written and oral comprehensive examinations are given upon completion of all 
course work. A final oral examination is held for the student to defend the disserta- 
tion. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has special arrangements and cooperative agreements with labora- 
tories at the Beltsville Human Nutrition Center, A.R.S., U.S.D.A. the University 
Affiliated Program in Child Development at Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, 
and University of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore for students in nutrition and foods. 
There are faculty members who have advanced degrees in the areas of experimental 
foods and food chemistry, cultural foods, community nutrition, clinical nutrition, hu- 
man and animal nutrition, and food service systems. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of graduate teaching assistantships, traineeships, and 
research assistantships available. 



Food Science Program (FDSC) 1 27 



Additional Information 

Copies of a Department mimeograph with additional information concerning admis- 
sion requirements, courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are available from the Department 
Chairman. 

For courses, see codes FOOD, NUTR, and IADM. 

Food Science Program (FDSC) 

Professor and Chair: Wiley (Horticulture) 

Professors: Bean (Botany), Bender (Agricultural and Resource Economics), Heath 

(Poultry Science), Keeny (Chemistry), King, Quebedeaux, Solomos (Horticulture), 

Twigg, Vijay (Animal Sciences), Westhoff (Animal Sciences), Wheaton (Agricultural 

Engineering) 

Associate Professors: Chai (CEES), Doerr (Poultry Science), Schlimme 

(Horticulture), Stewart (Agricultural Engineering) 

Assistant Professor: Marshall (Animal Sciences) 

Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk, Elehwany, Gillette, Park, Shehata, Solomon, Weeks 

The Food Science Program offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. The Program is interdepartmental with participation or support from the 
Departments of Animal Sciences, Horticulture, Botany, Poultry Science, Agricultural 
Engineering, Chemistry, Agricultural and Resource Economics, and the Sea Food 
Processing Laboratory of the Environmental and Estuarine Studies Center. Programs 
of study and research are individually planned with the student and an appropriate 
committee. Areas of study encompass animal, plant, seafood, and fabricated food 
products. Specialization is available in food microbiology and fermentations, food 
chemistry and biochemistry, quality assurance, food engineering and product develop- 
ment, nutritional evaluation, food sanitation, packaging, and distribution. 

Employment opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree graduates are excellent. 
Students are employed in federal and state regulatory agencies, research and develop- 
ment laboratories, quality assurance laboratories, chemistry and microbiological labor- 
atories, and food production plants. Ph.D. graduates normally accept positions in 
academia with teaching and research assignments or in upper management positions in 
above listed laboratories or federal agencies. Salaries are competitive. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, the Aptitude Test of the 
GRE is required. The Food Science Admissions Committee evaluates and makes re- 
commendations on all applications based on academic and professional experience and 
letters of recommendations (at least 3 required). When feasible the committee may 
conduct a personal interview. In the absence of a bachelor's degree in Food Science 
or Food Technology, a strong background in physical and biological sciences is re- 
commended. Inadequate prerequisites will result in a requirement to complete a 
remedial program to remove all deficiencies. Program requirements are as follows: 1) 
Food Science (the equivalent of the following courses): FDSC 412, 413, Principles of 
Food Processing; FDSC 421, 423, Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434, Food 
Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quality Control; 2) Biochemistry: minimum of 3 



1 28 Food Science Program 



hours graduate credit; 3) Colloquium (seminar): attendance each semester and at least 
2 presentations for credit during the program of study; and 4) provisional admission 
requirements must be satisfied in the time period designated. 

For the M.S. degree, students must complete the program of study approved by 
their committee which will include the minimum requirements. Students entering the 
program without a background in Food Science must complete all FDSC course defi- 
ciencies in order to obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S. with thesis, a research pro- 
posal must be submitted to the student's committee for review and approval by the 
end of the second semester of study. Students who for various reasons or circum- 
stances cannot readily satisfy the thesis research requirement may select the M.S. non 
thesis option. This requires 6 additional hours of courses at the 600 level in addition 
to the program requirements above. A scholarly paper on a subject approved by the 
committee must be prepared and presented at a regular FDSC colloquium. A final 
comprehensive examination, including defense of the scholarly paper, will be con- 
ducted by the student's committee. Part of this examination will be written. The 
above programs should be completed within 3 semesters and a summer session. 

For admission to the doctoral program the M.S. degree is not required but is gener- 
ally recommended. Students completing an M.S. degree in the FDSC program, 
UMCP must receive a favorable recommendation from the M.S. degree final examin- 
ing committee. Students admitted from outside the FDSC program, UMCP will be 
examined orally by their committee as a basis for developing a suitable program of 
study. The student must complete a program of study as approved by the student's 
committee including requirements of the Graduate School and FDSC Program. There 
is no required number of hours of course work. Programs are developed based on the 
individual needs of each student. A proposal for dissertation research will be pre- 
sented to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of the third se- 
mester of study. A comprehensive oral examination will be conducted by the com- 
mittee and other interested faculty members after substantial completion of the pro- 
gram of study and usually before the end of the fourth semester. Satisfactory perfor- 
mance in this examination is required before recommendation for admission to can- 
didacy is granted. Each student will assist in teaching at least one course regardless 
of whether employed as a graduate assistant. The candidate will defend the disserta- 
tion before a committee of at least 5 members appointed by the Dean for Graduate 
Studies. The candidate's advisor is usually chair of the committee. It is recom- 
mended that the candidate prepare initial drafts of intended publications for review be- 
fore the final examination. This program should be completed in 3 years or less de- 
pending on the candidate's previous background. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The combined resources of the participating departments are available for Food 
Science research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equipment are located in the Animal 
Sciences Center, Holzapfel Hall, Turner Laboratory, and Shriver Hall. Facilities are 
available for the experimental processing of fruits, vegetables, poultry, red meat, and 
dairy products. A seafood processing facility is located off campus. Laboratories are 
equipped for microbiological, biochemical, biophysical, and engineering research in- 
cluding facilities for laboratory animals. Instrumentation includes gas-liquid chroma- 



Food Science Program 1 29 



tographs, atomic absorption, spectrophotometers, electron microscope, radiosotope 
counters, amino acid analyzer, ultracentrifuge, fermenters, and controlled environment 
incubator. University research farms are available for both plant and animal produc- 
tion studies. Specialized facilities of nearby governmental and food industry labora- 
tories are regularly made available for graduate student research. The National 
Agricultural Library is about 3 miles from the campus. The FDSC program has an 
exchange agreement with the Food Science Department of the Central University of 
Venezuela for graduate study and research. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are made available by the participating depart- 
ments. Financial support is also available from contracts and grants and by special 
arrangements with several nearby government laboratories and industry. 

Additional Information 

A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food Science," is available and can be 
obtained by contacting: 

Dr. R.C. Wiley 
Coordinator and Chair 
Food Science Program 
Holzapfel Hall 1122A 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Telephone: (301) 454-2829 

For courses, see code FDSC. 

French Language and Literature Program (FRIT) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Tarica 

Professors: MacBain, Therrien 

Associate Professors: Black, Cottenet-Hage, Demaitre, Fink, Russell 

Assistant Professors: Joseph, Mossman, Rubin, Verdaguer 

The Department of French and Italian prepares students for the M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees in French language and literature. The composition of the graduate faculty 
and the variety of course offerings make it possible for students to specialize in any 
period or movement of French literature or any aspect of the French language, with 
the consent of their advisors. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Entry into the M.A. program is open to students having a solid grounding in 
French language and literature. It is strongly recommended that all applicants, wheth- 
er graduates of the University of Maryland or not, take the GRE Advanced 
Examination in French. 

The students' knowledge of French is screened at the beginning of their first se- 
mester through a Language Proficiency Examination. In addition to evidence of inde- 
pendent scholarly research in the form of a thesis (thesis option) or a substantial re- 



1 30 French Language and Literature Program 



search paper (non-thesis option), successful completion of the M.A. program involves 
passing a comprehensive examination (a six hour written examination followed by a 
one hour oral examination) in French literature and/or culture from the Middle Ages 
to the present. The M.A. program is generally completed in four semesters. 

Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the most highly qualified and most highly 
motivated candidates who can show that individual research is their major interest and 
who give evidence of strong qualifications to pursue that interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except M.A. graduates of this department) 
must pass a three-part preliminary examination administered at the start of the first se- 
mester, consisting of an explication de texte, an essay, and an oral examination be- 
fore being fully admitted to the program. They are then required to complete a pro- 
gram of seminars related to their field of interest and to pass four special topic exam- 
inations and a Foreign Language Translation examination before being admitted to 
candidacy and beginning work on their dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the university graduate and undergraduate libraries, the department 
maintains a reference library. Area research facilities include the Library of Congress 
and the Folger Library (specializing in 16th, 17th, and 18th-century literature). The 
department has a chapter of the National Honor Society, Phi Sigma Lota. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial support is available in the form of assistantships and fellowships. For in- 
formation contact the Department of French and Italian. 

Additional Information 

For complete information concerning the department's requirements set forth in the 
Guide to Graduate Programs in French write: 

Department of French and Italian 
Language and Literature 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see codes FREN and ITAL. 

Geography Program (GEOG) 

Professor and Chair: Corey 

Professors: Fonaroff, Harper 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Christian, Groves, Leatherman, Mitchell, Thompson, 

Wiedel 

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Goward, Kearney, Lai, Petzold 

Lecturers: Broome, Chaves, Frieswyk 

Visiting Professor: Deshler 

Affiliate Faculty: Corsi 

The Department of Geography offers the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. All degree- 
seeking graduate students are required to complete the following courses during their 



Geography Program 131 



first full year of study: GEOG 483 (requires non-class time on campus), GEOG 600, 
GEOG 605, GEOG 610 (M.A. students only), and all prerequisites associated with 
these required courses. 

While progress in the graduate program is largely an individual matter, students 
entering the Ph.D. should think of three years as the norm. The department requires 
few particular courses; students at both levels initiate their own program of course 
work and submit a plan of study for approval. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Incoming M.A. students are expected to have an undergraduate degree in geo- 
graphy. Students from other fields will be required to do additional remedial work. 
All graduate applicants should submit aptitude test scores of the Graduate Record 
Examination. 

The M.A. degree program offers four specializations: (1) coastal environments; (2) 
metropolitan analysis and planning; (3) human geography, especially historical geo- 
graphy; and 4) remote sensing-cartography-geographic information systems-spatial 
analysis. Geography internships are encouraged for students in each specialization. 

All M.A. degree students will specialize by taking at least five courses in one of 
the four M.A. level specialty areas. In addition, each M.A. student will devise a 
three course non-specialization designed to provide some breadth of knowledge in 
geography or in a related field; a regional or area-studies focus can be taken as part of 
the three course non-specialization. M.A. degree requirements are set at a minimum 
of 38 graduate credit hours. No more than 13 credit hours may be taken at the 400 
level. 

General M.A. students may take the six credit hour thesis or non-thesis, two paper 
option. Students specializing in remote sensing-cartography-geographic information 
systems-spatial analysis are expected to take the non-thesis, two paper option. The 
non-thesis option involves the preparation of two substantial research papers. All 
M.A. students take an oral examination defense of a research proposal and a final oral 
examination based either on the thesis or the first of the two research papers. 

The Ph.D. program provides for individual student specialization. Doctoral appli- 
cants must submit a written statement of study that is used to solicit faculty sponsors. 
Because of the degree specialization inherent in Ph.D. study, the department only 
considers applicants whose interests coincide with departmental faculty competence. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the department normally requires a grade 
point average higher than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a recognized geography de- 
partment, or competence in terms of fields of study and level of achievement compa- 
rable to the M.A. degree of the department. A non M.A., direct Ph.D. program is 
possible by petition from the student and upon approval of a faculty committee ap- 
pointed by the department chair. 

After completion of formal course work requirements for the Ph.D., there is a 
two-part qualifying examination. Part one is a written examination in the student's 
two major fields of specialization. Part two is an oral examination evaluating the dis- 
sertation proposal. Upon satisfactory completion of the dissertation there is a final 
oral examination. 



132 Geography Program 



Employment opportunities in applied geography, especially in the Washington, 
D.C. metropolitan area, while highly competitive, remain strong. Would-be practic- 
ing geographers should stress such marketable studies as remote sensing, cartography, 
computer cartography, geographic information services, international development, lo- 
cational analysis, management and program planning. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities are contemporary and outstanding. They include a 
cartographic laboratory, a computer mapping and spatial analysis facility, an environ- 
mental analysis laboratory, and remote sensing facilities. A minicomputer graphics 
system and numerous computer terminals are housed in the department. These new 
instructional quarters in Lefrak Hall include a physical geography laboratory, carto- 
graphic teaching and production laboratories. The department publishes an 
Occasional Papers Series. The University's Institute for Urban Studies (see "Urban 
Studies Program") is a program associated with the department. 

Additional Information 

More detailed information on the M.A. and Ph.D. programs can be obtained from: 

Graduate Program Advisor 
Department of Geography 
1163 Lefrak Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Tel: (301) 454-6655 

For courses, see code GEOG. 

Dual Master's Degrees Programs in Geographic Information 
Systems 

This is a joint program of the College of Library and Information Services and the 
Department of Geography. It results in two master's degrees: the Master of Library 
Science (MLS) and the M.A. in Geography. The dual-degree program requires a 
minimum of 56 graduate credit hours. For a full-time student, the program requires 
two years of intensive study. Admission to the program is competitive and students 
must apply separately and be admitted both to Library and Information Services and 
to Geography. Contact either the Department, (301) 454-2241 or the College of 
Libray and Information Services, 454-3016 for more information. 

Geology Program (GEOL) 

Professor and Chair: Chang 

Professor: Adler 

Associate Professors: Ridky, Segovia, Siegrist, Stifel, Weidner, Wylie 

Assistant Professors: Candela, Nielsen, McLellan 

The Department of Geology offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and 
Ph.D. degrees. Broad research interests among faculty members make study and re- 
search available in all major fields of geological sciences with specialization in 



Geology Program 1 33 



economic minerals, fuels, and deposits; engineering and environmental geology; ex- 
perimental petrology and crystal chemistry; solution and trace element geochemistry; 
sedimentation; stratigraphy and paleontology; structural geology; and regional geolo- 
gy- 
Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students with a major in geology as well as in physics, chemistry, biolo- 
gy and related sciences and engineering are invited to apply for admission to the grad- 
uate programs. There is no single prescribed curriculum for all graduate students. 
The entire course of study is individually developed for each student by his/her gradu- 
ate program committee. All students are required to take an entrance examination, re- 
sults from which are used to design their academic schedules. 

The M.S. degree is awarded following the successful completion of the course re- 
quirements and a satisfactory thesis. For the Ph.D. degree, requirements include sa- 
tisfactory course work, a comprehensive examination, and completion of all disserta- 
tion and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has all standard laboratory equipment for rock, mineral, and fossil 
preparation and treatment. Special equipment includes a fully automated x-ray spec- 
trometer; an electron microprobe analyzer; x-ray diffractometers; atomic absorption 
spectcophotometer research transmitted and reflected light microscopes; geophysical 
equipment of magnetic, seismic, resistivity and EM measurements; and a complete 
laboratory for mineral synthesis and phase equilibrium studies at high- temperatures 
and high-pressures including hydrothermal, internally-heated piston-cylinder, and 
Bridgman opposed-anvil systems. Extensive library, computer, and electron micros- 
cope facilities are available on campus for graduate research. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, 
D.C. and close to the city of Baltimore where a large number of outstanding institu- 
tions are located. These include the United States Geological Survey, Bureau of 
Mines, Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, National Bureau of 
Standards, NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Smithsonian Institution, the 
Carnegie Institute's Geophysical Laboratory and Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, 
and the Geological Survey of Maryland. Opportunities exist for programs of study in 
cooperation with many of these institutions. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate students are eligible for Departmental teaching assistantships, Graduate 
School assistantships, and grant- supported fellowships and research assistantships. In 
addition, some curatorial, library, and other part-time work is available. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Graduate Programs in Geology at Maryland" gives additional in- 
formation on the requirements, examinations, faculty research interests and publica- 
tions, research facilities, and financial aids. Copes are available from: 
Department of Geology 



134 German Language and Literature Program (GERS) 



University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20770 

For courses, see code GEOL. 

German Language and Literature Program (GERS) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Brecht 

Professors: Best, Jones, Herin, Oster 

Associate Professors: Beiken, Bilik, Fletcher, Frederiksen, Pfister 

The Germanic Section of the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and 
Literatures offers programs of study leading to the MA. and Ph.D. degrees. 
Specialization includes the following areas: Language Pedagogy and Applied 
Linguistics; Germanic Philology; Medieval Literature and Culture; and Literature of 
the German Speaking Countries from the Renaissance to the Present. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the Graduate School requirements, candidates must have a bachelor's 
degree with an undergraduate major in German language and literature or the equiva- 
lent and fluency in the written and spoken language. Candidates for the doctorate 
must have a master's degree in Germanic Studies or in a related discipline, for exam- 
ple: German, Scandinavian Studies, Language Education, Medieval Studies, etc. 

Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis option) are: 24 hours of course work, the 
thesis, and a written comprehensive examination. The M.A. (non-thesis option) re- 
quires 30 hours of course work, a mini-thesis with oral defense, and a written 
comprehensive examination. For both options the comprehensives consist of four 
two-hour examinations based on the course work and the M.A. reading list. 

Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as follows: 1) completion of at least 30 
hours of course work beyond the master's degree over a period of residency at the 
University of Maryland of at least one year, and a further 12 hours of dissertation re- 
search; 2) a reading skill examination in a language other than English or German, 
which may be another Germanic language or a language related to the candidate's re- 
search; 3) comprehensive written examinations; 4) presentation of the dissertation top- 
ic to the Germanic Section graduate faculty before the topic is approved; and 5) the 
three-hour examinations. The candidate has considerable freedom in choosing the 
fields of philology or applied linguistics, medieval literature, and modern literature. 
Candidates who opt for all three selected topics in German literature will choose sub- 
jects in the following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 18th century, 19th century, 
20th century; in which case the required modern literature examination will require 
philology, Scandinavian studies, medieval studies, etc., will take a general examina- 
tion in the modern literature required exam. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its course offerings listed below, the Germanic Section of the 
Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures sponsors the German 
Club, the University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phi Alpha (the national German 
language honors society). Distinguished scholars and lecturers, as well as visiting 



German Language and Literature Program 1 35 



professors, visit the metropolitan area and campus regularly. College Park's closeness 
to Washington, D.C. facilitates participation in the many cultural functions of the ca- 
pital with its wealth of German and Scandinavian social groups and national societies. 

Financial Assistance 

The Germanic Section is able to contribute to the financial support of its graduate 
students in the form of teaching and non-teaching assistantships as well as several fel- 
lowship. 

Additional Information 

For further information write to: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literature 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see codes GERM and SLAV. 

Government and Politics Program (GVPT) 

Professor and Chair: Quester 

Professors: Azar, Bobrow, Butterworth, Claude, Conway, Dawisha, Glass, Hsueh, 

McNelly, Oppenheimer, Phillips, Segal, Stone, Uslaner, Wilkenfeld 

Associate Professors: Alford, Elkin, Glendening, Heisler, Pirages, Ranald, Reeves, 

Terchek 

Assistant Professors: Kaminski, Lanning, McCarrick, Mcintosh, Soltan 

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs leading to the degrees 
of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include 
American politics, comparative politics, international politics, political theory, politi- 
cal economy, public administration, public policy, public law, national security, and 
political development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's degree candidates may select a thesis or a non-thesis option, both of 
which require six semester hours of political theory or political philosophy, six se- 
mester hours of methods courses, and a comprehensive examination in one field. 
Both options require a total 30 semester hours of credit. 

The doctoral program involves seminars, research, and opportunities for teaching 
experience. Generally, students will be expected to complete 42 hours of graduate 
work including courses in political theory and methods which are required for all stu- 
dents. In consultation with an advisor, students will identify two fields of specializa- 
tion and must pass comprehensive written examinations in both fields and complete a 
dissertation. 

Financial Assistance 

In addition to teaching assistantships, the department also has a government intern- 
ship program for students interested in public administration and a limited and vari- 
able number of research positions with research grants. 



136 Health Education Program (HLTH) 



Additional Information 

Further information and a manual on graduate study can be secured from the 
department's Office of the Director of Graduate Studies. 

For courses, see code GVPT. 

Health Education Program (HLTH) 

Professor and Chair: Gilbert 

Professors: Burt, Gold, Greenberg, Leviton 

Associate Professors: Allen, Beck, Clearwater, Feldman, Miller 

Assistant Professors: Hollander, McKay, Thomas 

The Department of Health Education offers a program designed to prepare students 
to enter health education and related health professions in teaching, research, con- 
sulting, and administrative roles. Graduates of the program have placement oppor- 
tunities in professional education, research, health maintenance, public schools, com- 
munity health agencies, health care delivery and promotion, and private and govern- 
mental consulting settings. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The department offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy. The Masters program offers both thesis and non-thesis op- 
tions. 

The department offers fully developed tracks of study and some field experience in 
service areas including stress, management, health behavior safety education, school 
health, sexuality, drug education, community health, and others. Advanced degree 
study is not limited to these areas. Each student, in consultation with the Director of 
Graduate Studies and the appropriate faculty, designs an individual program of study 
to meet his/her projected professional needs. 

Admission is open to students holding at least a bachelor's degree in areas related 
to the social, psychological, or biological basis of human health. Entrance require- 
ments include an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 and a graduate GPA of 3.5, satis- 
factory GRE scores (quantitative and verbal sections), and letters of recommendation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The student may experience specific application of theory through numerous field 
studies and departmental service programs in the areas of controlling stress and ten- 
sion, children's health and development, programs for the aged, weight control, 
women's health, and safety education. Special departmental facilities include the 
Psychophysiological Research Laboratory, the Biofeedback Learning Lab, the Safety 
Education Center, and a college microcomputer laboratory. 

The proximity of the National Institutes of Health, the National Library of 
Medicine, and the Library of Congress render the University of Maryland unusually 
well suited for graduate work in health education. 



Health Education Program 1 37 



Financial Assistance 

A limited number of Graduate Teaching and Research Assistantships are available 
through the department. University fellowships may also be obtained. 

Additional Information 

For any additional information and program specifics, write to: 

Dr. Robert S. Gold 

Director of Research & Graduate Studies 

Department of Health Education 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code HLTH. 

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP) 

Professor and Acting Chair: McCall 

Professor: Yoni-Komshian 

Associate Professors: Baker, Dingwall, Hamlet, Roth 

Assistant Professors: Gordon-Salant, Ratner 

Professor Emeritus: Newby 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences offers the M.A. degree with 
either the thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in speech 
and language pathology or in audiology. The Master's degree is required for individ- 
uals preparing for positions as speech pathologists or audiologists in schools, in hospi- 
tals or rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech centers, or in other clinical 
settings. Academic course work is combined with supervised clinical practice in the 
University Speech and Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical facilities, so that 
the graduate will meet the academic requirements for clinical certification by the 
American Speech and Hearing Association and for licensing in the State of Maryland. 
The Master's degree program is accredited by the American Boards of Examiners in 
Speech Pathology and Audiology. 

Applicants for the M.A. degree with an undergraduate major in the hearing and 
speech sciences or a related field are considered for admission. The M.A. degree 
program usually requires a full two years of graduate study. The program of study 
for individuals without a background in the hearing and speech sciences may need to 
be extended beyond two years. Only full-time students are admitted to the program. 

The department also offers the Ph.D. with a major emphasis in speech, language, 
or hearing. Students with a Bachelor's degree or a Master's degree are considered for 
admission to the doctoral program. Matriculated doctoral students will choose a spe- 
cial interest area within their major. Special interest areas may focus on the normal 
aspects of their major or disorders related to the major. A student must also select a 
minor area of study either from within or outside departmental offerings. There are 
no foreign language requirements for the degree. However, advanced courses in sta- 
tistics and experimental research design are required. Course programs for the doctor- 



1 38 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 



ate are planned by the student and a committee of at least four faculty members. All 
doctoral students are expected to participate for academic credit in varied research ac- 
tivities within the department. Written and oral comprehensive examinations for ad- 
mission to candidacy are scheduled following completion of formal academic course 
work. Doctoral students must register for at least 12 semester hours of dissertation 
research credit before completing the degree. 

In addition to the application materials required by the Graduate School, the depart- 
ment requires applicants to furnish scores on the aptitude portions of the Graduate 
Record Examination. Prospective applicants should note that decisions on summer 
and fall admissions are made in early March, and on spring admission in early 
November. Early application is encouraged. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The facilities of the department include: (1) several modern research laboratories 
equipped to support research in the areas of language, acoustic phonetics, physio- 
logical phonetics, psychoacoustics, speech, perception, neuropsychology, and brain 
stem evoked response audiometry; (2) an integrated audiovisual laboratory; (3) a de- 
partmental library; and (4) a hearing and speech clinic which includes several audio- 
logical test suites and diagnostic/therapy rooms equipped for observation. Additional 
research and clinical facilities are available in the Washington and Baltimore metro- 
politan areas. The Library of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, and the li- 
braries of various medical schools in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement the 
university's libraries at College Park. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available through the Department. 
Assistantships carrying teaching, research, or clinical responsibilities are awarded on a 
competitive basis. 

Additional Information 

Additional information about the M.A. and Ph.D. programs may be obtained by 
writing to the Chairman, Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences. 

For courses, see code HESP. 

History Program (HIST) 

Professor and Chair: Evans 

Professors: Betz, Berlin, Brush, Callcott, Cockbum, Cole, Foust, Gilbert, Goodblatt, 

Haber, Harlan, Kent, McCusker, A. Olson, K. Olson, Price, Smith, Sparks, Warren, 

Yaney 

Associate Professors: Breslow, Darden, Farrell, Flack 

Folsom, Friedel, Greenberg, Grimsted, Harris, Hoffman, Kaufman, Holum, Lampe, 

Majeska, Matossian, Mayo, Moss, Perinbaum, Ridgway, Speigal, Stowasser, 

Weissman, Wright, Zilfi 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Eckstein, Gullickson, Nicklason, Rozenbilt, Sumida, 

Williams 

The Department of History offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of 



History Program 1 39 



Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: United States, 
Ancient, Medieval, Early Modern European, Modern European, British, Russian, 
Latin American, African*, Middle Eastern*, East Asian, Diplomatic, Economic, 
Science, and Women's History* 

*Fields at M.A. level only. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm grounding in a field of history for 
teaching purposes and as preparation for the pursuit of the doctorate. In addition to 
general Graduate School requirements, the aptitude parts of the GRE are required; it 
should be noted that an undergraduate major in history is not required for admission. 
Thirty credit hours are required for the degree. 

The department offers both a thesis and a non-thesis program. Departmental re- 
quirements for the degree include one section of a general seminar (American, 
European, or Comparative World History) and two 800- level research seminars. A 
maximum of nine hours of credit may be taken in 400-level courses. For those stu- 
dents who select a thesis option, six hours in M.A. thesis research courses (HIST 
799) are required. There will be a final oral examination confined to the thesis and 
the area in which it lies. Candidates selecting the non-thesis option must take 30 
credits (15 in the major field, 9 in the minor field, and 6 hours of electives), submit 
two scholarly papers to their examining committee, and pass a four hour comprehen- 
sive examination in their major area. 

Admission to the doctoral program will be decided by the student's M.A. examin- 
ing committee on the basis of the student's record of achievement in course work, 
written examination (if required in the student's major area), and thesis and oral de- 
fense of the thesis or two submitted research papers. Students with M.A. degrees 
awarded at other institutions will be asked to submit substantial evidence of their writ- 
ten work when they apply for admission to the doctoral program. Doctoral candidates 
must complete three sections of the General Seminar. Within four semesters after 
entering the doctoral program, every student must pass a general oral and a special 
field written examination in his or her major area and one written field examination in 
a minor area. These examinations will test a broad, intelligent, and informed 
handling of the major historical problems and literature of that field. 

An oral examination on the student's dissertation prospectus and a bibliography on 
the dissertation field are required. The dissertation is to be understood as constituting 
the largest single portion of the doctoral program; it is expected to be a distinct contri- 
bution to historical knowledge and/or interpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a reading competence in one foreign language. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the field concentrations described above, the Department of History 
offers several forms of specialized training. In the field of historical editing the de- 
partment has introduced a successful internship course in archival work in conjunction 
with the National Archives. Since 1970 the department has sponsored a journal of 
history. The Maryland Historian, which features scholarly articles and reviews and 



1 40 History Program 



which provides practical experience for graduate students in the production of a jour- 
nal. The journal was founded and is managed and produced by graduate students in 
the Department of History. The department also sponsors major editorial projects: the 
Booker T. Washington Papers, The Samuel Gompers Papers, the Freedom in 
Southern Society project, and the Charles Carroll of Carrollton papers. A number of 
history department graduate students have gained valuable research and editing experi- 
ence on these projects which also receive support from the National Historical 
Publications and Records Commission. In conjunction with the Department of 
Philosophy, the Department of History sponsors and participates in the Folger Institute 
of Renaissance and Eighteenth-Century Studies. The Institute offers seminars for 
graduate students and faculty, workshops, conferences, colloquia, and lectures. The 
Institute awards fellowships to graduate students, and several of these awards have 
gone to doctoral candidates from the University of Maryland's History Department. 
Still another project in which the Department of History participates is the Caesarea 
excavations. This project provides a rich source of theses and dissertation topics for 
graduate students in Ancient History. 

Financial Assistance 

The department offers financial assistance principally in the form of teaching assis- 
tantships to outstanding graduate students. These positions, which vary in number ac- 
cording to the availability of funds are awarded to advanced students working toward 
the Ph.D. or M.A. degree. Appointment as a teaching assistant provides students an 
opportunity to work closely with faculty members in the teaching of undergraduate 
survey courses in history. Paid internships at regional historical institutions which 
carry tuition scholarships are also available. 

Additional Information 

Complete descriptions of programs and requirements may be obtained from the his- 
tory department. 

For courses, see code HIST. 

Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science 

The Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science supervises graduate study 
leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in history or philosophy. Courses are offered 
in a wide range of subjects in the history and philosophy of science and technology, 
and research facilities are available on the College Park campus and in the 
Washington area. For advanced research the emphasis is on the history and philoso- 
phy of physical and biological science in the 19th and 20th centuries; history of the 
philosophy of science and scientific ideas; genetics, computer science, geophysics and 
astronomy; and scientific institutions in the United States. Integration of historical 
and philosophical interpretations of science is stressed in both teaching and research. 

While academia is the traditional employer of historians and philosophers of 
science, other opportunities exist with museums, government, and industry. 
Academic opportunities for historians and philosophers of science recently have been 
more plentiful than for historians or philosophers in general. While the numbers are 
small, thus far the committee has successfully placed all its degree recipients. 



History Program 141 



Students should apply for admission to either the History Department or the 
Philosophy Department, indicating History and Philosophy of Science as the field of 
specialization. Since people with diverse backgrounds can be successful in this field, 
there are no rigid requirements for admission; the quality of a student's work in 
science, history, and philosophy, as demonstrated not only by grades and test scores 
but also by papers and independent projects, is more important than the number of 
credit hours in these subjects. But prospective students should also be warned that 
the minimum requirement for doing research in the history and philosophy of science 
covers substantially more areas than normally expected of Ph.D.'s in any one of the 
traditional fields of history or philosophy or a science; it includes training in a science 
equivalent to a B.S. (preferably M.S.) degree, proficiency in both oral and written 
expression, and ability to read at least one foreign language (preferably both French 
and German). 

The committee also encourages applications from students who do not intend to ob- 
tain a Ph.D. in history and philosophy of science but desire only the M.A. as prepara- 
tion for careers in science, teaching, government service, technical administration, 
museum work, etc., or who plan to proceed to the Ph.D. in another field. 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the History and Philosophy 
Departments for students who have adequate backgrounds in those subjects. 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to: 

Chairperson 

Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science 

1131 Skinner Building 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code HIST. 

Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the M.L.S. 

The Department of History and the College of Library and Information Services 
coordinate two master degree programs to meet the need for multi-disciplinary gradu- 
ate training for archivists, records managers, manuscript curators, rare book librarians, 
bibliographers, conservation administrators, and those wishing to become subject and 
research specialists in academic, special, and/or research libraries. Because of the 
University's proximity to a variety of immensely rich research collections, students 
are able through internships to gain first-hand experiences that reinforce their class- 
room instruction. 

The aim of the sequence of courses leading to the two degrees is to prepare stu- 
dents to understand the intellectual approach of the research scholar through historic 
training and to meet those research needs through the information services offered in 
CLIS. The coordinated curricula provide four main options: 1) archives and records 
managements, 2) curatorship of historical collections, 3) scholarly editing and publish- 
ing, and 4) reference research and bibliographic services. The fifty-four hours re- 
quired for the degrees combine twenty-four hours in each component plus six elective 
courses. The M.A. -M.L.S. is a non-thesis plan, but students may choose to write a 



142 Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the MLS. 



thesis when such research enhances their program. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students may apply for admission under the rubric HILS (History-Library Science) 
either through the Department of History or CLIS. Each has a coordinator who 
serves as an advisor for students. Since many of these courses are offered in se- 
quence, it is important for students to work closely with these advisors. The two de- 
grees are awarded simultaneously, and a student who fails to complete the special re- 
quirements for the coordinated degree programs may not receive either degree. If stu- 
dents subsequently wish to receive only one degree, they must transfer from HILS 
either to the graduate program in History (HIST) or to the College of Library and 
Information Services (LBSC) and fulfill the normal requirements for the separate 
M.L.S. 

Financial Assistance 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the Department of History, and the 
College of Library and Information Services has some fellowship aid for students in 
this course of directed study. These are awarded on a competitive basis in both com- 
ponents. 

Additional Information 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to the HILS Coordinator, in either 
the Department of History or the College of Library and Information Services. 

For courses, see code HIST. 

Horticulture Program (HORT) 

Professor and Chair: Quebedeaux 

Professors: Gouin, Hegwood, Oliver, Solomos, Wiley 

Adjunct Professors: Galletta, Kretchmer, Krizek, Pollack 

Professors Emeritus: Link, Scott, Shanks, Stark. Thompson, Twigg 

Associate Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp, Gould, Kundt, McClurg, Ng, Schales, 

Schlimme, Swartz, Walsh 

Assistant Professors: Hamed, Healy, Hershey, Stutte 

Lecturer: Mityga 

The Department of Horticulture offers graduate study leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of Science degree is offered 
with both thesis and non-thesis options. Candidates place major emphasis in the areas 
of pomology, vegetable crops, floriculture, or ornamental horticulture. Within these 
commodity areas students may direct their studies and research efforts to mineral nu- 
trition, postharvest physiology, genetics and breeding, chemical growth regulation, 
water relations, plant propagation, histochemistry, photoperiodism, and other factors 
affecting production, postharvest handling, and preservation of horticultural crops. 
The research activities required for the thesis or dissertation are normally carried out 
in conjunction with the research programs of the departmental staff. 

The candidate's program may be directed toward a career in research, teaching, ex- 
tension education, or industry. Many recent graduates are currently involved in pro- 



Horticulture Program 1 43 



grams at major universities; others are teaching at the vocational agriculture and com- 
munity college level. Still others are employed as county agents with the Cooperative 
Extension Service or work in research and development with the U.S. Government, 
private industry, or international agriculture. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students seeking admission should present undergraduate preparation in horticul- 
ture, botany, chemistry, and supporting agricultural disciplines. Those without this 
background are advised to enroll as undergraduate students to correct these deficien- 
cies. Students entering the doctoral program should have, or plan on completing, a 
Master of Science degree in Horticulture, although presentation of the M.S. in a re- 
lated plant science field may be acceptable. The Graduate Record Examination 
Aptitude Test is required. 

Upon admission and arrival, a graduate student is assigned a temporary advisor. 
During the first semester the student will select a major advisor and an advisory com- 
mittee will be appointed. It is an early function of the committee to work with the 
candidate in developing a program of courses and research to meet the goals and 
aspirations of the student. A comprehensive, oral examination is given each can- 
didate for the M.S.; candidates for the Ph.D. take an oral qualifying examination as 
well as a final oral exam covering the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Modem laboratory and greenhouse facilities are located at the College Park cam- 
pus. Laboratory instrumentation provides for chromatography, spectrophotometry, 
elemental analysis, histology, biotechnology, and other procedures. A system for 
automatically monitoring respiratory gases and volatiles is available in connection 
with controlled atmosphere chambers. Controlled-temperature storage and growth 
chambers provide facilities for postharvest and environmental control studies. 
Greenhouse and plot areas are available for research with floricultural and ornamental 
plants. Orchards for research with fruits are located at the Western Maryland 
Research and Education Center; other research studies are conducted cooperatively 
with fruit growers in the western part of the state. Field research with vegetable 
crops is carried on at the Vegetable Research Farm, Salisbury and with ornamental 
and vegetable crops at the Wye Research and Education Center, Grasonville. 

The Beltsville Agriculture Research Center of the United States Department of 
Agriculture is located 3 miles from the campus. Opportunities to attend seminars, 
conferences, and workshops and to conduct cooperative research with the USDA 
Beltsville ARS Center scientists exist. In addition, the National Agricultural Library 
at the Research Center is available to graduate students and faculty. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate students are supported with financial aid. Research and teaching 
assistantships are offered on a competitive basis to students on full admission status, 
as available. All graduate assistants are expected to assist in the teaching program of 
the department, and those in the M.S. program will follow the thesis option. 

For courses, see code HORT. 



144 Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) (EDHD) 

Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 
(EDHD) 

Professor and Chair: Hardy 

Professors: Eliot, Grambs, Hatfield, Porges, Seefeldt, Tomey-Purta 

Professors Emeriti: Bowie, Dittman, Goering, Kurtz, Morgan, Perkins 

Associate Professors: Bennett, Flatter, Fox, Gardner, Huebner, Koopman, Marcus, 

Matteson, Robertson-Tchabo, Rogolsky, Tyler 

Assistant Professors: Green, Holloway, Hunt, Taylor 

The interdisciplinary programs of the Institute for Child Study attempt to collect, 
interpret, and synthesize the findings of the human sciences that are concerned with 
human growth, development, and learning, and to communicate this synthesis to per- 
sons who need such understandings as a basis for their practice and planning. 
Courses are psychological in nature and are intended to increase the student's under- 
standing of human behavior. Research thrusts are primarily concerned with the social 
aspects of human development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Institute for Child Study offers graduate programs leading to Master of 
Education, Master of Arts with thesis. Master of Arts without thesis. Doctor of 
Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees, and Advanced Graduate Specialist 
Certificate (a planned program of 30 graduate hours beyond the master's degree). 
Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate 
Record Examination. The research oriented M.A. and Ph.D. degree programs in hu- 
man development are designed to develop student competencies in the theoretical 
areas of biological, psychological learning, and sociocultural processes, and related 
research methods in human development. The practice oriented M.Ed., M.A. without 
thesis, and Ed.D. programs are designed to develop student competencies in identify- 
ing the implications of scientific knowledge for specific situations through training in 
program design, management, delivery, and evaluation of human services consistent 
with current scientific knowledge of human development. 

The primary thrust of Institute Programs is focused upon educational institutions 
and services and secondarily with other human services which might also draw upon 
scientific knowledge of human growth and development. The graduate program is in- 
tended to prepare educational psychologists for service in schools and other communi- 
ty agencies dealing with individuals of all ages, to prepare teachers of human devel- 
opment in higher education, and to prepare research-oriented individuals for service in 
public (county, state, or federal) or private organizations. A student's program is in- 
dividually developed through consultation with advisers and appropriate committees to 
meet the unique needs of the student consistent with the purposes and goals of the 
Institute for Child Study. A listing of graduate degree requirements is available from 
the EDHD office. Knowledge of foreign languages is generally not required unless a 



Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 145 

need for foreign languages is indicated in the student's program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington, D.C. area and the University of Maryland are particularly rich in 
resources for graduate study in human development. The faculty of the Institute is 
uniquely multi-disciplinary, representing the broad range of the human sciences and 
related applied fields. The Institute has ongoing in-service field programs in child 
and youth study, and opportunities for participating in research. Internship experi- 
ences are available through cooperation with various agencies and schools in the area. 
Resources of the College of Education include a Center for Young Children, a 
Curriculum Materials Center, an Educational Technology Center, a Reading Center, 
Science Center, and financial and advisory support services for research and evalua- 
tion. In addition, the Institute has two major developmental assessment laboratories 
and a mobile developmental assessment laboratory through which the student can gain 
first-hand experience in making assessment of infants and young children. 

For courses, see code EDHD. 

Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education (EDIT) 

Professor and Chair: Maley 

Professors: Hombake (Emeritus), Luetkemeyer 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Beatty, Herschbach, Mietus, Peters, Stough 

Assistant Professors: Boyce, Elkins, Hultgren, Hunter, Inana, Sullivan, Usiak 

The graduate programs in Industrial Technological and Occupational Education are 
designed to prepare specialized personnel in a variety of fields related to positions in 
education as well as government, business, industry and labor. Programs related to 
education prepare personnel for teaching, administration, research, and supervisory 
positions in secondary, post-secondary, and higher education as well as education as- 
signments in government and military agencies. Programs designed for business and 
industry are in such fields as training, human resource development, production, su- 
pervision, safety and fire science. 

The specific teaching and education majors in the department include Business 
Education, Marketing and Distributive Education, Home Economics Education, 
Industrial Arts Education, and Vocational-Industrial Education. The Industrial 
Technology program is directed towards the preparation of personnel for the business, 
industry, and labor segments of society. The programs in the department enjoy a na- 
tional and international reputation. Placement is excellent in practically all programs 
at all levels. There is actually a shortage of teachers in the areas of industrial arts and 
vocational education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate 



1 46 Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 



Record Examination. 

Programs are offered at the master's degree level in seven different areas: Business 
Education, Marketing and Distribution Education, Home Economics Education, 
Industrial Arts, Industrial Technology, Technical Education, and Vocational-Industrial 
Education. The M.A. and M.Ed, degrees are offered in each of these program areas. 

The Ed.D. and Ph.D. degrees, as well as an Advanced Graduate Specialist certifi- 
cate may be earned in the following areas: Business, Marketing and Distributive, 
Home Economics, Industrial Arts, and Vocational-Industrial education. 

Every graduate program in the department is developed on an individual basis to 
meet the particular needs of the person. At the same time, the graduate student is ex- 
pected to have achieved certain specified objectives upon completion of his/her pro- 
gram. The student should exhibit competence in a major field in the department; 
analyze, conduct, and report research activities; and attain a broad understanding of 
the relationships of his/her field of study to education and society in a technological 
culture. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department is housed in a large three-story structure fully accessible to the 
handicapped. The building includes an auditorium, research center, learning center, 
curriculum research center, seventeen laboratories, faculty and staff offices, seminar 
and class rooms. 

In addition to the extensive library and computer facilities available on the College 
Park Campus, there are numerous other institutions located in the Washington- 
Baltimore area to enrich the scholarly and research potential for the student. These 
institutions include the Library of Congress, Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Department 
of Education, American Industrial Arts Association, American Home Economics 
Association, American Vocational Association, and the National Business Education 
Association. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to the chairperson of the 
department. 

For courses, see code EDIT. 

Journalism Program (JOUR) 

Professor and Dean: Cleghorn 

Professors: Blunder, J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hiebert, Holman, Martin 
Associate Professors: Barkin, Beasley, Franklin, Geraci, Levy, Zanot 
Assistant Professors: L. Grunig, Paterson, Smith, Stepp 
Lecturer: Greenfeld 

The College of Journalism offers a Master of Arts degree in Journalism and, with 
the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre, the Ph.D. in Public 



Journalism Program 1 47 



Communication. The master's degree is primarily a professional degree intended for 
students who wish to deepen their understanding of the communication professions 
and their preparation for those professions. It thus includes advanced practical 
courses and courses in communication theory and research. M.A. students specialize 
in public affairs reporting, public relations, international communication, science com- 
munication, broadcast journalism, advertising, opinion and evaluative research, politi- 
cal communication, or education and journalism. 

The Ph.D. in Public Communication is an interdisciplinary program embracing the 
College of Journalism and the three divisions of Communication Arts and Theatre: 
Radio-Television-Film, Speech Communication, and Theatre. The Ph.D. prepares 
students for creative scholarship and research. It emphasizes both the necessary tech- 
niques and skills to conduct research and the ability to think innovatively about prob- 
lems of public communication. Within this Ph.D. program, the College of Journalism 
stresses five fields: political and governmental communication, public relations and 
organizational communication, international communication, mass communication his- 
tory, and science and medical communication. Other areas of emphasis in the Public 
Communication program include rhetoric and public address, broadcast communica- 
tion, theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre history, and cinema history and aesthet- 
ics. For complete information on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public 
Communication Program" entry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree is a one-year program with the typical student taking 12 hours 
of graduate work in the fall, 12 hours in the spring, and 6 hours of thesis or non- 
thesis option seminars in the summer or during an additional semester. Work on the 
degree may be started at any time. JOUR 600 and JOUR 601 are required for the 
M.A. in Journalism. 

Applicants seeking admission to the master's program should hold a bachelor's de- 
gree from a recognized institution of higher learning. Undergraduate study of journal- 
ism or professional experience in journalistic fields are helpful but not required. 
Students who have majored in some other field as undergraduates are required to 
make up professional deficiencies by taking up to five selected courses in journalism 
without graduate credit. Completion of the general aptitude portion of the Graduate 
Record Examination is required, and three letters of recommendation must be submit- 
ted. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is in an advantageous location for the study of journal- 
ism. It is within easy reach of five of the nation's top newspapers: The Sun and 
Evening Sun of Baltimore, The Washington Post, The Washington Times, and 
USA Today. It is also near the Washington press corps, the large Washington 
bureaus of the Associated Press and United Press International, the New York Times, 
and most important American and foreign newspapers; NBC, CBS, ABC, and other 
broadcasting news bureaus; and news magazines and major book publishing offices. 
It is at the doorstep of the nation's major news makers in the executive, legislative, 
and judicial branches of the federal government. 



1 48 Journalism Program 



Special facilities include photographic, electronic, broadcasting, news editing, and 
advertising laboratories as well as a reading room with daily and weekly newspapers, 
magazines, clippings and bulletin files. Its Center for Research in Public 
Communication engages in and supports a variety of research projects on topics of 
interest to the faculty and the center's research associates. 

Financial Assistance 

The College of Journalism offers a limited number of assistantships in exchange for 
teaching or research assistance in journalism of up to 20 hours per week. Internships 
in various offices both on and off campus also are available to journalism graduate 
students as are some fellowships and scholarships. 

For courses, see code JOUR. 

Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 
Professors: Bundy, Kidd, Liesener, MacLeod, Soergel, Walston, Wasserman 
Associate Professor: White 

Assistant Professors: Marchionini, Newman, Stielow, Williams 
Lecturer: Cunningham 

The college offers programs leading to the Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) de- 
gree and the Ph.D. in Library Science, a joint degree of an M.A. in history and the 
M.L.S. for students desiring advanced studies in the field of archives, manuscripts, 
and historical collections (for details see the entry in this catalog following history), 
and a joint degree of an M.A. in geography and the M.L.S. (for details see the entry 
in this catalog under geography). The college is fully accredited by the American 
Library Association. The college also provides courses, seminars, and workshops for 
those who are not degree seeking candidates and are seeking continuing education and 
professional development opportunities. 

The degree programs are academic in nature. They emphasize the theoretical and 
conceptual foundations of the field. Thus the application of the results of scholarly 
research are related to current practices and are analyzed with the goal of advancing 
the quality and scope of services in the variety of information settings. 

Specialized study opportunities are offered in such information organizations as 
public, academic, special, and school libraries, and/or in sub-fields such as automated 
applications, reference services (conventional and on-line), archival and records 
management, the organization of knowledge, and information storage and retrieval. 
Students who complete the school media specialization usually obtain Maryland State 
certification as Educational Media Generalists, Level II. 

The academic program can be augmented by a Field Study in Library Service op- 
tion in which the student may obtain professional, supervised experience. Over 160 
field study sites have been approved including such federal agencies as the Library of 
Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Gallery of Art, corpora- 
tions, and professional associations. 



Library and Information Services Program 1 49 



Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to library and information services are 
described in a brochure available through the college's admissions office. 

Applicants must exhibit the capacity and motivation for graduate study and the po- 
tential to contribute to the library and information services profession. Accordingly, 
in addition to the Graduate School requirements, the Graduate Record Examination 
and letters of recommendation are required. These, with the undergraduate record, 
major discipline, work experience, and applicant's statement of purpose form the ba- 
sis for the admission decision. The college's Committee on Admissions and 
Academic Standards may request a personal interview and will consider requests for 
exceptions in unusual cases. 

Programs for Master's candidates are planned individually, and faculty advisors re- 
commend courses they consider most appropriate for each student. All students are 
required to register for the proseminar and introductory courses in the organization of 
knowledge and reference upon entry into the program. These three core courses in- 
troduce the student to the broad range of disciplines fundamental to library and infor- 
mation services. The remaining 27 credit hours are chosen, with the assistance of the 
student's assigned advisor, to fulfill the individual student's academic and professional 
goals. The student may, with the consent of his/her advisor, take courses in other de- 
partments of the university and may pursue in-depth study in an area of particular 
interest as an independent study under the supervision of a member of the faculty. 

The Master of Library Science degree is awarded to the student who successfully 
completes a program of 36 hours with an average of B or better within three years 
from first registration in the program. Under a full-time program a student normally 
completes four courses in each of the fall and spring semesters and four courses dur- 
ing the summer terms. Part-time students are also admitted to the program. Many 
courses are available at night or on weekends at regular intervals and are taught by 
members of the regular faculty. 

No thesis or comprehensive examination is required. 

The doctoral program is interdisciplinary in nature and utilizes the resources not 
only of the college, but of the entire campus. The student and advisor design a pro- 
gram of study and research particular to the student's professional objectives. 
Approximately three years of full-time study are required, normally divided into two 
years of formal course work (60 semester hours, or 36 beyond the master's) and one 
year of work on the dissertation. At least one year, usually the first, must be spent in 
full-time residence. 

A doctoral qualifying examination is required at the conclusion of the first year to 
determine the student's ability to complete the program. After completion of the re- 
quired course credits, and prior to admission to candidacy, the student must pass writ- 
ten comprehensive examinations in five areas. An oral defense of the dissertation is 
scheduled prior to the awarding of the degree. 

The college has no language requirements unless the individual student's specializa- 
tion or dissertation requires it. 



1 50 Library and Information Services Program 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The college maintains its own library, organized to afford faculty, students, and re- 
search staff the kind of modern support service provided by other forward-looking 
agencies. Students have access to the University of Maryland's excellent Computer 
Science facility. In addition, the college has an information processing laboratory 
which serves as a resource for instruction in the areas of library automation and infor- 
mation processing, as well as for faculty and student research. Thus students have 
access not only to the university's large-scale computer systems, but to microcomput- 
ers housed within the college. The instructional Development and Support Center is 
yet another support service. This non-print media facility provides equipment and 
materials, workshops, and individual assistance to students, faculty, and staff in all 
areas of audiovisual production. 

Financial Assistance 

The college and university offer a limited number of scholarships, fellowships, and 
teaching and research assistantships. Other sources of aid include work-study 
(through the university and outside agencies), federally insured loans, and grants from 
local and national agencies and organizations. 

The M.L.S. degree program has been accepted by the Southern Regional 
Educational Board Academic Market, thus making residents of Virginia and West 
Virginia eligible for in-state tuition fees. In-state tuition fees are available for those 
in the CLIS Ph.D. program from the states of Alabama, Mississippi, South Carolina, 
Virginia, and West Virginia. 

Information on the availability of Financial aid may be requested from the Director 
of Admissions, College of Library and Information Services. 

For coruses, see code LBSC. 

M.A. in Geography and the M.L.S. Course of Study 
(See entry after Geography Program) 

M.A. in History and the M.L.S. Course of Study 
(See entry after History Program) 

Linguistics Program (LING) 

Professor and Director: Lightfoot 
Professor: Vergnaud 
Associate Professor: Hornstein 
Assistant Professor: Zubizarreta 
Lecturer: Weinberg 

The Linguistics Program offers M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The goal is to expose 
students to a research enterprise which seeks to discover what a person's linguistic ca- 
pacity consists of; how it arises in children; how it functions in speaking, listening, 
etc.; how it relates to other cognitive capacities; and how it can be investigated by 
various methods including those of experimental psychology and computer sciences. 

The program has some distinctive emphases: 



Linguistics Program 151 



1 . A requirement that students develop a minor area of specialization. 

2. Heavy emphasis on the psychological embedding of linguistic theories 
and on cross-language work. 

3. Special provisions for students who start graduate work with a thorough 
background in linguistics and clear ideas about their research plans. 

4. Desire to attract students who are native speakers of a language which 
has not been extensively analyzed and who wish to work on a grammar 
of that language. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applications are invited from students with a strong undergraduate background in 
such areas as: linguistics, mathematics, psychology, computer science, philosophy, 
anthropology, English, and foreign languages. Students must have a background 
equivalent to what is covered in the core of the B. A. degree in Linguistics (essentially 
two semesters of generative syntax and two semesters of phonology). Students 
lacking this background may be admitted with "Provisional Graduate Status"; such 
students take undergraduate courses in syntax and phonology alongside those 
graduate-level courses for which they meet the prerequisites. 

M.A. students take a total of 36 credits: 21 credits are in LING and 9 credits are in 
an area such as biology, computer science, language pathology, philosophy, psycholo- 
gy or a particular language making up a minor area of specialization. In addition, 
either a thesis or two comprehensive papers in distinct areas of language study will be 
written. 

Ph.D. students will normally satisfy the requirements for the M.A., although the 
thesis/two comprehensive papers may be waived for students who have clear research 
plans and who apply successfully to proceed directly to the Ph.D. Students must 
complete twelve LING credits at the 800-level and six 600-level credits in non-LING 
courses. After completing course requirements, students write a dissertation. This 
paper will demonstrate a capacity for productive research and make an original contri- 
bution, normally forming the basis for the dissertation research. After satisfactory 
completion of the research paper, students write a dissertation. 

Financial Assistance 

The Linguistics Program administers a small number of teaching assistantships. 
Students may also express an interest in teaching assistantships in other departments; 
our students often compete successfully for such teaching assistantships. 

Additional Information 

Application materials and a brochure outlining further details of the program can be 
obtained from the Linguistics Program. 

For courses, see code LING. 



1 52 Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program 



Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program (MEES) 

Program Committee: Menzer (ENTM), Director, Rebach (UMES), Assistant 
Director, Bonar (ZOOL); Cronin (UMBC); Cummins (Appalachian Environmental 
Lab); Gupta (UMES); Helz (CHEM); Hopkins (UMES); Malone (Horn Point 
Environmental Lab); Naumann (UMAB); Turtle (Chesapeake Biological Lab) 

The university-wide graduate program in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences 
(MEES) offers work leading to the M.S. (with thesis) and Ph.D. degrees and is de- 
signed to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue studies on the interactions of 
biological systems with physico-chemical systems. Appropriate areas of emphasis 
will involve organisms living in marine, estuarine, or terrestrial environments in their 
interactions with chemical and physical influences. Possible areas of specialization 
might include estuarine and marine science, environmental chemistry, environmental 
microbiology, environmental toxicology, environmental and resource economics, en- 
vironmental management, marine and environmental technology, and fisheries and 
wildlife management. 

Graduates of the program find employment in the various federal and state agencies 
concerned with the environment. In addition, academic and private research institu- 
tions and commercial interests concerned with the development and use of coastal, es- 
tuarine, and ocean resources will find graduates of the program well prepared for a 
variety of positions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to meeting the regular requirements of the Graduate School for admis- 
sion, applicants are required to submit scores from the GRE Aptitude Test. The 
applicant's written statement of personal goals is most important in the admissions 
process. Degree work may be pursued on a part-time basis. 

The program is interdisciplinary, and the course of study will be tailored to the 
needs of the individual student as determined by that student's advisory committee. 
Course requirements and research are not in excess of general Graduate School re- 
quirements for the M.S. and Ph.D. There are several specific prerequisites, but these 
may be satisfied through course work after the student is admitted to the program. 
Statistics is required of all degree candidates. In addition, each student must com- 
plete an approved graduate level course in each of the four distribution areas: biology, 
chemistry, physical sciences, and management. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The facilities and faculty anywhere within the state-wide university system are 
available for use and involvement in the program. The degree candidate may take 
courses on any campus and may have an advisory committee composed of participat- 
ing MEES faculty from several locations, including laboratories of the University's 
Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies. Research programs may also be 
conducted at off-campus sites, including the laboratories of CEES (Chesapeake 
Biological Laboratory and Horn Point and Appalachian Environmental Laboratories). 

Campus facilities include well-equipped laboratories for research in most areas of 
environmental sciences. Maryland has a very active Sea Grant research program, and 



Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program 1 53 



students in marine and estuarine work will have access to laboratory-equipped re- 
search vessels for work on the Chesapeake Bay and on other waters. 

In addition, students will find their work greatly enhanced by the special ties most 
faculty members maintain to the many government laboratories and agencies in the 
Washington-Baltimore areas. Library resources are among the best in the nation due 
to the proximity of the National Agricultural Library and the Library of Congress, 
along with several other specialized libraries unique to the area. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance in the form of teaching and research assistantships (through 
participating departments and the CEES laboratories) as well as some fellowships may 
be available to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information, contact: 

Dr. Robert E. Menzer, Director 
MEES Program 
0313 Symons Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code MEES. 

Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 

Director: Smith 

Professors: Mikulski, Syski, Yang 

Associate Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith, Wei 

Assistant Professor: Janssen 

The Mathematical Statistics Program offers the degree of Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy for graduate study and research in statistics. Areas of faculty 
research activity include stochastic processes, potential theory, ergodic theory, statisti- 
cal decision theory, biostatistics, stochastic modeling, nonparametric inference, analy- 
sis of variance, and time series analysis. Students may specialize in applied or 
theoretical statistics by selecting an appropriate sequence of courses and a research 
area to form an individual plan of study. The program has been designed with suffi- 
cient flexibility to accommodate the student's background and interest. Moreover, the 
program offers students from other disciplines an opportunity to select a variety of 
statistics courses to supplement their own study. 

The program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. 
Moreover, the department maintains the records of all students in the Mathematical 
Statistics Program and handles correspondence with those applying for admission. 
However, it is important that any application for admission indicates clearly that the 
student wishes to enter the Statistics (STAT) Program. 

Employment prospects for statisticians are extremely bright, as they have been for 
the past several years. A recent National Science Foundation survey predicts that in 
the period 1978-90 there will be 19,000 job openings in statistics and only 8,000 new 



1 54 Mathematical Statistics Program 



graduates to fill them. All of the recent M.A. and Ph.D. graduates of Maryland's 
STAT Program have found jobs in universities, government, or private industry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for ad- 
mission should have completed, with at least a B average (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an 
undergraduate program of study which includes a strong emphasis on mathematics or 
statistics. Mathematical preparation at least through the level of advanced calculus 
will normally be considered sufficient demonstration of the expected mathematical 
background. In special cases students may be provisionally admitted without having 
fulfilled the general admission requirements if there is evidence on the basis of other 
criteria of potential success in the program. The Graduate Record Examination is not 
required for admission, but applicants for admission who have taken this examination 
are required to supply their score. 

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either of two options. To earn an 
M.A. degree by non-thesis option a student must have 30 credit hours with at least a 
B average and at least 18 of these credits must be at the graduate level (600/700 lev- 
el). Of the required 30 credits, at least 12 of the graduate credits must be in statis- 
tics. The student must also pass the Mathematics Department written examination in 
probability, statistics and any third field of mathematics. The student has the choice 
of taking either the separate M.A. written examination or the Ph.D. written examina- 
tion and being scored at a lower level. These examinations can be taken only twice 
except that any attempt during the first two years of graduate work is considered a 
"free try." The student must also submit a satisfactory scholarly paper. 

To earn an M.A. degree by the thesis option, a student must have: a) 24 credit 
hours with at least 15 at the 600/700 level (of these 15 hours, at least 12 hours must 
be in statistics), b) maintained an average grade of B or better, c) taken 6 hours of 
STAT 799 (research) in addition to (a), d) written a satisfactory thesis, and e) passed 
a final oral examination. 

There is no foreign language requirement for M.A. students. 

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program. A student 
in the doctoral program must have a minimum of 36 hours of formal courses (at least 
27 at the 600/700 level) with an average of B or better; at least 18 of the graduate 
credits must be taken in statistics. In addition, there is a university requirement of at 
least 12 hours of STAT 899 (doctoral research). 

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a written examination in probability, statistics, and 
any third field of mathematics. The written examination can be taken only twice ex- 
cept that, as in the case of the M.A. degree, any attempt during the first two years of 
graduate work is considered a "free try." The written examination is given by the 
Mathematics Department twice a year in January and August. 

If successful in this written examination, the student must pass an oral examina- 
tion. The oral examination, given by the statistics faculty, usually takes place a year 
after the student passes the written examination. This examination serves as a test of 
the in-depth preparation of the student in the area of specialization and of his or her 
research potential. Successful completion of the oral exam indicates that the student 



Mathematical Statistics Program 1 55 



is ready to begin writing the doctoral dissertation. In addition to the above, there is a 
requirement of reading competence in two foreign languages for the Ph.D. The stu- 
dent may select any two of the three languages: French, German, or Russian. The 
language examination, given and graded by the Mathematics Department, consists of 
translating foreign mathematical texts into competent English. 

To be admitted to candidacy, the Ph.D. aspirant must pass the written examination, 
the oral examination, and at least one of the two language examinations. The second 
language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral examination 
on the dissertation. 

For courses, see code STAT. 

Mathematics Program (MATH) 

Professor and Chair: Markely 

Professors: Adams, Alexander, Antman, Auslander, Babuska, Benedetto, Berenstein, 

Chu, Cohen, Cook, Cooper, Correl, Douglas, Edmundson, Ehrlich, Evans, Fey, 

Fitzpatrick, Goldberg, Goldhaber, Good, Gray, Greenberg, Grove, Gulick, Heins, 

Horvath, Hubbard, Hummel, Johnson, Kellogg, King, Kirwan, Kleppner, Kueker, 

Lay, Lehner, Lipsman, Liu, Lopez-Escobar, Markley, Mikulski, Neri, Neumann, 

Olver, Osborn, Pearl, Reinhart, Schafer, Syski, Wolfe, Yang, Yorke, Zagier, Zedek 

Adjunct Professors: Goldstein, Shanks 

Associate Professors: Arnold, Berg, Dancis, Ellis, Green, Hamilton, Helzer, Herb, 

Kedem, Owings, Sather, Schneider, Slud, Smith, Vogelius, Warner, Wei, 

Winkeinkemper 

Assistant Professors: Adams, Boyle, Currier, Maddocks 

There are three programs that come under the cognizance of the Mathematics 
Department: the Mathematics Program proper (MATH), the Mathematical Statistics 
Program (STAT), and the Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL). 
Students applying for admission should indicate the program of interest to them by 
employing the appropriate symbol. The Statistics Program is concerned with mathe- 
matical statistics and probability. The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Programs is described in detail elsewhere in this catalog, but, as its name implies, is 
concerned with the interaction between mathematics and applied areas; it is directed 
by the Graduate Applied Mathematics Committee but administered by the 
Mathematics Department. 

M.A. and Ph.D. degrees can be earned in each of these three programs. The 
Master's degree is not required for entrance to the Ph.D. program. 

The department offers graduate programs in algebra, complex analysis, geometry, 
mathematic logic, number theory, numerical analysis, ordinary differential equations, 
partial differential equations, probability real and functional analysis, statistics, and 
topology. 

Graduates in both Ph.D. and M.A. programs continue to face a favorable employ- 
ment market. It is true that the academic opportunities are becoming more encourag- 
ing; in fact our Ph.D.s have done very well, in some cases securing prestigious aca- 
demic posts (MIT, Yale, NYU). Those in the applied programs face a very en- 



1 56 Mathematics Program 



couraging employment environment and have secured good positions in government 
and industry. The fact is that some academic institutions are facing competitions 
from the private sector. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is granted to applicants who show promise in mathematics as demon- 
strated by their collegiate mathematics record. Unless courses in advanced calculus 
and (undergraduate) abstract algebra have been taken, admission may be on a provi- 
sional basis (passing MATH 410 and/or 403 with a grade of B). The Graduate 
Record Examination is not required for admission, but applicants for admission who 
have taken this examination are required to supply their score. 

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either the thesis option (general uni- 
versity regulations prevail) or the non-thesis option; the great majority are choosing 
the latter. For this option, students must have 30 credit hours with an average of at 
least B of which at least 18 are at the 600/700 level including at least 12 hours in 
mathematics. They must complete two full-year sequences at the 600/700 level and 
must pass the departmental written examinations in three mathematical fields. In ad- 
dition, the university now requires a scholarly paper. 

The student has the choice of taking the separate M.A. battery of written examina- 
tions or taking the Ph.D. version and being scored at a lower level. These examina- 
tions can be taken only twice, except that any attempt during the first two years of 
graduate work is considered a "free try." There is no foreign language requirement for 
the M.A. degree. It generally takes from two to three years to earn the M.A. 
Almost 25-30 are granted each year in mathematics (MATH, STAT, and MAPL 
combined). 

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program, but appli- 
cants who are accepted should show, on the basis of their undergraduate record and 
recommendations, that they possess not only marked promise in mathematical activi- 
ties but the potential to perform on a creative level. Again, as in the M.A. case, ad- 
mission may be granted on a provisional basis. 

The departmental course requirements for the Ph.D. are a minimum of 36 hours of 
formal course work (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an average grade of B or 
better; at least 18 hours must be taken in the Department of Mathematics. In addi- 
tion, there is a university requirement of at least 12 hours of MATH 899 (doctoral re- 
search). 

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a set of three written examinations in three mathema- 
tical fields; these examinations can be taken any time except that an attempt during 
the first two years of graduate study constitutes a "free try." These examinations are 
given twice a year in January and August. If successful in these written examina- 
tions, students must satisfy the particular requirements of the field committee go- 
verning their special area of interest before they can be admitted to candidacy and en- 
gage in thesis research. The dissertation must represent an original contribution to 
mathematical knowledge and will usually be published in a mathematical journal. 

The average Ph.D. aspirant will spend five years of graduate study before obtaining 
the degree. From 5 to 10 Ph.D.s are awarded each year in the department. 



Mathematics Program 1 57 



There are two foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. Before the aspirant can 
be admitted to candidacy, he or she must pass a written examination in either French, 
German, or Russian, translating mathematical texts into competent English. The se- 
cond language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral exam- 
ination on the dissertation. Both language examinations are composed and graded 
within the department. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department is very strong in a number of areas, and the addition of the 
complement of mathematicians from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology 
adds further strength. There is a very active research atmosphere, and the department 
fosters a lively program of seminars and colloquia of which about half are talks by 
outside specialists. Each year is devoted to a special mathematical field with a 
number of outside mathematicians in residence; the special year for 1986-87 was in 
dynamical systems, and that for 1987-88 will be in numerical analysis. 

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library is located on the ground floor of 
the Mathematics Building and contains more than 95,000 volumes in mathematics, 
physics, and engineering; more than 280 journals in pure and applied mathematics are 
received. The Library of Congress, with its extensive collection of books and techni- 
cal reports, is only a half hour away from the campus. 

The department cooperates closely with the Institute for Physical Science and 
Technology and with the Department of Computer Science. Faculty members of both 
groups offer courses in the department, and the facilities of the computer center are 
available to serve the research needs of both faculty and graduate students. Members 
of the department participate actively in the interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Program and staff the Mathematical Statistics Program. 

Financial Assistance 

The department is able to offer graduate assistantships to approximately 1 10 gradu- 
ate students. Generally these graduate assistants conduct recitation and quiz sections 
associated with a large lecture class taught by a faculty member. The teaching load is 
six hours each semester plus the attendant duties of meeting with students and grading 
papers. There are a limited number of fellowships and research assistantships avail- 
able. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures and publications offered by the department are: "Mathematics at 
Maryland, the Graduate Program," "Departmental Policies Concerning Graduate 
Students," and "Graduate Course Descriptions." 

Ms. Janet Cooper, the administrator of the graduate committee of the department, 
can be contacted regarding departmental programs, admission procedures, and finan- 
cial aid. Call (301) 454-^1900. 

For courses, see code MATH. 



1 58 Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 



Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS) 

Professor and Chair: Lissitz 

Professors: Dayton, Stunkard 

Associate Professors: Benson, Johnson, Macready, Schafer 

In the Department of Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation, programs are avail- 
able at both the master's (M.A.) and doctoral (Ph.D.) levels for persons desiring a 
major in measurement, statistics, or program evaluation. In addition, a doctoral 
minor is offered for students majoring in other areas. 

Graduates have been very successful in finding employment. One of the advan- 
tages of the measurement, statistics, and evaluation areas is that degree holders are 
equipped to make contributions in a wide variety of fields. This means that, as the 
employment potential of one area tightens, the student has the requisite skills to move 
into another area that is more open. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate 
grade point average and the submission of the Graduate Record Examination test 
score. Admission to a doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in pre- 
vious graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 
40 percentile on the Graduate Record Examination. 

The doctoral major program is primarily intended to produce individuals qualified 
to teach courses at the college level in program evaluation, measurement, and statis- 
tics; conduct research studies; advise in the conduct of research studies; and serve as 
applied statistics, measurement, and evaluation specialists in school systems, industry, 
and government. The master's level program is designed to produce qualified indi- 
viduals to work in schools, industry, and government. Both the thesis and the non- 
thesis option are offered. A program for an individual student is planned to take into 
account his/her own background and future aims. About half the work within the ma- 
jor is elected to meet the needs and interests of the individual student. 

The GRE aptitude test scores are utilized along with other application information 
in reaching a decision about each applicant. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Persons planning a college teaching career will have opportunities to engage in su- 
pervised activities appropriate for future faculty members whose specialization will be 
in these areas. Research experience utilizing both mainframe and micro computer 
equipment will be obtained. 

The faculty are actively engaged in a large variety of research projects. Students 
are encouraged to become involved as well, and gain experience from these activities. 
The Washington and Baltimore areas have a large number of organizations that pro- 
vide ready opportunity to become involved in projects that have national importance. 



Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program 1 59 



Financial Assistance 

Some graduate assistantships and other funds are available. Once students have the 
equivalent of the first year of course work, they can easily secure good part-time em- 
ployment as support for the continuation of the degree. In many cases, this work be- 
comes the career employment for the student after he or she finishes the degree objec- 
tive. In other cases, students wait until the degree is obtained before seeking employ- 
ment outside the university. In either case, the students in the department have easily 
found good, degree- relevant jobs. 

Additional Information 

For information and a departmental brochure, please write to: 
Dr. Robert W. Lissitz 
Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 
College of Education 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code EDMS. 

Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 

Professor and Chairman: Fourney 

Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Berger, Buckley, Cunniff, Dally, Dieter, 

Durelli, Holloway, Hyer, Irwin, Kirk, Koh, Marcinkowski, Marks, Sallet, Sanford, 

Sayre, Shreeve, Talaat, Wallace, Weske (Emeritus), Yang 

Associate Professors: Barker, Bernard, Gupta, Shih, Sommer, Tsai, von Kerczek 

(UMBC), Walston 

Assistant Professors: Anjanappa, Azarm, Bigio, Chen, diMarzo, Hammar, Har- 

halakis, Jackson, Loftus, Mecklenburg, Palmer, Pandelidis, Pecht, Radermacherer, 

Ssemakula, Tsui 

Lecturers: Baker, Coder, Der, Ethridge, Gaunaurd, Krayterman, Rangarajan, 

Werneth 

The Mechanical Engineering Department offers a broad-based program leading to a 
Master of Science degree with courses drawn from four different areas of specializa- 
tion: energy, fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and computer integrated manufacturing 
and design. In certain cases students may wish to concentrate their studies early in 
their graduate work, and M.S. programs in each of the four areas of specialty are 
available. For the Ph.D. program, which stresses research capabilities, an area of 
specialization should be selected early so that the student can establish the depth of 
understanding in a given technical area necessary to begin thesis research. 

Program Specialties 

1. Energy. This area of specialization treats the transformation, transpor- 
tation, storage, and utilization of all types of energy. The area encom- 
passes: combustion, energy conversion, heat and mass transfer, thermo- 
dynamics, and solar energy. Combustion deals with the efficient com- 
bustion of petroleum and of alternative and future low grade fuels so 



160 Mechanical Engineering Program 



there are not adverse effects on the emission of undesirable trace pollu- 
tants. Included in the energy conversion coverage are gas turbines, in- 
ternal combustion engines, furnaces, combustors, heat pumps, thermoe- 
lectrics, thermionics, photo voltaics, fuel cells and magnetohydrodynam- 
ics. Analytical, empirical, and experimental solutions are developed in 
solving heat and mass transfer problems. The coverage in thermo- 
dynamics includes macroscopic and microscopic considerations, statisti- 
cal methods, and irreversible processes. Solar energy studies deal with 
the engineering applications of solar thermal energy storage. 

2. Fluid Mechanics. This area of specialization prepares students for 
study in advanced analytical and experimental methods in fluid mechan- 
ics. Areas of study include ground vehicle aerodynamics, two-phase 
flow, boundary layers and jets, vortex dynamics, fluid-structure interac- 
tion, turbulence, turbulence closure modeling, and combustor flows. 
Laboratory facilities are available for research in low-speed flow 
phenomena, two-phase flow studies, vortex motions, and hydromechan- 
ics. 

3. Solid Mechanics. This area of specialization emphasizes exposure to 
fundamental concepts in analytical and experimental methods of solid 
mechanics. Areas of study include theoretical and applied elasticity, 
fracture mechanics, experimental mechanics, noise and vibration con- 
trol, acoustics, numerical modeling, and linear and nonlinear mechan- 
ics. Laboratory facilities are available for research in stress analysis, 
fracture, acoustics, photoelasticity, and holography. 

4. Computer Integrated Manufacturing and Design. This area of special- 
ization combines the disciplines of controls, mechanical design, manu- 
facturing processes, and robotics with a strong emphasis on computer 
application throughout the areas. A wide variety of courses and re- 
search topics are available which are supported by dedicated labora- 
tories in microprocessors and interfaces, manufacturing processes, ro- 
botics, and computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing. 
Typical research topics include the use of microprocessors for smart 
product design; the integration of a flexible manufacturing cell into the 
factory of the future; expert systems; integration of CAD, CAM, and 
manufacturing resource planning; and systems analysis, control, and 
automation. 

Graduates with an M.S. or Ph.D. in mechanical engineering are in high demand by 
a wide variety of industries and the federal government. Jobs are more plentiful than 
ever. Also, career opportunities in academia are excellent for Ph.D. graduates due to 
the shortage of qualified persons in mechanical engineering. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees outside 
of mechanical engineering. In some cases it may be necessary to require undergradu- 



Mechanical Engineering Program 161 



ate courses to complete the student's background. The general regulations of the 
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice between the thesis option or the 
non-thesis option. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the 
B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. Ph.D. students must take a qualifying 
examination upon entering into the program. In addition to the general rules of the 
Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the department 
in its departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department maintains laboratory facilities for graduate research. Air guns, im- 
pact testers, vibration shaker tables, and acoustic analysis equipment are available for 
studies in dynamic stress analysis and vibration. Static and dynamic stress analysis 
are conducted by photoelastic and holographic techniques. Experimental fluid dynam- 
ics studies are carried out in wind tunnels, on a water table, in a flume, and in a 
two-phase flow loop. Research in engineering materials is supported by a large 
complement of departmental mechanical testing equipment and by an electron micros- 
cope facility, an x-ray diffraction facility, and crystal growing equipment available 
from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology. Combustion research facili- 
ties include various types of combustors, heat exchangers, droplet generators, and a 
fouling and particulate deposition apparatus. Research in computer integrated manu- 
facturing and design is carried out in newly-developed CAD/CAM, robotics, manufac- 
turing processes, and microprocessor laboratories. Departmental computational equip- 
ment consists of over 50 modern microcomputers and two VAX 750 mini-computers 
available for student use. Campus computational facilities include a VAX 785, two 
IBM 4341 's, Unisys 1100/92 digital computers and a VAX 780 with associated array 
processors. The Engineering Library is housed nearby in conjunction with the mathe- 
matical and physical sciences collections at the College Park Campus. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available to outstanding students in the form of teaching as- 
sistantships and research assistantships. Preference is given to U.S. applicants. 

Additional Information 

Additional information may be obtained from the Graduate Advisor, Department of 
Mechanical Engineering. 

For courses, see code EN ME. 

Meteorology Program (METO) 

Professor and Chair: Baer 

Professors: Shukla, Thompson, Vernekar 

Research Professor: Faller 

Associate Professors: Ellingson, Pinker, Robock, Rodenhuis 

Associate Research Scientists: Schneider, van den Dool 

Assistant Professors: Carton, Dickerson, Huffman, Kinter 

Assistant Research Scientists: Nigam, Sellers 



1 62 Meteorology Program 



Adjunct Professor: Rao 

Visiting Lecturers: R. Atlas, Lau 

Research Associates: D. Atlas, Canfield, Chelliah, Fritz, Harsh vardhan, Holland, 

Johansson, Kaufman, Klein, Laszlo, Liebmann, Miao, Mintz, Mooley, Rasmusson, 

Saha, Sui, Winston, Yang, Yuan 

The Meteorology Department offers a full course of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy specializing in the atmospheric sciences. 
Additionally, a full complement of course work in meteorology is offered at the upper 
division and graduate level as a service to other campus graduate programs. 

The educational program in the atmospheric sciences is broadly based involving 
many of the applications of the mathematical, physical and applied sciences that 
characterize modern meteorology. Areas of research specialization presently receiving 
the most concentrated attention are atmospheric dynamics, atmospheric radiative 
transfer, remote sensing of the atmosphere, climate dynamics, numerical weather 
prediction, atmospheric chemistry, synoptic meteorology, and micrometeorology. 

Within the Meteorology Department, the Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere 
Interaction (COLA), under the direction of Professor Shukla, conducts a coordinated 
research program in the problems of long-range weather forecasting. The Cooperative 
Institute for Climate Studies, operated jointly with NOAA, also conducts research in 
long-range forecasting and satellite remote sensing. The department maintains close 
research and teaching associations with the College's Institute for Physical Science 
and Technology. 

The department's close association with federal agencies in the Washington area 
provides graduates with good job potential in the atmospheric sciences. As a research 
assistant the student often has the opportunity to develop a close working relationship 
with one or more of the scientific agencies. This can put the student in a good posi- 
tion to contend for jobs as they become available. 

The Meteorology Department is in the College of Computer, Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The advanced degree programs in meteorology are open to students holding the 
bachelor's degree in meteorology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, engi- 
neering or other programs with suitable emphasis in the sciences. Comprehensive, 
undergraduate level courses in meteorology are provided for students from disciplines 
other than meteorology. 

To qualify for the Master of Science degree in meteorology, the candidate is re- 
quired to complete the following graduate level core course work: METO 610, 
Dynamic Meteorology 1 (3 credits); METO 612, Atmospheric Turbulence and 
Diffusion (3 credits); METO 620, Atmospheric Radiation (3 credits). METO 640, 
Micrometeorology may be substituted for METO 612 at the advisor's discretion. 

A minimum of 21 additional hours of credit, including research, is required. At 
least 12 credits must be in meteorology at the 600 level or above, and generally no 
more than 6 credits of 400 level meteorology courses can be applied toward the de- 
gree. The program may include up to nine credits or course work at the 400 level or 



Meteorology Program 1 63 



above in other departments. 

The Master's degree program will consist of a coherent program chosen in consul- 
tation with the student's advisor. Students may elect either a thesis option or a non- 
thesis option; the latter requires one scholarly review paper and a comprehensive ex- 
amination instead of a thesis. A final oral examination is administered prior to the 
awarding of the degree. Full-time students with an appropriate background in me- 
teorology can complete the M.S. program in one calendar year, but typically take one 
and one-half to two years. Additional time may be necessary for students entering 
from other disciplines. 

To qualify for the Ph.D. degree, the candidate must select a major and an ancillary 
course work program. Ancillary course work programs are individually tailored to the 
needs and interests of the student. Each student is expected to develop a major 
course work program with his or her advisor which will provide adequate preparation 
for the candidacy exams and adequate background for a successful research program 
leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. Students who satisfy minimum requirements on the 
written examination will be admitted to oral examinations. A single pass-fail outcome 
of the examinations will be determined from a combination of written and oral grades 
with standards in each category set to assure an adequate professional level of perfor- 
mance. 

There is no special language requirement for the Ph.D. degree program in meteoro- 
logy. Ability to do independent research must be shown by a written dissertation 
which embodies an original contribution to knowledge on some topic connected with 
meteorology. Departmental requirements for the dissertation are essentially the same 
as Graduate School requirements. Typically, Ph.D. programs in meteorology require 
from three to five years of study beyond the bachelor's degree depending on the prior 
education and training of the candidate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department of Meteorology is located in the Computer and Space Sciences 
Building on campus. Special facilities supporting the teaching and research activities 
of the department include equipment for receiving facsimile maps and digital alphanu- 
meric data from the National Weather Service, a solar radiation monitoring station, an 
instrumented weather station (a NOAA cooperative observing station), a laboratory for 
atmospheric chemistry, a mobile air pollution laboratory, and a special laboratory fa- 
cility for fluid dynamics experimentation in rotating systems. 

Special data collections supporting the teaching and research activities include 
Northern Hemisphere meteorological data tabulations on microfilm, a unique historical 
daily weather map series dating back to 1899, a complete set of climatological data 
for the United States dating back to 1917, a Geosynchronomous Operational 
Environmental Satellite data archive including visible and infrared photography, a me- 
teorological data archive for four out-lying weather stations on university farms, and 
files of the State Climatologist for Maryland. 

The Department of Meteorology has a modem teaching laboratory in which educa- 
tional color video tapes and 16 mm films may be produced and replayed. Sufficient 
equipment is installed to allow students and faculty to produce their own educational 



1 64 Meteorology Program 



materials for classroom and seminar use as well as to record special experiments, field 
trials, or lecture events for permanent use. 

The department maintains a specialized library with several hundred text and refer- 
ence books in meteorology and allied sciences, many specialized series of research re- 
ports, and many current journals. In addition to the main campus library, there are li- 
braries in chemistry, astronomy, and engineering. Finally, there are several excellent 
government libraries in the area providing a resource which is unsurpassed. 

The department has installed a UNIDATA computer graphics animation system 
which ingests, manages, and displays current weather satellite, weather radar, and 
weather map data in color for research, instruction, and the preparation of videotape 
or film materials. 

The Department of Meteorology has access to a wide spectrum of computer re- 
sources. The department has developed its own Apollo supermicrocomputer network, 
part of which supports Unidata activities. The university's Computer Science Center 
(CSC), which is located in the same building as the department, operates an IBM 
4381 (upgraded with the department's assistance) and a Unisys 1100/92 92. Access 
to CSC is via high-speed terminals, Ethernet, and the Remote Job Entry emulator. 
Departmental personnel can communicate with various remote supercomputers at high 
speed through CSC, including the Cray XMP at San Diego Supercomputer Center (a 
satellite link), the Crays at NCAR (satellite link), the Amdahls and Cyber 205 at 
Goddard Space Flight Center (9600 baud terminal line), and the many computers at- 
tached to GSFC campus network (56 kilobaud land line). 

The University of Maryland is located in an area which is rich in a variety of pro- 
fessional resources which are beneficial to students and faculty in the Department of 
Meteorology. Because of its location in the metropolitan community of the Nation's 
Capital, the University of Maryland is able to interact closely with the many govern- 
mental groups interested in various aspects of the atmospheric sciences. Guest se- 
minar speakers and visiting lecturers at the University of Maryland frequently are 
scientists invited from local government laboratories and the department faculty often 
attend and participate in the seminars, colloquia and scientific workshops being held 
at these neighboring institutions. 

A wide spectrum of meteorological interests are represented in the local scientific 
community. For example studies of air pollution calibration standards and analytical 
techniques and studies of the effect of weather and climate on energy supplies and 
agricultural productivity are being conducted. There are several groups devoted to 
climate analysis and simulation, new techniques development for long-range fore- 
casting, and studies in fluid dynamics. Studies of satellite applications to meteorolo- 
gy, solar, and wind energy analyses and prediction of atmospheric diffusion and tran- 
sport processes are also represented. 

The Washington, D.C. chapter of the American Meteorological Society consists of 
about 400 members who hold professional meetings each month. Washington, D.C. 
is frequently the site of national and international conferences, most notably of the 
American Association for the Advancement of Science and the American Geophysical 
Union. Although the University of Maryland is the only school in the region which 
offers degrees in meteorology, there are professional and library resources at several 



Meteorology Program 165 



other major universities which are located close to College Park. In addition to the 
various government and academic institutions, the Washington metropolitan area con- 
tains numerous well-known private contractors and consulting companies involved in 
meteorology which provide employment opportunities for students both before and 
after graduation. 

The Department of Meteorology maintains professional interactions with scientists 
of major federal agencies in the atmospheric, oceanographic, and hydrologic sciences. 
For example, a formal Memorandum of Agreement with the National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration provides for the development of special courses by visit- 
ing faculty from NOAA as well as opportunities for faculty and students to work on- 
site at NOAA facilities. 

Under a special grant from NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, similar opportuni- 
ties exist for professional and student interactions with the NASA facility. 
Opportunities are provided through existing channels for interactions with the National 
Weather Service, the National Environmental Satellite and Data Information Service, 
the Naval Research Laboratory, and the National Bureau of Standards, among others, 
all located convenient to the University of Maryland. The department participates in 
a program for students to obtain full or partial course credit by working a few hours 
per week during the semester at selected governmental laboratories. For example, 
students may be able to gain synoptic forecasting experience at the National Weather 
Service as part of their course requirements. 

Through membership in the University Corporation for Atmospheric Research, the 
department enjoys the common facilities offered by the National Center for 
Atmospheric Research. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. Research 
Assistants carry on research in the general areas of synoptic and dynamic meteorolo- 
gy, satellite meteorology, climate dynamics, micrometeorology and air pollution, 
theoretical or experimental fluid dynamics, atmospheric radiation, and general circula- 
tion. Stipends are maintained at a competitive level. 

Additional Information 

Application material or additional information may be obtained by writing: 

Chair, Department of Meteorology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 

For courses, see code METO. 

Microbiology Program (MICB) 

Professor and Chair: Joseph 

Professors: Colwell, Cook, Hetrick, Roberson, Weiner, Yuan 

Professors Emeritus: Doetsch, Faber, Pelczar 

Associate Professors: MacQuillan, Voll 

Assistant Professor: Stein 



1 66 Microbiology Program 



Assistant Research Scientist: Hamilton 
Lecturer: Grimes Instructors: Powell, Smith 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with special emphasis on three major areas: 
biomedical, environmental, and biotechnology. In the biomedical area, a student may 
specialize in virology, immunology or medical bacteriology. Environmentally related 
research projects are being conducted in microbial ecology, marine microbiology, dis- 
eases of finfish and shellfish, microbial food webs, biodegradation of pollutants, and 
radiation effects. In addition, graduate students carry out research in microbial syste- 
matics and industrial fermentations. Biotechnology involves bacterial and yeast genet- 
ics, genetic engineering, cellular immunology, immunochemistry, molecular biology 
and ecology of plasmids, DNA repair systems and the control of bacterial morpho- 
genesis. The department maintains a basic science orientation with affiliations with 
federal and industrial laboratories of the greater Washington area. 

Advanced degree graduates in microbiology are in demand, particularly in special- 
ties involving recombinant DNA technology, immunology, virology-tissue culture, 
ecology, fermentation and medical microbiology. Positions become available in both 
the public and private sector and may involve research, quality control, and/or product 
development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students are accepted in either the M.S. or Ph.D. programs. Applicants 
for the M.S. program must have acquired a thorough foundation in biological and 
physical sciences. A strong background in microbiology is desirable but not essential. 
However, lack of specific courses may lengthen the time required for earning a de- 
gree. Scores on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), both the General Test and 
the Subject Test in Biology, must accompany applications. 

Requirements for the M.S. degree include a minimum of 24 semester hours exclu- 
sive of research credits. A written thesis based upon research is required, and all can- 
didates must pass a final oral examination given by an advisory committee. All can- 
didates for graduate degrees must serve as laboratory teaching assistants for at least 
one semester per degree. Candidates normally require about two years to complete 
the M.S. program, but quality of performance alone determines awarding of the de- 
gree. 

Candidates for the Ph.D. degree in addition to the above requirements, must suc- 
cessfully complete a written preliminary examination and supporting minor course 
work totaling 24 hours. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department maintains facilities which permit research in all of the listed areas 
of specialization. The program in marine microbiology has access to laboratory 
equipped vessels suitable for research in the Chesapeake Bay, as well as the world's 
oceans. The recent addition of a STEM, JEOL electron microscope provides the ca- 
pacity for accomplishing state of the art EM research. 



Microbiology Program 1 67 



Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate teaching assistantships are available. There are also 
opportunities for research assistantships and scholarships contingent upon current re- 
search funding. 

Additional Information 

Interested individuals may request an information brochure describing in detail the 
program of graduate study in microbiology. For information write to: 

Chair, Graduate Program Committee 
Department of Microbiology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code MICB. 

Music Program (MUSC) 
Professor and Chair: Cohen 
Assistant Chair and Lecturer: Cooper 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, Cohen, Folstrom, Garvey, Guameri String Quartet 
(Dally, Soyer, Steinhardt, Tree), Head, Heim, Helm, Hudson, Johnson, Montgomery, 
Moss, Schumacher, Serwer, Shirley, Traver, Troth, True 

Associate Professors: Bamett, Davis, DeLio, Elliston, Elsing, Fanos, Fleming, Gal- 
lagher, Gowen, Mabbs, McClelland, McDonald, Olson, Pennington, Robertson, 
Rodriquez, Ross, Wakefield, Wexler, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Balthrop, Gibson, McCoy, Payerle, Saunders, Sparks 
Lecturers: Baker, Beicken, Cooper 
Instructor: Walters 

The Department of Music offers programs of study leading to the Master of Music 
degree with specializations in performance, conducting, historical musicology, eth- 
nomusicology, music theory, and composition; to the Doctor of Philosophy degree 
with specializations in historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and music theory; and 
to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree with specializations in performance-literature 
and composition. Programs in music education, offered cooperatively with the 
College of Education, lead to Master of Arts, Master of Education, Doctor of 
Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees; specific requirements and course offer- 
ings are listed in program descriptions of the Department of Curriculum and 
Instruction in that college. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to all graduate degree programs in music, except those in music educa- 
tion, requires both the general and advanced tests of the Graduate Record 
Examination; music education applicants complete either the Graduate Record 
Examination or the Miller Analogies Test. Additionally, applicants in music perfor- 
mance present an audition covering representative repertory from the various historical 
periods and submit a complete list of all works studied and performed, as well as co- 
pies of recital programs; applicants in choral conducting present an audition with a 



1 68 Music Program 



University of Maryland ensemble as well as submit evidence of performance of stan- 
dard choral repertory; applicants in composition present a portfolio of original works. 
A personal interview is sometimes requested of applicants for any program. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in solo performance and in con- 
ducting include satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of course 
work elected in consultation with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion 
of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the end of course work, a culminat- 
ing recital, and an oral examination. In addition, each performance division may 
have individual requirements, e.g. voice majors must have completed one year each 
of French and German. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in historical musicology, ethnomusi- 
coloy, music theory, and composition include satisfactory completion of a minimum 
of 24 semester hours of course work elected in consultation with a graduate academic 
advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the 
end of course work, submission of an approved thesis (a minimum of 6 semester 
hours is required in thesis research), and a final oral examination on the thesis. 
Moreover, requirements in historical musicology and ethnomusicology include a read- 
ing knowledge of one pertinent foreign language, preferably demonstrated upon en- 
trance to the program but at least prior to the second semester of study. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in historical musicology, eth- 
nomusicology, and music theory include satisfactory completion of a body of course 
work (no fixed number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the gradu- 
ate advisor adequately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfacto- 
ry completion of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the 
degree (conferred by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a 
minimum of 12 semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral 
defense of the dissertation. Additionally, students in historical musicology and eth- 
nomusicology must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German and at least one oth- 
er pertinent foreign language either upon entrance to the program or within one se- 
mester for the first language and two semesters for the second; students in music theo- 
ry must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German prior to beginning the disserta- 
tion. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree in performance-literature and 
in composition include satisfactory completion of a body of course work (no fixed 
number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the graduate academic ad- 
visor adequately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfactory 
completion of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the de- 
gree (conferred by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a 
minimum of 12 semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral 
defense of the dissertation. The composition dissertation is a large-scale original 
composition. Performance-literature majors also present a lecture-recital and two 
full-length recitals; they may apply for approval of a Performance-Tape Project as an 
alternative to the traditional dissertation. In addition, each performance division may 
have individual requirements, e.g. voice majors must have completed one year each 
of French, German, and Italian. 



Music Program 1 69 



Libraries and Special Research Resources 

The University of Maryland, College Park offers musical scholars a variety of li- 
braries, archives, special collections, and other research resources that few universities 
equal. 

The music library in Hombake Library is maintained as a separate branch within 
the university's library system. Its main collection consists of approximately 22,000 
books, 70,000 scores, 2,200 microfilms, 3,500 microfiches, 45,000 phonodiscs, 
3,000 tapes, and 2,400 piano rolls along with readers for all microforms, listening fa- 
cilities for discs and tapes, and equipment for making photographic, microfilm, mi- 
crofiche, or xerographic copies. 

Special collections of particular musical interest are (1) the Jacob M. Coopersmith 
Collection consisting of his working library and rich in Handel materials (books, mu- 
sic, journals, reprints of articles, etc.); (2) microfilms of all Handel autographs at the 
British Library and the Fitzwilliam Museum, and of almost all other known autograph 
fragments of Handel's music; (3) the Alfred Wallenstein Collection, donated by the 
violoncellist and conductor, comprising the performance library (about 28,000 titles) 
of radio station WOR in New York City and dating through the early 1950s; (4) 
Andre Kostelanetz's own working collection of orchestral scores and parts in manu- 
script, about 4,000 titles bequeathed by the conductor; (5) the archives of the 
American Bandmasters Association, the Music Educators National Conference, the 
National Association of College Wind and Percussion Instructors, the International 
Clarinet Society, the College Band Directors National Association, and the Music 
Library Association — among which are the oral history collection; the press books of 
Edwin Franko Goldman; extensive gathering of clippings, programs, photographs, and 
historic recordings relating to the history of the American band movement; the 
Contemporary Music Project Library of the Music Educators National Conference; the 
Pillsbury Foundation School archives; the Frances Ellicott Clark papers; the Luther 
Whiting Mason Collection; and the music education textbook collection; and (6) the 
International Piano Archives at Maryland (formerly the International Piano Library of 
New York City), which is a unique collection of tapes, phonodiscs, piano rolls, music 
scores, cylinders, record catalogues, and manuscripts documenting the entire history 
of recorded piano literature and its performance. 

Within a few minutes of the College Park campus are unparalleled research oppor- 
tunities offered by the Library of Congress, the Folger Shakespeare Library, 
Dumbarton Oaks, the National Archives, the Smithsonian Institution, the Enoch Pratt 
Free Library of Baltimore, and about 500 specialized libraries. 

Special Resources 

The Department of Music programs a wide variety of student and faculty solo and 
ensemble recitals and concerts, including those of the internationally recognized 
Guarneri Quartet, in residence at College Park. The department also cooperates with 
the campus in a year-long series of University Community Concerts and in the 
summer International Piano Festival and William Kapell Competition. The university 
also sponsors an annual three-day Handel Festival that features the University of 
Maryland Chorus and scholars and performers from around the world. The musical 



1 70 Music Program 



environment of the entire Washington-Baltimore area is unusually varied and reward- 
ing in performances at the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, 
Constitution Hall, the National Gallery of Art, the Phillips Collection, Wolf Trap 
Farms Park, the Smithsonian Institution, the Corcoran Gallery of Art, and the Joseph 
Meyerhogg Symphony Hall in Baltimore. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of competitive fellowships, tuition waivers, and assistantships are avail- 
able. Preference may be given to those who have filed application for admission to 
the university and have been officially admitted. 

Additional Information 

Applications, program brochures, audition schedules, and further information may 
be obtained from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Music 
Tawes Fine Arts Building 
The University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 

For courses, see codes MUED, MUSC, and MUSP. 

Nuclear Engineering Program (ENNU) 

Professor and Director: Munno 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Duffey, Hsu, Silverman 

Associate Professors: Almenas, Modarres, Pertmer 

Lecturers: Lee, Marksberry 

The Nuclear Engineering Program is in the Department of Chemical and Nuclear 
Engineering. It has as its primary objective the maintenance and extension of the 
ever increasing degree of engineering sophistication. The courses and research pro- 
grams strive to create an atmosphere of originality and creativity which prepares the 
student for the engineering leadership of tomorrow. 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interests and 
background is established by the student, his or her advisor, and the department head. 
General areas of concentration include reactor safety, reactor thermal hydraulics, nu- 
clear fuel management, transport theory, activation analysis, probalistic risk assess- 
ment, reliability analysis, reactor physics, radiation engineering, reactor dynamics, ra- 
diation shielding, and nuclear core design. The general nuclear engineering program 
is focused toward energy conversion and power engineering with additional specialties 
in radiation and polymer science and reliability analysis. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Full admission may be granted to students with degrees in 
any of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it 
may be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regula- 



Nuclear Engineering Program 171 



tions of the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
thesis or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study 
beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking gradu- 
ate degrees in Nuclear Engineering must enroll in ENNU 620, 630, 655 and 440. 
Many of these courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. In addition to 
the general rules of the Graduate School certain special degree requirements are set 
forth by the department in its departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities available for graduate study in Nuclear Engineering include the 
nuclear reactor, a large gamma source, a MeV Electron Linear Accelerator, and 
various analyzers and detectors. Activities in these areas are coordinated through the 
nuclear reactor facility and the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science. The 
nuclear reactor is a 250 KW swimming pool type using enriched uranium. In addi- 
tion, there are considerable computer and graphics facilities available. 

For courses, see code ENNU. 

Nutritional Sciences Program (NUSC) 

Professor and Chair: Soares 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Heald, Holmlund, Keeney, Mather, Munn, Prather, 

Read, Thomas, Tildon, Vandersall, Vijay, Westoff, Young 

Associate Professors: Axelson, Debarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Hafez, Hansen, 

Ottinger, Max, McKenna, Moser, Roeder 

Assistant Professors: Alston-Mills, Cassel, Mench, Taylor 

The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences offers study leading to the Master of 
Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. It is an interdepartmental program in- 
volving faculty in the Department of Animal Sciences, Chemistry, Food, Nutrition & 
Institution Administration, and Poultry Science on the College Park Campus; 
Pediatrics at the University of Maryland, Baltimore City Campus; and Human 
Ecology at the University of Maryland, Eastern Shore Campus. In addition, there are 
affiliated scientists interacting with the program at federal laboratories in the USDA 
and the NIH. 

For courses, see code NUSC. 

Philosophy Program (PHIL) 

Professor and Chair: Slote 

Professors: Bub, Lesher, Pasch, Suppe, Svenonius 
Professor Emeritus: Schlaretzki 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Darden, Greenspan, Johnson, Levinson, Mar- 
tin, Odell, Stairs 
Assistant Professor: Tolliver 

The Department of Philosophy offers graduate programs leading to the M.A. and 
Ph.D. degrees with emphasis on contemporary Anglo-American philosophy and the 



1 72 Philosophy Program 



bearing of philosophy on other disciplines. A person seeking the Ph.D. normally 
enters that program directly, without first pursuing the MA. degree (although the 
M.A. may be earned on the way to the Ph.D.). Whereas the Ph.D. program is suit- 
able primarily for persons who wish to enter a career in teaching and research at the 
college or university level, the M.A. program is appropriate for persons who desire to 
deepen and expand the knowledge they gained as undergraduates or to develop 
competence in philosophy for the sake of its applications in some other professional 
field. 

A special interdisciplinary curriculum in the history and philosophy of science, in 
cooperation with the Department of History and under the supervision of the 
Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science, is also offered at the M.A. and 
Ph.D. levels. 

The Center for Philosophy and Public Policy, operating under the auspices of the 
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences and the Division of Arts and Humanities, 
engages in research, teaching, and curriculum development in the ethical and concep- 
tual issues in public policy formation. The center offers graduate students opportuni- 
ties for course work and research. 

The newly instituted Linguistics Program maintains close ties with the Philosophy 
Department and offers additional teaching and research strength in issues of language 
and mind. 

The department sponsors a series of colloquia by visiting local speakers throughout 
the academic year. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The department admits to the Ph.D. program only students intending to undertake 
full-time study toward that degree. 

Students seeking admission to the Ph.D. program in philosophy should normally 
have completed, with a high grade point average, at least eighteen semester hours (or 
the equivalent) of philosophy, including one course in logic, two courses in the histo- 
ry of philosophy, and two courses from among the following areas: ethics, epistemo- 
logy, or metaphysics. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required. 
Applications must be supported by three letters of recommendation from previous in- 
structors, at least one of whom is familiar with the applicant's work in philosophy. 
Applicants are required also to submit a sample of their written work on a philosoph- 
ical topic. The letters and paper, as well as the GRE test scores, should be sent 
directly to the Department of Philosophy. 

Students may be admitted to the curriculum in the History and Philosophy of 
Science with fewer than eighteen hours in philosophy provided that this is compen- 
sated for by a strong background in science. For details, consult the Chairperson, 
Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science. 

Qualitative criteria for M.A. admission are substantially less stringent than for 
Ph.D. admission, but the same supporting documents must be provided. 

The M.A. program may be pursued through either of two options: with thesis or 
without thesis. Candidates pursuing either option demonstrate competence in symbol- 



Philosophy Program 1 73 



ic logic and knowledge of modern philosophy. There are no specific course require- 
ments beyond the Graduate School requirements applicable to all M.A. degrees. 
Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual student's 
research. To earn the M.A. without thesis a student must pass a written comprehen- 
sive examination and must submit a collection of papers demonstrating competence in 
philosophical research and writing. 

In addition to satisfying Graduate School requirements applicable to all Ph.D. pro- 
grams, students in the regular philosophy program are required to demonstrate compe- 
tence in three philosophical fields selected from the following four broad philosoph- 
ical areas: History of Philosophy, Epistemology and Metaphysics, Logic and 
Philosophy of Science, and Value Theory. Such demonstration is to be accomplished 
by the writing of papers of substantial breadth and scope indicating the student's grasp 
of some important problems in the field and connections to other issues in that field. 
These demonstrations must be completed within six semesters of full-time study. 
Other requirements are: qualification in symbolic logic, course distribution with re- 
spect to the above four philosophical areas, and presentation of a research paper at a 
departmental colloquium in the latter stages of dissertation research. All Ph.D. stu- 
dents are required also to gain two semesters experience in teaching undergraduates at 
an institution of higher learning, normally by way of the department's teaching assis- 
tantship program. 

Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual 
student's research. 

An accelerated Ph.D. program having somewhat different requirements for excep- 
tionally promising and well-prepared students permits early concentration on the dis- 
sertation subject. 

Philosophy students pursuing the Ph.D. curriculum in the History and Philosophy 
of Science are subject to certain special requirements. They must demonstrate compe- 
tence by examination and written papers, in (a) the history of science and the contem- 
poraneous philosophies of science, and (b) the philosophy of science and related me- 
taphysical and epistemological problems. The third area for demonstration of compe- 
tence is either a field of science (for students not possessing an undergraduate science 
degree) or an area of philosophy. Course work must include courses in the history of 
science and technology, the philosophy of science, graduate-level courses in an area 
of science, a course on research methods in history and philosophy of science, and 
either Philosophy 471 or 478. In addition the student must demonstrate reading 
competency in a foreign language, normally French or German. 

Financial Assistance 

The department administers a number of graduate assistantships. Well-prepared 
entering students have a good chance of receiving some financial support in the first 
year, and there is presumption in favor of reappointment through the fourth year. 

Additional Information 

Brochures describing the regular M.A. and Ph.D. programs in philosophy may be 
obtained by writing to the Committee on Graduate Admissions and Awards, 



1 74 Philosophy Program 



Department of Philosophy. Information concerning the curriculum in the History and 
Philosophy of Science may be obtained from the Chairperson, Committee on the 
History and Philosophy of Science. 

For courses, see code PHIL. 

Physical Education Program (PHED) 

Professor and Chair: Clarke 

Professors: Dotson, Ingram, Kelley, Kramer, Sloan, Steel, Vaccaro 

Associate Professors: Church, Hult, Phillips, Santa Maria, Wrenn 

Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Clark, DiRocco, Hatfield, Hurley, Ryder, Struna, 

Tyler, VanderVelden, Young 

The graduate student majoring in Physical Education may pursue the degrees of 
Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis options) or Doctor of Philosophy. The two ma- 
jor objectives of these programs are: (1) to study the discipline of physical education 
by examining the effects of physical activity on individuals from a physiological, 
kinesiological, psychological, social and historical point of view; and (2) to acquaint 
the student with curricular aspects of physical education, to improve the quality of 
teaching, and to offer the student ways of improving the administration and supervi- 
sion of programs in schools and colleges. 

The graduate program is organized into three divisions offering major emphasis as 
follows: (1) Division of Sport Studies including history of sport, psychology of sport, 
and sociology of sport; (2) Division of Biophysical Studies with specialties in physio- 
logy of exercise, motor learning, motor development and biomechanics; and (3) 
Division of Professional Studies with emphasis on curriculum/instruction, 
administration/supervision (M.A. only), and sports management (M.A. only). 

Admission and Degree Information 

The basic minimum guideline for admission to the M.A. program in Physical 
Education is a B average or a 3.0 average for the last two years of undergraduate 
study both in the major and related subject fields. Students not quite meeting these 
qualifications may be admitted provisionally. Undergraduate prerequisites for ad- 
vanced study in physical education include physiology of exercise, kinesiology, statis- 
tics, and two courses from a discretionary pool. Students without these necessary 
courses may register as special students or be admitted provisionally with limited 
course deficiencies. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required for admis- 
sion. 

Admission to the Ph.D. program is secured upon the basis of satisfactory prepara- 
tion for advanced graduate work and demonstrated potential for scholarly achieve- 
ment. A B+ grade point average (3.5 on a 4.0 point scale) in previous graduate 
work, with at least a 3.0 overall average in the final two years of undergraduate 
study, is the scholastic standard for admission. The GRE is required for admission. 
In those cases where special qualifications are apparent from letters of recommenda- 
tion and documentation of special backgrounds, but where the scholastic standards 
stated above are not met in their entirety, a student may be admitted on a provisional 
basis. Students on provisional status will have their work carefully reviewed by a 



Physical Education Program 1 75 



graduate review committee usually within the first year for further classification. 

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (thesis option) are a mini- 
mum of 24 semester hours, exclusive of the thesis. Six are required in the PHED 
specialty area (Sport Psychology, Exercise Physiology, etc.) with six additional PHED 
hours required. PHED 610, Methods and Techniques of Research (3 credits) and an- 
other research processes course (3 credits) are required of all M.A. students. Twelve 
credits are elective in nature and may be taken within or outside the major department 
to supplement and support the specialization work. The student is also required to 
register for six semester hours of thesis credits (PHED 799). Thus the total number 
of credit hours required for the degree is 30. Two years of full-time graduate study 
are usually required for completion of the master's degree. 

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (non-thesis option) are a 
minimum of 30 semester hours. Required courses include PHED 610 and a three 
hour research processes course which supports the major subject matter area. A mini- 
mum of six credit hours must be taken in the PHED major specialty. Fifteen credits 
are elective in nature and may be taken within or outside the major department. 
Three credits must be taken in PHED 689, Special Problems in Physical Education, 
involving an independent investigation project under the direction of a graduate facul- 
ty member. The student must also pass a final comprehensive examination. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. degree consist of course work in the following 
areas: (1) a minimum of 12 credits in the area of specialization, (2) a minimum of 6 
hours in an additional area within the graduate program to serve as a support area, 
and (3) a minimum of 15 credits in a related studies area selected from outside the de- 
partment. In some instances more credits may be required for completion of this re- 
quirement which must consist of subject matter essential to support the dissertation 
topic. Courses completed may be taken within a single department or from several 
departments. 

Students within all divisions of the department must demonstrate competency in re- 
search. Commensurate with this competency is a basic understanding of the scientific 
method including the ability to apply logic and objectivity to the understanding of 
phenomena and the ability to formulate and test relevant hypotheses. Normally, 
competency in the scientific method includes demonstrating and understanding of (1) 
the research processes in physical education, (2) the quantitative methods of analysis 
employed in physical education research, and (3) the principles underlying the statisti- 
cal aspects of experimental and non-experimental designs employed in physical educa- 
tion research. 

Twelve hours is the minimum and eighteen the maximum allotted for the Ph.D. 
dissertation (PHED 899). 

No foreign language is formally required for the Ph.D. degree, although in certain 
situations it may be required by the advisor of students who are doing extensive read- 
ing in German, Spanish, French, Russian or some other language. 



1 76 Physical Education Program 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The department maintains a modern research laboratory for physical education in- 
cluding, but not limited to, cinematographic and biochemical motion analysis, cardio- 
vascular measurement, strength and other motor fitness assessments, body composi- 
tion, and motor learning and motor development research. In addition, the new 
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health building complex offers the graduate stu- 
dent access to research facilities including a small animal laboratory and minicomput- 
er and microcomputer-based data acquisition systems for real-time laboratory applica- 
tion which interfaces with the University Computer Science Center. 

Financial Assistance 

Each year a number of graduate assistantships are offered to men and women. 
Specific responsibilities include teaching in the activity program or assisting in the re- 
search laboratory. 

Additional Information 

For further information and application, contact: 

David L. Kelley 
Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Physical Education 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code PHED and PERH. 

Physics Program (PHYS) 

Professor and Chair: Liu 

Professors: Alley, Anderson, Banerjee, Bhagat, Boyd, Brill, C C. Chang, C.Y. 

Chang, Chant, Chen, Currie, DeSilva, Dorfman 1 , Dragt, Drew, Earl, Falk, Ferrell, 

Glasser, Glick, Gloeckler, Glover, Gluckstern, Goldenbaum, Greenberg, Griem, 

Griffin, Holmgren, Hornyak, Howarth, Korenman, Layman 2 , Y.C. Lee, Lynn, 

MacDonald, Misner, Mohapatra, Oneda, Ott, Papadopoulos, Park, Pati, Prange, 

Redish, Richard, Roos, Z. Slawsky, Snow, Steinberg, Sucher, Toll, Wallace, Weber, 

Wilson, Woo, Yodh, Zorn 

Adjunct Professors: Bennett, McDonald, Ramaty 

Associate Professors: Antonsen, Bardasis, DasSarma, Einstein, Ellis, Fivel, Gates, 

Goodman, Hu, Kacser, Kim, Mason, Paik, Skuja, Wana 

Assistant Professors: Hamilton, Hassam, Kelly, Kirkpatrick, Siegel, Skard, Talaga, 

Van Orden, Williams 

"Joint appointment with Institute for Physical Science and Technology 

2 Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy has active programs in many areas of 
current research interest. Those in astronomy are listed under the heading of 
Astronomy. Those in the Physics Program include: astrophysics, atomic physics, 
chemical physics, condensed matter physics, dynamical systems, elementary particle 
theory, fluid dynamics, general relativity, high energy physics, many-body theory, 



Physics Program 1 77 



molecular physics, nuclear physics, particle accelerator research, plasma physics, 
quantum electronics and optics, quantum field theory, space physics, and statistical 
mechanics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Because of the large number of qualified applicants, the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy has had to restrict formal admission to the Graduate School to those who 
have shown particularly outstanding work in their undergraduate records or who have 
already done satisfactory work in key senior-level courses at the University of 
Maryland. Students who have less outstanding records, but who, because of excep- 
tional circumstances, show special promise may be given provisional admission, with 
regular admission pending the satisfactory completion of existing deficiencies. Each 
student so admitted will be informed by an assigned departmental advisor what back- 
ground is lacking and what must be accomplished to achieve regular admission. The 
University of Maryland hopes in this way to offer an opportunity for advanced study 
in physics and astronomy to all qualified students. 

Entering graduate students are normally expected to have strong backgrounds in 
physics, including courses in the intermediate level in mechanics, electricity and mag- 
netism, thermodynamics, physical optics, and modern physics. A student with defi- 
ciencies in one or more of these areas may be admitted, but will be expected to reme- 
dy such deficiencies as soon as possible. 

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE Advanced Physics) is recommended, and 
the average GRE score for admission is 730. A minimum overall score of 550 on the 
Test of English as a Foreign Language is required of applicants from non-English 
speaking countries. 

The department offers both thesis and non-thesis M.S. programs. The department- 
al requirements for the non-thesis option include at least four courses of the general 
physic sequence: PHYS 601, 602, 603 or 604, 606, 622 and 623 plus the graduate 
lab PHYS 621, unless specifically exempted; a research paper as evidence of ability to 
organize and present a written scholarly report on contemporary research; the passing 
at the master's level of one section of the Ph.D. qualifying exam; and the passing of a 
final oral examination. 

The requirements for the Master of Science degree with thesis include at least four 
courses of the general physics sequence, the graduate laboratory unless specially ex- 
empted, and the passing of an oral examination including a defense of thesis. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. in physics are set in general terms to allow the in- 
dividual student as much freedom as possible in preparing a course of study suited to 
individual needs. These requirements are: competence in basic physics indicated by 
satisfactory performance on a qualifying examination and in the graduate laboratory; a 
research paper as evidence of ability to organize and present a written scholarly report 
on contemporary research prior to candidacy; advanced course study outside the 
student's field of specialization consisting of at least two courses (6 credits) in physics 
at the 700 or 800 level and two courses (6 credits) recognized for graduate credit giv- 
en outside the physics program (this may include astronomy); PHYS 624 or 625 for 
students with theoretical theses; and research competence through active participation 



1 78 Physics Program 



in at least two hours of seminar, 1 2 hours of thesis research, and the presentation and 
defense of an original dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The current research in the department spans an immense range of theoretical and 
experimental work on the forefront of knowledge, far too large to describe here. For 
details of the work in the various fields, the faculty, and the facilities involved, the 
department biannually puts out a booklet entitled "Research in Physics and 
Astronomy" which may be obtained upon request. 

To give some idea of the magnitude of the program we note that of the profession- 
al faculty of 77, there are 69 engaged in separately budgeted research; faculty 
members at other ranks likewise engaged in research number 89. In 1985-86, 98 
graduate students also participated in research under stipends. The current federal 
support for research amounts to approximately 14,290,000 million dollars annually, 
attesting to both the size and the quality of the program. 

The department houses the Center for Theoretical Physics which provides a means 
for outstanding theoretical physicists to visit the department as postdoctoral fellows 
and visiting faculty members. 

There are close academic ties with the Institute of Physical Science and Technology 
on the campus; members of the Institute supervise graduate research and share in the 
teaching of physics courses. The department also has close ties with the University's 
Computer Science Center which provides outstanding computer facilities for the uni- 
versity. 

In addition to using College Park campus facilities, graduate students can, under 
certain conditions, utilize resources of nearby federal laboratories. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, 
D.C. where it enjoys the proximity of a large number of outstanding institutions such 
as NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Naval Research Laboratory, the Naval 
Surface Weapons Center, the National Bureau of Standards, the Johns Hopkins 
Applied Physics Laboratory, the Department of Energy, the National Institutes of 
Health, the Library of Congress, and other federal institutions. The department has 
close ties with certain research groups at some of these institutions. In order to facili- 
tate graduate study in the Washington area, the Department of Physics and Astronomy 
has part-time professors in certain government laboratories. 

Students desiring to do graduate work in physics at a government agency should 
contact a member of the graduate faculty in the department. 

Financial Assistance 

The department offers both teaching and research assistantships. In 1985-86 there 
were approximately 74 teaching assistants and 95 research assistants. Summer re- 
search stipends for advanced graduate students are customary, and a few summer 
teaching assistantships are available. 

The deadline for applications for financial support is February 1 for assistantships 
and fellowships. 

Graduate students also can seek full-time or part-time employment in the many 



Physics Program 1 79 



government and industry laboratories located within a few miles of the campus. 

Additional Information 

A booklet is available regarding the graduate program in physics. "Graduate Study 
in Physics" is a guidebook to procedural requirements and rules concerning the acqui- 
sition of higher degrees. "Research in Physics" describes the graduate research activi- 
ties and lists the personnel involved, group by group. It gives the names of faculty 
and graduate students involved in various research projects, together with brief de- 
scriptions of those projects. Regarding admission or for further information write: 

Mrs. Jean Clement, Secretary 

Graduate Entrance Committee 

Department of Physics 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code PHYS. 

Poultry Science Program (POUL) 

Professor and Chair: Thomas 

Professors: Heath, Kuenzel, Soares 

Associate Professors: Doerr, Murphy, Ottinger, Wabeck 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Failla 

Assistant Professor: Mench 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Augustine 

Course work and research activities leading to the Master of Science and the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the Department of Poultry Science. The 
student may pursue work with major emphasis in either nutrition, physiology, or the 
technology of eggs and poultry. 

Recently the demand for graduates has exceeded the supply. Graduates may 
pursue a career in industry or academia. The career opportunities appear to be good. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Departmental requirements, supplementary to those of the Graduate School, have 
been formulated for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these 
requirements may be obtained from the Department of Poultry Science. 

Courses in these programs are listed elsewhere under the headings Animal Science, 
Nutritional Sciences, and Food Science as appropriate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department has excellent facilities for both broilers and layers. The labora- 
tories are well equipped with equipment such as amino acid analyzer, atomic absorp- 
tion spectrophotometer, gas chromatography, HPLC, Technicon auto-analyzer, Instron 
food analyzer. Grass polygraph, Leitz Dialux microscope, liquid scintillation system, 
Arminco-Bowman spectrophotoflurometer, etc. 



1 80 Poultry Science Program 



Financial Assistance 

Graduate research assistantships and teaching assistantships are available in the de- 
partment. 

For courses, see code POUL. 

Psychology Program (PSYC) 

Professor and Chair: Goldstein 

Professors: Anderson, Dies, Fretz, Gelso, Gollub, Hall, Hill, Hodos, Horton, 

Lorion, Locke 2 , Magoon 1 , Martin, Mclntire, J. Mills, Penner, Pumroy', Schneider, 

Scholnick, Sigall, B. Smith, Steinman, Sternheim, Trickett, Tyler 

Associate Professors: Allen, Brauth, R. Brown, Coursey, Dooling, Freeman 1 , 

Larkin, Norman, Steele 

Assistant Professors: Hanges, Helms, Johnson, Klein, O'Grady, Plude 

'Joint appointment with Business and Management 

2 Joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel Services 

The Department of Psychology offers training which leads to the degree of Doctor 
of Philosophy. By departmental ruling, the number of graduate students is limited to 
a ratio of four resident students per member of the graduate faculty, insuring close 
and intimate contact in research and seminars. 

Programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree are offered in the areas of 
clinical, counseling, experimental, industrial, applied developmental psychology, and 
social psychology. The experimental area is further subdivided into three fields of 
study: biopsychology, cognitive and psycholinguistics, and sensory and perceptual 
processes. Many fields have a range of subspecialties (e.g., engineering psychology) 
in which the student may concentrate. The department's doctoral programs in both 
Clinical and Counseling Psychology have been approved by the American 
Psychological Association. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The department accepts as graduate students only those who have demonstrated su- 
perior aptitude and appear capable of completing the requirements for the doctoral de- 
gree. All of the specialty areas offer doctoral level programs; they do not accept stu- 
dents who are interested in terminal M.A. degrees. The average scores of students 
admitted for the 1983-84 academic year were: GRE V+Q 1250, GRE Psychology 
600, GPA 3.7, Psychology GPA 3.8. The Department of Psychology encourages ap- 
plications from minority groups. 

Applicants must submit applications by February 1 of each year for entrance in the 
fall as the available spaces are usually filled early. 

For a doctoral degree a minimum of 72 hours beyond the B.A. is required. All 
students entering with a B.A. are required to take two courses in statistics and five 
courses in areas outside their specialty program. These five courses must be core 
courses chosen from a group of available courses designed to provide basic informa- 
tion in a variety of specialty areas. 

The remaining credit hours (approximately 50 hours) are devoted to research and 



Psychology Program 181 



course work in the participant's specialty program. If the student chooses to have a 
second specialty, two advanced courses along with one core course may be taken in 
one coherent area to provide a second specialty. 

While the course of study in the Department of Psychology is at the doctoral level, 
most students choose to eam the M.A. or M.S. degree en route to the Ph.D. The 
M.A. or M.S. degree requirements are thirty hours of course work including the two 
courses in statistics and three core courses. A research thesis is also required. 
Advancement to the third and the fourth year of doctoral level work is based upon sa- 
tisfactory completion of core courses, work in the student's specialty area, and 
completion of a research requirement. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department moved into a new building during the summer of 1971, and new 
facilities were designed by the faculty of the Department of Psychology for the train- 
ing of graduate students. In addition, its geographic location in a suburb of 
Washington, D.C. makes accessible a wide variety of laboratory and training facilities 
in governmental and other agencies, as well as many psychologists prominent in the 
profession. 

Financial Assistance 

The department gives financial aid to almost all incoming students. The 
Department of Psychology does not offer a part-time program. Students are required 
to attend classes, take part in research, and teach as graduate assistants. Each of 
these assignments is considered a critical part of the graduate training program. It is 
not possible to obtain this type of education on a part-time basis. Thus, students are 
not permitted to hold off-campus jobs unless they are under the direct supervision of 
the faculty. 

Additional Information 

Additional information concerning the graduate program including specific program 
brochures and application materials may be obtained by writing: 
Graduate Secretary 
Department of Psychology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742-W1 1 

For courses, see code PSYC. 

School of Public Affairs (Public Management and Public Policy 
Programs) (PUAF) 

Professor and Acting Dean: Nacht 

Professors: Brown, Drestler, Kelleher, Levy, Schick, Young 

Assistant Professor: Houseman 

Faculty Research Associates: Cohen, Harbour 

Lecturer: Slater 

The School of Public Affairs provides graduate-level, professional education to 
men and women of distinction of mind and character. Five disciplines are empha- 



1 82 School of Public Affairs 



sized: accounting, statistics, economics, politics, and ethics. Students specialize in 
issues of government/private sector interaction, international security, or public sector 
financial management. The program is open to pre-career and mid-career graduate 
students and builds on the school's location in the Baltimore/Washington corridor. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The school offers two degrees: the Master of Public Management (MPM) and the 
Mid-Career Master of Public Policy (MPP). The school also offers joint degree pro- 
grams with the School of Business (MPM/MBA) and the Law School (MPM/JD). In 
addition, several non-degree certificates are available. 

Master of Public Management 

The MPM is a two-year, 51 credit, full-time professional degree combining a rigor- 
ous applied course of study with practical hands-on experience. 

About forty students enter the program each fall. Although this number is small, 
the candidates come from a wide variety of undergraduate schools and majors. The 
average undergraduate GPA of the entering class is approximately 3.4 and the average 
GRE score is 620. All students are required to have successfully completed college 
level math before they enter the school. 

During the first year students fulfill the core requirements which emphasize the 
tools of policy analysis: financial management, statistics, economics, politics, and eth- 
ics. In addition they are introduced to the policy making process and future job con- 
tacts through structured interviews with national policy makers. Except for two elec- 
tive courses during the second semester, the first year students take all of the core re- 
quirements together. 

During the summer between the first and second year, students obtain employment 
in federal, state, or local government agencies or in private firms which deal exten- 
sively with government agencies. In addition to gaining practical experience and util- 
izing the skills acquired during the first year, this opportunity provides contacts and 
relationships useful for future projects and job placement. 

During the second year, students specialize in one of three concentrations: Public 
Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Management, or National 
Security Policy. 

Each concentration requires participation in a project course. Students, working in- 
dividually or in small groups, conduct research on problems of interest to the sponsor 
and themselves at sponsoring government agencies or private firms. 

Master of Public Policy 

The MPP is a 36 credit degree program designed for mid-career students. This de- 
gree recognizes that individuals in the midst of their careers need to update their 
knowledge of today's complex public issues in order to move into positions of greater 
authority and responsibility. 

The typical MPP candidate has worked in the public or public-related sector for a 
minimum of three years and is capable of handling a rigorous academic program as 
well as excelling in his/her professional career. The candidates enter the school with 



School of Public Affairs 1 83 



varied academic as well as professional backgrounds. Most have a minimum of a 3.0 
GPA from their undergraduate school with some college level math and economics. 
(If candidates do not have these courses in their background, admission will be con- 
tingent upon the successful completion of appropriate course work). 

The MPP degree consists of two components: the core curriculum in Methods of 
Policy Analysis and a selected area of concentration in Public Management, Public 
Sector Financial Management, Public Policy and Private Enterprise, or National 
Security Policy. 

The courses are typically offered in the early morning or late afternoon. It is ex- 
pected that the program will be completed in a maximum of three years with all stu- 
dents taking two courses each fall and spring semester. 

Master of Public Policy candidates may also be considered for the Mid-Career 
Fellowship Program. Under the joint auspices of the school and various federal 
agencies and state and local governments, this program recognizes high potential em- 
ployees for accelerated career development and education. Fellows participate in the 
Master of Public Policy degree program as well as a professional development series 
which includes special seminars, guest speakers, and a management development re- 
treat. 

Certificate Programs 

The School offers Certificate Programs in four areas: Methods of Policy Analysis, 
Public Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Management, and 
National Security Policy. Each program consists of 18 credits (6 courses) and should 
be completed in a maximum of three semesters. 

MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs, both 
of the College Park Campus, offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and 
MPM degrees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both de- 
grees in approximately five to six semesters. The accelerated program is possible be- 
cause some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must be admit- 
ted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equal- 
ly between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed se- 
parately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in 
the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to re- 
ceive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may 
elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such 
completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (non-joint pro- 
gram) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the Assistant Dean 
of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discus- 
sion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the admissions re- 
quirements for each program. 



1 84 School of Public Affairs 



MPM/JD Joint Program 

The School of Public Affairs and the School of Law (located on the University of 
Baltimore City campus) offer a joint program of studies leading to MPM and JD de- 
grees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four 
academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be 
credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law 
School as well as the Graduate School at College Park and must be admitted to both 
programs. 

Under the joint program, 75 credits in the Law School coupled with 39 credits in 
the School of Public Affairs are required for graduation. Grade point averages in 
each program will be computed separately and students must maintain minimum stan- 
dards in each school to continue in the program. A student must complete both pro- 
grams satisfactorily in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in 
either program is terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he 
or she remains enrolled, but such completion must be upon the same conditions as re- 
quired of regular (non-joint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be 
approved by the deans of each school. For further discussion of admission and de- 
gree requirements, students should see the above and consult the entry in the 
University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 

Financial Assistance 

The school has substantial financial aid available in the form of fellowships and 
graduate assistantships. All qualified applicants are considered. 

Additional Information 

For additional information, contact: 
Lynn Chasen 

Assistant Dean for Student Affairs 
School of Public Affairs 
2106 Morrill Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Telephone: (301) 454-7238 

For courses, see code PUAF. 

Public Communication Program (PCOM) 

Professor and Director: Aylward 

Professors: Aylward, Bentley, Boyd, Gillespie 1 , Kolker, Meersman, Milhous, 

Pugliese (Emeritus), Wolvin (Communication Arts and Theatre), Blumler, Cleghorn 2 , 

J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hierbert, Martin (Journalism) 

Associate Professors: Falcione, Fink, Freimuth, Gomery, Kirkley, Klumpp, Weiss 

(Communication Arts and Theatre), Barkin, Beasley, Levy, Zanot (Journalism) 

'Chair, Department of Communication Arts and Theatre 

2 Dean, College of Journalism 

The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre and the College of Journalism 



Public Communication Program 1 85 



offer a program leading to the Ph.D. in Public Communication. The program is inter- 
disciplinary in nature embracing the three divisions of Communication Arts and 
Theatre: radio-television-film, speech communication, and theatre and the College of 
Journalism. The Ph.D. prepares students for creative scholarship and research, and 
emphasizes both the necessary techniques and skills to conduct research and the abili- 
ty to think innovatively about problems of public communication. Areas of special- 
ization within the program include political and governmental communication; public 
relations and organizational communication; international communication; science and 
medical communication; rhetoric and public address; broadcast communication; thea- 
trical theory and aesthetics; theatre history, cinema history and aesthetics; and media 
history and criticism. 

There are increasing opportunities for employment in many fields associated with 
all aspects of communication. Employment opportunities may be found in private 
business and industry; in local, state, and federal government agencies; in various 
educational institutions, and in the media and theatre. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students may apply for admission to the Ph.D. in Public Communication Program 
by writing the director of the program. 

The student in the Ph.D. program in Public Communication develops an individual- 
ized course of study in consultation with his/her doctoral committee after considering 
the needs of the student and the specialized resources of the program faculty and of 
the Washington metropolitan area. The typical doctoral student will complete 10 to 
12 courses beyond the master's degree. The majority of the courses will be in the 
student's area of specialization, but some will be in areas of study outside the pro- 
gram to enhance the individual's research capability and to insure the interdisciplinary 
nature of the degree. 

The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. include: an MA. degree or equivalent; 
completion of four required courses: PCOM 700, 701, 711 and 712 or PCOM 711, 
702 and 703 for specialization in quantitative research; minimum hours of 600-800 
level course work in the area of specialization; a minimum of nine hours in cognate 
graduate level courses elsewhere in the university; courses recommended by the doc- 
toral committee to enhance research competence; successful completion of a written 
and oral qualifying examination taken upon completion of required course work; and 
submission and defense of a doctoral dissertation. Applicants must have a M.A. de- 
gree in one of the four areas of the program. They must also submit GRE scores, 
evidence of scholarly potential, and three letters of recommendation. 

Additional courses for students in the Public Communication Program are listed un- 
der the Journalism and the Communication Arts and Theatre program entries. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is in an especially advantageous location for students 
wishing to pursue a degree in Public Communication. Several of the nation's major 
newspapers are published in the area, and the Washington bureaus of national and in- 
ternational news media are nearby. The university is also close to the John F. 



1 86 Public Communication Program 



Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Arena Stage, the National, Ford, and 
other theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. 

Of the many important libraries which are in close proximity to the campus, two of 
the most outstanding are the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library. 
Students also make use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, 
the National Archives, and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in 
the Washington metropolitan area. 

Financial Assistance 

Students may apply for research or teaching assistantships in the College of 
Journalism or the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre. A limited number 
of fellowships, scholarships, and internships are also available to qualified students. 

Additional Information 

For information on the Ph.D. in Public Communication contact: 

Dr. Thomas J. Aylward, Director 
Ph.D. Program, Public Communication 
Department of Communication Arts and Theatre 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see code PCOM. 

Recreation Program (RECR) 

Professor and Chair: Humphrey 

Professor: Iso-Ahola 

Associate Professors: Churchill, Kuss, Strobell, Verhoven 

Assistant Professors: Fedler, Leedy, Riddick 

Lecturers: Annand, Smith, Ward 

The Department of Recreation offers the M.A. degree, with either a thesis or pro- 
ject track, and the Ph.D. degree. Special areas of concentration include: administra- 
tion, therapeutic recreation, program planning, natural and historical interpretation, re- 
source planning and management, employee relations, military, tourism and commer- 
cial recreation, and others. The program of advanced studies is designed to assist 
professional practitioners in the leisure services field and to prepare those who wish to 
enter the teaching profession, government or institutional service, and community ser- 
vices and education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to meeting the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School, 
students are encouraged to have completed two years of full-time work experience pri- 
or to applying for admission. All Ph.D. applicants are required to complete an inter- 
view with at least one faculty member. Doctoral students must complete prescribed 
course work in research methods, statistics, and computer science. A project, thesis, 
or dissertation is required of all students. 



Recreation Program 187 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Recreation students have access to the university's McKeldin Library, the College's 
Research Laboratory and statistical resources, the Computer Science Center, the al- 
most unlimited facilities and programs of the metropolitan areas of Baltimore and 
Washington, D.C., and the headquarters and offices of appropriate national organiza- 
tions, agencies and federal governmental units in the nation's capital. 

The department sponsors a Leisure Research Unit that develops, supports, and 
coordinates a broad based research effort on the part of both faculty and students 
which addresses existing and evolving societal issues relevant to the leisure behavior 
of individuals and groups. A department Field Service Unit has been established to 
develop and coordinate the professional service activities of the department in re- 
sponse to needs identified in cooperation with the leisure services agencies/institutions 
of the metropolitan area, state, and region. The department also works cooperatively 
with the Center on Aging in promoting research, course offerings, and training pro- 
grams. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified 
graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For additional information about specific requirements, please contact: 

Dr. Adah P. Strobell, Graduate Coordinator 
Department of Recreation 
The University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 

For courses, see code RECR. 

Sociology Program (SOCY) 

Professor and Acting Chair: Falk 

Professors: Billingsley 1 , Clignet, Dager, Hage, Janes (Emeritus), Kammeyer, Lejins 

(Emeritus), Presser, Ritzer, Rosenberg, Robinson 2 , D. Segal 

Associate Professors: Brown, Finterbusch, Henkel, Hirzel, J. Hunt, L. Hunt, Kahn, 

Landry, Lengermann, Mclntyre, Meeker, Neustadtl, Panning, Pease, M. Segal, 

Vanneman 

Assistant Professors: Canjar, Falabella, Harper, Imamura, Snipp 

Adjunct Professors: Brown, Goldsmith, Silbergeld 

Affilliate Professors: Gonzales, Longest 

'Joint appointment with Afro-American Studies 

2 Joint appointment with Survey Research Center 

The Graduate Program in Sociology offers course work leading to M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees. Particular areas of emphasis in the department include: Social Psychology 
(socialization, self-concept, small groups, attitudes); Survey and Social Research 
Methods; Theory (classical theory, contemporary theory, theory construction, meta- 



1 88 Sociology Program 



theory); Organizations and Occupations (with special concentration on innovation); 
Family (with a special concentration on family mental health); Social Demography 
(with a special emphasis on family demography); Sex Roles, Markets, and 
Stratification; Military Sociology (with a special emphasis on manpower planning); 
Comparative Macro Sociology (with a special focus on development, social move- 
ments and new theories of the state and equality); and Rural Sociology (emphasis on 
demography and human ecology, community, and social indicators). Other areas of 
specialization may be developed by individual students working with one or more fa- 
culty members. Each specialty area has at least one basic course at the 600 level, one 
or more specialized or supporting course at the 600 level, and an advanced special 
topics seminar at the 700 level. Several of the 600 level courses can apply to more 
than one area. Highly specialized courses are offered once every four semesters, 
while basic courses and the more specialized courses that are in high demand are of- 
fered once a year. 

Within the last three years, about half the students finishing Ph.D. degrees in the 
Sociology Department have found employment doing college-level teaching, and 
about half in research, administration, and consulting in federal, state, or private or- 
ganizations. We anticipate that an increasing proportion of students completing grad- 
uate work in the near future will be engaged in either research administration or ap- 
plied research in government or private organizations. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is based upon the student's prior academic re- 
cord, GRE scores, letters of recommendation, and other information relevant to the 
applicant's chances of successfully completing the program. Although a previous ma- 
jor in sociology is not required, students entering the master's degree program should 
have had the following in undergraduate courses: mathematics through college alge- 
bra, elementary statistics, sociological theory, and sociological research methods. 
Students entering the Ph.D. program should have had at least one graduate level 
course each in sociological theory, sociological research methods, and statistics. 
Students deficient in any of these areas may be admitted to the program provisionally, 
but must satisfy the requirements their first year in the program. 

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the master's degree, including one course 
each in statistics, sociological theory, and two courses in research methods. A 
master's thesis is required. Usually, this phase of the program can be completed in 
two years. 

Ph.D. candidates should have met all the master's degree requirements. In addi- 
tion, there are four required courses; one each in sociological theory, statistics, re- 
search methods, and one course that integrates theory and methods. It is possible to 
take some of the Ph.D. courses at the master's level. A minimum of 24 hours of 
course work in addition to master's degree courses is required. Ph.D. students must 
pass three comprehensive examinations, at least one general examination (Social 
Organization or Social Psychology), and at least one area of specialization. The lan- 
guage requirement may be met by passing a language examination or making a B or 
better in one of a number of other research tool courses. Usually these requirements 



Sociology Program 1 89 



plus the dissertation can be completed in three years. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Sociology Department is located in a new building with ample office and re- 
search space. Facilities include data processing and computer capabilities, a small 
groups laboratory, a demography laboratory, and a department library. The university 
has excellent computer facilities and computer time is readily available to faculty and 
graduate students. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance for graduate students is available through teaching and research 
assistantships, and for advanced students through part-time instructorships. All carry 
remission of tuition and fees. 

Additional Information 

For information and application forms, write or call: 

Director of Graduate Studies 
Sociology Department 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Phone (301)454-5933 

For courses, see code SOCY. 

Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 

Professor and Chair: Sosnowski 

Professors: Gramberg (Director of Graduate Studies), Martinez, Nemes, Pacheco 

Associate Professors: Aguilar-Mora, Diz, Igel 

Assistant Professors: Kristal, Zappala 

The Department of Spanish and Portuguese offers graduate programs leading to the 
degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Spanish. The department's 
offerings are designed to provide the required advanced training in language, litera- 
ture, and linguistics for achieving professional excellence in high school and college 
teaching and for undertaking creative research in related fields of inquiry. 

Employment statistics show that opportunities for the M.A. and Ph.D. graduate of 
this department have been excellent during the last ten years. All our M.A. graduates 
have found employment commensurate with their academic training. Most graduates 
entered teaching careers; several work in government agencies and international or- 
ganizations. During the same period, all of our Ph.D. graduates who wished to un- 
dertake a career in teaching and research have obtained satisfactory appointments at 
colleges and universities. The important role played in this country by Hispanics and 
the recognition of their cultural imprint bode well for future expansion in all areas re- 
lated to this particular field. 

The department participates actively in the program of the Center of Renaissance 
and Baroque Studies of the College of Arts and Humanities, and offers regularly 
courses of an interdisciplinary nature with the cooperation of faculty members of other 



1 90 Spanish Language and Literature Program 



departments. 

New academic program: "DISCOVERING THE AMERICAS." 

Starting in the fall of 1987, the Department of Spanish and Portuguese and the 
Latin American Studies Center will present a special six-year academic program titled 
"Discovering America" which will focus on the cultural encounter of the worlds that 
shaped our modern history. 

The project has been divided into three two-year cycles that encompass the follow- 
ing areas: 1) Precolumbian cultures, 2) Africa in America, and 3) Spain in America. 
Every year the department will hold symposia and offer lectures and graduate courses 
given by specialists in each area. 

For detailed information, please write to the department chair. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The degree of Master of Arts has two options: the non-thesis option and the thesis 
option. A total of 30 credit hours are required for the non-thesis option with 3 credits 
in linguistics; 3 credits in literary theory and/or criticism; 15 credits in either Spanish 
or Spanish-American literature, one of which is to be considered the candidate's 
"major" literature; and 9 credits in the other or "non-major" literature. Students must 
also submit a written scholarly paper in the final semester of their program which will 
be read and evaluated by at least two appropriate faculty members. 

The requirements for the thesis option are the same as for the non-thesis option 
with one exception; the course requirement in the "major" literature is reduced from 
15 to 9 credits with 6 hours of thesis research credit required. All M.A. candidates 
take comprehensive examinations. 

The doctoral degree is a research and specialized degree and it does not require a 
fixed number of credit hours. Before admission to candidacy, the student must de- 
monstrate: 1) a thorough knowledge of the literary production in the chosen area 
(Spanish or Spanish-American Literature), 2) an in-depth knowledge of the field of 
specialization, 3) proficiency in a minimum of two fields of the other Hispanic litera- 
ture, 4) a reading knowledge of a language other than Spanish and English, to be 
used as a research tool in the field of specialization, 5) a minimum of two courses in 
linguistics at the graduate level, one of which should be "History of the Spanish 
Language", 6) a minimum of one course in literary theory and/or criticism, 7) ac- 
quaintance with a third literature (e.g. Luso-Brazilian, French, English, etc.), and 8) a 
background in supporting fields to be used as research tools (e.g. history, philosophy, 
political science, sociology, art, etc). Students must pass both a preliminary and a 
comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. in addition to presenting a dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department maintains a special research and reference library for graduate stu- 
dents of Spanish in honor of one of its former instructors, the late Pedro F. Entenza. 
The students publish a literary magazine, Prismal/Cabral. Dr. Sosnowski is the edi- 
tor of the journal Hispamerica. 



Spanish Language and Literature Program 191 



Additional Information 

Financial assistance is available. For additional information please write to the de- 
partment chair. 

For courses, see codes SPAN and PORT. 

Special Education Program (EDSP) 

Professor and Chair: Burke 

Professors: Hebeler, Simms 

Associate Professors: Beckman, Egel, Kohl, Seidman 

Assistant Professors: Cooper, Gradel, Graham, Harris, Leiber, Leone, Neubert, 

Speece 

Research Associates: Adger, Florian, Haynes, MacArther, Malouf, McLaughlin 

Graduate studies in the Department of Special Education include programs leading 
to Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees. Advanced Graduate Specialist 
certificates, and Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of 
concentration may include: Learning Disabilities; Mental Retardation; Behavior 
Disorders; Severely Handicapped (including autism); Early Childhood (including in- 
fancy); Gifted & Talented; and Career- Vocational Special Education for the handi- 
capped. Concentrations in Special Education Administration and Supervision and 
Policy Studies are also available at the doctoral level. 

The Ph.D. in special education is targeted primarily towards research, scholarship, 
and educational leadership. This overall goal is achieved in and through the selection 
of areas of emphasis or the major concentrations listed above. Graduate work at the 
doctoral level can also be done in educational administration and supervision, and po- 
licy development and implementation for the handicapped with a specialized national 
focus. The Ed.D. is focused on these same areas, but has an emphasis on applied re- 
search and programming. A variety of minor specializations taken outside the depart- 
ment are also possible. Content course work in the areas of administration and policy 
studies are developed in collaboration with other departments in the college and uni- 
versity. 

Special education graduates are eligible for a wide variety of professional oppor- 
tunities. Students who graduate with a master's degree in special education may enter 
positions in the public schools as master teachers or in other positions of leadership. 
Opportunities also exist in private settings where graduates may find positions as 
coordinators, administrators, or other specialized support staff. Doctoral degree grad- 
uates have numerous options, such as university faculty positions, professional staff 
positions in state departments of education, the federal government, and in the public 
schools. Private agencies and organizations may also seek doctoral graduates as 
directors or specialized support staff. Historically, employment opportunities for spe- 
cial education graduates have been excellent. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program requires a 3.5 



192 Special Education Program 



grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate 
Record Examination. 

Graduate programs are planned individually by the student and advisor. Each pro- 
gram reflects the individual student's background, goals, and the level of competency 
being sought. There is no one program of study which all graduate students follow. 
Individual programming by students and advisors allows wide latitude of career direc- 
tion within the field of special education upon completion of graduate study. 

Graduate study in special education requires advanced competencies in the educa- 
tion of exceptional children. Students entering the program with special education ce- 
rtification are required to take a minimum of 36 credit hours. Additional course work 
is required for students entering without academic preparation in education. For ex- 
ample, students entering without certification in education are required to take a mini- 
mum of 60 credit hours; students entering with early childhood, elementary, or se- 
condary education certification are required to take a minimum of 45 credit hours. 
Upon completion of their degree, students in each of these categories may qualify for 
Maryland State Certification in Special Education. 

Students pursuing the master's degree program in special education may earn the 
Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree. Specific basic course re- 
quirements in special education are the same for either program with differentiation of 
thesis requirements. The student generally takes a minimum of 15 hours special edu- 
cation. Specific programs and the number of credit hours required will be determined 
with the student's advisor according to the student's background and career plans. 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate in special education is available to 
students wishing to take increased graduate work beyond the master's level. The 
minimum number of graduate hours for the A.G.S. is 60. The core of the program 
should be made up of special education courses and other work within the College of 
Education or other colleges of the university as approved by the student's advisor and 
the special education graduate faculty. 

Students pursuing the doctoral program in special education must have completed 
the Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree and may elect to work 
for either the Ed.D. or Ph.D. degree. Students should consult the Department 
Statement on Graduate Programs. A student in the doctoral program will generally 
complete a minimum of 90 hours of graduate study of which 30 to 40 hours will be in 
the major field. Candidates must develop doctoral level competencies in research and 
in any of the areas of specialization (listed above) which fulfill their professional 
goals. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special strengths of the special education program include the focus on integrated 
field experiences, the utilization of special education research facilities, and the wide 
backgrounds of faculty members which enable the department to maintain an inte- 
grated approach. 



Special Education Program 193 



Additional Information 

Prospective graduate students are requested to consult "Graduate Programs in 
Special Education," which is available in the department office, for additional specific 
information on departmental programs, admissions procedures, and financial aid. 

For courses, see code EDSP. 

Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE) 

Professor and Chair: Smith 

Professors: Chern, Dardis, Hollies, Spivak, Yeh 

Associate Professors: Block, Brannigan 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Ettenson, Hacklander, Paoletti, Pourdeyhimi, Sober- 

on-Ferrer, Wagner 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Ordonez 

Lecturer: Morris 

The Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics offers programs of study 
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Fields of special- 
ization are textiles and/or consumer economics. In the field of textiles, students may 
concentrate in textile science, textile economics and marketing, textile evaluation or 
historic textile/costume/conservation. In the field of consumer economics, students 
may concentrate in consumer economics, consumer policy, consumer behavior, or 
consumption analysis. 

Students completing the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in Textiles and Consumer 
Economics have strong employment opportunities with government, industry, and 
educational institutions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no rigid course requirements for admission to the graduate program in 
Textiles and Consumer Economics. A major in home economics, consumer econom- 
ics, textiles and clothing, textiles, or a relevant discipline such as chemistry, econom- 
ics, or psychology is acceptable as background for study in this field. Preparation in 
the basic physical and social sciences (chemistry, mathematics, economics, psycholo- 
gy, and sociology) is highly recommended. Necessary course prerequisites (without 
graduate credit) can be completed after admission to the graduate program. All appli- 
cants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude 
Test. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. In 
the thesis option, students must complete a minimum of 24 hours of course work, a 
thesis, and pass a final oral examination on the thesis. In the non-thesis option, stu- 
dents must complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work, submit one scholarly 
paper, and pass a written comprehensive final examination. Students in both the the- 
sis and non-thesis options must present one departmental seminar. 

Students with bachelor's degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although 
they are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants hold- 
ing a master's degree in an equivalent field from an accredited institution may be ad- 
mitted for immediate doctoral study. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an 



1 94 Textiles and Consumer Economics Program 



individual basis, but a minimum of 18 hours of course work beyond the master's level 
is required for the Ph.D. degree in addition to 12 hours of dissertation research. 
Qualifying examinations are administered upon completion of basic course require- 
ments in either textiles or consumer economics. Written and oral comprehensive ex- 
aminations are given upon completion of all course work. A final oral examination is 
held for the student to defend the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program is multidisciplinary in nature with graduate faculty from 
chemistry, engineering, economics, behavioral sciences, and the arts. Departmental 
research facilities include the historic textiles and costume collection and a number of 
fully equipped specialized research laboratories. These include comfort research facil- 
ities, a textile conservation laboratory, several textile chemistry laboratories, a dark 
room for photomicroscopy, several temperature and humidity controlled textile evalua- 
tion laboratories, a flammability testing, and evaluation laboratory, a color and en- 
vironmental evaluation laboratory, a consumer behavior laboratory, and a resource 
room for reference materials frequently used by graduate students and faculty. In ad- 
dition, the department has a computer-aided design laboratory and a 
microcomputer/CRT laboratory interfaced with the university's central computing fa- 
cility. To the graduate student, perhaps our most important resource is the depart- 
ment itself and the people in it. The members of our graduate faculty are active in a 
variety of fields, from textiles science to law. These faculty members, together with 
our graduate students and adjunct faculty, form a lively and intellectually stimulating 
community. Access to federal agencies where decisions affecting consumers are 
made provide graduate students with a unique opportunity to conduct consumer re- 
lated research. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching and/or research assistantships are offered to qualified applicants 
on the basis of past academic performance and experience. Work study/tuition waiv- 
ers are awarded by the Financial Aid Office on the basis of need. More than half of 
the full-time students in the department hold assistantships or some form of financial 
aid. Part-time and summer work is often available for students not receiving financial 
aid. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on departmental programs, admissions, procedures and 
financial aid may be obtained by contacting: 

Chair 

Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Room 2100, Marie Mount Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

For courses, see codes CNEC, TEXT, and TXCE. 



Textiles and Consumer Economics Program 1 95 



Toxicology Program 

The program in Toxicology is university- wide, using faculty and resources at 
College Park, Baltimore City and County, Eastern Shore, and the Chesapeake 
Biological Laboratory of the Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies. The 
program's objectives are to provide educational and professional training opportunities 
in fundamental and applied fields of toxicology leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. 
Graduates from this program will be highly qualified to conduct research, teach, and 
provide services to federal, state, and local governments, industry, labor, and the pub- 
lic. 

Specialization at the doctoral level will be available in various areas such as aquatic 
and marine toxicology, neurotoxicology, occupational toxicology, environmental toxi- 
cology, regulatory toxicology, drug toxicology, and others depending on the interest 
of the student. 

For further information, please contact: 

Dr. Judd Nelson 
Room 0300 Symons Hall 
Entomology Department 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

Urban Studies Program (URBS) 

Director and Professor: Corey 

Professors: Marando, Stone 

Associate Professor: Christian 

Assistant Professors: Howland, Kim 

Lecturer: Williams 

Affiliate and Adjunct Faculty: Baum, Brower, Florestano, Fogle, Laidlow, Levin, 

M. Williams, Ziegler 

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a program leading to the Master of Arts de- 
gree in Urban Studies. The program is interdisciplinary and professionally oriented to 
educate students in metropolitan area problem solving through the use of generic 
planning and management methods. A graduate of the program would be prepared to 
enter a career in metropolitan organizations from the non-profit and government sec- 
tors relating to urban affairs. The Institute's faculty specialize in: metropolitan and 
regional planning, public policy analysis and management, quantitative planning 
methods, and economic-development planning. Internships are encouraged; career- 
oriented management and planning competencies are stressed. The Institute has a 
joint program with the professional, American Planning- Accredited Master of 
Community Planning (MCP) Program, University of Maryland, Baltimore City 
Campus. For more information, contact Dr. Melvin Levin, c/o 525 W. Redwood 
Street, Baltimore, MD 21201; (301) 528-3600. Graduates also are eligible to pursue 
doctoral degrees in disciplines selected for specialized study or in interdisciplinary ur- 
ban studies planning, management, and policy analysis programs. 

Urban studies graduate students (more than half of whom are part-time) come from 



1 96 Urban Studies Program 



a wide variety of academic backgrounds (e.g., engineering, fine arts, English, history, 
business, geography, sociology, economics, and political science) and from many 
walks of life; undergraduate liberal arts degree holders turned career-minded, veter- 
ans, returning housewives, and others who have been out of the job market and want 
a program to provide them re-entry skills and credentials, as well as persons already 
in urban-related jobs who want to enrich their education and upgrade their credentials. 
This diverse student body provides a rich learning environment in which many types 
of experiences and ideas are exchanged. 

The Institute provides specializations in metropolitan management and metropolitan 
planning. Specializations may also be developed through course work in other depart- 
ments of the university offering courses related to urbanization. Some of the depart- 
ments providing such opportunities include: Afro- American Studies, Architecture, 
Business and Management, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Criminal Justice 
and Criminology, Economics, Education, Family and Community Development, Fire 
Protection Engineering, Geography, Government and Politics, Health, Housing and 
Design, Journalism, Recreation, Sociology, and Speech and Communications. The 
student's specialization is developed in consultation with the Director of Graduate 
Studies. 

Employment opportunities for Institute graduates, though highly competitive, re- 
main strong. The Washington, D.C. metropolitan region offers diverse employment 
potential in urban analysis, program management and planning, and computer applica- 
tions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Institute's admissions policy is designed to achieve a student mix of experi- 
enced practitioners and strong recent graduates. The aptitude test score of the 
Graduate Record Examination is required of recent graduates whose grade point aver- 
ages are below 3.2. Applicants with professional experience should provide three 
letters of recommendation and a resume indicating their education and employment 
history. Experienced applicants may be admitted provisionally (subject to successful 
completion of initial course work) if their undergraduate grade point average is below 
regular university requirements if their employment experience indicates a high prob- 
ability of success in the program. To accommodate part-time students and students 
with internships, all required courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. 

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a 37 credit hour Master of Arts degree. 
Candidates for this degree are required to meet these core requirements: (1) methods 
courses (7 credit hours), GEOG 483, URBS, 601, and URBS 602; (2) Substantive 
courses (12 credit hours), URBS 630, URBS 640, URBS 660. URBS 670 and URBS 
680 (take 4 of 5 courses); (3) Procedural courses (3 credit hours); URBS 656 and 
URBS 666 (take 1 of 2 courses); (4) Specialization courses (15 credit hours). With 
the advice of an urban studies advisor, degree candidates must design a coherent spe- 
cialization from courses in urban studies and from related departments. 
Specializations might include: metropolitan planning, urban management, urban de- 
sign, community development, urban geography, public management, international 
development, computer mapping and spatial analysis, urban history, and many other 



Urban Studies Program 1 97 



designs of a cross-disciplinary nature. An urban internship is optional. The special- 
ization may include 6 credits of thesis. (5) Synthesis: these leanings are synthesized 
by means of a required set of written comprehensive examinations. 

Both a thesis and a non-thesis option are available. Each option requires 37 credit 
hours. Both options require successful completion of a written comprehensive exam- 
ination covering the synthesis of core course knowledge. Students are eligible to take 
the comprehensive examination after completing 24 credit hours, including core 
courses. 

No more than 13 credit hours at the 400-level may be applied towards the URBS 
M.A. degree. These may include: 13 credits from URBS 410, 438, 450, 460, 470, 
480; GEOG 483; and others as approved by the URBS graduate advisor. 

A degree in urban studies is not awarded solely on the basis of the accumulation of 
the minimum numbers of credit hours. If in the judgement of the faculty a degree 
candidate needs to demonstrate additional academic performance, remedial work may 
be assigned before the degree will be awarded. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its regular faculty, the Institute regularly draws a number of out- 
standing adjunct faculty from the Washington Metropolitan Area to teach several 
courses a year. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships and fellowships are available and the 
Institute assists students in finding work-study positions, internships, and part-time 
jobs in government agencies. USED Public Service Fellowships for under-represented 
groups are available in a joint program with the School of Public Affairs. 

Additional Information 

Further information and the graduate bulletin of the Institute for Urban Studies may 
be obtained from: 

The Director of Graduate Studies 
Institute for Urban Studies 
1113 LefrakHall 
College Park, MD 20742 
(301) 454-2662 

For courses, see code URBS. 

Zoology Department (ZOOL) 

Professor and Chair: Corliss 

Professors: Allan, Carter, Clark, Gill, Highton, Levitan, Pierce, Vermeij 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bonar, Colombini, Goode, Higgins, Imberski, Inouye, 

Linder, Reaka, Small 

Assistant Professors: Ades, Borgia, Olek, Shapiro, Wilkinson 

Adjunct Professors: Kleiman, Manning, Morton. O'Brien, M. Potter 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Kelly, Wemmer 

The Department of Zoology offers programs of study leading to the degrees of 



1 98 Zoology Department 



Master of Science (thesis and non-thesis) and Doctor of Philosophy with specialization 
in the following fields: cell biology, developmental biology, estuarine and marine bio- 
logy, genetics, physiology, systematics and evolutionary biology, behavior, inverte- 
brate zoology, endocrinology and ecology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to graduate study in the Department of Zoology requires a baccalaureate 
degree from a recognized undergraduate institution. In addition, course work in cal- 
culus, physics, and organic chemistry is required. Able students who lack preparation 
in a particular area may be admitted provided that the deficiency is corrected early in 
the graduate work, including the subject test, which should be taken in some area of 
biology. 

The thesis master's program enables a student to engage in advanced study and to 
undertake a research project. It may be a terminal degree or may demonstrate the 
student's research ability and lead to continuation of graduate work for the Ph.D. in 
the same or related area. There are no requirements in excess of the general require- 
ments established by the Graduate School. All requirements for the master's degree 
are to be completed within a three year period. A final oral examination on the thesis 
is given whenever the student has completed all other requirements for the degree. 

The non-thesis master's program provides opportunity for advanced education and a 
terminal degree for those who are not research-oriented. All non-thesis master's stu- 
dents are required to complete at least 30 hours of course work, of which no fewer 
than 18 must be at the 600 level or above in zoology or appropriate related fields. 
No fewer than 16 hours of courses must be in zoology and three of these courses 
should be in a single area of specialization. In addition, at least one satisfactory 
scholarly paper must be written in an area approved by the student's advisor. A writ- 
ten comprehensive examination in three areas of zoology must be passed before the 
degree is awarded. All requirements must be completed within a three-year period. 

The Ph.D. program in zoology is basically a research program providing maximal 
opportunity for the student to evolve and develop his or her capacity for scholarship 
and independent work. Opportunity is provided for in-depth study in an area of spe- 
cialization. A doctoral candidate must complete at least 30 credit hours of advanced 
course work, including a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral research. A for- 
mal preliminary examination is given to all doctoral students within the first two years 
of enrollment in the department. The examination is basically an oral examination fo- 
cusing primarily on determination of whether or not the student has the proper moti- 
vation, intellectual capacity and curiosity, and educational background and has or can 
develop the technical skills to successfully pursue the Ph.D. program. However, 
there is no formal restriction on the extent or the range of the questions asked of the 
candidate. The doctoral dissertation must be completed and defended usually within 
three, preferably two, years after passing of prelims. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Zoology Department's share of the Zoo-Psych Building provides adequate 
space for graduate teaching and research. The research laboratories are well equipped 
with a wide variety of scientific instrumentation. In addition, the department has spe- 



Zoology Department 1 99 



cial suites for both transmission and scanning electronmicroscopy, constant tempera- 
ture rooms, four sound proof rooms (one being an anechoic chamber designed specifi- 
cally for sophisticated research in ethology), photographic dark rooms, sterile transfer 
rooms, and a histotechnology suite. In addition, some research opportunities are 
available to students through the department's association with staff members of the 
National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Smithsonian Insti- 
tution, National Zoo, and several marine laboratories. 

Although the department maintains no library of its own, the university has a fine 
graduate library housing a Science and Technology Division. In addition, facilities 
such as the National Library of Medicine and the Department of Agriculture Library 
as well as the Library of Congress greatly expand the library material within relatively 
easy access to the department. 

Additional Information 

Students are urged to communicate directly with the faculty in the area of their 
interest, but additional general information and a statement of particular departmental 
requirements may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies, 
Department of Zoology. 

For courses, see code ZOOL. 



200 The University of Maryland 



THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 



Zoology Department 201 



Graduate Course Descriptions 



AASP — Afro-American Studies 

AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro-American Studies (3) 

The readings will be directed by the Director of Afro-American Studies. Topics to be covered: 
the topics will be chosen by the director to meet the needs and interests of individual students. 

AASP 401 Seminar in Afro- American Studies (3) 

The theory and concepts of the social and behavioral sciences as they relate to Afro-American 
studies. Required for the certificate in Afro- American studies. Prerequisites: at least 15 hours of 
Afro-American studies or related courses or permission of the director. 

AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies (3) 

Analysis of contemporary African ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of Nyerere, Nkrumah, 
Senghor, Sekou Toure, Kaunda, Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of African ideologies on mo- 
dernization and social change. 

AASP 411 Black Resistance Movements (3) 

A comparative study of the black resistance movements in Africa and America; analysis of their 
interrelationships as well as their impact on contemporary pan-Africanism. 

AASP 428 Special Topics in Black Development (3) 

A multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary educational experience concerned with questions rele- 
vant to the development of black people everywhere. Development implies political, economic, so- 
cial, and cultural change among other things. Consequently, a number of topics may be examined 
and studied. 

AASP 429 Special Topics in Black Culture (3) 

An interdisciplinary approach to the role of black artists around the world. Emphasis is placed 
upon contributions of the black man in Africa, the Caribbean and the United States to the literary 
arts, the musical arts, the performing arts, and the visual arts. Course content will be established in 
terms of those ideas and concepts which reflect the cultural climate of the era in which they were 
produced. Attention to individual compositions and works of art through lectures, concepts, field 
trips, and audio-visual devices. 

AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 

AEED 423 Extension Communications (3) 

An introduction to communications in teaching and within an organization, including barriers to 
communication, the diffusion process and the application of communication principles person to per- 
son, with groups and through mass media. 

AEED 426 Development and Management of Extension Youth Programs (3) 

Designed for present and prospective state leaders of extension youth programs. Program devel- 
opment, principles of program management, leadership development and counseling; science, career 
selection and citizenship in youth programs, field experience in working with youth from low in- 
come families, urban work. 

AEED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and Extension Education (3) 

Concepts involved in working with groups planning extension and continuing education pro- 
grams. Analysis of group behavior and group dynamics related to small groups and development of 
a competence in the selection of appropriate methods and techniques. 

AEED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society (3) 

Examination of the many aspects of rural life that affectand are affected by changes in technical, 
natural and human resources. Emphasis is placed on the role which diverse organizations, agencies 



202 Graduate Course Descriptions 



and institutions play in the education and adjustment of rural people to the demands of modem so- 
ciety. 

AEED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3) 

Topics examined include conditions under which people in poverty exist, factors giving rise to 
such conditions, problems faced by the rural poor, and the kinds of assistance they need to rise out 
of poverty. Topics and issues are examined in the context of rural-urban interrelationships and their 
effects on rural poverty. Special attention is given to past and present programs designed to alleviate 
poverty and to considerations and recommendations for future action. 

AEED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) 

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, 
forests, and minerals: natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Concentration 
on subject matter. Taken concurrently with AEED 497 in summer season. 

AEED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1) 

Current problems and trends in rural education. 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Planned field experience for both major and non-major stu- 
dents. Repeatable to a maximum of four credits. 

AEED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) 

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, 
forests, and minerals: natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Methods of 
teaching conservation included. Taken concurrently with AEED 487 in summer season. 

AEED 499 Special Problems (1-3) 
Prerequisite: staff approval. 

AEED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in Agricultural Education (2-3) 

Second semester. Analysis of community agricultural education needs, selection and organization 
of course content, criteria and procedures for evaluating programs. 

AEED 626 Program Development in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Concepts in program planning and development. Study and analysis of program design and 
implementation in adult and continuing education. 

AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Prerequisite: AEED 626 or consent of instructor. An analysis of program evaluation concepts as 
they relate specifically to adult continuing education. Program evaluation concepts, issues and prob- 
lems with emphasis on the use of evaluation procedures. 

AEED 628 Seminar in Program Planning (1-5) 

The student assists in the development of an educational program in an institutional or communi- 
ty setting. He also develops an individualized unit of study applicable to the program. Seminar ses- 
sions are based on the actual problems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting, and evaluating 
programs. Repeatable to a maximum of five credits. 

AEED 630 Teaching-Learning in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

The teaching/learning process in adult continuing education. Instructional techniques and metho- 
dologies appropriate for adults. The curriculum development process. Issues and priorities in adult 
continuing education. 

AEED 631 Seminar in Adult Basic Education (3) 

The social context of illiteracy. Problems and issues in literacy education. Existing strategies of 
adult basic education (ABE). 

AEED 632 International Extension/ Adult Education (3) 

The state of extension/adult education in other countries. The social context of extension/adult 
education in selected countries. Analysis of existing extension/adult education programs and the 
contributions of these systems to the field. 



AEED —Agricultural and Extension Education 203 



AEED 642 Continuing Education in Extension (3) 

Studies the process through which adults have and use opportunities to leam systematically under 
the guidance of an agent, teacher or leader. A variety of program areas will be reviewed giving the 
student an opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate learning activities for adults. 

AEED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3) 

First semester. Analysis of structure and function of rural society and application of social un- 
derstandings to educational processes. 

AEED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3) 

First semester. Theories of leadership are emphasized. Techniques of identifying formal and in- 
formal leaders and the development of rural lay leaders. 

AEED 691 Research Methods in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

The scientific method, problem identification, survey of research literature, preparing research 
plans, design of studies, experimentation, analysis of data and thesis writing. 

AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) 
Prerequisite: approval of staff. 

AEED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching (1) 

Summer session. Identification of experiences and activities in an effective student teaching pro- 
gram, responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, and evaluation of student teaching. 

AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided content is different. 

AEED 798 Seminar in Rural Education (1-3) 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several agencies of rural 
and/or vocational education. Repeatable to a maximum of eight credits. 

AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AEED 882 Agricultural College Instruction (1) 

AEED 888 Apprenticeship in Education ( 1-8) 

Prerequisites: experience, a master's degree, and at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students 
whose application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the education faculty. Each apprentice 
is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate agency. 
The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. 

AEED 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Internships in the major area of study for experienced students 
who are assigned to an appropriate school system, educational institution, or agency in a situation 
different than that in which the student is regularly employed. 

AEED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

AGRI — Agriculture 

AGRI 411 Biology and Management of Shellfish (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. 

Prerequsite: one year of biology or zoology. Field trips. Identification, biology, management, and 
culture of commercial important molluscs and Crustacea. The shellfisheries of the world, with em- 
phasis on those of the northwestern Atlantic Ocean and the Chesapeake Bay. 

AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture (1-4) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. A lecture series organized to 
study in depth a selected phase of agriculture not normally associated with one of the existing pro- 
grams. 



204 Graduate Course Descriptions 



AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures in the Agricultural Sciences (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Organization of research projects and pre- 
sentation of experimental results in the field of agricultural science. Topics included will be: sources 
of research financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and industrial sup- 
ported research programs, and popular presentation of research data. 

AGRO — Agronomy 

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 213. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and 
cross-pollinated plant and perennial forage species. 

AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improve- 
ment of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco produc- 
tion. Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. 

AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of principles and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf 
courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields and highways for commerical sod production. 

AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101, and AGRO 100: or concurrent enrollment in these courses. A general 
look at world grasslands; production and management requirements of major grasses and legumes for 
quality hay, silage and pasture for livestock feed; new cultivar development and release; seed pro- 
duction and distribution of improved cultivars. 

AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or concurrent enrollment in these courses. A study of 
principles and practices of corn, small grains, rice, millets, sorghums, and soybeans and other oil 
seed crops. A study of seed production, processing, distribution and federal and state seed control 
programs of corn, small grains and soybeans. 

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of 
soils that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or biological na- 
ture and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated. 

AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of commercial 
fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient crop production. 

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the importance and causes of soil 
erosion, methods of soil erosion control, and the effect of conservation practices on soil-moisture 
supply. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil and water conservation. The laboratory 
period will be largely devoted to field trips. 

AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. Processes and factors of soil genesis. 
Taxonomy of soils of the world by U.S. System. Laboratory covers soil morphological characteris- 
tics, composition, classification, survey and field trips to examine and describe soils. 

AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. Evaluation of soils in the uses of land and the environmental implica- 
tions of soil utilization. Interpretation of soil information and soil surveys as applied to both agricul- 
tural and non-agricultural problems. Incorporation of soil data into legislation, environmental stan- 



AGRO —Agronomy 205 



dards and land use plans. 

AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and a course in physics, or permission of instructor. A study of physical 
properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity. 

AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the chemical composition of 
soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of plant 
nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertil- 
izer requirements. 

AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302, CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study of biochemical processes 
involved in the formation and decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance of soil- 
biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition will be considered. 

AGRO 423 Soil- Water Pollution (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or permission of instructor. Reaction and fate of pesti- 
cides, agricultural fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and water with emphasis on their 
relation to the environment. 

AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coordination of information from various courses in 
the development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to differnet objectives in various areas of 
the state and nation. 

AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical her- 
bicides in the control of weeds. 

AGRO 483 Plant Breeding Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 and consent of instructor. Current plant breeding research being con- 
ducted at The University of Maryland and USDA at Beltsville. Discussion with plant breeders about 
pollination techniques, breeding methods, and program achievements and goals. Field trips to se- 
lected USDA laboratories. 

AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy ( 1-3) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 302, 406, 407 or permission of instructor. A detailed study, including a 
written report of an important problem in agronomy. 

AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding I (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic and cytogenetic theories as related to plant breed- 
ing including interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, and sterility mechanisms. 

AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding II (2) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 601 and a graduate statistics course. Quantitative inheritance in plant breed- 
ing including genetic constitution of a population, continuous variation, estimation of genetic vari- 
ances, heterosis and inbreeding, heritability, and population movement. 

AGRO 608 Research Methods U-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and 
report on crop and soil research of the Maryland Agriculture Experiment Station or review and dis- 
cussion of literature on specific agricultural problems or new research techniques. Repeatable to a 
maximum of four credits. 



206 Graduate Course Descriptions 



AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of 
instructor. A continuation of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements neces- 
sary for plant growth. 

AGRO 789 Advances in Agronomy Research (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. A study of recent advances in agronomy research. 
Repeatable to a maximum of four credits. 

AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Total credit toward master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. 
Degree, 6. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 

AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AGRO 802 Breeding For Resistance to Plant Pests (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: ENTM 252, BOTN 221, 
AGRO 403, or permission of instructor. A study of the development of breeding techniques for se- 
lecting and utilizing resistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and the effect of resistance on 
the interrelationships of host and pest. 

AGRO 804 Design and Analysis of Crop Research (3) 

Field plot technique, application of statistcal of application of statistical analysis to agronomic da- 
ta, and preparation of the research project. 

AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641 plus advanced training in plant sciences. Major emphasis 
will be on physiological processes affecting yield and productivity of major food fiber and industrial 
crops of the world. Topics such as photosynthesis, respiration, photorespiration, nitrogen metabolism 
will be related to crop growth as affected by management decisions. Topics of discussion will also 
include growth analysis and the use of computer modeling of crop growth by plant scientists. 

AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2) 

Two lectures a week. 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 
or permission of instructor. The importance of chemical structure in relation to biologically signifi- 
cant reactions will be emphasized in more than 10 different herbicide groups. Recent advances in 
herbicidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of action will be reviewed. Adsorption, decomposi- 
tion and movement in the soil will also be studied. 

AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent, or 
permission of instructor. A fundamental study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses 
and legumes to environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, 
humidity, lenght of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices. 
Relationship of these factors to life history, production, chemical and botanical composition, quality. 
and persistence of forages will be considered. 

AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of 
instructor. An advanced study of the theory of the chemical methods of soil investigation with em- 
phasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. 

AGRO 831 Soil Mineralogy (4) 

Soil minerals, with emphasis on clay minerals, are studied from the viewpoint of soil genesis and 
physical chemistry. Mineralogical analyses by x-ray and chemical techniques. 

AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission 
of instructor. An advanced study of physical properties of soils. 



AGRO —Agronomy 207 



AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

AMST — American Studies 

AMST 418 Cultural Themes in America (3) 

Examination of structure and development of American culture through themes such as "the 
dynamics of change and conflict", "culture and mental disorders", "race", "ethnicity", "regionalism", 
"landscape", "humor". Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

AMST 428 American Cultural Eras (3) 

Investigation of a decade, period, or generation as a case study in significant social change with- 
in an American context. Case studies include "Puritan dynamics in American culture, 1630-1700", 
"Antebellum America, 1840-1860", "American culture in the Great Depression". Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

AMST 429 Perspectives on Popular Culture (3) 

Topics in popular culture studies, including the examination of particular genres, themes, and 
issues. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

AMST 432 Literature and American Society (3) 

Examination of the relationship between literature and society: including literature as cultural 
communication and the institutional framework governing its production, distribution, conservation 
and evaluation. 

AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 638 Orientation Seminar: Material Aspects of American Civilization (3) 

Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected Aspects of American Civilization (3) 

Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies (3) 

This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to pursue independent, interdis- 
ciplinary research and reading in specific aspects of American culture under the supervision of a fa- 
culty member. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AMST 828 Research Seminar in American Studies (3) 

Research and writing in American studies. Repeatable to six credits, provided topics are differ- 
ent. 

AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ANSC — Animal Science 

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 recommended. A study of the fundamental 
role of all nutrients in the body including their digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary re- 
quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and man. 

ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisites: MATH 1 10, ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A critical study of those fac- 
tors which influence the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding 
methods and procedures used in formulation of economically efficient rations will be presented. 



208 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) 

Prerequisites: anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomical and physiological modifications 
employed by animals adapted to certain stressful environments will be considered. Particular empha- 
sis will be placed on the problems of temperature regulation and water balance. Specific areas for 
consideration will include: animals in cold (including hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving ani- 
mals and animals in high altitudes. 

ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. 
It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. 

ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. This course gives basic instruction in the nature of dis- 
ease: including causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis, economic importance, public health 
aspects and prevention and control of the common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poul- 
try. 

ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3) 

A comprehensive course in care and management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be 
placed on physiology, anatomy and special uses for the different species. Disease prevention and 
regulations for maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will be required. 

ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic Animals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. A study of parasitic diseases resulting from protozoan and 
Helminth infection and arthropod infestation. Emphasis on parasites of veterinary importance: their 
identification; life cycles, pathological effects and control by management. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory. 

An introduction to the interrelationships of game birds and mammals with their environment, po- 
pulation dynamics and the principles of wildlife management. 

ANSC 421 Swine Production (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisites: ANSC 101, 221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of swine production systems in- 
cluding the principles of animal science for the efficient and economical management of swine 
breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing. 

ANSC 422 Meats (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: ANSC 221. A course designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food and the 
factors influencing acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of 
characteristics of live animals with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses as well as 
wholesale cuts, and the distribution and merchandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory 
periods are conducted in packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets and University 
Meats Laboratory. 

ANSC 423 Beef Production (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 401. Application of 
various phases of animal science to the management and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 

ANSC 424 Sheep Production (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 
221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of sheep production systems including the principles of animal 
science for the efficient and economical management of sheep breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 



ANSC —Animal Science 209 



ANSC 425 Herpetology (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 
221, and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of beef production systems including the principles of animal 
science for the efficient and economical management of beef breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 

ANSC 427 Principles of Breeding II (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 327 and BIOM 401 or permission of instructor. Advanced theory of quanti- 
tive and population genetics applicable to the artificial evolution of domestic livestock. 

ANSC 430 Topics in Equine Science (4) 

Three lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week. 

Prerequisites: ANSC 211, 212, 230. Pre- or corequisite, ANSC 401. Specific problems of impor- 
tance to the equine industry, including such areas as nutrition, physiology, anatomy, genetics and 
pathology. 

ANSC 431 Horse Production (2) 

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. 

Laboratory and assigned project to be performed at University of Maryland Horse Farm, Ellicott 
City, Md. Prerequisite: ANSC 101, 210, 211, 230 and consent of department. Field trips. 
Application of equine science principles to the management and production of horses. 

ANSC 432 Breeding Farm Management (2) 

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: ANSC 211, 212, 230 and consent of department. Animal equine science principles 
in the management of equine breeding establishments. Field trips. 

ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lactation (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 212 or equivalent and CHEM 261 or CHEM 461. Three lectures per week. 
The physiology and biochemistry of milk production in domestic animals, particularly cattle. 
Mammary gland development and maintenance from the embryo to the fully developed lactating 
gland. Abnormalities of the mammary gland. 

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or permission of instructor. The business 
aspects of dairy farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns associated with each seg- 
ment. The economic impact of pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent developments in 
animal nutrition and genetics, agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and agronomic prac- 
tices are discussed as they apply to management of a dairy herd. 

ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction (3) 

Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy and physiology of reproductive processes in 
domesticated and wild mammals. 

ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction Laboratory (1) 

Pre- or corequisites: ANSC 446. One three-hour laboratory per weeK. Animal handling, artificial 
insemination procedures and analytical techniques useful in animal management and reproductive re- 
search. Not open to students who have credit for ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976. 

ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) 

(Alternate even years) one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: a basic course in 
animal physiology. The basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive sys- 
tem. Special emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates. 

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422. The physio- 
logy of embryonic development as related to principles of hatchability and problems of incubation 
encountered in the hatchery industry are discussed. 

ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: ANSC 401/NUSC 402 or concurrent registration. Six hours of laboratory per week. 
Digestibility studies with ruminant and monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various food pro- 



210 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ducts, and feeding trials demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals. 

ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101. 
Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases, parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication. 

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 210. Gross and micro- 
scopic structure, dissection and demonstration. 

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension service 
workers. The first half will be devoted to problems concerning breeding and the development of 
breeding stock. The second half will be devoted to nutrition. 

ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It 
deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry products and with hatchery management prob- 
lems, egg and poultry grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 

ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and Wildlife Management (3) 

Three lectures. Analysis of various state and federal programs related to fish and wildlife 
management. This would include: fish stocking programs, Maryland deer management program, 
warm water fish management, acid drainage problems, water quality, water fowl management, wild 
turkey management and regulations relative to the administration of these programs. 

ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal Science (1) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension service personnel. One primary topic to be selected mutually by the in- 
structor and students will be presented each session. 

ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2) 

First semester. One one-hour lecture and one-three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: per- 
mission of instructor. Physiological, microbiological and biochemical aspects of the nutrition of ru- 
minants as compared to other animals. 

ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 481 and 463. The role of miner- 
als in metabolism of animals and man. Topics to be covered include the role of minerals in energy 
metabolism, bone structure, electrolyte balance, and as catalysts. 

ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one two-hour discussion 
period per week. Advanced study of the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in 
nutrition including chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syndromes. 
A critical study of the biochemical basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of vitamins with other 
substances and of certain laboratory techniques. 

ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: per- 
mission of instructor. Theory of electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen preparation and 
techniques, operation of electron photography, interpretation of electron images, related instruments 
and techniques. 

ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 450, CHEM 461, or consent of instructor. 
One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative 
descriptions of energy requirements and utilization. 

ANSC 614 Proteins (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 and 
CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and 



ANSC —Animal Science 21 1 



metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance. 

ANSC 626 Advanced Animal Breeding (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 426, MATH 400, BIOM 603 or permission of instructor. Application of lin- 
ear models to genetic evaluation of domestic livestock. Introduction to estimation of components of 
variance in mixed linear models. 

ANSC 641 Experimental Mammalian Surgery I (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A course presenting the fundamentals of 
anesthesia and the art of experimental surgery, especially to obtain research preparations. 

ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 641, permission of instructor. A course emphasizing ad- 
vanced surgical practices to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular surgery and chronic vascu- 
larly isolated organ techniques, experience with pump oxygenator systems, profound hypothermia, 
hemodialysis, infusion systems, implantation and transplantation procedures are taught. 

ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: permission of in- 
structor. The application of biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical methods to problems in bio- 
logical research. 

ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4) 

First and second semesters. 

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. Methods of analysis and 
presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ANSC 212 or its 
equivalent. The role of the endocrines in reproduction is considered. Fertiltiy, sexual maturity, egg 
formation, ovulation, and the physiology of oviposition are studied. Comparative processes in birds 
and mammals are discussed. 

ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANSC/NUSC 401; and either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and 
six hours of laboratory per week. Basic instrumentation and techniques desired for advanced nutri- 
tional research. The effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary metabolism, enzyme 
kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient absorption in laboratory animals. 

ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of Domestic Animals (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: a course in basic genetics and biochemis- 
try. The underlying physiological basis for genetic differences in production traits and selected mor- 
phological traits will be discussed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and physiological 
traits will be studied. 

ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the Environment (2) 

First semester. Two lectures or discussions per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 406, or permission of 
instructor. A detailed consideration of certain anatomical and physiological modifications employed 
by mamals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. Each student will submit for discussion a library 
paper concerning a specific adaptation to an environmental stress. 

ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology (3) 

Prerequisite - ANSC 412. The characteristics and role of pathogenic bacteria and fungi in dis- 
eases of domestic animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic properties, pathogenesis and types of 
disease, epizootiology, modes of transmission and prophylaxis. 

ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) 

Prerequisite: MICB 460. A detailed study of virus and rickettsial diseases of domestic and labora- 
tory animals. Emphasis on viruses of veterinary importance along with techniques for their propaga- 
tion, characterization and identification. 



212 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics of Domestic Animals (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Current literature 
and research dealing with the principles of population genetics as they apply to breeding and selec- 
tion programs for the genetic improvement of domestic animals, population structure, estimation of 
genetic parameters, correlated characters, principles and methods of selection, relationship and sys- 
tems of mating. 

ANSC 698 Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to animal science, or upon their research work, for presentation before and dis- 
cussion by the class; (I) recent advances; (2) nutrition; (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry. 

ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2) 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite: ap- 
proval of staff. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of work the stu- 
dent is pursuing. 
ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ANTH —Anthropology 

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology: Principles and Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination of the nature of human culture and its 
processes, both historical and functional. The approach will be topical and theoretical rather than 
descriptive. 

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology: World Ethnography (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. A descriptive survey of the culture areas of the world 
through an examination of the ways of selected representative societies. 

ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania (3) 

A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and 
cultural-historical problems will be emphasized. 

ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples and cultures of Africa and their historical 
relationships, with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of the Sahara. 

ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far East (3) 

A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China, Korea and Japan. Major anthropological 
questions will be dealt with in presenting this material. 

ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, economic and social institutions, religion, 
and mythology of the Indians of the southwest United States. 

ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America (3) 

Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and cultures of North America north of 
Mexico and their historical relationships, including the effects of contact with European-derived po- 
pulations. 

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background and modern social, economic and reli- 
gious life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in Mexico and central America; processes of acculturation 
and currents in cultural development. 

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey of the structures of non-literate and 
folk societies, covering both general principles and special regional developments. 



ANTH —Anthropology 213 



ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the religious systems of primitive and folk so- 
cieties, with emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects of culture. 

ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and Economy (3) 

A survey of technology, food economy and general economic processes in non-industrial so- 
cieties. 

ANTH 437 Politics and Government in Primitive Society (3) 

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of important anthropological theories con- 
cerning this aspect of society. 

ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of Europe, Asia and 
Africa, with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 

ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of North and South 
America with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 

ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the human skeleton, its morphology, measure- 
ment, and anatomic relationships. 

ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. The gross anatomy of non-human primates. Laboratory dissection of 
various primate cadavers under supervision. Occasional lectures. 

ANTH 463 Primate Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A combination lecture and laboratory examination of non-human pri- 
mates. Major studies of various types that have been undertaken in the laboratory and in the field. 

ANTH 465 Human Growth and Constitution (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the growth, development and age changes in the 
human body from conception through old age, including gross photographic, radiographic, and 
microscopic study of growth and variation. 

ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or permission of the instructor. A laboratory study of the methods used 
to identify human remains by anthropological techniques and discussion of the role of the anthropo- 
logist in medico-legal investigation. 

ANTH 467 Human Population Biology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of human population genetics, dynamics and varia- 
tion, including anthropological seriology, biochemistry, dermatoglyphics and hair microscopy. 

ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology (1-6) 

Field training in the collection and recording of ethnological data. 

ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology (1-6) 

Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey and excavation. 

ANTH 601 Applied Anthropology (3) 

History and theory of applied anthropology. The relationship between applied anthropology and 
other major subfields of the profession; the interdisciplinary and public context of application; prob- 
lems of significance and utility in applied work. 

ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology (3) 

History and current trends of cultural anthropological theory, as a basic orientation for graduate 
studies and research. 

ANTH 606 Methods of Cultural Analysis I (3) 

Objectives of cultural analysis and their relationship to policy and decision making. An introduc- 
tion to problem formulation, qualitative and quantative research design, and the conduct of research; 



214 Graduate Course Descriptions 



problems of reliability and validity in social research. 

ANTH 607 Methods of Cultural Analysis II (3) 

Advanced preparation in the analysis and review of social research. Case studies of the uses of 
cultural analysis in applied contexts (i.e., social indicators, evaluation, impact assessment, fore- 
casting). 

ANTH 61 1 Management and Cultural Process (3) 

Basic principles of managing cultural and human resources, decision-making in public and pri- 
vate contexts. The diversity and types of cultural resources (archeological, historical, folk and socio- 
cultural), and their recognition and value in contemporary society; introduction to the identification, 
protection and professional management of cultural resources. 

ANTH 620 Strategies for Cultural Understanding (3) 

The political, scientific, bureaucratic, and ideological background to decision making in the pub- 
lic and private sectors. 

ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of the nature of the interrelationships be- 
tween human cultures and the natural environmentals in which they exist. 

ANTH 630 Quantitative Approaches to Applied Anthropology (3) 

Introduction to variety of statistical techniques applied to problems in policy and decision mak- 
ing. Practical experience in computer applications for problems in cultural analysis and management. 
The use of existing statistical data sources. 

ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An examination of the principles and purposes involved 
in the gathering and interpretation of archaeological data. 

ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change (3) 

Change in culture due to contact, diffusion, innovation, fusion, integration, and cultural evolu- 
tion. 

ANTH 688 Current Developments in Anthropology (3) 

Detailed investigation of a current problem or research technique, the topic to be chosen in accor- 
dance with faculty interests and student needs. May be repeated, as content varies, for a total of not 
more than nine semester hours. 

ANTH 689 Special Problems in Anthropology (1-6) 

ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in Ethnology (1-6) 
Offered in the summer session only. 

ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Archaeology (1-6) 
Offered in the summer session only. 

ANTH 701 Internship Preparation (3) 

Preparation for internship includes practicum training in development, presentation and evaluation 
of position papers, proposals and work plans: literature search and use of secondary data sources in 
decision making affecting cultural analysis and management. Ethics and professional development 
for work in non-academic settings. 

ANTH 705 Internship (6-12) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 701. Problem-oriented internship with an appropriate public agency or pri- 
vate institution under the direction of a faculty and agency supervisor. 

ANTH 712 Internship Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 705. The preparation and presentation ofintemship reports; development of 
skills in report writing and presentation. The completion of a professional quality report based on 
the internship experience. Review of problems in ethics and professional development. 



APDS —Applied Design 21 5 



APDS — Applied Design 

APDS 430 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3) 

Two studio periods. 

Prerequisite: APDS 33 1 . Advanced problems in design and layout planned for developing compe- 
tency in one or more areas of advertising design. 

APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3) 

Two studio periods. 

Prerequisite: APDS 430. Advanced problems in design and layout planned for developing compe- 
tency in one or more areas of advertising design. ? 

APDS 437 Advanced Photography (3) 

Three studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337. 

APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied Design (3-4) 

Written consent of instructor. Open only to advanced students who, with guidance, can work 
independently. 

ARCH —Architecture 

ARCH 400 Architecture Studio I (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural design including field problems. For ar- 
chitecture majors only. 

ARCH 401 Architecture Studio II (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 with a grade of C or better. Continuation of ARCH 400. For architec- 
ture majors only. 

ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 401 with a grade of C or better. Design projects involving the elements of 
environmental control, basic structural systems, building processes and materials. For architecture 
majors only. 

ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 402 with a grade 
of C or better. Design projects involving forms generated by different structural systems, environ- 
mental controls and methods of construction. For architecture majors only. 

ARCH 408 Selected Topics in Architecture Studio (1-6) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. Topical problems in archi- 
tecture and urban design. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided the content is different. 

ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 312. Design of steel, timber, and reinforced concrete elements, and subsys- 
tems; analysis of architectural building systems. Introduction to design for both natural and man- 
made hazards. 

ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications For Buildings (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 313 or permission of instructor. Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide 
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for buildings and related techniques for reducing energy 
consumption. 

ARCH 415 Illumination, Electrical and Systems Technology in Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 115 and PHYS 122. For architecture majors only. Theory, quantification, 
and architectural design applications for electrical systems, illumination, daylighting, communication 
systems, conveying systems, fire protection and plumbing. 



216 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ARCH 416 Advanced Architectural Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 403 and ARCH 412. Analysis of structural issues in architectural design; 
structure as an architectural form determinant; integration of architectural, structural and other tech- 
nical disciplines in building design. 

ARCH 417 Advanced Environmental Technology in Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 403, 313, and 415. Analysis of environmental technology issues in architec- 
tural design; mechanical systems, illumination and acoustics as architectural form determinants; inte- 
gration of environmental technology systems and related technical disciplines in building design. 

ARCH 418 Selected Topics in Architectural Science (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided content is 
different. 

ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Architectural Science (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits. 

ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor. American architecture from the late 17th to 
the 20th century. 

ARCH 421 Seminar in the History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical prob- 
lems in American architecture. 

ARCH 422 History of Greek Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Greek architecture from 
750-100 B.C. 

ARCH 423 History of Roman Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Roman architecture from 500 
B.C. To AD. 325. 

ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Selected historical and modern theories of 
architectural design. For architecture majors only. 

ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Architectural History (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Architecture of western Europe from the 
early Christian and Byzantine periods through the late Gothic, with consideration of parallel deve- 
lopments in the eastern world. 

ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Renaisssance architectural principles and 
trends in the 15th and 16th centuries and their modifications in the Baroque period. 

ARCH 434 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221. or permission of instructor. Architectural trends and principles from 
1750 to the present, with emphasis on developments since the mid-19th century. 

ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical prob- 
lems in modern architecture. 



ARCH —Architecture 217 



ARCH 436 History of Islamic Architecture (3) 

Survey of Islamic architecture from the seventh through the eighteenth century. 

ARCH 437 History of Pre-Columbian Architecture (3) 

Architecture of Pre-Columbian Mexico and Central America from the Pre-Classic Period through 
the Spanish conquest. 

ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 401. Studio work in visual design independent of architectural problem 
solving. 

ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3) 

One and one-half hours lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 344. 
Examination of the meaning of documentation and the use of photography in the evaluation of archi- 
tecture. Architecture students only, except by permission of the instructor. 

ARCH 445 Visual Analysis of Architecture (3) 

Two hours of lecture and two hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisites: ARCH 401 and ARCH 343, or permission of the instructor. Visual principles of 
architectural design through graphic analysis. 

ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 340 or APDS 337 or JOUR 351; and consent of instructor. Advanced study 
of photographic criticism through empirical methods, for students proficient in photographic skills. 
Photographic assignments, laboratory, seminar, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (4-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual Studies (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3) 

Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and techniques, dealing with normative, urban, 
structural, economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning as a process. Architectural majors or 
by permission of the instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 350 or permission of the instructor. Advanced investigation into problems of 
analysis and evaluation of the design of urban areas, spaces and complexes with emphasis on physi- 
cal and social considerations, effects of public policies, through case studies. Field observations. 

ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A case study of urban development issues, dealing primari- 
ly with socio-economic aspects of changes in the built environment. 

ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3) 

Theories of planning and design of urban spaces, building complexes, and new communities. 

ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban Planning (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3) 

Principles and methods of site analysis; the influence of natural and man-made site factors on site 
design and architectural form. For architecture majors only, or by permission of instructor. 



218 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ARCH 461 Design and Energy (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 402 and ARCH 415. Two hours of seminar, two hours of laboratory each 
week. Energy strategies in building related to the broader context of architectural problem solving. 

ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 or permission of instructor. Introduction to computer programming and 
utilization, with emphasis on architectural applications. 

ARCH 472 Economic Determinants in Architecture (3) 

Introduction to economic factors influencing architectural form and design, including land 
economics, real estate, financing, project development, financial planning, construction and cost 
control. 

ARCH 475 Advanced Architectural Construction and Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 375 and 403. Processes of construction, assembly, integration, and coord- 
ination of architectural, mechanical, electrical, and structural aspects of building; special attention to 
design development of building details. 

ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural Preservation (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Theory and practice of preservation in 
America, with emphasis on the problems and techniques of community preservation. 

ARCH 481 The Architect in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The role of the architect in field archaeology and the analysis 
of excavating, recording, and publishing selected archaeological expeditions. 

ARCH 482 The Archaeology of Roman and Byzantine Palestine (3) 

Archaeological sites in Palestine (Isreal and Jordan) from the reign of Herod the Great to the 
Moslem conquest. 

ARCH 483 Field Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Participation in field archaeology with an excavation offi- 
cially recognized by proper authorities of local government. 

ARCH 488 Selected Topics in Architectural Preservation (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the con- 
tent is different. 

ARCH 489 Independent Studies in Architectural Preservation (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent. Comprehensive building and urban design; studio options 
in advanced topical problems. 

ARCH 601 Architecture Studio VI (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 
Prerequisite: ARCH 600. Continuation of ARCH 600. 

ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 416. Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of selected complex 
structural systems. 



ARCH —Architecture 219 



ARCH 613 Structural Systems in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCHHP416 or permission of instructor. Theory and application of selected complex 
structural systems as they relate to architectural decisions. 

ARCH 614 Environmental Systems in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 415 AND 417 or permission of instructor. Qualitative analysis of selected 
environmental systems and design determinants. 

ARCH 654 Urban Development and Design Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced investigation into planning, development, and 
urban design theory and practice. 

ARCH 678 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided the sub- 
ject matter is different. 

ARCH 679 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ARCH 700 Architecture Studio VII (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 
Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Continuation of ARCH 601. 

ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Project management, organizational, legal, economic and ethical 
aspects of architecture. 

ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Directed research and preparation of thesis program. 

ARCH 798 Thesis in Architecture (1-6) 
Prerequisites: ARCH 700 AND 797. 

ARCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403. An introduction to agricultural price behavior. The use of price infor- 
mation in the decision-making process, the relation of supply and demand in determining agricultural 
prices, and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of processing in the marketing 
system. Elementary methods of price analysis, the concept of parity and the role of price support 
programs in agricultural decisions. 

AREC 405 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 403 and MATH 220. The use and application of production economics in 
agriculture and resource industries through graphical and mathematical approaches. Production func- 
tions, cost functions, multiple product and joint production, and production processes through time. 

AREC 407 Agricultural Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Application of economic principles to develop criteria for a sound farm 
business, including credit source and use, preparing and filing income tax returns, methods of ap- 
praising farm properties, the summary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective control and 
profitable operation of the farm business. 

AREC 414 Agricultural Business Management (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. The different forms of businesses. Management functions, business in- 
dicators, measures of performance, and operational analysis. Case studies are used to show applica- 
tions of management techniques. 

AREC 427 Economics of Agricultural Marketing Systems (3) 

Prerequiste: AREC 250. Basic economic theory as applied to the marketing of agricultural pro- 
ducts, including price, cost, and financial analysis. Current developments affecting market structure 



220 Graduate Course Descriptions 



including effects of contractual arrangement, vertical integration, governmental policies and regula- 
tion. 

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Policy (3) 

Development of natural resource policy and analysis of the evolution of public intervention in the 
use of natural resources. Examination of present policies and of conflicts between private individ- 
uals, public interest groups, and government agencies. 

AREC 433 Eood and Agricultural Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Economic and political context of governmental involvement in the 
farm and food sector. Historical programs and current policy issues. Analysis of economic effects of 
agricultural programs, their benefits and costs, and comparison of policy alternatives. Analyzes the 
interrelationship among international development, agricultural trade and general economic and 
domestic agricultural policies. 

AREC 445 World Agricultural Development and the Quality of Life (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. An examination of the key aspects of the agricultural development of 
less developed countries related to resources, technology, cultural and social setting, population, in- 
frastructure, incentives, education, and government. Environmental impact of agricultural develop- 
ment, basic economic and social characteristics of peasant agriculture, theories and models of agri- 
cultural development, selected aspects of agricultural development planning. 

AREC 453 Natural Resources and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 250 or ECON 203. Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory, 
methodology, and policies concerned with the allocation of natural resources among alternative uses. 
Optimum state of conservation, market failure, safe minimum standard, and cost-benefit analysis. 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in Agriculture (3) 

An introduction to the application of econometric techniques to agricultural problems with em- 
phasis on the assumptions and computational techniques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test 
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single equation models. Includes linear and non- 
linear regression models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis and factor analysis. 

AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resources Economics (3) 

Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits. 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3) 

Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a 
basic understanding of the development of economic and political thought as a foundation for under- 
standing our present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequisite: acceptance in the honors program 
of the department of agricultural and resource economics. 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3) 

Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1850 to the present. This couse contin- 
ues the development of a basic understanding of economic and political thought begun in AREC 495 
by the examination of modem problems in agricultural and resource economics in the light of the 
material read and discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496. Prerequisite: successful completion of 
AREC 495 and registration in the honors program of the department and resource economics. 

AREC 615 Agricultural and Resource Economics Research Techniques (3) 

Philosophy and basic objectives of research in the field of agricultural and resource economics. 
Econometric techniques and tools applied to agricultural and resource economics. 

AREC 639 Internship in Resource Management (2-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of major advisor and department chairman. Open only to graduate stu- 
dents in the arec resource management curriculum. Repeatable to a maximum of four hours. 

AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Agriculture Business and Analysis 
(3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The application of mathematical programming 
to solve a wide variety of problems in agriculture, business and economics. Emphasis on modeling 
large-scale systems and interpreting results. 



AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 221 



AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resource Economics (3) 

First and second semester. Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on the persons 
available for teaching unique and specialized phases of agricultural and resource economics. The 
course will be taught by the staff or visiting agricultural and resource economists who may be se- 
cured on lectureship or visiting professor basis. 

AREC 698 Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Students will participate through study of problems in the field, re- 
porting to seminar members and defending positions adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will 
present ideas for analysis and discussion among class members. Students involved in original re- 
search will present progress reports. Class discussion will provide opportunity for constructive criti- 
cism and guidance. 

AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Resource Economics (1-2) 

First and second semesters and summer. 

Intensive study and analysis of specific problems in the field of agricultural and resource 
economics, which provide information in depth in areas of special interest to the student. 

AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and Demand Analysis (3) 

Second semester. An advanced study in the theory of: ( 1 ) the individual consumer, (2) household 
behavior, and (3) aggregate demand. The concepts of price and cross elasticities of demand, income 
elasticity of demand, and elasticity of substitution will be examined in detail. The use of demand 
theory in the analysis of welfare problems, market equilibrium (with special emphasis on trade) and 
the problem of insufficient and excessive aggregate demand will be discussed. 

AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) 

First semester. Study of the more complex problems involved in the long-range adjustments, or- 
ganization and operation of farm resources, including the impact of new technology and methods. 
Applications of the theory of the firm, linear programming, activity analysis and input-output analy- 
sis. 

AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3) 

Theory and practice of the complex functional and institutional aspects of food distribution sys- 
tems analyzed from the perspective of management decision-making in the food industry. Possible 
long range economic effects of current structural adjustments: social and ecological aspects of food 
industry management decision-making. 

AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income Policy (3) 

Second semester, alternate years, 1973. The evolution of agricultural policy in the united states, 
emphazing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon agricultural 
production, prices and income. 

AREC 844 International Agriculture Trade (3) 

Economic theory, policies and practices in international trade in agricultural products. Principal 
theories of international trade and finance, agricultural trade policies of various countries, and agri- 
cultural trade practices. 

AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic Development (3) 

First semester, alternate years, 1972. Theories and concepts of what makes economic develop- 
ment happen. Approaches and programs for stimulating the transformation from a primitive agricul- 
tural economy to an economy of rapidly developing commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis 
of selected agricultural development programs in Asia, Africa and Latin America. 

AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. Assessment and evaluation of our natural, capital, and human 
resources; the use of economic theory and various techniques to guide the allocation of these re- 
sources within a comprehensive framework; and the institutional arrangements for using these re- 
sources. ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequisite. 



222 Graduate Course Descriptions 



AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTE —Art Education 

ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 

ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ARTH —Art History 

ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting (3) 

Survey of Greek and Roman frescoes and panels; study of extant paintings and lost works known 
only through literary sources. 

ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3) 

Greek art and archaeology from 1000 B.C. To 50 B.C. 

ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3) 

Roman art and archaeology from Etruscan origins to Diocletian. 

ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art (3) 

Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean. 

ARTH 405 Japanese Painting (3) 

Survey of Japanese painting from the sixth through the sixteenth centuries, including traditional 
Buddhist painting, narrative scrolls, and Zen-related ink painting. 

ARTH 406 Arts of China (3) 

Chinese art from pre-history through the 14th century, with special focus on painting, sculpture, 
and minor arts. 

ARTH 407 Arts of Japan (3) 

A survey of Japanese art from pre-history through 14th century, concentrating on architecture, 
sculpture and painting. 

ARTH 410 Early Christian - Early Byzantine Art (3) 

Sculpture, painting, architecture, and the minor arts from about 312 TO 726 A.D. 

ARTH 411 Byzantine Art, 726 - 1453 (3) 

Sculpture, painting, architecture and the minor arts from 726 to 1453 A.D. 

ARTH 412 Medieval Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. First semester will stress Romanesque. 

ARTH 413 Medieval Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. Second semester will stress the Gothic 
period. 

ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the 15th Century (3) 

Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the 16th Century (3) 

Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 to 1430. 

ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1430 to 1475. 

ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475 to 1500. 



ARTH —Art History 223 



ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500 to 1525. 

ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major southern European centers in the 17th century. 

ARTH 431 European Baroque Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major northern European centers in the 17th century. 

ARTH 434 French Painting (3) 

French painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to Poussin. 

ARTH 435 French Painting (3) 

French painting from 1600 to 1800. From Le Brun to David. 

ARTH 440 19th Century European Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism. 

ARTH 441 19th Century European Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe. From Realism, to Impressionism and Symbolism. 

ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo-Impressionism (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instructor. History of Impressionism and Neo- 
Impressionism: artists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence on 20th century. 

ARTH 450 20th Century Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 19th century to 1920. 

ARTH 451 20th Century Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the present. 

ARTH 452 History of Photography (3) 

History of photography as art from 1839 to the present. 

ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Sculpture (3) 

Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the present. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition 
of sculpture during the 20th century. 

ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261, or consent of instructor. Graphic techniques 
and styles in Europe from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists. 

ARTH 462 African Art (3) 

First semester, the cultures west of the Niger river (Nigeria through Mali) FROM 400 B.C. To 
the present. The art is studied through its iconography and function in the culture and the intercultur- 
al influences upon the artists, including a study of the societies, cults and ceremonies during which 
the art was used. 

ARTH 463 African Art (3) 

Second semester, the cultures east and south of Nigeria. The art is studied through its iconogra- 
phy and function in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the artists, including a study of 
the societies, cults and ceremonies during which the art was used. 

ARTH 464 African Art Research (3) 

Seminar with concentration on particular aspects of African art. The course is given at the 
Museum of African Art in Washington, D. C. 

ARTH 470 Latin American Art (3) 

Art of the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods. 

ARTH 471 Latin American Art (3) 

Art of the 19th and 20th centuries. 

ARTH 473 Arts of Black Americans I (3) 

The visual arts of Black Americans from the Colonial period through the 19th century, including 
crafts and decorative arts. 



224 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ARTH 474 Arts of Black Americans II (3) 

The visual arts of Black Americans in the 20th century, including crafts and decorative arts. 

ARTH 476 History of American Art to 1900 (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States from the Colonial period to 1900. 

ARTH 477 History of American Art Since 1900 (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States from 1900 to the present. 

ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits. 

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I (2-3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for cred- 
it if content differs. 

ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History II (2-3) 

ARTH 612 Romanesque Art (3) 

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 11th and 12th centuries; regional styles; relation- 
ships between styles of painting and sculpture; religious content. 

ARTH 614 Gothic Art (3) 

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the 1 1th and 12th centuries; regional styles; relation- 
ships between styles of painting and sculpture; religious content. 

ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism (3) 

Prerequisite: ART 423 or permission of instructor. Mannerism in Europe during the 16th century; 
beginnings in Italy; ramifications in France, Germany. Flanders, Spain; painting, architecture, and 
sculpture. 

ARTH 634 French Painting From Lebrun to Gericault: 1715-1815 (3) 

Development of iconography and style from the Baroque to neo-Classicism and Romanticism. 
Trends and major artists. 

ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860 (3) 

Prerequisite: ART 440 OR 441 or equivalent. Courbet and the problem of realism; precursors, 
David, Gericault, landscape schools; Manet; artistic and social theories; realism outside France. 

ARTH 662 20th Century European Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. A detailed examination of the art of a individual 
country in the 12th century: France. Germany, Italy, Spain, England. 

ARTH 676 20th Century American Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. The "Eight," the Armory show, American abstrac- 
tion, romantic-realism, new deal art projects, American surrealism and expressionism. 

ARTH 692 Methods of Art History (3) 

Methods of research and criticism applied to typical art-historical problems; bibliography and oth- 
er research tools. May be taken for credit one or two semesters. 

ARTH 694 Museum Training Program (3) 

ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3) 

ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) 

For advanced graduate students, by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated 
for credit if content differs. 

ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor. 

ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 402. 403 or permission of instructor. 



ARTH —Art History 225 



ARTH 708 Seminar in Japanese Painting (3) 

Prerequisite - ARTH 406 OR 407 or permission of instructor. Japanese painting of the 14th 
through 16th centuries, and its origins in Chinese models. Course may be repeated for a maximum 
of 6 credits if the content differs. 

ARTH 709 Seminar in Early Christian and Byzantine Art (3) 

Prerequisite - ARTH 410 OR 41 1 or permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for a max- 
imum of six credits if the content differs. 

ARTH 712 Seminar in Medieval Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 412, 413 or permission of instructor. 

ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian Renaissance Art (3) 

Problems selected from significant themes in the field of Italian Renaissance art and architecture, 
1200-1600. May be repeated for credit if content differs. 

ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century European Art (3) 

ARTH 740 Seminar in Romanticism (3) 

Problems derived from the development of romantic art during the 18th and 19th centuries. 

ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century European Art (3) 

Problems derived from the period starting with David and ending with Cezanne. 

ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) 

ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. 

ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. Problems of Mexican art of the 19th and 
20th centuries; Mexicanismo; the "mural renaissance"; architectural regionalism. 

ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century American Art (3) 

Problems in architecture and painting from the end of the Colonial period until 1860. 

ARTH 780 Seminar: Problems in Architectural History and Criticism (3) 

ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art History (3) 

Art historical sources from Pliny to Malraux. 

ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) 
ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTS —Art Studio 

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: either ARTS 220, 330 OR 340. Investigation and execution 
of process oriented art. Group and individual experimental projects. 

ARTS 418 Drawing (3) 

Six hours per week. 

Prerequisite: ARTS 210. Original compositions from the figure and nature, supplemented by 
problems of personal and expressive drawing. Repeatable for total of 12 credits. 

ARTS 428 Painting (3) 

Six studio hours per week. 

Prerequisite: ARTS 320. Original compositions based upon nature, figure, still life and expres- 
sive painting emphasizing development of personal directions. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve 
credits. 



226 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ARTS 438 Sculpture (3) 

Six studio hours per week. 

Prerequisite: One 300 level sculpture course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level 
elements of sculpture courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen media. 
Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 

ARTS 448 Printmaking (3) 

Six studio hours per week. 

Prerequisites: One 300 level printmaking course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 
level elements of printmaking courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen 
media. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 

ARTS 468 Advanced Seminar in Studio Art (3) 

Three studio, three discussion hours per week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Relationship 
of student's work to historical and contemporary context. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art (2-3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for cred- 
it if content differs. 

ARTS 610 Drawing (3) 

Sustained treatment of a theme chosen by student. Wide variety of media. 

ARTS 614 Drawing (3) 

Traditional materials and methods including oriental, sumi ink drawing and techniques of classi- 
cal european masters. 

ARTS 616 Drawing (3) 

Detailed anatomical study of the human figure and preparation of large scale mural compositions. 

ARTS 620 Painting (3) 

ARTS 624 Painting (3) 

ARTS 626 Painting (3) 

ARTS 627 Painting (3) 

ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 

ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 

ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in Sculpture (3) 

For advanced students, methods of armature building, and the use of a variety of stone, wood, 
metal, and plastic materials. 

ARTS 637 Sculpture: Casting and Foundry (3) 

The traditional methods of plaster casting and the complicated types involving metal, cire perdue, 
sand-casting and newer methods, such as cold metal process. 

ARTS 640 Printmaking (3) 

Advanced problems. Relief process. 

ARTS 644 Printmaking (3) 

Advanced problems. Intaglio process. 

ARTS 646 Printmaking (3) 

Advanced problems. Lithographic process. 

ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking (3) 

ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio Art (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 



ARTS —Art Studio 227 



ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting (3) 

Preparation and execution of a wall decoration. 

ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 

For advanced graduate students by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated 
for credit if content differs. 

ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ASTR — Astronomy 

ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 420 or PHYS 421 or consent of instructor. Stellar atmospheres, stellar 
structure and evolution, neutron stars and black holes. 

ASTR 401 Interstellar and Extragalactic Astrophysics (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. A survey of the physics of the interstellar 
medium and of astrophysics as it relates to galaxies and cosmology. 

ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy I (3) 

Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or 263, and 3 credits in astronomy. An introduction to current methods 
of obtaining astronomical information. Emphasis on optical and radio techniques, with brief cover- 
age of X-ray, ultraviolet, and infrared techniques. Emphasis on understanding how instruments af- 
fect the data. 

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy II (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 410. Laboratory work with photographic and photoelectric techniques and 
with components of radio telescopes. Two longer individual projects involving observations with 
various instruments. Often requires all-night observing sessions. 

ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Methods of galac- 
tic research, stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolution of the galaxy, study of our own and nearby 
galaxies. 

ASTR 430 The Solar System (3) 

Prerequisite - MATH 246 and either PHYS 263 or PHYS 294, or consent of instructor. The 
structure of planetary atmospheres, radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote sensing of 
planetary surfaces, interior structure of planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of asteroids, 
satellite systems, and solar system evolution. 

ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astronomy (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Properties of nor- 
mal and peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies and quasars; expansion of the universe and cos- 
mology. 

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3) 

Three lectures a week. 

Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, equations of 
motion. 

ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6) 

Prerequisite: major in physics or astronomy and/or consent of advisor. Research or special study. 
Credit according to work done. 

ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar atmospheres, or consent of 
instructor. Oberservational methods, line formation, curve of growth, equation of transfer, stars with 
large envelopes, variable stars, novae, magnetic fields in stars. 



228 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar interiors, or consent of in- 
structor. A study of stellar structure and evolution: energy transfer and generation in the interior of a 
star, the structure of stars including problems of turbulence, determination of chemical composition, 
non-homogeneous stars, pulsating stars, novae, evolution of both young and old stars, the final 
stages of stellar evolution. 

ASTR 620 Galactic Research (3) 

Prerequisites: ASTR 420, 410, 411, or consent of the instructor. Current methods of research 
into galactic structure, kinematics, and dynamics. Basic dynamical theory. Optical and radio obser- 
vational methods and current results. Review of presently-determined distribution and kinematics of 
the major constituents of the galaxy. Evolution of the galaxy. 

ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite: PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the structure and evolution of dynamical systems 
encountered in astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as a two-body problem, statistical treatment of 
encounters, study of dynamical problems in connection with star clusters, ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei 
of galaxies, high-velocity stars. ? 

ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite: PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of interplanetary space, the solar wind, com- 
ets and meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres, motions of particles in the earth's magnetic 
field. 

ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics I (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 411 AND 422 or their equivalents, or consent of instructor. The first se- 
mester survey of the theoretical tools of astrophysics. Gas and magnetohydrodynamics applied to in- 
terstellar and solar phenomena. Radiation of high-energy particles. Introduction to stellar atmo- 
spheres. 

ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or consent of instructor. Brief survey of stellar structure and evolution, 
and the physics of the interstellar medium and the solar atmosphere. 

ASTR 660 Solar Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: PHYS 422, ASTR 400 or consent of instructor. A detailed study of solar atmo- 
sphere. Physics of solar phenomena, such as solar flares, structure of the corona, etc. 

ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 651 or an equivalent brief introduction to interstellar matter, or consent of in- 
structor. A study of the physical properties of interstellar gas and dust: regions of ionized hydrogen, 
regions of neutral hydrogen, the problems of interstellar dust and molecules. 

ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special topics such as extragalactic radio sources, plasma as- 
trophysics, the H.R. diagram, chemistry of the interstellar medium, radiophysics of the sun. 

ASTR 698 Seminar (1) 

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the contents var- 
ied each year. One credit for each semester. There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from 
the Washington area, and visiting astronomers, usually on topics related to their own work. 

ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced Astronomy (1-6) 

ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 

ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



ASTR —Astronomy 229 



BCHM —Biochemistry 

BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 243 or 245; or permission of instructor. A comprehensive introduction to 
general biochemistry. The chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and 
proteins. 

BCHM 462 Biochemistry II (3) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 461. A continuation of BCHM 461 

BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Pre or corerequisite: BCHM 461. 

BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite: CHEM 483 or BCHM 463, pre or corequisite: BCHM 462. 

BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, or consent of instructor. 

BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) 
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent. 

BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent. 

BCHM 671 Protein Chemistry and Enzymic Catalysis (3) 

Principles of protein structure and function, characterization of active sites, enzyme mechanisms 
and kinetics, antibody structure. 

BCHM 672 Biological Membranes (3) 

Organization of biological membranes, metabolism of membrane lipids, membrane proteins, in- 
cluding receptors, membrane functions including bioenergetics and transport, assembly of mem- 
branes. 

BCHM 673 Regulation of Metabolism (3) 

Intracellular milieu, compartmentation, metabolic and enzymic approaches to identifying control 
points, regulation by covalent modification of enzymes, metabolic disorders. 

BCHM 674 Nucleic Acids (3) 

Chemistry of nucleotides and polynucleotides, organization of cells and genome from viruses to 
eukaryotes, dna replication, rna synthesis, ribosome biogenesis, regulation of protein synthesis. 

BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in biochemistry. Laboratory experience in a re- 
search environment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. option. Repeatable for a maximum 
of 6 credits. 

BCHM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

BCHM 898 Seminar (1) 

BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 
BIOL —Biology 

BIOL 501 Life Science for Middle School Teachers I (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

An introductory lecture/laboratory course for teachers emphasizing the process and interdepend- 
ence of living organisms, their general organization and association with humans in natural ecosys- 
tems. Discussion of the genetic and evolutionary process involved in the continuity of life. 



230 Graduate Course Descriptions 



BIOL 502 Life Science for Middle School Teachers II (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: BIOL 501. A second-level lecture/laboratory course that provides a general introduc- 
tion to the classification, anatomy and physiology of plants and animals, with a special emphasis on 
humans. 

BIOL 503 Life Science for Middle School Teachers III (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: BIOL 502. A third-level laboratory/field course that investigates the ecology and 
natural history of the Chesapeake Bay and man's relationship to it. 

BIOM — Biometrics 

BIOM 401 Biostatistics I (4) 

Three lectures and one discussion per week. 

Prerequisite: MATH 115, BIOM 301, or permission of the instructor. Descriptive statistics, 
probability models useful in biology, expectations, hypothesis testing, sign test, goodness of fit 
tests, central limit theorem, point and interval estimates, analysis of variance, regression, correla- 
tion, sampling, rank tests. Emphasis on the uses and the limitations of these methods in biology. 

BIOM 405 Computer Applications in Biometrics (1) 

One, 2-hour laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. An introduction to computer usage in statistical analyses. 
Topics include file manipulation, formating data, transformations, descriptive statistics, graphical di- 
splays of data, and several introductory inferential statistical procedures. 

BIOM 420 Sampling Techniques in Biometrics (3) 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or permission of the instructor. Methods of sampling: probability, ran- 
dom, cluster, stratified, inverse; ratio estimates methods in field surveys: mark recapture studies, 
line transect sampling; surveys, design of collection forms; sample size calculations. Emphasis on 
the use of these methods in biological research. 

BIOM 602 Biostatistics II (3) 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. The principles of experimental design and analysis of vari- 
ance and co variance. 

BIOM 603 Biostatistics III (3) 

Corequisite: BIOM 604. Prerequisites: BIOM 602 and BIOM 405 or equivalent. Applications of 
the general linear model to the life sciences. 

BIOM 604 Linear Models Computer Laboratory (1) 

Two hours of laboratory per week. 

Corequisite: BIOM 603. Prerequisite: BIOM 405. Implementation of linear model analyses com- 
mon to the life sciences. 

BIOM 688 Topics in Biometrics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in various areas of bio- 
metrics. Credit assigned will depend on lecture and/or laboratory time scheduled and organization 
of the course. 

BIOM 698 Special Problems in Biometrics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Individual study of a particular topic in biostatistics or 
biomathematics. 

BIOM 699 Seminar in Biometrics (1) 

BMGT — Business and Management 

BMGT 402 Database and Data Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 302. Introduction to database and data communications systems. Modeling 
and database construction using the three data models: network, relational and hierarchical. 



BMGT — Business and Management 231 



Implementation project using DMS 1100 database system. Data communications protocols and com- 
munications support software. Analysis of distributed systems and computer networks. Emphasis on 
new technologies. 

BMGT 403 Systems Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 402. Techniques and tools applicable to the analysis and design of computer 
based information systems. System life cycle, requirements analysis, logical design of data bases, 
performance evaluation. Emphasis on case studies. Project required that involves the design, analysis 
and implementation of an information system. 

BMGT 404 Seminar in Decision Support Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 301. Design of computer systems to solve business problems and to support 
decision making. Human and organizational factors are considered. Emphasis on case studies. 

BMGT 410 Fund Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 310. An introduction to the fund-based theory and practice of accounting as 
applied to governmental entities and not-for-profit associations. 

BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites - BMGT 311 and 323. Federal taxation of corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, 
and gratuitous transfers. Tools and techniques of tax research for compliance and planning. 

BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited 
to upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, cur- 
rent problems and case studies in accounting. 

BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited 
to upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, cur- 
rent problems and case studies in accounting. 

BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 311. A study of the independent accountant's attest function, generally ac- 
cepted auditing standards, compliance and substantive tests, and report forms and opinions. 

BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 311. Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized topics and current 
problems. Emphasis on consolidated statements and partnership accounting. 

BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 321. Advanced cost accounting with emphasis on managerial aspects of in- 
ternal record-keeping and control systems. 

BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 422. An examination and in depth study of special auditing topics such as 
statistical sampling, professional ethics, EDP auditing, legal liability, and SEC accounting. 

BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or consent of instructor. Model building involving an intensive study of 
the general linear stochastic model and the applications of this model to business problems. The 
model is derived in matrix form and this form is used to analyze both the regression and anova for- 
mulations of the general linear model. 

BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 OR 231. Surveys ANOVA models, basic and advanced experimental 
design concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlation are emphasized. Applications of these tech- 
niques to business problems in primarily the marketing and behavioral sciences are stressed. 

BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design For Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 OR 231. Design of probability samples. Simple random sampling, stra- 
tified random sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster sampling designs are developed and com- 
pared for efficiency under varying assumptions about the population sampled. Advanced designs 



232 Graduate Course Descriptions 



such as multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are surveyed. Implementing these tech- 
niques in estimating parameters of business models is stressed. 

BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or consent of instructor. Bayesian approach to the use of sample infor- 
mation in decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, expected returns, and expected 
utility are examined. Application of these concepts to decision-making in the firm in various con- 
texts are considered. 

BMGT 434 Introduction to Optimization Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220 or permission of instructor. Primarily for students majoring in manage- 
ment science and statistics. Linear programming, postoptimality analysis, network algorithms, 
dynamic programming, nonlinear programming and single variable minimization. 

BMGT 435 Introduction to Applied Probability Models (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220 and BMGT 231 or permission of the instructor. Stochastic models in 
management. Stochastic Markov processes, probabalistic inventory models, queueing theory, simula- 
tion, reliability theory and dynamic programming. 

BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 434 or permission of instructor. Theory and applications of linear, integer, 
and nonlinear programming models to management decisions. Topics convered include the basic 
theorems of linear programming; the matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual Simplex al- 
gorithms; decomposition, cutting plane, branch and bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; gra- 
dient based algorithms; and quadratic programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model formula- 
tion and solution using prepared computer algorithms. 

BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis For Business Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 430 and MATH 240 or permission of the instructor. Selected topics in sta- 
tistical analysis which are relevant to management for students with knowledge of basic statistical 
methods. Topics include evolutionary operation and response surface analysis, forecasting tech- 
niques, pathologies of the linear model and their remedies, multivariate statistical models, and non- 
parametric models. 

BMGT 440 Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 340. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings relating to financial deci- 
sions of the firm. The application of finance concepts to the solution of financial problems is empha- 
sized. 

BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. Study and application of the concepts, methods, models, and empirical 
findings to the analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially common stock. 

BMGT 444 Futures Contracts and Options (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. The institutional features and economic rationale underlying markets in 
futures and options. Hedging, speculation, structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, efficiency 
in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. 

BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 340 and ECON 430. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings in com- 
mercial bank management. The loan function is emphasized; also the management of liquidity re- 
serves, investments for income, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions, policies, organiza- 
tion, structure, services, and regulation are considered. 

BMGT 450 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 230 AND 350. Recommended that BMGT 430 be taken prior to this 
course. This course is intended to develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, 
analysis and interpretation of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research; 
the planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report preparation. 



BMGT —Business and Management 233 



BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. Recommended that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course. 
Considers the growing importance of the American consumer in the marketing system and the need 
to understand him. Topics include the foundation considerations underlying consumer behavior such 
as economic, social, psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the consumer in marketing 
situations-as a buyer and user of products and services-and in relation to the various individual social 
and marketing factors affecting his behavior. The influence of marketing communications is also 
considered. 

BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course. The industrial and business sector of 
the marketing system is considered rather than the household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial 
products range from raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a plant, business office, 
or institution. Topics include product planning and introduction, market analysis and forecasting, 
channels, pricing, field sales force management, advertising, marketing cost analysis, and govern- 
ment relations. Particular attention is given to industrial, business and institutional buying policies 
and practice and to the analysis of buyer behavior. 

BMGT 454 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus any other marketing course. A study of the marketing functions 
from the viewpoint of the international executive. In addition to the coverage of international mar- 
keting policies relating to product adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of distribution, 
pricing, communications, and cost analysis, consideration is given to the cultural, legal, financial, 
and organizational aspects of international marketing. 

BMGT 455 Sales Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. The role of the sales manager, both at headquarters and in the field, in 
the management of people, resources and marketing functions. An analysis of the problems involved 
in sales organization, forecasting, planning, communicating, evaluating and controlling. The applica- 
tion of quantitative techniques and pertinent behavioral science concepts in the management of the 
sales effort and sales force. 

BMGT 456 Advertising (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 354. The role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of adver- 
tising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently applied by advertising 
practitioners; the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media in the development of an adver- 
tising campaign, modern research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising and the organ- 
ization of the advertising business. (Not open for credit to students with credit for BMGT 352.) 

BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: three courses in marketing. Integrative decision making in marketing. Emphasis on 
consumer and market analysis and the appropriate decision models. Case studies are included. 

BMGT 460 Personnel Management: Analysis and Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 360. Recommended, BMGT 230. Research findings, special readings, case 
analysis, simulation, and field investigations are used to develop a better understanding of personnel 
problems, alternative solutions and their practical ramifications. 

BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3) 

Case method analysis of the modem law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of 
administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 362 or permission of instructor. Development and structure of labor relations 
in public sector employment; federal, state, and local government responses to unionization and col- 
lective bargaining. 

BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 364. An examination of research and theory concerning the forces which 
contribute to the behavior of organizational members. Topics covered include: work group behavior, 



234 Graduate Course Descriptions 



supervisory behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals and attitudes, communication problems, 
organizational change, and organizational goals and design. 

BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This course is open only to the top one-third of undergraduate 
majors in personnel and labor relations and is offered during the fall semester of each year. 
Highlights major developments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations. 

BMGT 470 Land Transportation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of managerial problems facing land carriers; emphasis on 
rail and motor modes of transportation. 

BMGT 471 Air and Water Transportation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of managerial problems facing air and water carriers; em- 
phasis on international and domestic aspects of air and water modes of transportation. (Not open for 
credit to students with credit for BMGT 472.) 

BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. A critical examination of current government transportation policy and 
proposed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial transport problems are also considered. 

BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Development (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the role of urban transportation in present and fu- 
ture urban development. The interaction of transport pricing and service, urban planning, institution- 
al restraints, and public land uses is studied. 

BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370, 372, 332. Application of the concepts of BMGT 372 to problem 
solving and special projects in logistics management; case analysis is stressed. 

BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

The course examines the principal ideas in law stressing those which are relevant for the modem 
business executive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country will be one of the central topics 
of study. Several leading antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly the reasoning process as 
well as the interplay of business, philosophy, and the various conceptions of the nature of law which 
give direction to the process. Examination of contemporary legal problems and proposed solutions, 
especially those most likely to affect the business community, are also covered. 

BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated industries as specific examples, attention is 
focused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, administrative 
law, public administration, government control of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, 
valuation and depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, and management. 

BMGT 482 Business and Government (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of government in modern economic life. 
Social control of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline 
of competition. Criteria of limitations on government regulation of private enterprise. 

BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 385. A study of typical problems encountered by the factory manager. The 
objective is to develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in management control of produc- 
tion and in the formulation of production policies. Among the topics covered are plant location, pro- 
duction planning and control, methods analysis, and time study. 

BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of urban land and property. Included are such 
subjects as land use and valuation matters. 

BMGT 493 Honors Study (3) 

First semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: candidacy for honors in business and management. 
The course is designed for honors students who have elected to conduct intensive study (independent 



BMGT — Business and Management 235 



or group). The student will work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and the chairman of 
the honors committee. They shall determine that the area of study is of a scope and intensity de- 
serving of a candidate's attention. Formal written and/or oral reports on the study may be required 
by the faculty advisor and/or chairman of the honors program. Group meetings of the candidates 
may be called at the discretion of the faculty advisors and/or chairman of the honors committee. 

BMGT 494 Honors Study (3) 

Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: BMGT 493, and continued candidacy for hon- 
ors in Business and Management. The student shall continue and complete the research initiated in 
BMGT 493, additional reports may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor and honors 
program chairman. Group meetings may be held. 

BMGT 495 Business Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 340, 350, 364, and senior standing. A case study course in which the aim 
is to have the student apply what they have learned of general management principles and their spe- 
cialized functional applications to the overall management function in the enterprise. 

BMGT 496 Business and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: one course in BMGT or consent of instructor. Normative role of business in society; 
consideration of the sometimes conflicting interests and claims on the firm and its objectives. 

BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Special topics in business and management designed to 
meet the changing needs and interests of students and faculty. Repeatable to a maximum of six cred- 
its if the subject matter is different. 

BMGT 501 Business Functions (4) 

Intensive review of marketing and finance functions in the business enterprise. Credit not appli- 
cable to graduate degrees. 

BMGT 505 Organizational Behavior and Strategic Management (3) 

Intensive review of organizational behavior theory, and administrative processes and policy in the 
business enterprise. Credit not applicable to graduate degrees. 

BMGT 610 Financial Accounting (3) 

Intensive review of the technical and conceptual aspects of financial accounting and accounting 
information systems as they apply to the business enterprise. 

BMGT 611 Managerial Accounting I (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. The use of accounting data for corporate financial planning and con- 
trol. Organization for control, profit planning, budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and 
administration of the control lership function in smaller organizations. 

BMGT 620 Management Information Systems (3) 

The concepts, theory and techniques of information systems. The system life cycle. The role of 
information systems in the management and control of the organization. Effectiveness measures of 
information systems. Case studies of information systems as developed by industry and government. 
Societal impact. 

BMGT 630 Managerial Statistics (3) 

Application of statistical concepts to solution of business problems; laboratory use of computer 
packages. 

BMGT 631 Operations Research and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Application of operations research and operations management concepts 
to solution of business problems. Emphasis on integrated approach to management decision making. 

BMGT 640 Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 610 and 630. The role of financial management in the firm. Valuation and 
leverage, capital budgeting, cost of capital, dividend policy, long-term financing, working capital 
management, short-term financing, intermediate-term financing and leasing, mergers and internation- 
al financial management topics. 



236 Graduate Course Descriptions 



BMGT 650 Marketing Management (3) 

Analysis of marketing problems and evaluation of specific marketing efforts regarding the organ- 
izations' products and services, pricing activities, channel selection, and promotion strategies in both 
domestic and international markets. 

BMGT 660 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) 

The influence of the behavioral sciences on the theory and practice of management. Motivation, 
leadership, and international styles of management. 

BMGT 661 Human Resources Management (3) 

The human resorce function in organizations. Human resource planning, procurement and selec- 
tion, training and development, performance appraisal, wage and salary administration, and equal 
employment opportunity. 

BMGT 670 Economic Environment (3) 

The macroeconomic environment and its impact on the business enterprise. Nature of economic 
fluctuations, analysis of consumer spending, theory and analysis of investment spending, supply and 
demand for money and capital, modern macroeconomic theory, international problems, forecasting 
and an analysis of economic conditions. 

BMGT 671 Managerial Economics (3) 

The application of economic theory to the business enterprise in respect to the determination of 
policy and the handling of management problems with particular reference to the firm producing a 
complex line of products, nature of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of production and 
marketing problems, basic types of cost, control systems, theories of depreciation and investment 
and the impact of each upon costs. 

BMGT 672 Physical Distribution Management (3) 

Managerial practices required to fulfill the physical movement needs of extractive, manufactur- 
ing, and merchandising firms. The total cost approach to physical distribution. Interrelations among 
purchased transport services, privately-supplied transport services, warehousing, inventory control, 
materials handling, packaging, and plant location. The communications network to support physical 
distribution. The problems of coordination between the physical movement management function 
and other functional areas within the business firm, such as accounting, finance, marketing, and pro- 
duction. 

BMGT 680 Business and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 670. Survey of conceptual and legal aspects of the business-environment re- 
lationship; nature of public policy; major historic and current policy issues; business role in the poli- 
cy process; developing and managing corporate social policy and impact; special problems of the 
multinational corporation. 

BMGT 690 Strategic Management (3) 

Prerequisites: All other MBA core courses. Case studies and research in the identification of 
management problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for manage- 
ment implementation. 

BMGT 701 Management Analysis and Communication (1) 

Analysis of business problems through case studies to generate written and/or oral reports de- 
scribing problem definition, alternative solutions, decision criteria, and recommended solutions. 

BMGT 702 Applied Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640, BMGT 743 and permission of instructor. Applications in definition of 
investment objectives, security analysis, portfolio analysis, portfolio selection, and portfolio manage- 
ment as they relate to the MBA Educational Investment Fund. Emphasis on analysis and recom- 
mendations. 

BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. Contemporary issues in financial accounting. The nature of income, 
the relationship between asset valuation and income determination, and various approaches to ac- 
counting for inflation. The accounting standards setting process. The measurement and valuation of 



BMGT — Business and Management 237 



assets (e.g., foreign investments) and liabilities (e.g., leases and pensions). 

BMGT 711 Advanced Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: First year MBA courses. Study of advanced topics such as residual income, transfer 
pricing, information inductance, break-even analysis under uncertainty, statistical significance of 
standard cost variance, cost analysis and pricing decisions, distribution cost accounting, accounting 
data and managerial incentive contracts, and decision support systems for capital budgeting. 

BMGT 712 Accounting in Regulated Industries (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. Study of the unique accounting problems of industrital regulation by 
governmental agencies. 

BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation On Business Decisions (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. The impact of tax law and regulations on alternative strategies with 
particular emphasis on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, 
and other divestures from the viewpoint of profit planning, cash flow, and tax deferment. 

BMGT 715 International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. International accounting, its problems and organization with the study 
of the issues involved; international standards of accounting and auditing; national differences in ac- 
counting thought and practice. 

BMGT 721 File Processing and Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Concepts and techniques for structuring data on secondary 
storage devices. Experience in the use of these techniques. The basic data structures necessary for 
these techniques. Typical file processing applications. 

BMGT 723 Database Technology (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or permission of instructor. The concepts, theory and models of data, its 
structure, manipulation, and storage. The various architectures of data management systems. 
Evaluation and selection of database systems. 

BMGT 724 Economics of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. Methods for the economic construction and operation of 
computer systems. Techniques for sizing and costing system components and for optimizing system 
design. Methods for efficient utilization of computer resources with particular consideration of rela- 
vent economic topics such as transfer pricing, joint costs, peak load pricing problems and public 
goods problems. 

BMGT 725 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. Introduction to practical techniques for information sys- 
tems and design. Design requirements for information processing systems. Models and tools for re- 
quirement analysis. Case studies for real world systems and applications. 

BMGT 726 Distributed Data Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. Introduction to distributed data processing concepts. The 
building blocks of distributed systems: computers, terminals, and communications; the interface and 
protocols that allow them to function as an integrated system. Major categories of distributed sys- 
tems; resource-sharing networks, multiple-processor networks, and tightly coupled multiprocessors. 

BMGT 727 Security and Control of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. The information control risks faced by corporations. 
Techniques for enhancing the security and integrity of corporate information resources. The auditing 
and control procedures for corporate information systems. Real-world case studies. 

BMGT 730 Bayesian Statistics and Decision Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Concepts and methods of Bayesian statistical decision theory with ap- 
plication to business problems. 

BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. The usefulness of statistical principles in survey design. The nature of 
statistical estimation, the differential attributes of different estimators, the merits and weaknesses of 



238 Graduate Course Descriptions 



available sampling methods and designs, the distinctive aspects of simple random samples, stratified 
random samples, and cluster samples, ratio estimates and the problems posed by biases and non- 
sampling errors. 

BMGT 733 Developments and Trends in Production Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Case studies of production problems in a number of industries. 
Decisions concerning operating programs and manufacturing policies at the top level of manufactur- 
ing. Basic concepts of process and product technology, taking into consideration the scale, operat- 
ing range, capital cost, method of control, and degree of mechanization at each successive stage in 
the manufacturing process. 

BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Selected topics and case studies in the application of management 
science to decision making in various functional fields. 

BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630 and 632. Critical examination of the philosophy underlining the tech- 
niques and methodology of management science from a systems analysis point of view. 

BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631. Methodology of systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and di- 
screte simulation. Verification and validation of simulation models with computer applications. 

BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Concepts underlying financial decision making in the firm. Case stud- 
ies, model building and applications in financial theory and management. 

BMGT 742 Financial Planning and Strategy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Integration and extension of financial theory to financial planning and 
strategy. Financial decision making through case analysis and financial planning models. 

BMGT 743 Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Methods of security selection and portfolio management in the debt and 
equity markets. Investment alternatives, securities markets, bond and common stock valuation, op- 
tions, portfolio theory, and behavior of stock prices. 

BMGT 744 Futures Contracts and Options Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640 and BMGT 743. The institutional features and economic rationale und- 
erlying markets in futures and options. Hedging, speculation , structure of futures prices, interest 
rate futures, efficiency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. Current journal litera- 
ture. 

BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in financial institutions. The 
economic role and regulation of financial institutions, analysis of risks and returns on financial assets 
and liabilities, and the structure of assets, liabilities and capital. 

BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in the multinational firm. The 
financing and managing of foreign investments, assets, currencies, imports and exports. National 
and international financial institutions and markets. 

BMGT 747 Risk Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640. Strategies for pure risk management, including property, personnel, 
and liablility exposures. Quantitative decision-making techniques applied to self-insurance, insur- 
ance, and noninsurance transfers in organizations. 

BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. The role of advertising, promotion, public relations and related efforts 
in the accomplishment of a firm's total marketing objectives. The development of competence in the 
formulation of mass communications, objectives in budget optimization, media appraisal, theme se- 
lection, program implementation and management, and results measurement. 



BMGT —Business and Management 239 



BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 630 and 650. The process of acquiring, classifying and interpreting primary 
and secondary marketing data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions. Evaluation of 
the appropriateness of alternative methodologies such as the inductive, deductive, survey, observa- 
tional, and experimental. Recent developments in the systematic recording and use of internal and 
external data needed for marketing decisions. 

BMGT 753 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. Environmental, organizational, and financial aspects of international 
marketing as well as problems of marketing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product poli- 
cy, and communications which face U.S. firms trading with foreign firms or which face foreign 
firms in their operations. 

BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. A systematic examination and evaluation of the literature, research tra- 
dition and theory of buyer behavior in the market place from a fundamental and applied perspective. 
The cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the buying process of individuals and institutions. 

BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 661. Applications in the design, implementation, and evaluation of human 
resource management programs. Experiential learning activities and simulations. 

BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Collective Bargaining (3) 

Current problems and issues in collective bargaining, including methods of handling industrial 
disputes, legal restrictions on various collective bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of col- 
lective bargaining, and internal union problems. 

BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3) 

Analysis of labor relations at the plant level with emphasis on the negotiation and administration 
of labor contracts. Union policy and influence on personnel management activities. 

BMGT 765 Application of Behaviorial Science to Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Case analysis of behavioral knowledge applied to management prob- 
lems. Analysis of modes for introducing change, group versus organizational goals, organizational 
barriers to personal growth, the effect of authority systems on behavior, and the relationship between 
technology and social structure. 

BMGT 766 Management Planning and Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Analysis of planning and control systems as they relate to the fulfill- 
ment of organizational objectives. Identification of organizational objectives, responsibility centers, 
information needs, and information networks. Case studies of integrated planning and control sys- 
tems. 

BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The transportation system and its components. The development and 
present form of transportation in both the United States and other countries. Theoretical concepts 
employed in the analysis of transport problems. 

BMGT 771 Transportation and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The nature and consequences of relations between governments and 
agencies thereof, carriers in the various modes, and users of transport. The control of transport firms 
by regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, methods employed in the allocation of funds to the con- 
struction, operation, and maintenance of publicly-provided transport facilities, and the direct subsid- 
ization of services supplied by privately-owned entities. Labor and safety. Comparative international 
transport policies and problems. 

BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. Organization structure, policies, and procedures employed in the ad- 
ministration of inter- and intraurban transport firms. Managerial development, operational and finan- 
cial planning and control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional policies, intra- and intermodal 
competitive and complementary relationships, and methods for accommodating public policies de- 



240 Graduate Course Descriptions 



signed to delimit the managerial discretion of carrier executives. Administrative problems peculiar to 
publicly-owned and operated transport entities. 

BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities: Energy and the Environment (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 671. Current developments in regulatory policy and issues arising among 
public utilities, regulatory agencies, and the general public. Emphasis on the electric, gas, water, 
and communications industries in both the public and private sectors of the economy. Changing and 
emerging problems such as cost analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the rate base, 
differential rate-making, and labor. The growing importance of technological developments and their 
impact on state and federal regulatory agencies. 

BMGT 791 MBA Field Project (3) 

Permission of director of MBA program. Experiental research project in the identification of 
management problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for manage- 
ment. 

BMGT 794 The Environment of International Business (3) 

The international business environment as it affects company policy and procedures. In-depth 
analysis and comprehensive case studies of the business functions undertaken in international opera- 
tions. 

BMGT 795 Management of the Multinational Firm (3) 

The problems and policies of international business enterprise at the management level. 
Management of a multinational enterprise as well as management within foreign units. The multina- 
tional firm as a socio-econometric institution. Cases in comparative management. 

BMGT 798 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) 

Selected advanced topics in the various fields of graduate study in business and management. 
With permission of the college program director, may be repeated to a maximum of six credits pro- 
vided the content is different. 

BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to the D.B.A. Program or approval of the college director of graduate 
studies. Selected advanced topics in the various fields of doctoral study in business and manage- 
ment. With permission of the college director of graduate studies, may be repeated provided the 
content is different. 

BMGT 811 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisite - BMGT 710 or equivalent. Seminar in the continuing development of the fundamen- 
tal theoretical framework of accounting. 

BMGT 814 Current Problems of Professional Practice (3) 

Generally accepted auditing standards, auditing practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and 
the accounting and reporting requirements of the securities and exchange commission. 

BMGT 821 Seminar in Management Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 720 or equivalent. Seminar in the management and controllership aspects of 
accounting in large business organizations. 

BMGT 823 Data Base Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The problem of data base design in the development of information 
systems. An integrated database design methodology. Techniques for different phases of database 
design. Computer-aided tools for data base design. 

BMGT 824 Database Systems Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The important design issues in the software architecture of a database 
management system. Group projects for the purpose of designing and implementing subsystems of a 
simple relational database system. Database types and applications. 



BMGT —Business and Management 241 



BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and Management ((1-9) 

BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of 
linear programming models, theoretical development of the simplex algorithm, and primal-dual prob- 
lems and theory. 

BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Linear Programming and Network Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 830 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of 
network and graph theory in linear models with emphasis on computional algorithms. 

BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and Nonlinear Programming (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory and 
applications of algorithmic approaches to solving unconstrained and constrained non-linear optimiza- 
tion problems. The Kuhn Tucker conditions, Lagrangian and Duality Theory, types of convexity, 
and convergence criteria. Feasible direction procedures, penalty and barrier techniques, and cutting 
plane procedures. 

BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory, ap- 
plications, and computational methods of interger optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, 
branch and bound methods, and cutting plane methods. 

BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 241 and STAT 400 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theoretical 
foundations for the construction, optimization, and applications of probabilistic models. Queuing 
theory, inventory theory, markov processes, renewal theory, and stochastic linear programming. 

BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisites: knowledge of fortran programming, BMGT 732 AND 734 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor. Statistical design and analysis of simulation experiments. 

BMGT 840 Seminar in Financial Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in the foundations of finance. 

BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in corporate finance. 

BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in portfolio theory. 

BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institutions and Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in financial institutions and markets. 

BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3) 

Focuses on the fundamentals explain alternate channels of distribution and the roles played by 
various intermediaries, the evolution of business structures in marketing, reasons for change, and 
projected marketing patterns for the future. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of in- 
structor. 

BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in Marketing: Demand and Cost Analysis (3) 

Consideration is given to quantitative methods in the analysis and prediction of market demand 
and marketing costs. Topics in connection with demand include market potentials, sales forecasting, 
consumer analysis, promotional and pricing results, and the like. Cost analysis focuses on allocation 
of costs by marketing functions, products, territories, customers and marketing personnel. Statistical 
techniques, mathematics, models and other methods are utilized in the solution of marketing prob- 
lems. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of instructor. 



242 Graduate Course Descriptions 



BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing (3) 

An inquiry into the problems and elements of theory development in general with specific refer- 
ence to the field of marketing. A critical analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to 
formulate theories of marketing and to integrate theories from the social sciences into a marketing 
framework. Attention is given to the development of concepts in all areas of marketing thought and 
to their potential application in the business firm. 

BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource Planning and Selection (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri- 
cal literature in human resource planning, forecasting, and staffing. 

BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Appraisal and Training (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri- 
cal literature in performance appraisal and training. 

BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri- 
cal literature in the compensation of human resources. 

BMGT 863 Seminar: the Organization and the Individual (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Seminar in the literature on 
the relationship between individual and organizational characteristics. 

BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Relations and the Group Process in Organizatio (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the literature of 
small group behavior among industrial work groups, white-collar work groups, professional staff, 
and managerial units. 

BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative Theories of Organization (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the inerdisci- 
plinary literature on classical management, systems, and contingency theories of organization. 

BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational Conflict and Change (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the introduction 
of planned and systematic changes in small work groups, organizational subsystems, and the entire 
or organization through the use of behavioral science techniques. 

BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3) 

Concentrates on the design and application of methods for the solution of advanced physical 
movement problems of business firms. Provides thorough coverage of a variety of analytical tech- 
niques relevant to the solution of these problems. Where appropriate, experience will be provided in 
the utilization of computers to assist in managerial logistical decision-making. 

BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3) 

Focuses on the application of quantitative and qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial 
problems drawn from firms in each of the various modes of transport. Included is the application of 
simulation to areas such as the control of equipment selection and terminal and line operations. The 
application of advanced analytical techniques to problems involving resource use efficiency within 
the transportation industry and between transportation and other sectors of the economy is an integral 
part of the course . 

BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3) 

Covers the nature, scope, and application of research methodology. The identification and for- 
mulation of research designs applicable to business and related fields. Required of D.B.A. Students. 

BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

BOTN —Botany 

BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1) 

Prerequisite: 20 credit hours in biological sciences including BOTN 101 or permission of instruc- 
tor. History of botany as a science, from ancient Greece through the 18th century; emphasis on bo- 



BOTN —Botany 243 



cany as an intellectual and cultural pursuit. 

BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and CHEM 104. A study of plants important to man that have medi- 
cinal or poisonous properties. Emphasis on plant source, plant description, the active agent and its 
beneficial or detrimental physiological action and effects. 

BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisites: BOTN 202 and BOTN 212, or equivalents. A review of the history and principles 
of plant taxonomy with emphasis on monographic and floristic research. A detailed laboratory re- 
view of the families of flowering plants. 

BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany (2) 

Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week, for eight weeks. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of the biological principles of com- 
mon plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and se- 
condary schools. 

BOTN 410 Grass Systematics (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 212 or AGRO 405 or permission of the instructor. A study of the grass fa- 
mily including the structure, classification, identification, and economic importance of members of 
this diverse family. Grass identification. 

BOTN 411 Evolutionary Biology of Plants (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 202 or equivalent. Evolution of basic plant biological systems, major struc- 
tural adaptations of plant organs, and origins of vascular plant groups. The pace, patterns and mech- 
anisms of evolution, discussed within a genetic, systematic and paleontological framework. 

BOTN 412 Vascular Plant Morphology (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisites: BOTN 202 OR 416, or equivalents. Comparative studies of structural adaptations, 
reproductive biology, and phylogenetic relationships of bryophytes, fern "allies," fems, gymno- 
sperms and angiosperms. 

BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of plant distribution throughout the 
world and the factors generally associated with such distribution. 

BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The basic principles of plant genetics are 
presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of seed 
plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations of basic 
and economic significance gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics 
in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics considered. 

BOTN 416 Plant Structure (4) 

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101. A survey of the basic structural features of vascular plants, including 
subcellular organelles, cells, tissues, and organs. Emphasis on structural phenomena as they relate to 
physiological processes of agricultural importance. 

BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2) 

Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight weeks. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The identification of trees, shrubs, and 
herbs, emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. 
Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each student will make an individual collection. 

BOTN 420 Plant CeU Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and two years of botany, or permission of the instructor. A study 
of eucaryotic cell organization, integrating structure with function and concentrating on subcellular 



244 Graduate Course Descriptions 



organelles and the mechanisms of physiological regulation at the cellular level. 

BOTN 421 Principles of Plant Disease Management (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 221, or equivalent. A logical, holistic approach to understanding and 
planning disease control using multiple strategies and tactics to prevent crop losses from exceeding 
economic damage levels. 

BOTN 423 Diseases of Agronomic Crops and Turf (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Practical experience in recognition and control of diseases affecting 
field crops such as corn, soybeans, small grains, tobacco and turf. Symptoms of ecomomic impor- 
tance and control measures for the important diseases of these crops. 

BOTN 426 Mycology (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTANY 101 or permission of the instructor. An introductory course in the biolo- 
gy, morphology and taxonomy of the fungi. 

BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1) 

Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be arranged. 

Prerequisite BOTN 221, or equivalent. The techniques of pesticide evaluation and the identifica- 
tion and control of diseases of Maryland crops are discussed. Offered in alternate years or more fre- 
quently with demand. 

BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4) 

Two lectures and one four-hour laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and general chemistry. Organic chemistry stron?ly recommended. A 
survey of the general physiological activities of plants. 

BOTN 456 Principles of Microscopy (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 420 or its equivalent. An introduction to optical principles that underlie light 
and electron microscopic image formation. Brightfield, darkfield, phase contrast, differential interf- 
erence contrast, fluorescence and polarized light microscopy. Comparison of light and electron mi- 
croscopy. The application of these techniques to problems in biological research. 

BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The dynamics of populations as affected by 
environmental factors with special emphasis on the structure and composition of natural plant com- 
munities, both terrestial and aquatic. 

BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. An examination of the biology of higher 
plants in dune and marsh ecosystems. 

BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour labor- 
atory period a week. Two or three field trips per semester. The application of field and experimental 
methods to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegatation and ecosystems. 

BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent. An ecological discussion of plant life in the marine en- 
vironment of sea coasts, salt marshes, estuaries and open seas. 

BOTN 475 General Phycology (4) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and 
BOTN 202, or permission of instructor. An introductory study of both macro- and micro-algae, in- 
cluding the taxonomy, morphology, and life cycles of both fresh water and marine forms. 

BOTN 476 Biology of Phytoplankton (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratories per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 and an introductory course in ecology (ZOOL 212 or equivalent) or per- 
mission of instructor. Collection, identification, culture, physical and chemical requirements, life cy- 



BOTN —Botany 245 



cles, community structure, specialized environments, blooms of phytoplankton. 

BOTN 484 Plant Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 and CHEM 233. 3 lectures per week. Biochemical processes characteris- 
tic of plants, including photosysnthesis, nitrogen fixation and biosynthesis of plant macromolecules. 

BOTN 611 Paleobotany (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: botn 416, or equivalent. Form 
and evolution of selected fossil plant groups beginning with precambrian biota and finishing with 
flowering plants. Geological setting, with consideration of ecology and sedimentology of preserva- 
tion. 

BOTN 620 Methods in Plant Tissue Culture (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A 
methodology and techniques course designed to give the student background and experience in plant 
tissue culture. 

BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2) 

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. 
A study of various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, biochemical transformation, fungal pro- 
ducts, and mechanism of fungicidal action. 

BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1) 

One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein. 
Application of equipment and techniques in the study of fungal physiology. 

BOTN 624 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens (2) 

Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour discussion session per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221 
and permission of instructor. A study of plant-pathogenic prokaryotes with emphasis on systemat- 
ics, etiology, cytologicaJ and physiological characteristics of the plant-pathogen interaction, ecology, 
epidemiology, control, and genetics. 

BOTN 625 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens Laboratory (2) 

One four hour laboratory and discussion period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221, BOTN 628 
or concurrent registration therein, and permission of instructor. Emphasis on techniques and methods 
applicable to clinical studies and to research with prokaryotic plant pathogens. 

BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week on the biological, biochemical, and biophysical aspects 
of viruses and virus diseases of plants. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biolog- 
ical science and permission of instructor. 

BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratories per week on the application and techniques for studying the 
biological, biochemical and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or 
equivalent in any biological science and BOTN 632 or concurrent registration therein, and permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or permission of in- 
structor. The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, 
physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and control. Emphasis on recent advances. 

BOTN 640 Molecular Mechanisms of Plant Pathogenesis (2) 

Prerequisites: BCHM 461 and permission of the instructor. Evaluation of current evidence on the 
role in plant disease development of various molecules produced by hosts and parasites. Examination 
of the molecular basis of microbial pathogenicity and plant disease resistance. 

BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 

Pre or corequisite BOTN 642. Use of apparatus and application of techniques in the study of the 
chemistry of plants and plant materials. 



246 Graduate Course Descriptions 



BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441. Physiology of plant hormones, control of morphogenesis and regulation 
of biosynthesis, photomorphogenesis and photoperiodism. 

BOTN 646 Plant Morphogenesis (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 416 or equivalent. Biophysical aspects of plant development with particular 
focus on such structural phenomena as molecular self-assembly, polarity, cell division, cell expan- 
sion, meristem organization, phyllotaxis, and organ formation. 

BOTN 650 Nutrition and Transport in Plants (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or permission of instructor. The uptake, partioning and utilization of the 
materials of the plant body. Transport of ions across cell membranes, fixation and metabolism of 
carbon and nitrogen, and long distance transport of inorganic chemicals and photosynthates in vascu- 
lar plants. Special emphasis on control and regulatory mechanisms that are unique to plant systems. 

BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220, BOTN 441 plus one year of college physics, or their equivalents. An 
advanced course dealing with physical and chemical phenomena associated with the study of plants, 
stress on problem solving. 

BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2) 

Pre or corequisite: BOTN 652. Techniques in measurement of and utilization of light and other 
parameters associated with plants. 

BOTN 656 Techniques in Microscopy (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 456. Two three-hour laboratories per week and additional arranged time. 
Preparation and study of biological materials for light and electron microscopy. 

BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: a working knowledge of elementary genetics and calculus, or permission of the in- 
structor. Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative aspects of the analysis of 
natural communities. Special emphasis will be given to recent theoretical developments. 

BOTN 662 Physiological Plant Ecology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent. Environmental effects on plant ecophysiology. 
Microclimatology, leaf energy balance, plant responses to temperature and radiation, physiological 
adaptions, water relations, plant gas exchange and resistance. 

BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 642 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor a study of the physiology 
of the algae. 

BOTN 684 Plant Membrane Physiology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441, 484 or equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to plant 
membrane structure and function. 

BOTN 685 Advanced Plant Physiology Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or consent of instructor. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period 
a week. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to the study of the physiological processes of 
plants. 

BOTN 686 Molecular Genetics of Plants (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 414, BOTN 441, BOTN 484 or equivalents. Current status of research on 
the structure, expression, and in vitro manipulation of plant nuclear genes and on the molecular gen- 
etics of plant organelles. 

BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit toward an ad- 
vanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the department. This course is organized 
as lectures, discussions or literature surveys on specialized advanced topics under the direction of vi- 
siting lecturers or or resident faculty 



BOTN —Botany 247 



BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany (1) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics and current literature in all 
phases of botany. 

BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3) 

Credit according to time and scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit towards an 
advanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the student's advisor. This course em- 
phasizes research on a specialized advanced topic and may consist primarily of experimental proce- 
dures under the direction of visiting lecturers or resident faculty. 

BOTN 721 Clinical and Field Plant Pathology (1-2) 

Diagnosis of plant diseases under clinical conditions, observation of symtoms and disease pat- 
terns in the field, collecting specimens, and writing control recommendations. Student electing one 
credit hour may emphasize either field or clinical aspects. 

BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CHEM —Chemistry 

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481. 

CHEM 403 Radiochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: one year of college chemistry and one year of college 
physics. Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmo- 
logy; chemical, biomedical and environmental applications of radioactivity; nuclear processes as 
chemical tools; interaction of radiation with matter. 

CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Pre or corequisite: CHEM 482 and CHEM 483. An examination of some advanced topics in 
quantitative analysis including nonaqueous titrations, precipitation, phenomena, complex equilibria, 
and the analytical chemistry of the less familiar elements. 

CHEM 425 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 321. An intro- 
duction to modern instrumentation in analytical chemistry. Electronics, spectroscopy, chromatogra- 
phy and electrochemistry. 

CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, 
AND 243 OR 245. 

CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 481. An advanced study of the compounds of carbon, with special emphasis 
on molecular orbital theory and organic reaction mechanisms. 

CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, 
AND 243 OR 245. The systematic identification of organic compounds. 

CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry 
applied to structures, properties and reactions of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis is 
placed on the relation of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder, polymor- 
phism, and isomorphism. 

CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, or equivalent. The sources of various ele- 
ments and chemical reactions between them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated. Causes 
and biological effects of air and water pollution by certain elements are discussed. 



248 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115; CHEM 243 OR 245; MATH 141; PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 
(PHYS 263 may be taken concurrently); or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists 
and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite; CHEM 481, or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical 
engineers. 

CHEM 483 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (2) 

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Corequisite: CHEM 
481. An introduction to the principles and application of quantitative techniques in physical chemical 
measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 481. 

CHEM 484 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2) 

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
481, 483; corequisite: CHEM 482. A continuation of CHEM 483. Advanced quantitative techniques 
necessary in physical chemical measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in 
CHEM 482. 

CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other selected topics. 

CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 482 and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 487 Computer Applications in the Biological and Chemical Sciences (4) 

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory per week. 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113; CHEM 287 or equivalent; and knowledge of a scientific programming 
language (PASCAL, FORTRAN or "C"). The utilization of computers to solve chemical and biolog- 
ical problems, with emphasis on the utilization of available software rather than "de novo" pro- 
gramming. 

CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies with 
the nature of the topic being considered. Course may be repeated for credit if the subject matter is 
substantially different, but not more than three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of major sup- 
porting area requirements for chemistry majors. 

CHEM 503 Physical Science of Elementary/Middle School Teachers III (4) 

Three lectures, one discussion and three hours of laboratory per week. 

A second-level survey of major chemistry concepts, with emphasis on the properties and behavior 
of common substances. Types of chemical reactions, the relationship between molecular structure 
and reactivity, periodicity, oxidation-reduction acids and bases, equilibrium, and practical applica- 
tions of chemistry. The laboratory portion of the course supports skills/understandings needed to pre- 
pare teachers for this aspect of physical science education. 

CHEM 504 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prereq: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A one-semester survey of organic chemistry and biochemistry. 
The chemistry of carbon: aliphatic compounds, aromatic compounds, stereochemistry, halides, 
amines, amides, acids, esters, carbohydrates, and natural products. The laboratory experiments deal 
with synthetic and analytical organic activities. 

CHEM 513 Principles of Chemistry U (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A continuation of the advanced survey of topics started in 
CHEM 503. Kinetics, thermodynamics, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry, and 
the chemistry of common metals and nonmetals. Quantitative problem solving. Laboraory experi- 
ments, mostly quantitative in nature, support the topics developed in the lectures. 



CHEM —Chemistry 249 



CHEM 521 Quantitative Analysis (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratories per week. 

Prereq: CHEM 115 or equivalent. Volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric and colorimetric meth- 
ods in analytical inorganic chemistry. 

CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or equivalent. Three lectures per week. A survey of the fundamentals 
of modern inorganic chemistry which serves as a basis for more advanced work. 

CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601. Three lectures per week. A continuation of CHEM 601 with more em- 
phasis on current work in inorganic chemistry. 

CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent registration therein. One lecture and two three-hour labor- 
atories per week. Practice in synthesis and modern experimental techniques in inorganic chemistry. 

CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. Structure and proper- 
ties of coordination compounds and the theoretical bases on which these are interpreted. 

CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic Compounds (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. An in-depth treatment 
of the properties of compounds having metal-carbon bonds. 

CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (1-3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 AND 602, or equivalent. One to three lectures per week. Topics of spe- 
cial interest and current importance. Course may be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics 
are different. 

CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2) 

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry. 

CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2) 

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 621. A study of 
the optical properties of crystals. 

CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The quantitative applications of various methods 
of optical spectroscopy. 

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The use of conductivity, potentiometry, po- 
larography, voltammetry, amperometry, coulometry, and chronopotentiometry in quantitative analy- 
sis. 

CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The theory and application for quantitative anal- 
ysis of various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, solvent extraction, distillation, and mass 
spectroscopy. 

CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical Chemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 AND 482. A study of advanced methods, in- 
cluding topics such as statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic methods in analytical chemistry, 
analytical measurements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic techniques. 

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. 



250 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) 

Two lectures per week. An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of 
polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. 

CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2) 

Two lectures per week. A partial quantitative application of molecular orbital theory and symme- 
try to the chemical properties and reactions of organic molecules. Prerequisites: CHEM 441 AND 
482. 

CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) 

Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2) 

Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) 

One to three lecture hours per week. Topics of special interest and current importance. Course 
may be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided the topics are different. 

CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 441. The chemistry and physiological action of nat- 
ural products. Methods of isolation, determination of structure and synthesis. 

CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite - CHEMISTRY 474. In-depth treatment of environmental chemistry problem areas of 
current research interest. The topics will vary somewhat from year to year. Repeatable to maximum 
of 6 credits. Provided subject is different. 

CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 

CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. 

CHEM 685 Molecular Structure (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of single- 
crystal x-ray methods. 

CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 

CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 485. 

CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 690 or PHYS 622. 

CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research 
environment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. Option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 



CHEM —Chemistry 251 



CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites: CHEM 
403 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of radio isotopes 
with special emphasis on applications to problems in the life sciences. 

CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: chem 702 and consent of instruc- 
tor. Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to 
problems in the life sciences. 

CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3) 

Nuclear structure models, radioactive decay processes, nuclear reactions in complex nuclei, fis- 
sion, nucleosynthesis and nuclear particle accelerators. 

CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be giv- 
en at each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 

CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221 or equivalent. A discussion of the fate of nat- 
ural organic products in the geological environment. The influence of diagenetic factors, such as hy- 
drolysis, heat, pressure, etc.. On such compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids. Detailed 
consideration of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and crude oil. 

CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. Current theories of origin and 
evolution of the solar system with emphasis on the experimental data available to chemists from ex- 
amination of meteorites, the moon, and the earth. 

CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution of 
the ocean; composition of sea water, density-chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide sys- 
tem. The geochemistry of sedimentation with emphasis on the chemical stability and inorganic and 
biological production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate containing minerals. 

CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3) 

Distribution of the chemical elements in the earth and the mechanisms by which the distributions 
came about. 

CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical Geochemistry (2-3) 

One or two lectures per week and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
This course will be subtitled each time it is offered to indicate the analytical method discussed. 
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours. Enrollment will be limited. 

CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be giv- 
en at each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 

CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 441, BCHM 462. or CHEM 721; or ZOOL 446; or BOTN 616; or consent 
of instructor. The chemical processes leading to the appearances of life on earth. Theoretical and ex- 
perimental considerations related to the geochemical, organic, and biochemical phenomena of chemi- 
cal evolution. 

CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (l-«) 

CHEM 898 Seminar (1) 



252 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CHIN —Chinese 

CHIN 401 Readings in Modern Chinese I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or equivalent. Readings in history, politics, economics, sociology, and li- 
terature. Emphasis on wide-ranging, rapid reading, reinforced by conversations and compositions. 
Not open to native speakers of Chinese. 

CHIN 402 Readings in Modern Chinese II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 401 or equivalent. Continuation of CHIN 401. Not open to native speakers. 

CHIN 403 Classical Chinese I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Introductory classical Chinese using literary and historical sources in the 
original language. 

CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Further classical studies by various writers from famous ancient philo- 
sophers to prominent scholars before the new culture movement. 

CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or permission of instructor. Practice in writing essays, letters, and reports 
on selected topics. Conversation directed toward everyday situations and topics related to life in 
china. Conducted in Chinese. Not open to native speakers. 

CHIN 415 Readings in Current Newspapers and Periodicals (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 402 or equivalent. Reading of periodical literature on selected topics with dis- 
cussions and essays in Chinese. 

CHIN 421 Sounds and Transcriptions of Mandarin Chinese (3) 

Production and recognition of Mandarin speech sounds and tones, their phonological patterns, 
comparison with English, and representation by the various Romanization systems. 

CHIN 422 Advanced Chinese Grammar (3) 

Chinese sentence patterns studied contrastively with English and in terms of current pedagogical 
as well as linguistic theories. 

CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent. Introduction to the history and theories of 
translation/interpretation; contrastive studies of the structures of English and Chinese; development 
of the four language skills. 

CHIN 432 Translation and Interpretation II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 431 or equivalent. 

CHIN 441 Traditional Chinese Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 314 or permission of instructor. Major works of fiction from the 4th century 
tales of the marvelous through the 19th century Ching novel. Taught in Chinese. 

CHIN 442 Modern Chinese Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 315 or permission of instructor. Examination, through selected texts, of the 
writer's role as shaper and reflector of the republican and communist revolutions. Taught in 
Chinese. 

CHIN 499 Directed Study in Chinese (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Readings in Chinese under faculty supervision. If content 

differs, repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

CHPH —Chemical Physics 

CHPH 611 Fundamentals of Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 622 or equivalent. Atomic and molecular physics. Energy levels of multi- 
electron atoms and diatomic molecules; transition between energy levels. 



CHPH —Chemical Physics 253 



CHPH 612 Molecular Structure and Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Molecular structure, atomic and molecular collisions and 
chemical kinetics including experimental techniques. 

CHPH 618 Special Projects in Chemical Physics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Independent reading and study covering chemical physics sub- 
ject areas not available in other courses. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

CHPH 709 Seminar in Chemical Physics (1) 

Current research and developments in chemical physics. 

CHPH 718 Special Topics in Chemical Physics (1-3) 

A discussion of current research problems in chemical physics. 

CHPH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CHPH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CJUS — Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

CJUS 400 Criminal Courts (3) 

Prerequisites: CJUS 100 or consent of instructor. Criminal courts in the United States at all lev- 
els; judges, prosecutors, defenders, clerks, court administrators, and the nature of their jobs; prob- 
lems facing courts and prosecutors today and problems of administration; reforms. 

CJUS 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 340 or consent of instructor. The structuring of manpower, material, and sys- 
tems to accomplish the major goals of social control. Personnel and systems management. Political 
controls and limitations on authority and jurisdiction. 

CJUS 455 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues related to 
planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the development of innovative ideas using a re- 
search and development approach to change. 

CJUS 456 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice II (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 455 or consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical 
issues related to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on change strategies and tactics which 
are appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level positions. 

CJUS 462 Special Problems in Security Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: CJUS 360 and consent of instructor. An advanced course for students desiring to 
focus on specific concerns in the study of private security organizations; business intelligence and 
espionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical security; transportation, banking, hospital 
and military security problems; uniformed security forces; national defense information; and others. 

CJUS 498 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected topic to be announced in the 
field of criminal justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

CJUS 600 Criminal Justice (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program in criminal justice or consent of instructor. 
Current concept of criminal justice in relationship to other concepts in the field. Historical perspec- 
tive. Criminal justice and social control. Operational implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of eva- 
luation. 

CJUS 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 230 or its equivalent and a course in introductory criminology. The criminal 
law is studied in the context of general studies in the area of the sociology of law. The evolution 
and social and psychological factors affecting the formulation and administration of criminal laws 
are discussed. Also examined is the impact of criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in the 
light of recent empirical evidence. 



254 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CJUS 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: one course in the theory of groups or organizations, one course in administration; 
or consent of instructor. Examination of external and internal factors that currently impact on police 
administration. Intra-organizational relationships and policy formulation; the conversion of inputs 
into decisions and policies. Strategies for formulating, implementing and assessing administrative 
decisions. 

CJUS 650 Research Seminar in Public Policy and Crime Control (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of the political and organizational process of policy 
development and implementation in criminal justice. Collection, analysis and interpretation of re- 
search data on current and ongoing efforts to form and implement policy. 

CJUS 699 Special Problems in Criminal Justice (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected problem in the field of criminal 
justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

CJUS 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: one course in criminal justice and one course in research methodology. System the- 
ory and method; examination of planning methods and models based primarily on a systems ap- 
proach to the operations of the criminal justice system. 

CJUS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CLAS — Classics 

CLAS 470 Advanced Greek and Roman Mythology (3) 

Prerequisites: CLAS 170 of permission of instructor. Selected themes and characters of Greek 
and Roman myth. History of the study of myth and research methods in mythology. 

CLAS 601 Intro to Graduate Study in Classics (3) 

Introduction to the central problems and methods of investigation in the main fields of Classical 
studies. 

CLAS 620 Classical Epic (3) 

The nature of ancient epic, its development through a close reading of Homer's Iliad and 
Odyssey, the Argonautica of Apollonius of Rhodes, and Vergil's Aeneid. Selections from other ex- 
amples of epic as a basis for further comparison of the techniques of composition, the poet's objec- 
tives, and the influence of historical context and literary precedent upon the poems. Comparison 
with Near Eastern epics such as the Gilgamesh poem, or with post-Classical texts. Epic conventions. 

CLAS 621 The Classical Tradition (3) 

The role which the classics have played in western thought, with particular attention to literature. 

CLAS 670 Classical Myth and Literature (3) 

The nature and function of myth in Greek culture. Consideration of a variety of theoretical appro- 
aches to myth, beginning with those developed by the Greeks, allegory and euhemerism, and includ- 
ing Jungian and Freudian psychology, structuralism, and the myth-ritual school. 

CLAS 688 Special Topics in Classical Civilization (3) 

May be repeated if the content differs for a total of nine hours. 

CLAS 699 Independent Study in Classical Civilization (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

CLAS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CMLT — Comparative Literature 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) 

Survey of the background of European literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in 
English translations, discussing the debt of modem literature to the ancients. 



CMLT — Comparative Literature 255 



CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) 

Study of the medieval and modern continental literature. 

CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English translations. 
Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama 
upon the mind of the civilized world. 

CMLT 415 The Old Testament As Literature (3) 

A study of sources, development and literary types. 

CMLT 416 New Testament As Literature (3) 

A study of the books of the New Testament, with attention to the relevant historical background 
and to the transmission of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not essential. 

CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance 

(3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance 

(3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 

CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) 

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the middle ages studied in translation. 

CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradition (3) 

A reading of the divine comedy to enlighten the discovery of reality in western literature. 

CMLT 461 Romanticism: Early Stages (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 462 Romanticism: Flowering and Influence (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3) 

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the existentialists, selected from literatures of 
France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain. 

CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3) 

Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, w ; th some attention given to selected predecessors, con- 
temporaries and successors. 

CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3) 

CMLT 488 Genres (3) 

A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, 
tragicomedy, etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit up to six hours when different 
material is presented. 

CMLT 489 Major Writers (3) 

Each semester two major writers from different cultures and languages will be studied. Authors 
will be chosen on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies 
between their respective works, and the importance of each writer to his literary tradition. 

CMLT 496 Conference Course in Comparative Literature (3) 

Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course, correlating the courses in various literatures 
which the student has previously taken with the primary themes and masterpieces of world literature. 
This course is required of undergraduate majors in comparative literature, but must not be taken un- 
til the final year of the student's program. 

CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative Literature (3) 



256 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative Literature (3) 
CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature (3) 
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3) 
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3) 

CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3) 

Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours. 

CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and Its Influence (3) 
CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in Literature (3) 

CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century Literature (3) 

Studies in eighteenth century literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism (3) 

Studies in romanticism: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 

CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) 

Seminar in modern and contemporary literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 
hours. 

CMLT 681 Literary Criticism: Ancient and Medieval (3) 

CMLT 682 Literary Criticism: Renaissance and Modern (3) 

CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types (3) 

CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CMSC — Computer Science 

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages and Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors with no 
programming background. Organization and characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented and as- 
sembly languages. Representation of data, characters and instructions. Introduction to logic design 
and systems organization. Macro definition and generation. Program segmentation and linkage. 
Extensive use of the computer to complete projects illustrating programming techniques and machine 
structure. (CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit in the graduate program in computer science.) 

CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. Input/output processors and techniques. Intra-system com- 
munication, buses, caches. Addressing and memory hierarchies. Microprogramming, parallelism, 
and pipeling. 

CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. An introduction to batch systems, spooling systems, and 
third-generation multiprogramming systems. Description of the parts of an operating system in terms 
of function, structure, and implementation. Basic resource allocation policies. 

CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 412. Basic algorithms of operating system software. Memory management 
using linkage editors and loaders, dynamic relocation with base registers, paging. File systems and 
input/output control. Processor allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing. Emphasis on practical 
systems programming, including projects such as a simple linkage editor, a stand-alone executive, a 
file system, etc. 

CMSC 420 Data Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 220 or equivalent. Description, properties, and storage allocation of data 
structures including lists and trees. Algorithms for manipulating structures. Applications from areas 
such as data processing, information retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating systems. 



CMSC —Computer Science 257 



CMSC 421 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 330 and 420. Areas and issues in artificial intelligence, including search, 
inference, knowledge representation, learning, vision, natural languages, expert systems, robotics. 
Implementation and application of programming languages (e.g. LISP, PROLOG, SMALLTALK), 
programming techniques (e.g. pattern matching, discrimination networks) and control structures (e.g. 
agendas, data dependencies). 

CMSC 424 Database Design (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 220 and CMSC 420. (CMSC 450 recommended.) Motivation for the data- 
base approach as a mechanism for modelling the real world. Review of the three popular data mod- 
els: relational, network, and hierarchical. Comparison of permissible structures, integrity constraints, 
storage strategies, and query facilities. Theory of database design logic. 

CMSC 426 Image Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 or equivalent. An introduction to basic techniques of analysis and mani- 
pulation of pictorial data by computer. Image input/output devices, image processing software, en- 
hancement, segmentation, property measurement, Fourier analysis. Computer encoding, processing, 
and analysis of curves. 

CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 330. Formal translation of programming languages, program syntax and se- 
mantics. Finite state grammars and recognizers. Context- free parsing techniques such as recursive 
descent, prededence, LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). Machine independent code improvement and gen- 
eration, syntax -directed translation schema. 

CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 220, 330, 430. A detailed examination of a compiler for an algebraic lan- 
guage designed around the writing of a compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and 
parsing, code generation, optimization and error recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such as 
bootstrapping and translator writing systems. 

CMSC 434 Human Factors in Computer and Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 330, PSYC 100, and STAT 400. Human factors issues in the development 
of software, the use of database systems, and the design of interactive computer systems. 
Experimentation on programming language control and data structures, programming style issues, 
documentation, program development strategies, debugging, and readability will be emphasized. 
Interactive system design issues such as response time, display rates, graphics, on-line assistance, 
command language, menu selection, or speech input/output. 

CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 AND 430, or equivalent. State-of-the-art techniques in software design 
and development. Laboratory experience in applying the techniques covered. Structured design, 
structured programming, top-down design and development, segmentation and modularization tech- 
niques, iterative enhancement, design and code inspection techniques, correctness, and chief- 
programmer teams. The development of a large software project. 

CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is the same course as MATH 444. An ele- 
mentary development of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with 
a discussion of Markov algorithms, hiring machines and recursive functions. Topics include post 
productions, word problems, and formal languages. 

CMSC 451 Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and CMSC 250. CMSC 420 recommended. Fundamental techniques for 
designing and analyzing computer algorithms. Basic methods include Greedy methods, divide-and- 
conquer techniques, search and traversal techniques, dynamic programming, backtracking methods, 
branch- and-hound methods, and algebraic transformations. 



258 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and 250. Introduction to alternative theoretical models of computation, 
types of automata, and their relations to formal grammars and languages. 

CMSC 456 Data Encryption and Security (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 and CMSC 451. Methods of protecting computer data from unauthorized 
use and users by data encryption and by access and information controls. Classical cryptographic 
systems. Introduction to several modern systems such as Data Encryption Standard and public-key 
cry ptosy stems. 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 1 10 or 122. Basic computational methods for interpo- 
lation, least squares, approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and 
transcendental equations, systems of linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary dif- 
ferential equations. Emphasis on the methods and their computational properties rather than on their 
analytic aspects. Listed also as MAPL 460. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses, CMSC 
460 or CMSC 470.) 

CMSC 466 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240, 241 and CMSC 110 or equivalent. Floating point computations, direct 
methods for linear systems, interpolation, solution of nonlinear equiations. Listed also as MAPL 
466. 

CMSC 467 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL/CMSC 466. Advanced interpolation, linear least squares, eigenvalue prob- 
lems, ordinary differential equations, Fast Fourier Transforms (also listed as MAPL 467). 

CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240 AND 241; CMSC 1 10 or 122. The first half of a one-year introduction 
to numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level, supplemented with programming assign- 
ments. Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear equations, ac- 
celeration of convergence, numerical treatment of differential equations. Listed also as MAPL 470. 
(Credit will be given for only one of the courses, CMSC 460 or CMSC 470.) 

CMSC 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240 AND 241; CMSC 110 or 122. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470, 
forms a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level. Direct solu- 
tion of linear systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric eigenvalue problem, basic 
iterative methods. Topics will be supplemented with programming assignments. (Listed also as 
MAPL 471.) 

CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241. General enumeration methods, difference equations, 
generating functions. Elements of graph theory, matrix representations of graphs, applications of 
graph theory to transport networks, matching theory and graphical algorithms. (Also listed as MATH 
475.) 

CMSC 477 Optimization (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 401 or MATH 405; CMSC 110 or 122. Linear programming including the 
simplex algorithm and dual linear programs, convex sets and elements of convex programming, 
combinatorial optimization integer programming. (Listed also as MAPL 477.) 

CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer Science (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An individualized course designed to allow a student or 
students to pursue a specialized topic or project under the supervision of the senior staff. Credit ac- 
cording to work done. 

CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 411, CMSC 412, CMSC 250, and STAT 400. or equivalent. Basic theoreti- 
cal results in computer systems, including synthetic models of system structure, analytical 
(probabilistic) models of system structure, analysis of computer system mechanisms, analysis of 



CMSC —Computer Science 259 



operating system mechanisms, and analysis of resource allocation policies. 

CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 AND 450. Underlying theoretical concepts in solving problems by 
heuristically guided trial and error search methods. State-space problem reduction, and first-order 
predicate calculus representations for solving problems. Search algorithms and their "optimality" 
proofs. 

CMSC 624 Database Management Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 424 or permission of instructor. Theoretical and implementation issues of da- 
tabase systems. Topics include: data semantics and models, deduction and expert database systems, 
implementation techniques of database management systems, advanced access methods and query 
optimization, distributed databases, and database machine architecture. 

CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 430. Contemporary topics in the theory of programming languages. Formal 
specification and program correctness. Axiomatic proof systems (both Floyd-Hoare and Dijkstra's 
predicate transformers), Mills' functional correctness approach, abstract data types (both abstract 
model and algebraic specifications), and Scott-style denotational semantics based on least fixed 
points. 

CMSC 650 Theory of Computing (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 452. Formal treatment of theoretical models of computation, computable and 
uncomputable functions, unsolvable decision problems, and computational complexity. 

CMSC 651 Analysis of Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 451 or consent of instructor. Efficiency of algorithms, orders of magnitude, 
recurrence relations, lower-bound techniques, time and space resources, NP-complete problems, po- 
lynomial hierarchies, and approximation algorithms. Sorting, searching, set manipulation, graph the- 
ory, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier transform, pattern matching, and integer and polynomial 
arithmetic. 

CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH/CMSC 460 OR 470, and CMSC 1 10. Detailed study of problems arising in 
the implementation of numerical algorithms on a computer. Typical problems include rounding er- 
rors, their estimation and control; numerical stability considerations; stopping criteria for converging 
processes; parallel methods. Examples from linear algebra, differential equations, minimization. 
(Also listed as MATH 684). 

CMSC 666 Numerical Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisites: MAPL 466 and MATH 410. Iterative methods for linear systems, piecewise inter- 
polation, eigenvalue problems, numerical integration (also listed as MAPL 666). 

CMSC 667 Numerical Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 666. Nonlinear systems of equations, ordinary differential equations, boun- 
dry value problems (also listed as MAPL 667). 

CMSC 720 Logic for Problem Solving (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 620. Logic programming and its use in problem solving, natural language re- 
cognition and parsing, and robotics. The PROLOG language. Meta-level and parallel logic pro- 
gramming. Expert systems. Term project in logic programming. 

CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Introductory course on applications of computational techniques to lin- 
guistics and natural-language processing. Research cycle of corpus selection, pre-editing, keypunch- 
ing, processing, post-editing, and evaluation. General-purpose input, processing, and output rou- 
tines. Special-purpose programs for sentence parsing and generation, segmentation, idiom recogni- 
tion, paraphrasing, and stylistic and discourse analysis. Programs for dictionary, thesaurus, and con- 
cordnace compilation, and editing. Systems for automatic abstracting, translation, and question- 
answering. 



260 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 640 and STAT 400. Introductory course on applications of mathematics to 
linguistics. Elementary ideas in phonology, grammar, and semantics. Automata, formal grammars 
and languages. Chomsky's theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's depthhypothesis and syn- 
tactic complexity. Markov-chain models of word and sentence generation, shannon's information 
theory, Carnap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicostatistics and stylostatistics, Zopfs law of 
frequency and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. Mathematical models as theoretical foundation for 
computational linguistics. 

CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Heuristic programming; tree search procedures. 
Programs for game playing, theorem finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-purpose pro- 
grams. Conversation with computers; question-answering programs. Trainable pattern classifiers- 
linear, piecewise linear, quadratic, "o", and multilayer machines. Statistical decision theory, deci- 
sion functions, likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster detection. Neural models, compu- 
tational properties of neural nets, processing of sensory information, representative conceptual mod- 
els of the brain. 

CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial Information (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Input, output, and storage of pictorial information. Pictures as informa- 
tion sources, efficient encoding, sampling, quantization, approximation. Position-invariant operations 
on pictures, digital and optical implementations, the pax language, applications to matched and spa- 
tial frequency filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement" and "image restoration". Picture prop- 
erties and pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of complex pictures; "figure" extraction, proper- 
ties of figures. Data structures for pictures description and manipulation; "picture languages". 
Graphics systems for alphanumeric and other symbols, line drawings of two- and three-dimensional 
objects, cartoons and movies. 

CMSC 735 A Quantitative Approach to Software Management and Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 435 and STAT 400 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the fundamen- 
tal ideas for measuring and evaluating the software development process and product. Types of mod- 
els and metrics currently in use. Paradigms for using practical measurement for managing and engi- 
neering the software development and maintenance process; evaluating software methods and tools; 
and improving productivity, quality and the effective use of methodology. 

CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. This is the same course as LBSC 721. Definition of in- 
formation science, relation to cybernetics and other sciences, systems analysis, information, basic 
constraints on information systems, processes of communication, classes and their use, optimaliza- 
tion and mechanization. 

CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 47 1 and MATH 405 or MATH 474; or consent of instructor. Advanced 
topics in numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, iterative 
methods, and other topics. (Same as MAPL 600.) 

CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 410; or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of 
nonlinear equations in one and several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. 
Selected applications. (Same as MAPL 604.) 

CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and STAT 400. Monte-Carlo and other methods of investigating mod- 
els of interest to physical scientists. Generation and testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, deter- 
ministic and incomplete models. 

CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer Science (1-3) 



CMSC —Computer Science 261 



CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer Systems (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 
of computer systems to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Information Processing (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 
of information processing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for cred- 
it. 

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Programming Languages (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by faculty from the literature of 
programming languages to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of Computing (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 
of theory of computing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical Methods (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature 
of numerical methods to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CNEC — Consumer Economics 

CNEC 400 Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 110 OR 115. Research methodology in textiles and consumer economics, 
with particular emphasis on the application of statistical concepts and techniques to the analysis of 
data from the areas of textiles and consumer economics. May not be taken by students who have 
credit in TEXT 400. 

CNEC 410 Consumer Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203. An economic approach to the problems of income allocation 
and consumer financial planning, including income maximization, principles of asset choice, finan- 
cial management and risk management. The effects of fiscal and monetary policies on lifetime 
economic planning. May not be taken by students who have credit for FMCD 441. 

CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law (3) 

Three lectures a week. 

A study of legislation affecting consumer goods and services. Topics covered include product 
safety and liability, packaging and labeling, deceptive advertising, and consumer credit. The impli- 
cations of such legislation for consumer welfare with particular emphasis on the disadvantaged 
groups in our society will be examined. 

CNEC 433 Consumer Law: Advertising and Solicitation (3) 

Prerequisite - CNEC 431 or consent of instructor. An advanced study of the legal consequences 
of inducing consumers to enter into commercial transactions. Individual consumer remedies, collec- 
tive consumer remedies and government regulation. 

CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption (3) 

Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203 or ECON 205 for 
non-majors. The application of economic theory to a study of consumer decision-making and its role 
in a market economy at both the individual and aggregate levels. Topics covered include empirical 
studies of consumer spending and saving, the consumer in the market and collective consumption. 

CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior (3) 

Three lectures per week. ? 

Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and SOCY 100. An application of the behavioral sciences to a study of 
consumer behavior. Current theories, models and empirical research findings are explored. 



262 Graduate Course Descriptions 



CNEC 455 Product Standards (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The process of product standard development, and the signifi- 
cance of such standards to the consumer. History, procedures and uses of standards by industry and 
government, including both voluntary and regulatory standardization; the impact of product stan- 
dards, and mechanisms for obtaining consumer input in the standardization process. 

CNEC 456 Product Liability and Government Regulation (3) 

Prerequisite: CNEC 431 or consent of instructor. Legal concepts involved in society's determina- 
tion of consumer's rights to product safety. Litigation determining the obligation of manufacturers 
and sellers to injured consumers. Government regulations defining the obligations of manufacturers 
to design and construct products in accordance with government standards. 

CNEC 457 Product Safety (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An interdisciplinary investigation of consumer product safety. 
Major statutes and agencies regulating safety. Alternative means of promoting consumer product 
safety. The application of product liability and cost benefit analysis to the economics of product 
safety. Consumer response to safety labeling, advertising and educational efforts. 

CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis (L4) 

Limited to undergraduate students in the departmental honors program. An independent literary, 
laboratory or field study, conducted throughout the student's senior year. Student should register in 
both fall and spring. 

CNEC 498 Special Studies (2-4) 

Independent study by an individual student or by a group of students in advanced work not other- 
wise provided in the department. Students must prepare a description of the study they wish to un- 
dertake. The plan must be approved by the faculty directing the study and the department chairman. 

CRIM — Criminology 

(KIM 432 Law of Corrections (3) 

Prerequisite: LENF 230 ORR 34 and CRIM 220. A review of the law of criminal corrections 
from sentencing to final release or release on parole. Probation, punishments, special treatments for 
special offenders, parole and pardon, and the prisoner's civil rights are also examined. 

CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analy- 
sis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 

CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) 

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Methods and programs in pre- 
vention of crime and delinquency. 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents in the Community (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the processes and 
methods in the modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a community setting. 

CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. History, organization and func- 
tions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 

CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220, CRIM 450, and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical 
overview of criminological theory up to the 50's. Deviance. Labeling. Typologies. Most recent re- 
search in criminalistic subcultures and middle class delinquency. Recent proposals for 
"decriminalization". 

CRIM 455 Psychology of Criminal Behavior (3) 

Prereqisites: CRIM 220 or equivalent and PSYC 331 or equivalent. Biological, environmental, 
and personality factors which influence criminal behaviors. Biophysiology and crime, stress and 
crime, maladjustment patterns, psychoses, personality disorders, aggression and violent crime, sex- 



CRIM —Criminology 263 



motivated crime and sexual deviations, alcohol and drug abuse, and criminal behavior. 

CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology (3) 

Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in criminology. Such courses will be of- 
fered in response to student request and faculty interest. No more than six credits may be taken by a 
student in selected topics. 

CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal Justice and Criminology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of research methods and statistics requirements for the M.A. Degree. 
Examination of special research problems and techniques. 

CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology (3) 

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and research. 

CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology (3) 

Second semester. 

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

First semester. 

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency As A Community Problem (3) 

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquen- 
cy in Maryland. 

CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its equivalent. A study of the development of criminological thought 
from antiquity to the present. 

CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of selected problems in the field of crimino- 
logy. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Doctoral dissertation research in criminal justice and criminology. 

DANC —Dance 

DANC 408 Choreography III (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 308 or audition. Theoretical and creative aspects of choreography for small 
groups. Emphasis on individual projects. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

DANC 410 Dance Production II (3) 

One lecture and four labs. Prerequisite: DANC 210. Continuation of DANC 210. 

DANC 411 Dance Management and Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 210. Principles of dance management and administration, including organ- 
ization of touring, bookings, budgets, public relations, grantsmanship and audience development. 

DANC 428 Principles of Pointe Work and Partnering (2) 

Prerequisite: DANC 329 or audition. An introduction to pointe work for the advanced female stu- 
dent pursuing the tradition of classical ballet. Principles of partnering for the male dance student. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 4 credits. 

DANC 429 Ballet Variations and Repertory (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: DANC 428. Choreography, music, scenario and staging of standard works in 
ballet. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

DANC 430 Dance Ethnology (3) 

Social and cultural aspects of dance in world cultures with emphasis on non-western peoples. 

DANC 448 Modern Dance VII (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 349 or audition. Advanced technique in contemporary dance with emphasis 
on physic ll and expressive skills. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 






264 Graduate Course Descriptions 



DANC 449 Modern Dance VIII (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 448 or audition. Intensive work in modern technique for the professionally 
oriented dancer. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

DANC 468 Modern Repertory (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 165 AND 249 and permission of the instructor. The form, content, music, 
design and performance of selected works of well known modern choreographers, including 
Humphrey, Graham and Limon. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

DANC 471 Movement Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 165. The social psychology of movement; reciprocity of physical and emo- 
tional behavior. 

DANC 482 History of Dance I (3) 

The development of dance from primitive times to the middle ages and the relationship of dance 
forms to patterns of culture. 

DANC 483 History of Dance II (3) 

The development of dance from the Renaissance period to the present time and the relationship 
of dance forms to patterns of culture. 

DANC 484 Philosophy of Dance (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 482, OR 483 or permission of instructor. Critical analysis of dance as a 
creative experience and the role of professional, educational and recreational dance in our society. 
Study of selected approaches to current developments in dance. 

DANC 485 Survey of Dance Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 482 AND 483. Research methods and bibliography in dance. 

DANC 486 Movement and Media (3) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Theory and pra- 
tice of recording solo and group dances on film and video-tape. Analysis of significant dance films, 
photographic lighting and editing techniques. 

DANC 489 Special Topics in Dance (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided 
subject matter is different. 

DANC 499 Dance Workshop IV: Practicum (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of the department chairman. Advanced workshop in dance presentation, 
including performing, production and planned field experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 

credits. 

DHCR — Human and Community Resources 

DHCR 488 Selected Topics in Human and Community Resources (1-3) 

Topics in interdisciplinary processes relevant to the study of human and community resources. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when the subject matter is different and when there is no 
suffix . 

DHCR 788 Advanced Topics in Human and Community Resources (3) 

Topics in interdisciplinary areas relevant to the study of human and community resources. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is different. 

ECON —Economics 

ECON 401 National Income Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors. Analysis of the determination of 
national income, employment, and price levels. Discussion of consumption, investment, inflation, 
and government fiscal and monetary policy. 



ECON —Economics 265 



ECON 402 Business Cycles (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 430. A study of the causes of depressions and unemploy- 
ment, cyclical and secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling 
economic instability. 

ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors. An analysis of the theories of 
consumer behavior and of the firm, and of general price and distribution theory, with applications to 
current economic issues. 

ECON 405 Intermediate Macro-economic Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Analysis of determination of na- 
tional income, employment, prices, and growth. Major sectors of economy, models of their interac- 
tion, fiscal and monetary policy, inflation. Especially recommended for economics majors and those 
with analytic backgrounds. Credit will be given for only one course, ECON 401 or ECON 405. 

ECON 406 Intermediate Micro-economic Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Theory of prices and markets. 
Analysis of the theory of the household and of the firm, concepts of general equilibrium, and wel- 
fare economics. Especially recommended for economics majors and those with analytic back- 
grounds. Credit will be given for only one course, ECON 403 or ECON 406. 

ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, and senior standing. Graduate students should take ECON 705. A 
survey of the development of economic thought since 1900 with special reference to Thorstein 
Veblen and other pre-1939 institutionalists and to post-1945 neo-institutionalist s such as J.K. 
Gal bra i th and Gunnar Myrdal. 

ECON 415 Introduction to Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) - 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the economic and social characteris- 
tics of underdeveloped areas. Recent theories of economic development, obstacles to development, 
policies and planning for development. 

ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of a specific area are discussed and alternate 
strategies and policies for development are analyzed. 

ECON 421 Economic Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent. Not open to students who have taken BMGT 230 or 
BMGT 231. An introduction to the use of statistics in economics. Topics include: probability, ran- 
dom variables and their distributions, sampling theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of 
variance, regression analysis, correlation. 

ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, AND 421 (or BMGT 230); or permission of instructor. 
Emphasizes the interaction between the economic problems posed by economists and the assump- 
tions employed in statistical theory. Deals with the formulation, estimation and testing of economic 
models. Topics include single variable and multiple variable regression techniques, theory of identi- 
fication, autocorrelation and simultaneous equations. Independent work relating the material in the 
course to an economic problem chosen by the student is required. 

ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 401 AND 403 and one year of college mathematics. A course designed to 
enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of mathematical economics. Those parts 
of the calculus and algebra required for economic analysis will be presented. 

ECON 430 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. The structure of financial institutions and their role in 
the provision of money and near money. Analysis of the Federal Reserve System, the techniques of 
central banks, and the control of supply of financial assets in stabilization policy. Relationship of 
money and credit to economic activity and the price level. Credit will be given for only one course: 



266 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ECON 430orECON431. 

ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic Activity (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405. Monetary theory and the role of money, financial institu- 
tions and interest rates in macro models. Analysis of money demand and supply and of the 
Monetarist-Keynesia n debate as they affect inflation and stabilization policy. Credit will be given 
for only one course: ECON 430 or ECON 431 . 

ECON 440 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. A description of international trade and the analysis of 
international transactions, exchange rates, and balance of payments. Analysis of policies of protec- 
tion, devaluation, and exchange rate stabilization and their consequences. Credit will be given for 
only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441. 

ECON 441 Theory of International Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405, and ECON 403 or ECON 406. Theoretical treatment of 
international trade and international finance. Includes Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin theories of 
comparative advantage, analysis of tariffs and other trade barriers, international factor mobility, bal- 
ance of payments adjustments, exchange rate determination, and fiscal and monetary policy in an 
open economy. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441. 

ECON 450 Introduction to Public Sector Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203; or ECON 205. The role of federal, state, and local go- 
vernments in meeting public wants. Analysis of theories of taxation, public expenditures, govern- 
ment budgeting, benefit-cost analysis and income redistribution, and their policy applications. Credit 
will be given for only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 454. 

ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203, OR 205. Analysis of collective decision making, economic models 
of government, program budgeting, and policy implementation; emphasis on models of public choice 
and institutions which affect decision making. 

ECON 454 Theory of Public Finance and Fiscal Federalism (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. Study of welfare economics and the theory of public 
goods, taxation, public expenditures, benefit-cost analysis, and state and local finance. Applications 
of theory to current policy issues. Credit will be given for only one course: ECON 450 or ECON 
454. 

ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 and 406. Changing structure of the American economy; price policies in 
different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to problems of public po- 
licy. 

ECON 465 Health Care Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or ECON 205. Analysis of the health care, the organization of its deliv- 
ery and financing. Access to care; the role of insurance; regulation of hospitals, physicians, and the 
drug industry; role of technology; and limits on health care spending. 

ECON 470 Theory of Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. An analytical treatment of theories of labor markets. The 
theory of human capital and allocation of time in household labor supply models; marginal producti- 
vity theory of labor demand; market structure and the efficiency of labor markets; information theory 
and screening; discrimination; distribution of income; and unemployment. Credit will be given for 
only one course: ECON 370 or ECON 470. 

ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 470. For students who wish to pursue, in depth, selected topics in the labor 
field. Issues and topics selected for detailed examination may include: manpower training and devel- 
opment, unemployment compensation and social security, race and sex discrimination in employ- 
ment, wage theory, productivity analysis, the problems of collective bargaining in public employ- 
ment, wage-price controls and incomes policy. 



ECON —Economics 267 



ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the organization, operating principles 
and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideological background, 
planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the struc- 
ture and growth of national income. 

ECON 484 The Economy of China (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. Policies and performances of the Chinese economy 
since 1949. Will begin with a survey of modern China's economic history. Emphasizes the strategies 
and institutional innovations that the Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems of economic 
development. Some economic controversies raised during the "Cultural Revolution" will be covered 
in review of the problems and prospects of the present Chinese economy. 

ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An analysis of the principles and practice of 
economic planning with special reference to the planning problems of West European countries and 
the United States. 

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Problems and Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203; OR 205. An introduction to the study of urban economics 
through the examination of current policy issues. Topics may include suburbanization of jobs and 
residences, housing and urban renewal, urban transportation, development of new towns, ghetto 
economic development, problems in services such as education and police. 

ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 490. An analysis of metropolitan development processes, the consequences 
of alternative growth patterns, and the evaluation of policies to control growth. 

ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403, or consent of instructor. Study of the theories, problems, and policies 
of regional economic development and the location of economic activity for both rural and metropol- 
itan regions. Methods of regional analysis. 

ECON 601 Macro-economic Analysis (3) 

First semester of a two-semester sequence, 601 AND 602. Topics normally include general equi- 
librium theory in classical, Keynesian, and post- Key nesian treatments; the demand for money; theo- 
ries of consumption behavior and of inflation. 

ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3) 

Second semester. A continuation of ECON 601. Major topics include growth and technological 
change, investment, business cycles, and large empirial macroeconomic models. Also included are 
material on wages and employment and on international and domestic stability. 

ECON 603 Micro-economic Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisite: a calculus course or concurrent registration in ECON 621. The first semester of a 
two-semester sequence which analyzes the usefulness and shortcomings of prices in solving the basic 
economic problem of allocating scarce resources among alternative uses. The central problem of 
welfare economics and general equilibrium as a framework for a detailed analysis of consumption 
and production theories including linear programming with decisions under uncertainty. 

ECON 604 Micro-economic Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory of capital, interest and wages. 
Qualifications of the basic welfare theorem caused by noncompetitive market structures, external 
economies and diseconomies and secondary constraints. Application of price theory to public expen- 
diture decisions, investment in human capital, international trade, and other areas of economics. 

ECON 605 Welfare Economics (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 603. The topics covered include Pareto optimality, social 
welfare funtions, indivisibilities, consumer surplus, output and price policy in public enterprise, and 
welfare aspects of the theory of public expenditures. 



268 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of the instructor. A study of the development 
of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, Canonists, Mercantilists, 
Physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. 

ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 606 or consent of the instructor. A study of nineteenth- 
century and twentieth-century schools of economic thought, particularly the Classicists. Neo- 
Classists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic thought, the Socialists, and 
Keynes. 

ECON 611 Seminar in American Economic Development (3) 

ECON 613 Origins and Development of Capitalism (3) 

Second semester. Studies the transition from feudalism to modern capitalistic economies in 
Western Europe. Whenever possible, this economic history is analyzed with the aid of tools of mo- 
dern economics, and in the light of comparisons and contrasts with the less developed areas of the 
present day. 

ECON 615 Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 401 AND 403. An analysis of the forces contributing to and 
retarding economic progress in underdeveloped areas. Macro and micro-economic aspects of devel- 
opment planning and strategy are emphasized. 

ECON 616 Seminar in Economic Development (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 615 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ECON 
615. Special emphasis is on the application of economic theory in the institutional setting of a coun- 
try or area of particular interest to the student. 

ECON 617 Money and Finance in Economic Development (3) 

First semester. Economic theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real and financial resources 
to finance and accelerate economic development. Monetary, fiscal, and tax reform policy and prac- 
tice by the government sector to design and implement national development plans. 

ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3) 

First semester. An introduction to the theory and practice of statistical inference. Elements of 
computer programming and a review of mathematics germane to this and other graduate economics 
courses are included. 

ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 621. Techniques of estimating relationships among 
economic variables. Multiple regression, the analysis of variance and covariance, and techniques for 
dealing in time series. Further topics in mathematics. 

ECON 623 Econometrics I (3) 

Introduction to and development of aspects of mathematical statistics relevant for econometrics; 
distribution theory and inference. Topics considered include: random variables, density functions, 
moment generating functions, maximum likelihood estimators, sufficient statistics. 

ECON 624 Econometrics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 623. Formal treatment of regression analysis; emphasis on formulation, 
specifications, and estimation of single equation models; elements of computer usage; experience 
with problems and examples. 

ECON 661 The Corporate Firm (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. The modern firm; review of the theory of profit: neoclas- 
sical and managerial theories of the firm. Decisions of the firm: investment, research and develop- 
ment, advertising, mergers; analysis of determinants and effects of these decisions. Theoretical and 
empirical studies of the firm. 



ECON —Economics 269 



ECON 662 Industry Structure, Conduct, and Performance (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. Determinants of industry structures; structural effects on 
firm conduct and performance. Plant and firm economies of scale and their relation to concentration 
levels. Industry entry barriers; competitive, oligopolistic, and monopolistic pricing. Impact of con- 
centration, entry barriers, and other structure variables on prices and profits of the industry. Social 
cost of market power. 

ECON 663 Antitrust Policy and Regulation (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. U.S. Antitrust policy after 1890; actual policies com- 
pared to theoretical policies to promote economic efficiency. Development of policy toward mono- 
polies, cartels, mergers, and patents. Models of the regulatory process and empirical evidence. 
Studies of regulation of electricity, transportation, airlines, and other industries. Economics of pro- 
duct safety. Regulation of drugs, automobiles, food, and other products. 

ECON 670 The Economics of Labor Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603 or consent of instructor. Economics of labor markets with trade unions 
and governmental control. Employer-employee relations in the public, voluntary, and private sectors. 
Nature of unions in bargaining and their impact on relative wages, wage levels, productivity, em- 
ployment, inflation. Economic goals and consequences of public control, bargaining, and employ- 
ment conditions. 

ECON 681 Comparative Economic Systems and Economic Planning (3) 

Theory and practice of economic systems that differ markedly from competitive capitalist system; 
command economies, in particular the Soviet Union; planned capitalist economies, including French 
and Dutch experience; self-managed systems (Yugoslavia); and market socialism (Hungary). 
Emphasis on the nature of institutions and on applying economic tools. 

ECON 682 Topics in Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 681. Detailed analysis of planned economic systems; theoretical study of 
neoclassical, input-output, and development planning models; use of economic analysis to uderstand 
the behavior and development of the economies of Western Europe, the USSR, Eastern Europe, and 
China. 

ECON 684 Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union (3) 

Measurement and evaluation of Soviet economic growth; interpretation and use of Soviet statis- 
tics; planning and economic administration; manpower and wage policies; foreign trade and aid. 
Selected topics in Bloc development and reform. 

ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics (3) 

ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3) 

Prerequisite: background in calculus and matrix algebra such as provided by ECON 621 AND 
622. Optimization techniques such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear programming. Mathematical 
treatment of general equilibrium, including interindustry analysis, the theory of production, con- 
sumption, and welfare. 

ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 703. Multi-sectoral growth models and questions of optimal growth. Last 
half of course consists of presentations of seminar papers. 

ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 

Second semester. A study of the recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory 
in the United States and abroad. 

ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 

ECON 721 Econometrics III (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 624. Additional topics on the single equation model, including autocorrela- 
tion, heteroskedasticity, dummy variables, maximum likelihood estimation, and functional forms. 
Consideration of systems problems. 



270 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ECON 722 Econometrics IV (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 721. Nonlinear econometric systems, simulation, dynamic properties of mod- 
els, disequilibrium systems, random parameter models, Bayesian analysis, Stochastic control, and 
other topics. Emphasis on applications to micro and macro models, to value-of-information prob- 
lems, and to other problems. 

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

First semester. An adequate knowledge of micro and macro-economics is assumed. Theory of 
money, financial assets, and economic activity; review of classical, neo-classical and Keynesian con- 
tribution; emphasis on post- Keynesian contributions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, Gurley- 
Shaw, Friedman, and others. 

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of the mechanisms 
through which central banking affects economic activity and prices; formation and implementation of 
of monetary policy; theoretical topics in monetary policy. 

ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 601. The international mechanism of adjustment: price, exchange rate, and 
income changes. The flexible exchange rate system, international monetary reform and international 
investment and capital flows. 

ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603 and ECON 741. The pure theory of international trade. Comparative 
costs, the Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on factor prices. Tariff analysis, com- 
mercial policy and customs unions. The gains from trade and ranking of policy interventions. 

ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3) 

Review of utility analysis to include the theory of individual consumer resource allocation and 
exchange and welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques upon alloca- 
tion, exchange, and welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their production, exchange and 
consumption. Principles of benefit-cost analysis for government decisions. 

ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance (3) 

Second semester. Theory of taxation and tax policy, with particular emphasis on income taxation; 
empirical studies; the burden of the public debt. Research paper by each student to be presented to 
seminar. 

ECON 755 Theory of Public Choice I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of rationality in individual and collective 
decision-making with particular reference to the theory of games. The reasons why nonmarket col- 
lective decision procedures are required, the properties of several voting rules, and their normative 
implications. Majority rule, the unanimity rule, the Borda rule, and the demand revealing 
process. The properties of various representative voting mechanisms. 

ECON 756 Theory of Public Choice II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 755 or consent of instructor. The normative properties of collective choice 
procedures. Specific reference to the theories of justice advanced by Rawls, Nozick and others; and 
the import of contractarian theories in general. The impossibility theorems of Arrow and Sen. 
Problems raised by voter ignorance and bounded rationality. The theory of bureaucracy. 

ECON 771 Advanced Labor Economics: Theory and Evidence (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622, 624, or consent of instructor. Modern analytical and quantitative 
labor economics. Labor supply decisions of individuals and households; human capital model and 
distribution of income. Demand for labor; marginal productivity theory, imperfect information and 
screening. Interaction of labor demand and supply; unemployment; relative and absolute wages; ma- 
croeconomic aspects of the labor market. 

ECON 772 Government Policy and the Labor Market (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 771 or consent of instructor. Impact of governmental programs on the labor 
market. Programs examined chosen from among: employment training and public employment pro- 



ECON —Economics 271 



grams; public assistance; unemployment insurance, social security, wage-setting policies such as fair 
labor standards act and Davis-Bacon act; policies toward unionization; anti-discrimination programs. 

ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621, or consent of instructor. Theory of externalities, microe- 
conomic models of pollution damage functions, benefits and costs of alternative pollution control 
measures, macroeconomic models of material and energy balance, limits to economic growth and 
long-run problems of intergenerational and interregional efficiency and equity. 

ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural Resources (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621, or consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and 
non-renewable resources from the normative and positive points of view; evaluation of alternative 
uses of natural environments; irreversibilities, discounting and intergenerational transfers. Discussion 
of natural resource problems and policies. 

ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3) 

Market processes and public policies as related to urban problems and metropolitan change. 
Employment, housing, discrimination, transportation and the local public sector. 

ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3) 

Theoretical and empirical analysis of the location and spatial distribution of economic activity. 
Analysis of regional growth and development. The study of analytical methods and forecasting mod- 
els. 

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 

EDCI 401 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Art (4-8) 

Limited to art education majors who have consent of department. Fulfils elementary teaching re- 
quirements in K-12 art education program. 

EDCI 402 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Art (2-8) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 300. 

EDCI 403 Teaching of Art Criticism in Public Schools (3) 

Introduction to theories of art criticism as related to teaching of art. Trips to galleries and mu- 
seums. Open to fine arts majors and students from other disciplines. 

EDCI 406 Practicum in Art Education: Two-Dimensional (3) 

Theory and practical experience in two-dimensional design in various art media; development of 
teaching procedures and presentation of materials in school settings. 

EDCI 407 Practicum in Art Education: Three-Dimensional (3) 

A lecture-studio course to develop skills, material resources, and educational strategies for three- 
dimensional projects in school settings. 

EDCI 410 The Child and the Curriculum: Early Childhood (3) 

Relationship of the school curriculum, nursery school through grade 3, to child growth and 
development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readi- 
ness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily 
for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 411 Student Teaching: Preschool (4) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of the department. 

EDCI 412 Student Teaching: Kindergarten (4) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. 

EDCI 413 Student Teaching: Primary Grades (8) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. 



272 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDCI 416 Mainstreaming in Early Childhood Educational Settings (3) 

Theoretical bases and applied practices for integrating handicapped children into regular early 
childhood programs. 

EDCI 420 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Social Studies (3) 

Corequisite: EDCI 421. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and tecniques in relation to 
the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 421 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Social Studies (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 320. 

EDCI 422 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Geography (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 321. 

EDCI 423 Social Studies in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of en- 
vironmental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, nur- 
sery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 424 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) 

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of en- 
vironmental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 
1-6. 

EDCI 425 Social Studies and Multicultural Education (3) 

Seminar relating to general social science principals that are applicable to multicultural education 
as a component of social studies instruction. Cultural experiences arranged on an independent basis 
for each participant. 

EDCI 426 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to social studies education. For in-service teachers. 
Includes emphasis on multicultural education. 

EDCI 430 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Foreign Language (3) 

Co-requisite: EDCI 431. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in relation to 
the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 431 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Foreign Languages (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 330. 

EDCI 432 Foreign Language Methods in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Methods and techniques for developmental approach to the 
teaching of modern foreign languages in elementary schools. Development of oral-aural skills in lan- 
guage development. 

EDCI 433 Teaching the Audio-Lingual Skills in Foreign Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to foreign language education. For in-service teachers. 

EDCI 434 Methods of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (3) 

An introductory course in methods for teaching listening, speaking, reading and writing tech- 
niques and a review of research findings. 

EDCI 435 Teaching Reading in a Second Language (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of selected theories and practices in first language 
reading applied to second language teaching/learning; diagnostic and prescriptive techniques and 
analysis of the student's cultural background as a factor in evaluating reading achievement in the se- 
cond language. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 273 



EDO 436 Teaching for Multicultural Understanding (3) 

The techniques and content for teaching culture in foreign language classes and English as a 
Second Language (ESL) classes. Research and evaluation of selected aspects of a culture as basis for 
creating teaching materials. 

EDCI 437 Bilingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Analysis of bilingual-bicultural education in the U.S. and abroad with emphasis on TESOL. 
Methods of teaching, goals, instructional materials and mainstreaming of bilingual students. 

EDCI 438 Field Experience in TESOL (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Systematic observations, tutor- 
ing and teaching in a TESOL field setting. 

EDCI 440 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: English, Speech, Drama (1) 

Corequisite: EDCI 441. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in relation to 
the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 441 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: English (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340. 

EDCI 442 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Speech (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340. 

EDCI 443 Literature for Children and Youth (3) 

Analysis of literary materials for children and youth. Timeless and ageless books, and outstand- 
ing examples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of individual authors, il- 
lustrators and children's book awards. 

EDCI 444 Language Arts in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily 
for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 445 Language Arts in the Elementary School (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily 
for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 446 Methods of Teaching English, Speech, Drama in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to english, speech, and drama education. For in-service 
teachers. 

EDCI 447 Field Experience in English, Speech, Drama Teaching (1) 

Corequisite: EDCI 340. Practical experience as an aide to a regular english, speech or drama 
teacher; assigned responsibilities and participation in a variety of teaching/learning activities. 

EDCI 450 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Mathematics (3) 

Corequisite: EDCI 451. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to 
the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 451 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Mathematics (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 350. 

EDCI 452 Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils 
sense arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school 
through grade 3. 

EDCI 453 Mathematics in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils 
sense arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 



274 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDCI 454 The Mathematics Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. The definition, design, and 
uses of an elementary school mathematics laboratory. Laboratory visitations. The design of instruc- 
tional activities and field-test activities with children. 

EDCI 455 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390, or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and 
organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to mathematics education. For in-service teachers. 

EDCI 456 Diagnosis of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: all courses in the EDSP 330 block and MATH 210 or consent of the instructor. 
Development of skills in diagnosing and identifying learning disabilities in mathematics and in 
planning for individualized instruction. Clinic participation required. 

EDCI 461 Reading in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experi- 
ence stories, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, 
and procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school 
through grade 3. 

EDCI 462 Reading in the Elementary School (3) 

Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experi- 
ence stories, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, 
and procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-8. 

EDCI 463 The Teaching of Reading in the Secondary School (3) 

The fundamentals of secondary reading instruction, including emphasis on content reading in- 
struction. 

EDCI 464 Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis and Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCI 362 or 463. A laboratory course in which each student has one or more pu- 
pils for analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per week to diagnose individual cases 
and to plan instruction. 

EDCI 466 Literature for Adolescents (3) 

Reading and analysis of fiction and nonfiction: methods for critically assessing quality and ap- 
peal; current theory and methods of instruction; research on response to literature; curriculum design 
and selection of books. 

EDCI 467 Teaching Writing (3) 

Sources and procedures for developing curriculum objectives and materials for teaching written 
composition; prewriting. composing, and revision procedures; contemporary directions in rhetorical 
theory; survey of research on composition instruction. 

EDCI 471 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Science (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 352 

EDCI 472 Methods of Teaching Science in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300, EDCI 390, and consent of instructor. The study of the teachers role 
in secondary school science instruction: preparing objectives, planning lessons, selecting and organ- 
izing for classroom and laboratory instruction, determining appropriate teaching methods, selecting 
textbooks and other instructional materials, measuring and evaluating student achievement. Includes 
lab and field experience. For in-service teachers. 

EDCI 473 Environmental Education (3) 

Two lecture-discussion periods and one three hour laboratory-field experience session per week. 
An interdisciplinary course covering the literature, techniques and strategies of environmental educa- 
tion. Emphasis on the study of environmental education programs and the development of a specific 
program which is designed to implement the solution of an environmental problem. The laboratory- 
field experience is provided as a model for future activities of students. [Open to any student who 
wishes to become actively involved in the process of environmental education program 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 275 



development.] 

EDCI 474 Science in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Objectives, methods, materials and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. 
Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 

EDCI 475 Science in the Elementary School (3) 

Objectives, methods, materials, and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. 
Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 476 Teaching Ecology and Natural History (3) 

An introduction to the teaching of natural history in the classroom and in the field. Ecological 
principles; resources and instructional materials; curricular materials. Primarily for teachers, park na- 
turalists, and outdoor educators. 

EDCI 480 The Child and the Curriculum: Elementary (3) 

Relationship of the school curriculum, grades 1-6, to child growth and development. Recent 
trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to leam; and 
adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service 
teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 481 Student Teaching: Elementary (12) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. 

EDCI 482 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Special Education (8) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. Limited to spe- 
cial education majors who have previously applied. Provides 8 weeks of full-time experience in the 
regular elementary classroom. 

EDCI 483 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Elementary (6) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300, EDCI 480, or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience 
in elementary and middle school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the manage- 
ment and operation of an on-going media program. 

EDCI 484 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Music (4-6) 

Limited to MUED majors who have consent of department. Fulfills elementary teaching require- 
ments in K-12 music education programs. 

EDCI 485 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Physical Education (4-8) 

Limited to PHED majors who have consent of the department. Fulfills elementary teaching re- 
quirements in K-12 physical education programs. 

EDCI 486 Supervision of Student Teachers (3) 

Designed for in-service teachers. The development and refinement of skills in observing, evaluat- 
ing and conducting conferences with student teachers. Clinical supervision and cooperative problem 
solving. Required by some school systems for supervision of student teachers. 

EDCI 487 Introduction to Computers in Instructional Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: at least six hours in education or instructional experience. A first-level survey course 
for students interested in the possibilities of using computers for instructional purposes. "Hands-on" 
experience with computers. Site visits, guest speakers, and individual project opportunities. 

EDCI 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Major in curriculum and instruction, or consent of department. May be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits when topic is different. 

EDCI 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDCI 490 Curriculum and Instruction in the Middle and Junior High School (3) 

Curriculum and Instruction in the middle and junior high school. Purposes, functions and 
characteristics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, meth- 



276 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ods, staff, and other topics together with implications for prospective teachers. 

EDCI 491 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Health (12) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 492 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Dance (2-8) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 383. 

EDCI 493 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Secondary (6) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in secondary 
school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the management and operation of an on 
going media program. 

EDCI 494 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Music (2-8) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 495 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Physical Education (2-8) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 496 Student Teaching Seminar in Library Media Services (3) 

An analysis of theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience. 

EDCI 498 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of advisor. Available only to curriculum and instruction majors who have 
definite plans for individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 

EDCI 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree 
is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following types of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDCI 600 Trends in Art Education Curriculum (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in art 
education. 

EDCI 601 History of Art Education (3) 

A study of the growth of the art curriculum in American schools. Perspective on art education 
philosophy as viewed through a historical survey beginning with the United States colonial period to 
the present. 

EDCI 602 The Teaching of Aesthetics in the Public Schools (3) 

The aesthetic foundations of art education. Development of skills necessary for critical investiga- 
tion of works of art, and identification of curriculum implications resulting from various aesthetic 
and psychological approaches to art. 

EDCI 610 Curriculum for Early Childhood Education (3) 

Basic examination of curriculum theory, research and practice in educational settings for infants 
and children to age eight. 

EDCI 611 The Young Child in the Community (3) 

Analysis of the impact of major social and economic trends on young children through study and 
research of community agencies, commercial enterprises and social experiences. 

EDCI 612 Teaching Strategies in Early Childhood Education (3) 

An examination of theory and research concerning teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of 
planning, organization of learning environment', evaluation of learning, general classroom manage- 
ment, and inter-personal relationships. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 277 



EDCI 613 Teacher-Parent Relationships (3) 

Research in the teachers' role in parent involvement in school activities and processes. 

EDCI 614 Intellectual and Creative Experiences in Early Childhood Education (3) 

A critical examination of theories of intellectual and creative development, language develop- 
ment, problem solving and critical thinking. 

EDCI 620 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Social Studies (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in social 
studies. 

EDCI 621 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Geography (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in geo- 
graphy. 

EDCI 622 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 322 or consent of instructor. Examination of current literature and research re- 
ports in the social sciences as they relate to social studies curriculum and instruction. 

EDCI 630 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Foreign Language (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in 
foreign language education. 

EDCI 631 Testing in the Foreign Language/ESL Classroom (3) 

Analysis of standardized and teacher-made FL/ESL tests; i.e., aptitude, ach ievement, and profi- 
ciency; emphasis on principles of FL/ESL test construction with opportunity to field test commercial 
and teacher-made materials. 

EDCI 634 Advanced TESOL Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent. Reading, writing, listening and speaking skills; work in 
diagnosing student strengths and weaknesses in English; development of ESOL instructional ma- 
terials and TESOL research projects. 

EDCI 637 Advanced Laboratory Practice in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (2-6) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 434 and 634 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship in TESOL 
setting. Six credits require full-time work for one-half semester. A full-time commitment involving 
observing, tutoring, teaching. 

EDCI 640 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: English (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in eng- 
lish education. 

EDCI 641 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Speech (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in 
speech. 

EDCI 642 Communications and the School Curriculum (3) 

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the 
learner's interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environ- 
ment. 

EDCI 643 Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite, EDCI 342 or consent of instructor: Analysis of current issues, trends, and problems 
in language-arts instruction in terms of research in educational theory and the language arts; pro- 
cesses for effecting changes in methods and materials for classroom instruction. 

EDCI 644 Teaching Children's Literature in the Classroom (3) 

Issues and trends in children's literature with emphasis on implications in classroom settings. 
Contemporary social conditions and problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censorship, media 
adaptation, and reading habits. 



278 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDCI 650 Trends in Mathematics Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
mathematics. 

EDCI 651 Theoretical and Research Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Theoretical and research li- 
terature interrelating mathematics education with psychology, sociology, philosophy, and history. 
Evaluation of the influence of this literature on research, teacher preparation, and mathematics in- 
struction in schools. 

EDCI 652 Elementary School Mathematics Curricula (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of past and 
present curricular projects, experimental programs, and instructional materials. Design and imple- 
mentation of elementary school mathematics curricula. 

EDCI 653 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of dis- 
abilities in mathematics. Theoretical models, specific diagnostic and instructional techniques and ma- 
terials for working with children in both clinical and classroom settings. Practice using techniques by 
conducting case studies with children previously diagnosed as primarily corrective rather than se- 
verely disabled. Clinic hours to be arranged. 

EDCI 654 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics II (3) 

Prerequisite. EDCI 653 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of se- 
vere learning disabilities in elementary school mathematics. Theoretical models, relevant research 
and specific techniques appropriate for accessing the interaction of subject matter, organismic, and 
instructional variables. Clinic hours for case study work to be arranged. 

EDCI 655 Practicum in Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 654 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Supervised clinical research 
studies with children experiencing learning difficulties in mathematics. 

EDCI 660 Corrective Reading Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463, or equivalent. Diagnostic techniques, instructional materials and 
teaching procedures useful in the regular classroom; appropriate for teachers, supervisors, and ad- 
ministrators. 

EDCI 661 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463. The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and 
practice on the teaching of reading in the content areas. Focus on improving student achievement in 
content disciplines where reading materials are used as instructional resources. 

EDCI 662 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and Prescription (3) 

Prerequisites: 12 credits of graduate study in education, or consent of instructor. Survey course in 
reading diagnosis and prescription for graduate students not majoring in reading. The interpretation 
of reading diagnostic techniques with an overview of various prescriptions based on diagnosis. 

EDCI 663 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3) 

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the ele- 
mentary school. 

EDCI 664 Clinical Assessment in Reading (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 or 667. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials use- 
ful to the reading specialist in assessing serious reading difficulties. At least one diagnostic screening 
conducted with a school age student. 

EDCI 665 Clinical Remediation of Reading Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 or 667. Remedial procedures and materials useful to the 
reading specialist in planning programs of individual and small group instruction. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 279 



EDO 666 The Role of the Reading Resource Teacher (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 663 or 667 and EDMS 645. Preparation of reading personnel to function as 
resource persons to classroom teachers, administrators and the school community. Emphasis on role 
expectations, pertinent research, literature review and on site experiences. 

EDCI 667 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) 

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the se- 
condary school. 

EDCI 670 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Science (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in 
science education. 

EDCI 671 Teaching Science in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 372 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the teaching of science to children 
through (1) the identification of problems to teaching science, (2) the investigation and study of re- 
search reports related to the identified problems, and (3) the hypothesizing of methods for improving 
the effectiveness of science education for children. 

EDCI 672 Curriculum Innovations in Early Childhood-Elementary Science Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of curricula in early childhood-elementary science; 
interaction with early childhood-element ary school children using selected activities from science 
curricula. 

EDCI 680 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum. 

EDCI 681 Trends in Elementary School Curriculum (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
elementary education. 

EDCI 682 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Urban Schools (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in urban 
schools. 

EDCI 683 Implementation of Curricular Specialties (3) 

Implementation of curricular specialties in educational settings; research methods applied in curri- 
culum implementation; societal values, ethics and responsibilities associated with the implementation 
of curricular specialties; and personal capabilities to successfully implement curriculum. 

EDCI 684 Introduction to Field Methods in School and Community (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Application of selected field research methods to problems of 
professional practice. Issues pertaining to the role and responsibilities of the field investigator 
working in schools and other service agencies. Students plan and conduct field study utilizing quali- 
tative field techniques. 

EDCI 685 Research Methods (3) 

The interpretation and conduct of research in curriculum and instruction. 

EDCI 687 Applications of Computers in Instructional Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or consent of instructor. Applications of computers in instructional 
settings. Psychological and human-factor implications. The application of learning theory to such 
topics as simulations, CMI, CAI, and representative courseware and hardware evaluations. 

EDCI 700 Theory and Research in Art Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 701 Theory and Research in Music Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 



280 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDO 710 StafTing in Early Childhood Programs (3) 

For advanced students in early childhood education. Prohlems involved in administration of fa- 
culty and staff in programs for young children. 

EDO 711 Education and Group Care of the Infant and Young Child (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or consent of the instructor. The historical, theoretical and empirical ba- 
sis for the group care and education of young children with special emphasis on the child under the 
age of three. 

EDO 713 Research in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 645 or equivalent. The design and conduct of research with infants and 
children to age eight; reviews, evaluations and discussions of significant and relevant early child- 
hood research literature. 

EDO 720 Theory and Research in Social Studies Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDO 620 or 622, and EDMS 645. A survey of the research literature; evaluation 
of research techniques; considertation of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of mo- 
dern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDO 730 Theory and Research in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDO 731 Advanced Teaching of Reading in a Second Language (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 435. A survey of research literature and evaluation of research techniques ap- 
plied in second language teaching/learning. Interpretations of diagnostic techniques with prescrip- 
tions for meeting individual differences based upon student's cultural background. 

EDO 740 Theory and Research in English Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 741 Theory and Research in Speech Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 750 Theory and Research in Mathematics Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 761 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 762. Diagnostic work with children in clinic and 
school situations. Administration, and interpretation. Prescription, diagnostic instrument, case report 
writing and conferences. 

EDCI 762 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 761. Remedial instruction with children in clinic and 
school situations. The development of competency in remedial techniques, diagnostic teaching and 
evaluation. 

EDCI 769 Theory and Research in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite - consent of instructor. Survey of the literature in reading and allied fields, an exam- 
ination of current research directions and methodologies. Implications for classroom practice. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

EDCI 770 Foundations of Science Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 670 or 671, or consent of instructor. The study and interpretation of science 
education literature describing the development of science education; pre-kindergarten through col- 
lege; the establishment of frames of reference to determine the influences on current and future prac- 
tices in science education; and the identification and critical analysis of topics in science education. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 281 



EDO 771 Theory and Research in Science Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 770 and EDMS 646, or consent of instructor. A study of various techniques 
and paradigms for research in science education, pre-kindergarten through college. The significance 
of selected science education research studies. The identification and critical analysis of one re- 
searchable topic in science education and the development of a proposal for this topic which outlines 
a well delineated research plan. 

EDCI 780 Theory and Research on Teaching (3) 

Analysis of general theory and research on teaching; the interactive process of instruction pre- 
school through higher education in school and non-school settings; future directions and needed re- 
search. 

EDCI 781 Persons as Researchers (3) 

Study of the ways persons function as researchers and the reasons they pursue selected areas of 
inquiry. Analysis of research roles, designs, and approaches in a variety of educational settings. 

EDCI 782 Theory and Research in Urban Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 787 Computer Courseware Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 687 or consent of instructor. The design, creation, and refinement of instruc- 
tional sequences using microcomputer capabilities and appropriate learning theory implications. 
Instructional modes including tutorial, drill and practice, simulation, and real-world interfacing. 
Advanced programming techniques using BASIC and author languages such as PILOT. 

EDCI 788 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Current topics and issues in teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits 
when topic is different. 

EDCI 798 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of advisor. Intended for masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education 
who desire to pursue a research problem. 

EDCI 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

EDCI 800 Seminar in Art Education (3) 

EDCI 810 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) 

EDCI 820 Seminar in Social Studies Education (3) 

EDCI 822 Seminar in Secondary Education (3) 

EDCI 830 Seminar in Foreign Language Education (3) 

EDCI 840 Seminar in English Education (3) 

EDCI 841 Seminar in Speech Education (3) 

EDCI 858 Seminar in Mathematics Education (1-3) 

Survey and analysis of literature on an identified research topic in mathematics education. Design 
and implementation of a research study to investigate the identified topic. Repeatable to a maximum 
of six credits. 

EDCI 860 Seminar in Reading Education (3) 

EDCI 861 Research Methods in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 769 and EDMS 646 or equivalent. Current research questions and methods 
culminating in a study suitable for submission to journals. Emphasis on using and conducting re- 
search. 

EDCI 870 Seminar in Science Education (3) 

EDCI 880 Doctoral Proposal Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor and instructor. EDCI 685 and either EDCI 780 or EDCI 683. 
Definition of the problem, development of research design, design of data collection processes, and 



282 Graduate Course Descriptions 



writing of proposal. 

EDO 881 Seminar in Instructional Computing (3) 

EDO 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an 
area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for ex- 
perience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDO 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- 
or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Presents principles and procedures, and examines the function of counselors, psychologists in 
schools, school social workers, and other personnel service workers. 

EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene (3) 

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom problems. 

EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3) 

Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a variety of social situations, including contingency 
contracting and time out will be acquired. 

EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior (3) 

Development of student proficiency in analyzing complex patterns of behavior on the basis of 
empirical evidence. 

EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Basic principles of human behavior will be reviewed and application of 
these principles will be implemented under supervision. 

EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3) 

Two hours of lecture discussion and two hours of laboratory per week. 

The nature and property of groups, interaction analysis, developmental phases, leadership dynam- 
ics and styles, roles of members and interpersonal communications. Laboratory involves experimen- 
tal based learning. 

EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3) 

Strategy development for counselors and educators to deal with problems of racism. 

EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling (3) 

Introductory course for majors in rehabilitation counseling, social work, psychology, or education 
who desire to work professionally with physically or emotionally handicapped persons. 

EDCP 461 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3) 

Theory and research concerning disability, with emphasis on crisis theory, loss and mourning, 
handicapped as a deviant group, sexuality and functional loss, attitude formation, dying process and 
coping. Implications for counseling and the rehabilitation process. 

EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Personnel (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A systematic analysis of research and theoretical literature on 
a variety of major problems in the organization and administration of student personnel services in 
higher education. Included will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel philosophy in 
education, counseling services, discipline, housing, student activities, financial aid, health, remedial 
services, etc. 



EDCP —Education Counseling and Personnel Services 283 



EDCP 489 Field Experiences in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-4) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to major students who have formal plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 

EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree 
is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the Department of Counseling and Personnel Services (or developed coo- 
peratively with other departments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present 
course listing; clinical experiences in counseling and testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy 
laboratories, and special education centers; institutues developed around specific topics or problems 
and intended for designated groups. 

EDCP 605 Issues in Counseling Adults (3) 

Theoretical approaches to adult development. The scope and variety of settings (industry, educa- 
tion, government) in which programs of adult counseling and guidance take place, and the nature of 
such programs. 

EDCP 606 Counseling Adults in Transition (3) 

Theoretical background for understanding adult transitions such as divorce, promotion, major ill- 
ness and bereavement. Strategies for helping adult clients cope with major life changes. 

EDCP 610 Professional Orientation (3) 

Survey of knowledge base and practices in counseling and personnel services specializations, pro- 
fessional ethics, credentialling relevant legislation, current issues. 

EDCP 61 1 Career Development Theory and Programs (3) 

Research and theory related to career and educational decisions; programs of related information 
and other activities in career decision. 

EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Examination of constructs and research relating to major personality theories with emphasis on 
their significance for working with the behaviors of individuals. 

EDCP 615 Counseling I: Appraisal (3) 

For counseling and personnel majors only. Collection and interpretation of appraisal data, synthe- 
sis of data through case study procedures. Development of interview skills. 

EDCP 616 Counseling II: Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 615. Counseling theories and the practices which stem from such theories. 

EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 616. A survey of theory, research and practice of group counseling and psy- 
chotherapy with an introduction to growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeutic factors in 
groups, composition of therapeutic groups, problem clients, therapeutic techniques, research meth- 
ods, theories, ethics and training of group counselors and therapists. 

EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling (2-6) 

Prerequisites: EDCP 616 and permission of instructor. Sequence of supervised counseling experi- 
ences of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in advance. Two hours class plus labor- 
atory. 

EDCP 625 Counseling the Chemically Dependent (3) 

Chemical dependency and its effects on the individual's personal, social, and work functioning. 
Counseling procedures for persons with drug and alcohol problems. 



284 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 617, EDCP 619, and consent of instructor. A supervised field experience in 
group counseling. 

EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate course in group process. Study of case consultation, systems consultation, 
mental health consultation and the professional's role in systems intervention strategies. 

EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (4) 

Assessment of development, emQtional and learning problems of children in schools. Practicum 
experience. 

EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (4) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 633. Assessment of development, emotional, and learning problems of ado- 
lescents in schools. Practicum experience. 

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Diagnosis and treatment of problems presented by teachers and parents. 
Practicum experience. 

EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 635. The objective of this course is to understand and to treat children's 
problems. The focus is primarily on the older child in secondary school and the orientation is essen- 
tially behavioral. Practicum experience will be provided. 

EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of Personnel Services (2) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 619 or permission of instructor. Exploration of personnel services programs 
and implementing personnel services practices. 

EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services Seminar (2) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing. Examination of issues that bear on professional issues such as 
ethics, interprofessional relationships and research. 

EDCP 662 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or consent of instructor. Appraisal of medical aspects in rehabilitation; 
nature, cause, treatment, limitations, prognosis of most common disabilities; medical terminology; 
role of the medical specialities. 

EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Part of core curriculum in reha- 
bilitation counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding his needs, treatment appro- 
aches available, and society's reaction to the client. 

EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 

EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Master's degree in counseling, or instructor's permission. Systematic investigation 
of methods of theory analysis and their application to counseling theory. 

EDCP 717 Evaluation of Research in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Research on process and outcome in counseling. A review of 
research and appropriate research methodologies. 

EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes (2-6) 

Prerequisites: EDCP 626. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

EDCP 726 Practicum in Individual Testing I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 622. The administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and 
Wechsler scales of intelligence. 

EDCP 727 Practicum in Individual Testing II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 622 and consent of the instructor. Practicum experience in the administration 
of and the interpretation of the results of individual psychological tests. Alternate instruments to the 



EDCP —Education Counseling and Personnel Services 285 



Stanford-Binet and Wechsler scales of intelligence and the measurement of special abilities through 
the use of appropriate instruments. 

EDCP 73S Seminar in Rehabilitation Counseling (2) 

This course is part of the core curriculum for rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to provide 
the advanced rehabilitation counseling student with a formal seminar to discuss, evaluate and attempt 
to reach personal resolution regarding pertinent professional problems and issues in the field. 

EDCP 771 The College Student (3) 

A demographic study of the characteristics of college students as well as a study of their aspira- 
tions, values, and purposes. 

EDCP 776 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual and group supervised introduction to intake and 
counseling relationships. 

EDCP 777 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Praticum (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 776 and permission of instructor. Continuation of EDCP 776. Further experi- 
ence under direct supervision of more varied forms of counseling relationships. 

EDCP 778 Research Proposal Seminar (3) 

The development of thesis, dissertation or other research proposals. 

EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor, previous practicum experience. Individual supervision in 
one of the following areas: (a) individual counseling, (b) group counseling, (c) consultation, or (d) 
administration. 

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 

Master"s AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisers may register for credit under this number. 

EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis. 

EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 
of competence compatible with the student's professional goals . Credit not to be granted for experi- 
ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Personnel Services (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- 
or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a 

Ph.D. Dissertation. 

EDHD — Education, Human Development 

EDHD 400 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

Multidisciplinary survey of the processes of aging. Physiological changes, cultural forces, and 
self-processes that bear on quality of life in later years. Field study of programs, institutions for eld- 
erly, individual elders, their families and care providers. 

EDHD 411 Child Growth and Development (3) 

Theoretical approaches to and empirical studies of physical, psychological and social develop- 
ment from conception to puberty. Implications for home, school and community. 



286 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDHD 413 Adolescent Development (3) 

Adolescent development, including special problems encountered in contemporary culture. 
Observational component and individual case study. Does not satisfy requirement for professional 
teacher education program. 

EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts in Human Development III (3) 

Guided reading and observation of students through the school year. Impact of family, school, 
society, and peer group on individual. Analysis of field data in terms of behavioral patterns. 

EDHD 417 Laboratory in Behavior Analysis III (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 416. Continuation of analysis of field observations; emphasis on cognitive 
processes, motivation, self-concept, attitudes and values. 

EDHD 419 Human Development and Learning in School Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: classroom teaching experience or consent of instructor. Advanced study of human 
development and learning in different phases of school program over a period of time. Repeatable 
for maximum of 6 credits if topics differ. 

EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children (3) 

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or consent of instructor. Practical aspects for helping and 
working with children, drawing on research, clinical studies, and observation. Implications for day 
care and other public issues. 

EDHD 460 Educational Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or consent of instructor. Application of psychology to 
learning processes and theories. Individual differences, measurement, motivation, emotions, intelli- 
gence, attitudes, problem solving, thinking and communicating in educational settings. (May not be 
substituted for EDHD 300 by students in professional teacher education programs.) 

EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDHD 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 

EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree 
is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached the following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3) 

An overview of the multidisciplinary, scientific principles which describe human development 
and behavior and an application of these principles in an analysis of a behavioral record. 
Techniques of observation, recording, and analysis of human behavior. Emphasis on critiquing and 
applying research findings. 

EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before EDHD 601 or concurrently. Emphasizes that 
understanding human life, growth and behavior depends on understanding the ways in which the 
body is able to capture, control and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body 
processes and implications for understanding and working with people. 

EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior (3) 

The social forces and expectations that influence behavior from infancy through old age and 
death. The effects of ethnicity, social learning values, attitudes, historical events and mass media on 



EDHD — Education, Human Development 287 



perception and behavior in societal interactions. 

EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent. Prerequisites are EDHD 601 AND 602. Analyzes the organized 
and integrated pattern of feeling, thinking and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic 
biological drives and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. 

EDHD 610 Physiological Aspects of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: ZOOL 201 OR 202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Physiological changes 
with advancing age including cells and tissues; metabolism; homeostasis; and sensorium, with impli- 
cations with respect to coping with these changes. 

EDHD 613 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I (3) 

First of a three-hour sequence in the study of behavior. Analysis focuses upon the major forces 
which shape the development and learning of children and youth. Summer session only. 

EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 613 or equivalent. Second of a three-course sequence in the behavior analy- 
sis of children and youth focusing on self-developmental and self-adjustive processes. Summer ses- 
sion only. 

EDHD 617 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis III (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 615 or equivalent. Third of a three-course sequence in the behavioral analy- 
sis of children and youth which contrasts the child's concept of self and the world and the world's 
concept of the child. Summer session only. 

EDHD 619 Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Development (3) 

A critical examination of concepts and issues in contemporary culture as these relate to the devel- 
opment and learning of children and youth. Summer session only. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 
credits. 

EDHD 620 Aging in the Cultural Context (3) 

The factors and forces that affect life quality in the late years. Identification of economic, 
social? and governmental influences in the cultural context that enhance or impede continued growth 
of the person. Individual projects involving direct field experience. 

EDHD 630 Cognitive Processes During Aging (3) 

Cognitive functioning of the aged. The roles of cultural, environmental and affectional variables 
as they contribute to the healthy functioning of cognitive processes. On-site field trips to consolidate 
an understanding of these interrelationships. Designed for those who desire a fuller understanding of 
life-span human development and/or are interested in working with the elderly. 

EDHD 659 Direct Study of Individuals (3) 

Observational techniques to record the behavior of an individual. Procedures to ensure objectivi- 
ty in data collection. Methods used to analyze, categorize, quantify observational data in research. 

EDHD 700 Infant Development (3) 

An examination of recent research findings in physical, social, emotional and language develop- 
ment during infancy. A review of prenatal and perinatal factors in relation to their influence on later 
development. 

EDHD 701 Training the Parent Educator (3) 

Prerequisite: course in child development at the 400 level or above. History, philosophy, and 
ethics of parent education, and examination of issues critical to the design, implementation, and eva- 
luation of parent education programs. Training in communication and leadership skills. 

EDHD 710 Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Development (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Describes the normal devel- 
opment, expression and influence of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. Deals 
with the influence of parent-child relationship involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, in- 
consistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional behavior and personality adjust- 
ment and development. 



288 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDHD 711 Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Development (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Analyzes the process of 
group formation, role-taking and status-winning, describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" dur- 
ing childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adulthood. 
Analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated with winning, belonging, and 
playing roles in the peer group. 

EDHD 721 Learning Theory and the Educative Process I (3) 

Major theories, issues and research in learning and cognitive development. Emphasis on the ap- 
plication of these theories to education and the helping professions. 

EDHD 722 Learning Theory and the Educative Process II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 721 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of theories, issues and research 
in several categories of cognition and learning applied to education and the helping professions. 

EDHD 730 Field Program in Child Study I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Offers introductory training and apprenticeship preparing per- 
sons to become staff members in human development workshopd, consultants in child study field 
programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or parents. 
Extensive field experience is provided. In general, this training is open only to persons who have 
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psy- 
chology. 

EDHD 731 Field Program in Child Study II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 730 or consent of instructor. Offers advanced training and apprenticeship 
preparing persons to become staff members in human development workshops, consultants to child 
study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or 
parents extensive field experience is provided. In general, this training is open only to persons who 
have passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or 
psychology. 

EDHD 740 Theories of Conflict Resolution in Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Psychological and sociological theories regarding the nature of 
human conflict and its resolution and research regarding bargaining and negotiation techniques. 
Applications to students' professional work. 

EDHD 741 Conflict Resolution in Divorce Settlement (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Conflict resolution and negotiation techniques to the di- 
vorce settlement process. Neutral third party negotiation in conjunction with legal professionals in 
resolving issues of child custody and visitation, division of marital property, spousal support, and 
child support. 

EDHD 779 Special Topics in Human Development (1-6) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDHD 780 Research Methods in Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent. Potentials and limitations of empirical observation for 
contributing to human development knowledge, locating and evaluating relevant human development 
research, and choosing and applying statistical techniques to human development problems. 

EDHD 789 Internship in Human Development (3-8) 

Prerequisites: nine credits of human development and consent of instructor. Internship experience 
in one or more human service agencies in the community. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits. 

EDHD 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 

EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis. 



EDHD — Education, Human Development 289 



EDHD 810 Physical Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on the biological bases of hu- 
man behavior including physiological processes which have an impact on human development and 
behavior. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives and identification of research problems. 

EDHD 811 Physical Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 810 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar in the biological 
bases of behavior with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 810. Identification of 
research problems and areas of application. 

EDHD 820 Socialization Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on the socialization of human 
beings. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives from sociology, anthropology, and psychology; exam- 
ination of the outcomes of socialization (e.g., sex role, moral behavior). 

EDHD 821 Socialization Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 820 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar on socialization and 
social development with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 820. Identification of 
research problems and areas of application. 

EDHD 830 Self Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on personality theories - — their 
history, constructs, and methods; examination of the reciprocal relation between self and the social 
environment; consideration of different conceptualization of self-processes and related personality re- 
search. 

EDHD 831 Self Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 830 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar on current theoreti- 
cal perspectives in self-processes, with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 830. 
Identification of research problems and areas of application. 

EDHD 860 Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 810, 820 and 830. A seminar wherin advanced students work toward a per- 
sonal synthesis of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed on see- 
ing the dynamic interrelations between all process in the behavior and development of an individual. 

EDHD 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 
of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- 
ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDHD 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- 
or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a 
Ph.D. Dissertation. 

EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 

EDIT 400 Technology Activities For the Elementary School (3) 

Experience in the development and use of technology and career education instructional materials 
for construction activities in an interdisciplinary approach to elementary school education. 

EDIT 401 Essentials of Design (2) 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: EDIT 101 and basic laboratory work. A study of 
the basic principles of design and practice with application to the construction of laboratory projects. 



290 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDIT 402 Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related Subjects (3) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related office knowledge 
and skills. Consideration of materials and teaching procedures. 

EDIT 403 Problems in Teaching Office Skills (3) 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, standards of achieve- 
ment, instructional materials, transcription, and the integration of office skills. 

EDIT 404 Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (3) 

Subject matter selection; methods of organization; and presenting business principles, knowledge 
and practices. 

EDIT 405 Business Communications (3) 

The fundamental principles of effective written communication. Word usage, grammar, punctua- 
tion, principles and procedures for writing business letters, and the principles and procedures for 
writing formal research reports. 

EDIT 406 Word Processing (3) 

An introduction to the word processing field with emphasis on word processing theory and con- 
cepts including hands-on equipment training. Management of office personnel, procedures, and 
equipment; the incorporation of word processing into the school curriculum, the automated office of 
the future and career opportunities. On-site field experiences are scheduled throughout the course. 

EDIT 410 Administration and Program Development For Industrial Arts and Vocational 
Education (3) 

Principles and practices of program development and supervision with reference to the role of the 
departmental chairperson in vocational, technical, and industrial arts programs at the secondary and 
post-secondary levels. 

EDIT 412 Management of Physical Facilities in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (3) 

Principles, practices, and theory related to the role of the departmental chairperson charged with 
the management of the physical facilities in vocational, technical, and industrial arts laboratories. 

EDIT 413 Methods and Materials in Distributive Education (3) 

Basic methods and materials needed to teach the preparatory classroom related instruction of a 
one or two year distributive education program. The organization of special supplementary materials 
for individual and group instruction. Youth club programs, organization, and administration. 

EDIT 414 Organization and Coordination of Cooperative Education Programs (3) 

The organization of a cooperative distributive education program; the development of an effective 
cooperative relationship between coordinator and training sponsor; the selection, orientation, and 
training of sponsors; analysis of training opportunities, reports and records; the evaluation and selec- 
tion of students for part-time cooperative work assignments; and the evaluation of the program. 

EDIT 415 Financial and Economic Education I (3) 

Problems of teaching courses in personal finance and economics in the public schools, including 
materials and resources. 

EDIT 416 Financial and Economic Education II (3) 

Continuation of EDIT 415. 

EDIT 421 Industrial Arts in Special Education (3) 

Four hours laboratory and one hour lecture per week. Prerequisite: EDSP 470 and 471 or consent 
of instructor. Experiences of a technical and theoretical nature in industrial processes applicable for 
classroom use. Emphasis on individual research in the specific area of major interest in special edu- 
cation. 

EDIT 422 Student Teaching: Industrial Arts Education (2-12) 

EDIT 425 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs I (3) 

An overview of the function of industrial training, including methods of instruction, types of pro- 
grams and their organization, development of program objectives, and evaluation. 



EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 291 



EDIT 426 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 425. Continuation of EDIT 425. Studies of training programs in a variety of 
industries, including plant program visitation, training program development, and analysis of indus- 
trial training research. 

EDIT 427 Experimental Electronics (2) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Student investigation of an area of electronics of particular 
interest or usefulness at a depth appropriate for student background and need. Emphasis on student- 
based objectives relating to one or more of the following: digital circuitry, communication, energy 
conversion, test equipment utilization, analog circuitry. 

EDIT 432 Student Teaching: Business Education (2-12) 

EDIT 433 Advanced Topics in Power Technology (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 233 or equiva- 
lent. The development of a competency in building and evaluating the performance of energy trans- 
mission, control and converter systems. Methane digestors, solar collectors, electric motors, steam 
turbines, and fluid power systems. 

EDIT 434 Color Reproduction in Graphic Communications (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: EDIT 334 or equivalent. An advanced course in the theory and processes of color 
graphic reproduction. Continuous tone color photography, flat color preparation, process color se- 
parations and the reproduction of a multi-color product on a semi-automatic or automatic printing 
press. ? 

EDIT 435 Curriculum Development in Home Economics (3) 

An analysis of curriculum development including the tools for planning, managing, and evaluat- 
ing the teaching/learning environment of conceptual curriculum design. 

EDIT 436 Analysis of Child Development Laboratory Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: FMCD 332 or EDHD 411. Integration of child development theories with laboratory 
practices; observation and participation in a secondary school child development laboratory arranged 
to alternate with class meetings. 

EDIT 440 Industrial Hygiene (3) 

Introduction to the concept of industrial hygiene and environmental health. Evaluation tech- 
niques, instrumentation for identification of problems; design parameters for achieving control over 
environmental epidemological and toxicological hazards. 

EDIT 442 Student Teaching: Home Economics Education (2-12) 

EDIT 443 Industrial Safety I (3) 

The history and development of effective safety programs in modern industry including causes, 
effects and values of industrial safety education including fire prevention and hazard controls. 

EDIT 444 Industrial Safety II (3) 

Study of exemplary safety practices through conference discussions, group demonstration, and or- 
ganized plant visits to selected industrial situations. Methods of fire precautions and safety practices. 
Evaluative criteria in safety programs. 

EDIT 445 Systems Safety Analysis (3) 

The development of systems safety, a review of probability concepts and the application of sys- 
tems technique to industrial safety problems. Hazard mode and effect, fault free analysis and human 
factors considerations. 

EDIT 450 Training Aids Development (3) 

Study of the aids in common use. Sources and applications. Special emphasis on principles to be 
observed in making aids useful to laboratory teachers. Actual construction and application of aid de- 
vices will be required. 



292 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDIT 451 Research and Experimentation in Industrial Arts (3) 

A laboratory-seminar course designed to develop persons capable of planning, directing and eva- 
luating effective research and experimentation procedures with the materials, products and processes 
of industry. 

EDIT 452 Student Teaching: Marketing and Distributive Education (2-12) 

EDIT 453 Fire Safety Research and Transfer (3) 

The technological transfer of scientific findings to private sector fire safety. Review of research 
applicable to the adequacy and reliability of fire safety in industry. 

EDIT 454 Private Fire Protection Analysis I (3) 

Risk analysis, life safety and property conservation from fire in industrial properties and com- 
plexes. Emphasis on a systems approach for implementing private fire protection. 

EDIT 455 Private Fire Protection Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 448. Internal property detection and fire suppression systems that can mitigate 
a fire in the incipient stage. Review of systems, with emphasis on the performance objectives of pre- 
venting, controlling, and extinguishing fires. 

EDIT 457 Tests and Measurements (3) 

The construction of objective tests for occupational and vocational subjects. Use of measures in 
domains of learning and examination of test analysis techniques. 

EDIT 460 Design Illustrating II (2) 

Four hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: EDIT 160. Advanced drawing, rendering, shadow construction, lettering techniques 
and advanced pictorial representation techniques. 

EDIT 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance (3) 

The underlying principles of guidance and their application to the problems of educational and 
occupational adjustment of students of all ages. 

EDIT 462 Occupational Analysis and Course Construction (3) 

Application of the techniques of occupational and job analysis concepts to instructional develop- 
ment and the design of occupational programs. 

EDIT 464 Laboratory Organization and Management (3) 

The basic elements of organizing and managing an industrial education program, the selection of 
equipment, facility development, legal responsibilities of laboratory instructors, inventory, and stor- 
age control. 

EDIT 465 Modern Industry (3) 

The manufacturing, service, and extractive industries in American social, economic, and cultural 
patterns. Representative basic industries studied from the viewpoints of personnel and management 
organization, industrial relations, production procedures, distribution of products, etc. 

EDIT 466 Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (3) 

A study of the factors which place industrial arts education in a well-rounded program of general 
education. 

EDIT 467 Problems in Occupational Education (3) 

The procurement, assembly, organization, and interpretation of data relative to the scope, 
character and effectiveness of occupational education. 

EDIT 470 Numerical Control in Manufacturing (3) 

The historical development of numerical control (N/C) in manufacturing, recent industrial trends 
in N/C, and a variety of N/C equipment and support services. N/C machine operations: machine mo- 
tions, positioning control systems, N/C tapes and their preparation, manual and computer assisted 
(APT 111) part programming. Experience in product design, part programming, and product machin- 
ing. 



EDIT —Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 293 



EDIT 471 History and Principles of Vocational Education (3) 

The development of vocational education from primitive times to the present with special empha- 
sis given to the vocational education movement with the american program of public education. 

EDIT 472 Quality Control and Assurance in Industrial Settings (3) 

Principles and theory of quality control and assurance, with focus on "quality of conformance." 
Organizational aspects of QC/QA, data collection and analysis, quality control in input, process and 
output functions, and human and cultural dimensions of quality control. 

EDIT 474 Organization and Administration of Youth Groups (3) 

Principles, practices, and theoretical considerations related to youth organizations as a co- 
curricular function of the subject areas of industrial arts, business and distributive education, home 
economics, health occupations and trades and industry. 

EDIT 475 Recent Technological Developments in Products and Processes (3) 

Recent technological developments as they pertain to the products and processes of industry. The 
nature of newer products and processes and their effect upon modern industry and/or society. 

EDIT 476 Application of Technology to Societal Problems (3) 

A study of alternative solutions of a technological nature with respect to such areas as housing, 
transportation, energy, communications, production, trash and waste disposal, water development, 
and pollution control. 

EDIT 481 Manufacture and Use of Inorganic Nonmetallic Materials (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 381 or equiva- 
lent. Fabrication of products from calculated compositions; application of forming process; utiliza- 
tion of compositions; experiences with property analysis and product design. 

EDIT 482 Student Teaching: Trade and Industrial Education (2-12) 

EDIT 484 — 486 Field Experiences in Vocational Areas. 

Supervised work experience in an occupation related to vocational education. Application of the- 
ory to work situations as a basis for teaching in vocational education programs. By individual ar- 
rangement with advisor. 

EDIT 485 Field Experiences in Business Education (3) 

EDIT 486 Field Experiences in Marketing and Distributive Education (3) 

EDIT 488 Selected Topics in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is 
different. 

EDIT 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDIT 491 Plastics Design and Equipment Selection (3) 

Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: EDIT 391 or permission of the department. Experience with 
material selection, product design, mold design, auxiliary equipment and fixtures. 

EDIT 493 Home Economics for Special Need Learners (3) 

Mental, emotional, social and physical handicaps affecting learners in home economics education 
settings. The unique needs and abilities of special learners and methods of teaching daily living 
skills. 

EDIT 498 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Available only to majors who have definite plans for indi- 
vidual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 

EDIT 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree 
is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 



294 Graduate Course Descriptions 



Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDIT 600 Administration and Supervision of Business Education (3) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization and its role in the school program, curriculum, 
equipment, budget-making, supervision, guidance, placement and follow-up, school-community rela- 
tionships, qualifications and selection of teaching staff, visual aids, and in-service programs for 
teacher development. For administrators, supervisors, and teachers. 

EDIT 605 Principles and Problems of Business Education (3) 

Principles, objectives, and practices in business education; occupational foundations; current atti- 
tudes of business, labor and school leaders; general business education in relation to consumer busi- 
ness education and to education in general. 

EDIT 606 Curriculum Development in Business Education (3) 

Study of curriculum planning in business education. Emphasis on the philosophy and objectives 
of the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of appropriate 
course content. 

EDIT 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (3) 

An overview of the development of the industrial arts movement and the philosophical frame- 
work upon which it was founded. Special emphasis on contemporary movements in industrial arts 
and their theoretical foundations. 

EDIT 614 School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (3) 

The principles and problems of providing the physical facilities for industrial education programs. 
The selection, arrangment and placement of equipment, and the determination of laboratory space 
requirements, utility services and storage requirements for various types of industrial education pro- 
grams. 

EDIT 616 Supervision of Industrial Arts (3) 

The nature and function of the supervisory function in the industrial arts field. Administrative and 
supervisory responsibilities, techniques, practices and personal qualifications of the industrial arts su- 
pervisor. 

EDIT 620 Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational Education (3) 

A theoretical and research base for the study of practices in vocational and technical education. 
Examination of administrative processes. 

EDIT 636 Evaluation in Home Economics Education (3) 

Construction and use of evaluation processes in home economics programs. 

EDIT 640 Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3) 

A seminar for students conducting research in industrial arts, vocational education, and industrial 
technology. 

EDIT 641 Content and Method of Industrial Arts (3) 

Examination of methods and procedures used in curriculum development. Application of those 
suited to the field of industrial arts education. Methods and devices for industrial arts instruction. 

EDIT 642 Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (3) 

Philosophy and practices of cooperative programs. Methods and techniques of coordination in 
comprehensive and part-time programs. 

EDIT 643 Curriculum Trends in Marketing and Distributive Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
distributive education. 



EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 295 



EDIT 644 Curriculum Trends in Business Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
business education. 

EDIT 647 Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3) 

A seminar for students conducting and developing research in industrial arts, vocational educa- 
tion, and industrial technology. 

EDIT 650 Teacher Education in Industrial Arts (3) 

The function and historical development of industrial arts teacher education. Program adminstra- 
tion and development, physical facilities and requirements, staff organization and relationships, 
college-secondary school relationships, philosophy and evaluation. 

EDIT 676 Planning and Policy Issues in Vocational and Technical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 471 or permission of the instructor. Current problems and issues in policy 
planning, including training, social, and economic functions of vocational and technical education. 
Characteristics of youth, adult client populations, training in public, private, domestic and interna- 
tional settings. 

EDIT 705 Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics Education (3) 

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational trends. 
Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervi- 
sory practices. 

EDIT 742 Theory and Research in Business Education (1-3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDIT 743 Theory and Research in Marketing and Distributive Education (1-3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant 
instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 

EDIT 746 Theory and Research in Home Economics Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite; EDMS 645 or consent of instructor. A survey of the research literature; evaluation 
of research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of mo- 
dem teaching methods and techniques. 

EDIT 760 Modes of Inquiry in Industrial and Social Institutions (3) 

Modes of inquiry used to conduct research in industrial and social institutions in the interest of 
human context in these settings. Interpretive and critical science as alternatives to the empirical 
orientation. 

EDIT 780 Leadership Seminar in Vocational Education (3) 

Seminar in the contributions of local, state, and national agencies to the formulation of 
vocational/technical education programs. 

EDIT 788 Selected Topics in Education (1-3) 

Current topics and issues in education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic 
is different. 

EDIT 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite; consent of advisor. Intended for Masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education 
who desire to pursue a research problem. 

EDIT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

EDIT 821 Seminar in Business Education (3) 

EDIT 823 Seminar in Distributive Education (3) 

EDIT 826 Seminar in Home Economics Education (3) 

EDIT 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 
of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- 



296 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree-and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDIT 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- 
or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDIT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDMS — Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 

EDMS 410 Principles of Testing and Evaluation (3) 

Basic principles including the steps in the specification of instructional objectives and subsequent 
development of teacher-made tests; problems in the use and interpretation of achievement and apti- 
tude tests; introduction to the development and use of non-testing evaluation procedures; basic con- 
sideration in the assignment of marks and grades; introduction to computer technology as applied to 
measurement. 

EDMS 451 Introduction to Educational Statistics (3) 

Designed as a first course in statistics for students in education. Emphasis is upon educational 
applications of descriptive statistics, including measures of central tendency, variability and associa- 
tion. Also included are inferential statistics through one-way ANOVA. 

EDMS 465 Algorithmic Methods in Educational Research (3) 

Introduction to the use of the computer as a tool in educational research. Instruction in a basic 
scientific computer source language as well as practical experience in program writing for solving 
statistical and educational research problems. 

EDMS 489 Field Experiences in Measurement and Statistics (1-4) 

Prerequisites: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDMS 498 Special Problems in Measurement and Statistics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to education majors who have formal plans for 
individual study of approved problems. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six credits. 

EDMS 622 Theory and Practice of Standardized Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 410, 645 or 451. Study of groups tests typically employed in school testing 
programs; discussion of evidence relating to the measurement of abilities; practice in standardized 
group test administrations. 

EDMS 623 Applied Measurement: Issues and Practices (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 645, 646. Current research and applications in Measurement Theory. 

EDMS 626 Measurement Techniques For Research (3) 

Theory, development and applications of various measurement instruments and procedures used 
in educational research. Questionnaires, interviews, rating scales, attitude scales, observational 
procedures, ecological approaches, Q-sort, semantic-differental, sociometry and other approaches. 
Prerequisite: EDMS 451 or 646. 

EDMS 645 Quantitative Research Methods I (3) 

An introduction to research design principles and the scientific method as applied to behavioral 
phenomena. Instrumentation procedures including the planning and construction of simple data col- 
lection instruments and their analysis, and assessment of the reliability and validity of such instru- 
ments. Statistical procedures appropriate to the analysis of data from simple research designs. 
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and research design are emphasized. 

EDMS 646 Quantitative Research Methods II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645. Special problems arising in the implementation of educational research 
designs. Instrumentation to measure attitudes and collection of questionnaire data. Additional statisti- 
cal procedures appropriate to the analysis of education research designs. Laboratory experiences in 
instrumentation and research design are emphasized. 



EDMS —Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 297 



EDMS 647 Introduction to Evaluation Models (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 646, or equivalent. Explores the principal approaches to evaluation research. 

EDMS 651 Intermediate Statistics in Education (3) 

Distributional theory; Chi-square analysis of contingency tables; analysis of variance; introduction 
to multiple correlation and regression. 

EDMS 653 Correlation and Regression Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Systematic development of simple regression, multiple regression, and 
non-linear regression as applied to educational research problems. Emphasis is on underlying theory 
of procedures and on analytical approaches which are amenable to computerization. 

EDMS 657 Factor Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Development and evaluation of models for factor analysis and their 
practical applications. Treatment of factor extraction, rotation, second-order factor analysis, and fac- 
tor scoring. Emphasis on computer applications. 

EDMS 723 Measurement Theory I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 410, 451, or 646. Classical measurement theory dealing with the nature of 
measurement, principles and procedures concerning the accuracy of measurement and prediction, re- 
liability, and validity theory. 

EDMS 724 Measurement Theory II (3) 

Theoretical formulations of reliability, validity and scaling as related to problems in measurement 
theory and prediction. Prerequisites: EDMS 651, 723. 

EDMS 738 Seminar in Special Problems in Measurement (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An apportunity for students with special interests to focus 
in depth on contemporary topics in measurement. Topics to be announced, but will typically be re- 
lated to applied and theoretical measurement. 

EDMS 747 Design of Program Evaluations (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 626, 647, and 651, or permission of instructor. Analysis of measurement 
and design problems in program evaluations. 

EDMS 769 Special Topics in Applied Statistics in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 771 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Designed primarily for stu- 
dents majoring or minoring in measurement and statistics in education. Topics to be announced, but 
will typically relate to the areas of advanced multivariate analysis and advanced design of experi- 
ments. 

EDMS 771 Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent. Primarily for the education student desiring more ad- 
vanced work in statistical methodology. Survey of major types of statistical design in educational 
research; application of multivariate statistical techniques to educational problems. 

EDMS 779 Seminar in Applied Statistics (1-3) 

Enrollment restricted to doctoral students with a major or minor in measurement and statistics. 
Seminar topics will be chosen in terms of individual student interest. 

EDMS 780 Research Methods and Materials (3) 

Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and experiments; measurements and statistical 
techniques. Primarily for advanced students and doctoral candidates. 

EDMS 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 

EDMS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of 6 hours for Master's thesis. 



298 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDMS 879 Doctoral Seminar (1-3) 

Prerequisite: passing the preliminary examinations for a Doctor's degree in education, or recom- 
mendation of a doctoral advisor. Analysis of doctoral projects and theses, and of other on-going re- 
search projects. A Doctoral candidate may participate in the seminar during as many university ses- 
sions as he desires, but may earn no more than three semester hours of credit accumulated one hour 
at a time in the seminar. An ED.D. Candidate may earn in total no more than nine semester hours, 
and a Ph.D. Candidate, no more than eighteen semester hours in the seminar and in EDMS 899 

EDMS 889 Internship in Measurement and Statistics (3-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Provides internship experiences at a professional level of 
competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience 
accrued prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDMS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a 

Ph.D. Dissertation. 

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 400 The Future of the Human Community (3) 

Examination of the future of our social and cultural institutions for education and child rearing, 
social and family relationships, health and leisure, information exchange, and the provision of food, 
clothing, and shelter. 

EDPA 412 Logic of Teaching (3) 

An analysis of the structure of basic subject matters in the curriculum and of the standard logical 
moves in teaching. 

EDPA 440 Utilization of Educational Media (3) 

Survey of classroom uses of instructional media. Techniques for integrating media into instruc- 
tion. Includes preparation of a unit of instruction utilizing professional and teacher produced media. 

EDPA 441 Instructional Materials Development (3) 

The planning, production, and evaluation of a variety of instructional materials for use in educa- 
tion and training. Graphic design, lettering, transparencies, mounting, laminating, still photography, 
super 8mm photography, audio, video, slide/tape, planning storyboards and scripts. 

EDPA 442 Instructional Media Services (3) 

Prerequisites: teaching experience and EDPA 440, or equivalent. Procedures for coordinating in- 
structional media programs; instructional materials acquisition, storage, scheduling, distribution, pro- 
duction, evalution and other service responsibilities; instructional materials center staff coordination 
of research, curriculum improvement and faculty development programs. 

EDPA 443 Instructional Television Utilization (3) 

Combining televised lessons, on-campus seminars, and related workbook assignments, this course 
focuses upon planning for the various uses of instructional television with students. State, local 
school unit, school, and classroom uses will be illustrated through film and studio production. The 
aspects of producing ITV programs are developed through the television lessons and "hands-on" as- 
signments of the seminars. 

EDPA 444 Programmed Instruction (3) 

Analysis of programmed instruction techniques; selection, utilization and evaluation of existing 
programs and teaching machines; developing learning objectives; writing and validating programs. 

EDPA 471 The Legal Rights and Obligations of Teachers and Students (3) 

Selected state and federal court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines regulating public 
education: speech and other forms of expression, privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search and sei- 
zure, tort liability for negligence (including education malpractice), hiring, promotion, dismissal and 
non-renewal of teachers. No prior legal training required. 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 299 



EDPA 488 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics and issues in 
education policy and administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

EDPA 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisites: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDPA 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. 

EDPA 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree 
is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDPA 601 Contemporary Social Issues in Education (3) 

Theoretical and practical consideration of vital social issues currently affecting education. 

EDPA 605 Comparative Education (3) 

Analyzes and compares leading issues in education in various countries of the world, particularly 
as they relate to crucial problems in American education. 

EDPA 610 History of Western Education (3) 

Educational institutions through the ancient, medieval and early modern periods in western civil- 
ization, as seen against a background of socio-economic development. 

EDPA 611 History of Education in the United States (3) 

A study of the origins and development of the principal features of the present system of educa- 
tion in the United States, emphasizing the variety of interpretive and methodological concerns that 
define the field. 

EDPA 612 Philosophy of Education (3) 

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting the development 
of modern education, with particular emphasis on recent scholarship on philosophical problems in 
education. 

EDPA 613 Educational Sociology (3) 

The sociological study of education as an evolving set of methods and procedures, and body of 
knowledge. Several major theoretical perspectives used by sociologists studying education, comprise 
the focus of the course. 

EDPA 614 Politics of Education (3) 

Educational institutions as political entities with an emphasis on their relationships with federal, 
state, and local governments as well as with interest groups. The application of competing models of 
the political process to the passing of laws, development of budgets, and the control of the formula- 
tion, implementation, and evaluation of education policies. 

EDPA 620 Education Policy Analysis (3) 

Policy making in education from planning to evaluation with emphasis on the identification of 
policy problems and the resources available to analysts through multi-disciplinary approaches. An in- 
troductory experience with education policy analysis. 

EDPA 621 Decision Making and Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Organizational decision processes and policy 
formation within educational organizations — schools, colleges, universities, government agencies 



300 Graduate Course Descriptions 



and industry. 

EDPA 622 Values, Ideology, and Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. The study of education policy as it reflects val- 
ues and ideologies and as it structures choice. 

EDPA 623 Education Policy and Social Change (3) 

Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Relationships between education policy-making 
and social change. The work of theorists in history, economics, political science, philosophy, socio- 
logy and anthropology. 

EDPA 625 Federal Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Federal involvement in education in the United 
States from 1780 to the present, emphasizing the effects of legislation, court decisions, agencies, 
and presidential initiatives on the distribution of education opportunities. 

EDPA 626 Education Policy and the Young (3) 

The systematic exploration of education policy as it has organized, reflected and influenced the 
lives of children, youth, and families, with particular emphasis on American policies and systems. 

EDPA 627 Education Policy: An International Perspective (3) 

An analysis of education policy issues in various parts of the world. Comparisons with the 
United States. Teachers' organizations and citizen participation in policy determination. Ethnic and 
racial group pressures and attempts to control education policy. 

EDPA 634 The School Curriculum (2-3) 

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood through adole- 
scence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of conditions affecting curriculum 
change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in cur- 
riculum design. 

EDPA 635 Principles of Curriculum Development (3) 

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the selection and 
organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working in classroom and school on 
curriculum improvement. 

EDPA 636 Communication and the School Curriculum (3) 

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the 
learner's interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environ- 
ment. (Listed also as EDEL 636.) 

EDPA 641 Selection and Evaluation of Educational Media (3) 

Examination of media policy, and development of criteria for selection and evaluation of educa- 
tional materials for classroom, school and system use. Measures of readability, listenability, visual 
difficulty, and interest level. 

EDPA 642 Instructional Systems Development (3) 

Introduction to the systems approach to designing instruction. Survey of instructional systems 
and instructional design models. Application of learning/instructional theories to designing instruc- 
tional systems. Analysis of criteria for selecting and utilizing instructional media and for evaluating 
instructional systems. 

EDPA 644 Practicum in Educational Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 642. Planned and supervised field or internship experience for advanced 
graduate students in educational communications. 

EDPA 650 Professional Seminar in Higher and Adult Education (3) 

Introduction to higher and adult education as a field of study. Origins, current dimensions and 
problems, and emerging issues. Field trips to institutions, state and national capitals, and involve- 
ment in professional conferences. 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 301 



EDPA 651 Higher Education Law (3) 

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating higher education. First 
and fourth amendment rights of students and faculty, procedural due process, equal educational op- 
portunity, equal protection in hiring, promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual and institution- 
al liability for civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior legal training required. 

EDPA 652 Higher Education in American Society (3) 

Examines the concepts of academic freedom, corporate autonomy and institutional accountability 
with emphasis on twentieth century relationships between higher education and government in the 
United States. 

EDPA 653 Organization and Administration of Higher Education (3) 

Basic concepts and terminology related to organizational behavior and institutional governance 
structures. The governance and organization of higher education in the United States. 

EDPA 654 The Community and Junior CoUege (3) 

Historical development and philosophical foundations of community and junior colleges in 
America with emphasis on organizational and administrative structures in two year institutions and 
the clientele they serve. 

EDPA 655 Administration of Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

An overview of the field of Adult/Continuing education focusing on the administration of institu- 
tions and organizations that provide both credit and non-credit educational experiences for adult 
learners. Historical development of adult education in America. Concepts that have molded the 
adult education movement, and issues in financing and delivering adult education programs. 

EDPA 656 Collective Bargaining in Higher Education (3) 

Legal and education policy of collective bargaining in higher education. Nature and scope of the 
bargaining process, impact of collective bargaining on academic governance, student interests, per- 
sonnel decisions, and grievance mechanisms. 

EDPA 657 History of Higher Education in the United States (3) 

History of higher education in America from colonial times to the present with emphasis on ex- 
pansion of higher education and the growing complexity of its structures, organization, and pur- 
poses. 

EDPA 660 Administrative Foundations (3) 

Develops a theoretical and research based structure for the study and practice of administration in 
the field of education by introducing the student to selected contributors to administration, and by 
indicating the multidisciplinary nature of administrative study as it relates to purpose-determination, 
policy-definition, and task-accomplishment. 

EDPA 661 Administrative Behavior and Organizational Management (3) 

A critical analysis of organizational management (informal and formal dimensions), an assess- 
ment of the contributions from other fields (traditional and emerging) to the study of administrative 
behavior and the governance of organizations, and an analysis and assessment of the administrator's 
motivations, perceptions, and sensitivity as determinants of behavior. The theoretical and research 
bases for these areas and such related concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal relations, and 
sensitivity training are examined. 

EDPA 662 Administrative Processes (3) 

Develops competence with respect to selected administrative process areas. Examines efforts to 
develop theories and models in these areas and analyzes research studies and their implications for 
administrative practice. Develops skill in selected process areas through such techniques as simula- 
tion, role-playing, case analysis, and computer-assisted instruction. 

EDPA 663 Policy Formulation in Education (3) 

Introduction to education policy at all levels of school governance. Policy formation, administra- 
tion and evaluation issues are studied. Conceptual and analytical models for the study of policy. 



302 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDPA 664 School Surveys (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems 
of school organization and adminstration, finance and school plant planning. Field work in school 
surveys is required. 

EDPA 665 The Organization and Administration of Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics 
such as personnel problems, school-community relationships, student activities, schedule making, 
and internal financial accounting. 

EDPA 666 Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (3) 

Problems in administering elementary schools and improving instruction. 

EDPA 667 Public School Supervision (3) 

The nature and functions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and procedures; human 
relationship factors; and personal qualities for supervision. 

EDPA 671 Elementary and Secondary School Law (3) 

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating elementary and secondary 
education. Equal educational opportunity, first and fourth amendment rights of students and teach- 
ers, tort liablity for negligence, equal protection in hiring, firing and non-renewal of teachers, indi- 
vidual and institutional liablity for federal civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior le- 
gal training required. 

EDPA 673 Collective Bargaining in Elementary-Secondary Education (3) 

Evolution and impact of collective bargaining in elementary and secondary education. Impact of 
collective bargaining on the educational power structure, third-party community interests and educa- 
tion policy making. 

EDPA 675 Public School Personnel Administration (3) 

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school personnel needs, 
including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and other benefits. 

EDPA 676 School Finance and Business Administration (3) 

An introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public school finance acti- 
vity. Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in the educational program are 
considered. 

EDPA 679 Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision (2-4) 

Prerequisite: at least four hours in educational adminstration and supervision or consent of in- 
structor. A student may register for two hours and may take the seminar a second time for an addi- 
tional two hours. 

EDPA 690 Research Issues in Education Policy, Planning and Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. An introduction to the practice of research and a survey of 
various modes of conceptualization, problem identification, and research design used in studies of 
education policy, planning, and administration. 

EDPA 700 Qualitative Research Methods in Education (3) 

Qualitative methods in education research, emphasizing the paradigms of philosophy, history, so- 
ciology, anthropology, and comparative studies as they rely on narrative rather than quantitative ord- 
ering of data. 

EDPA 705 International Educational Change (3) 

An exploration and analysis of major trends in education in several parts of the world, with atten- 
tion directed to educational change as the outcome of deliberate efforts by nations and international 
organizations as well as those which occur without central planning or direction. 

EDPA 706 Education in Africa (3) 

An examination of the development of modem educational systems in Africa south of the Sahara 
out of the colonial and pre-colonial past into the independent present and future. The focus is on re- 
search into the changing philosophies and persistent problems in African education. 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 303 



EDPA 707 Education in the Near East (3) 

A consideration of current educational problems of the Near East as they have emerged from the 
confrontation of the traditional Muslim educational heritage with the foreign educational activities 
and the forces of nationalism and modernization. 

EDPA 712 Analysis of Educational Concepts (3) 

Analyses of selected concepts used in thinking about education. 

EDPA 732 History of Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 635 or permission of instructor. The writings of major educators in curricu- 
lum. Conceptual and formal similarities and differences between current curriculum projects and his- 
torical antecedents. Survey of curriculum materials for classroom use in their relationship to the cur- 
riculum theory of their time. 

EDPA 734 Organization and Administration of Teacher Education (3) 

Teacher education today. Current patterns and significant emerging changes, particularly those in- 
volving teachers and schools. Deals with selection, curriculum, research, accreditation, and 
institution-school relationships. 

EDPA 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary Curriculum (1-3) 

Current curricular trends, issues, theory, and research in the light of past curricular and social 
thought. Linguistic analysis, analysis of thinking, disciplines as modes of inquiry, influence of 
romantic thought, influence of the industrial model, shool as transformer of society, and political 
ideologies. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

EDPA 750 International Higher Education (3) 

Comparison of higher education systems in several countries, and of the problems and issues in 
higher education faced by these countries. 

EDPA 751 Law and Higher Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 651 or permission of instructor. Analysis and evaluation of judicial and exe- 
cutive branch attempts to give operational meaning to federal equity legislation and to develop reme- 
dial policies relating to equal educational and employment opportunity in post-secondary education. 

EDPA 752 State Systems of Higher Education (3) 

Creation, operation, alteration and evaluation of state systems of higher education. Campus 
autonomy versus public accountability. Analysis of topics such as state planning, budget and pro- 
gram review, and administration of student aid and federal programs. 

EDPA 753 Higher Education Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 653 or permission of instructor. Social science concepts underlying planning. 
Applications of planning concepts and techniques to higher education at institutional, state and na- 
tional levels. 

EDPA 754 Higher Education Finance (3) 

Economic perspectives on higher education. Ways of financing higher education and current 
finance issues. Higher education budget concepts and processes. 

EDPA 755 Federal Policies in Post-Secondary Education (3) 

Evolution of the federal role, its current scope and funding. Policy issues associated with federal 
student aid programs, research grants and social equity regulations. 

EDPA 756 Curriculum in Higher Education (3) 

An analysis of research in curriculum and of conditions affecting curriculum change, with exam- 
ination of issues in curriculum making based upon the history of higher education curriculum devel- 
opment. 

EDPA 757 College Teaching (3) 

An analysis of various methods and techniques used in college teaching. 

EDPA 759 Seminar in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Current issues and problems in adult and continuing education and lifelong learning in America. 



304 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDPA 760 The Human Dimension in Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor. Theory, research findings, and laboratory ex- 
periences in human skills in organizations. Goal setting, communication, conflict, decision making 
evaluation, and consultant intervention. 

EDPA 761 Group Relationships in Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor. Group relationships and relevant administrative 
skills in educational settings. The role of authority, group maturation, group member roles, group 
decision making, and intra-group and inter-group conflict. 

EDPA 764 General Systems Theory I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 662 or permission of instructor. Theory of complex systems, principles and 
mechanisms of regulation, control, and adaptation in physical, biological, social, and symbolic sys- 
tems. Equi-finality, evolution, feedback, hierarchy theory, homeostasis, requisite variety, and self- 
organization. Applications to policy making, planning, and management in educational organiza- 
tions. 

EDPA 765 General Systems Theory II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 764 or permission of instructor. General systems theory applied to actual or- 
ganizational problems. Field work and relevant social science literature for the definition of one or 
more key, long-range problems and the development of plans to solve the problems. 

EDPA 766 Child Accounting (2) 

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an examination of 
the marking system. 

EDPA 788 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics and issues in 
education policy and administration. Repeatable to maximum of six credits. 

EDPA 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 

EDPA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis. 

EDPA 805 Seminar in Comparative Education (3) 

Analysis of educational issues on a worldwide basis with opportunities to focus on a particular 
country on an individual basis. Analysis of qualitative research methods as used in cross-cultural and 
comparative education studies. 

EDPA 809 Research Methods (3) 

Specific methodologies employed in educational studies. 

EDPA 811 Seminar in History of Education (3) 

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of history of edu- 
cation. The analysis of the various ways in which history of education is approached methodolog- 
ically and interpretatively. 

EDPA 812 Seminar in Philosophy of Education (3) 

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of philosophy of 
education. The function of educational philosophy, methodological approaches, and current research 
trends. 

EDPA 813 Seminar in Educational Sociology (3) 

Sociological analysis of educational processes and institutions; emphasis on the social effects of 
formal organizations. 

EDPA 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 635. Critical and analytic review of major themes, concepts and language 
forms relevant to current curriculum theory and research. 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 305 



EDPA 839 Seminar in Teacher Education (3-6) 

A problem seminar in teacher education. A maximum of six hours may be earned in this course. 

EDPA 850 Seminar in Problems of Higher Education (3) 

Contemporary issues and problems in post-secondary education relevant to the interests of both 
administrators and college/universtiy faculty members. Problems of individual interest. Preparation 
of papers for publication on post-secondary education topics. 

EDPA 851 College and University Development (3) 

Identification and acquisition of extramural fiscal resources for institutions of higher education. 
The nature of philanthropy, foundation solicitation, alumni administration, publications and public 
relations, and funding agency relationships. 

EDPA 853 Problems in Higher Education (3) 

Consideration of current issues in higher education from a historical perspective. 

EDPA 855 Lifelong Learning Policy in Non-Collegiate Institutions (3) 

Policies and programs for training and continued learning in business and industry, government 
agencies, unions, professional societies, and nonprofit organizations. 

EDPA 861 Seminar: Research in School Effectiveness (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660, 661, 662, 663, and consent of instructor. Examination of organization- 
al effectiveness and the methodologies for assessing organizational effectiveness. An individual re- 
search project is required. 

EDPA 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of Administrative Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660, 661, 662, 663, and consent of instructor. Study of administrative be- 
havior in educational institutions. Development of a research design for the study of administrative 
behavior in one educational institution. 

EDPA 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 
of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- 
ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDPA 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- 
or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDPA 895 Research Critique Seminar (3) 

Critiques of research designs in preparation for the doctoral dissertation. 

EDPA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a 
PH.D. Dissertation. 

EDSP —Education, Special 

EDSP 400 Curriculum and Instructional Methods For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Corequisites: EDSP 402 and 404. Methodology and curriculum for severely handicapped students 
in functional skill areas. Enrollment limited to those admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. 

EDSP 401 Environmental and Physical Adaptations for Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 411 and 412; or EDSP 430 and 431. Medical, physical, and manage- 
ment problems of severely handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 402 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped I (2-5) 

Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 400 and 404. Practicum experience in settings serving severely handi- 
capped individuals. Enrollment limited to those admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. 
Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 



306 Graduate Course Descriptions 



EDSP 403 Physical and Communication Development for Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 400. Co-requisite: EDSP 405 and 410. The communication needs, methods, 
and alternatives for severely handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 404 Education of Autistic Children (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 400 and 402. The characteristics and educational needs and methods 
for children diagnosed as autistic. 

EDSP 405 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped II (2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 402; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 403 and 410. Practicum experience in 
settings serving severely handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per 
week. 

EDSP 410 Community Functioning Skills For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 400. Corequisite: EDSP 405. Instructional techniques and curriculum devel- 
opment strategies related to community functioning skills for severely handicapped students. 

EDSP 411 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped III (2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 405; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 412. Practicum experience in settings serving 
severely handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 

EDSP 412 Vocational Instruction For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Corequisite; EDSP 411. The development of vocational skills with severely handicapped individ- 
uals. 

EDSP 417 Student Teaching: Severely Handicapped (4-11) 

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with severely handicapped individuals. Limited to 
special education majors admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. 

EDSP 418 Seminar: Issues and Research Related to the Instruction of the Severely 
Handicapped (1-3) 

Examines the current research related to the instruction of severely handicapped individuals. 
Repeatable up to 6 credits, provided content is different. 

EDSP 420 Developmental and Behavioral Characteristics of Nonhandicapped and Handicapped 
Infants and Young Children (3) 

Corequisite: EDSP 421. Study of the developmental, behavioral, and learning characteristics of 
nonhandicapped and handicapped infants and young preschool children. Divergent and parallel pat- 
terns of development among the respective groups of children. Enrollment limited to students ad- 
mitted to early childhood special education area of specialization. 

EDSP 421 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 420. Practicum experience in settings serving preschool handicapped 
children. Opportunities for studying the patterns of development and learning among nonhandi- 
capped and handicapped infants and older preschoolers. Enrollment limited to students admitted to 
early childhood specialty. Field placement for two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 422 Curriculum and Instruction in Early Childhood Special Education (Moderate to 
Mild: 3-8 Years) (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 420. Corequisite: EDSP 424 and EDCI 416. Characteristics, methods and 
materials for the instruction of young children (ages 3-8) traditionally labeled mild to moderately 
handicapped. 

EDSP 423 Psychoeducational Assessment of Preschool Handicapped Children (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 420 and 422. Corequisite: EDSP 430 and 431. Current psychoeducational as- 
sessment and evaluation procedures used with profoundly to moderately handicapped infants and 
young preschool children. Psychometric, criterion-referenced, developmental checklists, and 
automated and ecological assessment procedures. Administration of selected assessment instru- 
ments. 



EDSP —Education, Special 307 



EDSP 424 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education II (Moderate to Mild) (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 421; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 422. Practicum experience in settings serving 
young (ages 3 to 8) mild to moderately handicapped children in self-contained and integrated early 
childhood programs. Opportunities to apply educational methods and materials. Field placement for 
two to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 430 Intervention Techniques and Strategies For Preschool Handicapped Children 
(Severe to Moderate, Birth - 6 Years) (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 420 and 422. Corequisites: EDSP 423 and 431. Current approaches to the 
psychoeducational treatment of preschool severely to moderately handicapped children. Emphasis on 
multi-dimensional approach to intervention with handicapped preschoolers. 

EDSP 431 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education III (Severe to Moderate) (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 424; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 and 423. Opportunities to apply tech- 
niques, strategies, methods and materials for educating severely to moderately handicapped infants 
and young children. Field placement for two to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 437 Student Teaching: Early Childhood Special Education (4-11) 

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with handicapped infants and preschool children. 
Limited to special education majors in early childhood special education specialty area. 

EDSP 438 Seminar: Special Issues in Early Childhood Special Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of current issues and research concerning education of 
preschool handicapped children. Repeatable up to 6 credits, provided content is different. 

EDSP 440 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Cognitive 
and Psychosocial Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 441 and 442. Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 443 and 445. Learning style, cogni- 
tive, and problem-solving strategies, and psychosocial behavior of educationally handicapped indi- 
viduals at elementary to secondary levels. Characteristics, assessment and instruction. Enrollment 
limited to Special Education majors accepted into educationally handicapped area of specialization. 

EDSP 441 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Oral 
Language and Communication Disorders (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 443 and 445. Characteristics of individuals with oral language and 
communication disorders, assessment of such disorders and instructional strategies, curricula and 
materials. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors accepted into educationally handicapped 
area of specialization. 

EDSP 442 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 441. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally handi- 
capped individuals. Demonstration of the content of EDSP 441. Enrollment limited to students ad- 
mitted to educationally handicapped specialty. 

EDSP 443 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Reading 
and Written Communication Disorders (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 441; pre- or corequisites: EDSP 440 and 445. Characteristics and assess- 
ments of individuals with reading and written communication disorders at elementary to secondary 
levels, and methods of teaching reading and written language skills to such individuals. Adaptation 
of regular instructional methods and curricula. Curricula and strategies designed specifically for edu- 
cationally handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 445 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped II (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 442; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 440 and 443. Practicum experience in 
settings serving educationally handicapped. The application of instructional design and assessment 
in the areas of reading, written communication, and cognitive development. Field placement for 
2—4 half days per week. 

EDSP 446 Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Functional Living Skills (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 447. Instructional methods, curricula and materials designed to teach 
functional living skills to educationally handicapped individuals at elementary to secondary levels. 



308 Graduate Course Descriptions 



Curricula and teaching strategies in science and social studies used in general education and adapta- 
tions for educationally handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 447 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped III (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 445; pre- or corequisite EDSP 446 and 450. Practicum experience in settings 
serving educationally handicapped individuals. The application of the content of EDSP 446 and 450. 
Field placement for two to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 450 Program Management For the Educationally Handicapped (3) 

Corequisites: EDSP 446 and 447, or EDSP 464 and 465. Emphasis on skills in managing pro- 
grams for educationally handicapped individuals. Service delivery models; scheduling; establishing 
referral, assessment and follow through procedures; methods for mainstreaming; training aides and 
volunteers. 

EDSP 457 Student Teaching: Educationally Handicapped (4-11) 

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with educationally handicapped individuals. 

EDSP 458 Seminar: Special Issues and Research Related to the Educationally Handicapped 
(1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Current issues and research concerning the education of educa- 
tionally handicapped individuals. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided content is differ- 
ent. 

EDSP 460 Career/vocational Education For the Handicapped (3) 

Corequisite: EDSP 461. Introduction to career/vocational education for the handicapped. 
Historical and current issues and trends, characteristics and training needs of handicapped individuals 
and review of existing programs. Enrollment limited to special education majors admitted into the 
career/vocational area of specialization. 

EDSP 461 Field Placement: Career/Vocational I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 460. Visitation and observation of sites relevant to career/vocational 
education for the handicapped, including various program models such as special center-based, 
comprehensive school-based, vocational center-based, community-based, and public and private 
sheltered and open employment sites. Enrollment limited to special education majors admitted to 
career/vocational area of specialization. Field placement for two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 462 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction For the Mild to Moderately 
Handicapped I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 460. Corequisites: EDSP 463, EDSP 443, and EDCI 456. The first course of 
a two course sequence focusing on assessment, interpretation of assessment results, and planning, 
delivery and evaluation of instruction in career/vocational education for the handicapped. Vocational 
and prevocational preparation, daily living skills and personal-social development. 

EDSP 463 Field Placement: Career/Vocational II (2-3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 461; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 462. Practicum experience in career/vocational 
programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 464 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction for Mild to Moderately Handicapped 
n(3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 462. Pre-or Corequisite EDSP 465 and EDSP 450. A continuation of EDSP 
462. 

EDSP 465 Field Placement: Career/Vocational HI (2-3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 463; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 450. Practicum experience in career/vocational 
programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half days per week. 

EDSP 467 Student Teaching: Career/Vocational (4-11) 

A full-time eight week field assignment in a setting providing career/vocational education for 
handicapped students. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors who have successfully com- 
pleted coursework in career/vocational area of specialization. 



EDSP —Education, Special 309 



EDSP 468 Special Topics Seminar in Career/Vocational Education For the Handicapped (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Current issues and research relating to career/vocational 
education of the handicapped. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided content is different. 

EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 288. Designed to give an understanding of the' needs of all types of excep- 
tional children. Stressing preventive and remedial measures. 

EDSP 471 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis etiology, physical, social and emo- 
tional characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 472 Education of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching excep- 
tional children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged. 

EDSP 473 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum 
for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula cur- 
rently in use. 

EDSP 475 Education of the Slow Learner (3) 

Studies the characteristics of the slow learner and those educational practices which are appropri- 
ate for the child who is functioning as a slow learner. 

EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emo- 
tional characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional Children: Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching excep- 
tional children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged. 

EDSP 483 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding current 
curriculum for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curri- 
cula currently in use. 

EDSP 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: major in education or consent of department. May be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits when topic is different. 

EDSP 489 Field Experiences in Special Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. 
Credit not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 

EDSP 491 Characteristics of Learning Disabled Students (3) 

Diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional characteristics of learning disabled students. 

EDSP 492 Education of Learning Disabled Students (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 491 or consent of instructor. Methods of teaching learning disabled children. 

EDSP 493 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Perceptual Learning Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 492 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum 
for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula cur- 
rently in use. 

EDSP 498 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Available only to education majors who have definite plans for 
individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 

EDSP 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes in Special Education (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree 
is six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 



310 Graduate Course Descriptions 



reached the following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the special education department (or developed cooperatively with other de- 
partments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing. 
Laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around specific topics or problems 
and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 

EDSP 600 Exceptional Children and Youth (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in special education and consent of instructor. Deals primarily with re- 
search relevant to the intellectual, psychological, physical, and emotional charateristics of exception- 
al children. 

EDSP 601 Characteristics of Behaviorally Disordered Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Characteristics and theoretical perspectives re- 
lated to students with behavioral disorders. 

EDSP 60S The Exceptional Child and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Relationship of the role and adjustment of the 
child with an exceptionality to societal characteristics. 

EDSP 610 Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 and consent of instructor. Consideration of the determination, establish- 
ment and function of educational programs to exceptional children for administrative and supervisory 
personnel. 

EDSP 615 Evaluation and Measurement of Exceptional Children and Youth (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 446, 646, and EDSP 600. Deals with the understanding and interpretation 
of the results of psychological and educational tests applicable for use with exceptional children. 

EDSP 620 Educational Diagnosis and Planning For Learning Disabled Students (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 491, EDSP 615, or consent of instructor. Identification of learning charac- 
teristics of learning disabled students and planning of educational programs. 

EDSP 621 Social and Academic Skill Development for Behaviorally Disordered Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600, EDSP 601 or consent of instructor. Strategies to teach social and aca- 
demic skills to behaviorally disordered students. 

EDSP 625 Problems in the Education of the Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours edsp including EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Consideration of the per- 
tinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological and other research and theoretical material 
relevant to the determination of trends, practices, regarding the mentally retarded. 

EDSP 630 Problems in the Education of the Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours edsp including EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Consideration of the per- 
tinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological and other relevant research and theoretical 
material relevant to the determination of trends, practices, regarding the gifted. 

EDSP 635 Seminar: Behavioral Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 601, EDSP 621 or consent of instructor. Methodological and theoretical 
issues related to behaviorally disordered students. 

EDSP 640 Seminar: Learning Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 492, EDSP 600, EDSP 615, or consent of instructor. Research and theoreti- 
cal material relevant to trends and practices regarding the learning disabled. 

EDSP 651 Program Planning and Instruction for Handicapped Children (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 or equivalent. Program design for serving high risk and handi- 
capped infants from birth to three years of age. 

EDSP 678 Seminar in Special Education (3) 

EDSP 788 Selected Topics in Special Education (1-3) 

Current topics and issues in teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits 
when topic is different. 



EDSP —Education, Special 31 1 



EDSP 798 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Intended for Masters, AGS, or doctoral students in education 
who desire to pursue a research problem. 

EDSP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis. 

EDSP 860 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Issues and procedures relevant to conducting and analyzing research in special education. 

EDSP 888 Apprenticeship in Special Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an 
area of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for ex- 
perience accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate- seeking graduate stu- 
dents. 

EDSP 889 Internship in Special Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence 
in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued pri- 
or to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDSP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a 
Ph.D. dissertation. 

ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 

ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452 and ENAE 471. Application 
of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, structural, aero- 
dynamic, and propulsion tests, correlation of theory with experimental results. 

ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III (1) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452, ENAE 471, and ENAE 475. 
Application of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, struc- 
tural, aerodynamic, flight simulation, and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theory with experimental 
results. 

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345, ENAE 451, and ENAE 371. Theory, background and methods of air- 
plane design, subsonic and supersonic. 

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345 and ENAE 371. Theory, background and methods of space vehicle de- 
sign for manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and planetary landing systems. 

ENAE 415 Computer-aided Structural Design Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Introduction to structural design concepts and 
analysis techniques. Introduction to computer software for structural analysis which is utilized to 
verify exact solutions and perform parametric design studies of aerospace structures. Not open to 
students who have earned credit in ENAE 431. 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3) 

Prerequisite:ENAE 345 and ENAE 371. Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in dynamics. 

ENAE 451 Flight Structures I: Introduction to Solid Mechanics (4) 

Prerequisite: ENES 220. An introduction to the analysis of aircraft structural members. 
Introduction to theory of of elasticity, mechanical behavior of materials, thermal effects, finite- 
difference approximations, virtual work, variational and energy principles for static systems. 

ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 451. Application of variational and energy principles to analysis of elastic 
bodies; stresses and deflections of beams including effects of non-principal axes, non-homogeneity, 



312 Graduate Course Descriptions 



and thermal gradients; differential equations of beams, bars, and cables. Stresses and deflections of 
torsional members, stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of structures. 

ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computational Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the concepts of computational 
analysis of continuous media by use of matrix methods. Foundation for use of finite elements in any 
field of continuum mechanics, with emphasis on the use of the displacement method to solve ther- 
mal and structural problems. 

ENAE 457 Flight Structures 111 (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent. An advanced undergraduate course dealing with the theory 
and analysis of the structures of flight vehicles. Stresses due to shear, indeterminate structures, plate 
theory, buckling and failure of columns and plates. 

ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3) 

Prerequisites: ENME 216 and ENAE 471. Operating principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, 
ramjet and rocket engines, thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine performance, aerothermoche- 
mistry of combustion, fuels, and propellants. 

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 461. Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion. 

ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 371 and ENME 216. Elements of compressible flow with applications to 
aerospace engineering problems. 

ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 371. Theory of the flow of an incompressible fluid. 

ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with aerodynamic problems 
of flight at supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Unified hypersonic and supersonic small distur- 
bance theories, real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer with applications to hyper- 
sonic flight and re-entry. 

ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 371, ENAE 471, and ENME 216. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow, 
Navier-Stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer equations; laminar, transitional and turbulent in- 
compressible flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convective heat transfer; conduction 
through solids, introduction to radiative heat transfer. 

ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering (1-4) 

Technical elective taken with the permission of the student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and 
conference courses designed to extend the student's understanding of aerospace engineering. 
Current topics are emphasized. 

ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of three credits. Elective for seniors in aerospace engineering 
with permission of the student's advisor and the instructor. Original research projects terminating in 
a a written report. 

ENAE 631 Helicopter Aerodynamics I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Introduction to hovering theory. Hovering and vertical-flight 
performance analyses. Factors affecting hovering and vertical-flight performance. Autorotation and 
vertical descent. Physical concepts of blade motion and rotor control. Aerodynamics of forward 
flight and performance calculations. Prediction and effects of rotor blade stall. 

ENAE 632 Helicopter Aerodynamics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631, ENAE 371 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Basic inviscid in- 
compressible aerodynamic theory with application to the calculation of the flowfield and loads for 
rotary wings. 



ENAE —Engineering, Aerospace 313 



ENAE 633 Helicopter Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or consent of instructor. Flap dynamics. Mathematical methods to solve 
rotor dynamics problems. Rap-lag-torsion dynamics and identify structural and inertia] coupling 
terms. Overview on rotary wing unsteady aerodynamics. Basic theory of blade aero-elastic stability 
and ground resonance problems. 

ENAE 634 Helicopter Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 63 1 or consent of instructor. Principles and practice of the preliminary design 
of helicopters and similar rotary wing aircrafts. Design trend studies, configuration selection and siz- 
ing methods, performance and handling qualities analyses, structural concepts, vibration reduction 
and noise. Required independent design project conforming to a standard helicopter request for pro- 
posal (RFP). 

ENAE 635 Helicopter Stability and Control (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or consent of instructor. Advanced dynamics as required to model rotor- 
craft for flight dynamic studies. Development of appropriate models for the helicopter and study of 
stability, control, requirements for various applications, and handling qualities as determined by mis- 
sion requirements. 

ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3) 

Prerequisites - ENAE 445 or consent of instructor. Studies in the dynamics and control of flight 
vehicles. Fundamentals of the dynamics of rigid and non-rigid bodies and their motion under the in- 
fluence of aerodynamic and gravitational forces. 

ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3) 

Prerequisites - ENAE 640 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ENAE 640. 

ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Structural Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 452 or equivalent. Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to 
cartesian tensors; application of calculus of variations and variational principles of elasticity; 
Castigliano's theorems; applications to aerospace structures. 

ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 453 and ENAE 650, or consent of instructor. Development of finite element 
representation of continua using Galerkin and variational techniques. Derivation of shell elements 
and parametric representation of two and three dimensional elements. Application to aerospace 
structures, fluids and diffusion processes. 

ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Continua (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 652. Finite element formulation of nonlinear and time dependent processes. 
Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity, plasticity and creep. Application to nonlinear continua 
including aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat transfer, creep. 

ENAE 654 Composite Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Stiffness of unidirectional composites, stress 
and strain transformation, inplane and bending stiffness of symmetric laminates, properties of gener- 
al laminates, strength of composite structures, environmental effect. 

ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 246 and ENAE 452 or equivalents: or consent of instructor. Advanced prin- 
ciples of dynamics necessary for structural analysis; solutions of eigenvalue problems for discrete 
and continuous elastic systems, solutions to forced response boundary value problems by direct, 
modal, and transform methods. 

ENAE 656 Structural Dynamcis II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or consent of instructor. Topics in aeroelasticity: wing divergence; ailer- 
on reversal; flexibility effects on aircraft stability derivatives; wing, empennage and aircraft flutter; 
aircraft gust response. 

ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 451 or equivalent. Static and dynamic stability of structural systems. 
Classification of leading systems: linear and nonlinear post — buckling behavior. Perfect and imper- 



314 Graduate Course Descriptions 



feet system behavior. Buckling and failure of columns and plates. 

ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE461, 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft 
power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE461, 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft 
power plants; jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 

ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. 
Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel 
corrections. Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. 
Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel 
corrections. Perturbation methods. 

ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compress- 
ible fluid. Shock waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimen- 
sional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized 
theory of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical potential flow. 
One - dimensional flow with friction and heat addition. 

ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compress- 
ible fluid. Shock waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimen- 
sional transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized 
theory of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symetrical potential flow. 
One - dimensional flow with friction and heat addition. 

ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) 

Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar 
flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- 
ods, stability and transition of turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flows, free mixing flows. 

ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) 

Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar 
flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- 
ods, stability and transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-istropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flows, free mixing flows. 

ENAE 688 Seminar (1-3) 

ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or equivalent. Fundamentals of probability theory pertinent to random 
vibrations, including correlation functions, and spectral densities; example random processes; re- 
sponse of single degree and multidegree of freedom systems. 

ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace Engineering ( 1-3) 

ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 



ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENAG — Engineering, Agricultural 



ENAG — Engineering, Agricultural 315 



ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Principles of operation and 
functions of power and machinery units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating 
units; and control mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines and power unit compo- 
nents. 

ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and Environmental Control (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite; ENAG 100. Characteristics of construc- 
tion materials and details of agricultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, 
and electrical controls. Materials handling and environmental requirements of farm products and ani- 
mals. 

ENAG 414 Mechanics of Food Processing (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 121. Applications in the pro- 
cessing and preservation of foods, of power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, 
refrigeration, instruments and controls, materials handling and time and motion analysis. 

ENAG 421 Power Systems (3) 

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENME 217, ENEE 300 and 
ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Analysis of energy conversion devices including internal combustion en- 
gines, electrical and hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and coordination of 
power sources with methods of power transmission. 

ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Applications of engineering 
and soil sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation and watershed management. Principles of 
agricultural hydrology and design of water control and conveyance systems. 

ENAG 424 Functional and Environmental Design of Agricultural Structures (3) 

Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 454. An analytical approach 
to the design and planning of functional and environmental requirements of plants and animals in 
semi- or completely enclosed structures. 

ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the prop- 
erties, distribution and circulation of water as related to public interest in water resources. 

ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 342. Properties, distri- 
bution and circulation of water from the sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, 
in channels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered. 

ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. A study of the engineering aspects of development, utiliza- 
tion and conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing aquatic ani- 
mals or plants as related to other facets of water resources management. 

ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and Equipment (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENES 221 and senior standing. 
Theory and methods of agricultural machine design. Application of machine design principles and 
physical properties of soils and agricultural products in designing machines to perform specific tasks. 

ENAG 454 Bioligical Process Engineering (4) 

Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Design of systems to pump, heat, cool, dry and control 
biological materials as part of food and agricultural engineering. The effect of physical parameters 
on biological material response to these processes. 

ENAG 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Selected topics in agricultural engineering technology 
of current need and interest. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are different. 
Not acceptable for credit towards major in agricultural engineering. 



316 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ENAG 489 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Student will select an engineering problem and prepare a 
technical report. The problem may include design, experimentation, and/or data analysis. 

ENAG 499 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural engineering. 
Problems assigned in proportion to credit. 

ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Analysis of instrumentation requirements and techniques for 
research and operational agricultural or biological systems. 

ENAG 612 Similitude in Agricultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and either ENME 342 or ENCE 330, or consent of instructor. 
Application and use of dimensional and model analysis for studying mechanical, structural, and fluid 
systems encountered in agricultural engineering. 

ENAG 631 Land and Water Resource Development Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAG 422 or approval of department. A comprehensive study of engineering 
aspects of orderly development for land and water resources. Emphasis on project formulation, data 
acquisition, project analysis and engineering economy. 

ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: AGEN 454 or equivalent. Description of the physical state of a biological system 
using geometry, physical properties and forces. Discussion of important interrelationships, measure- 
ment techniques and resulting transport processes as applied to biological process engineering. 

ENAG 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Engineering (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in the various areas of 
agricultural engineering. Maximum eight credits. 

ENAG 698 Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. 

ENAG 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Aquacultural Engineering (1-6) 

First and second semester and summer school. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 

ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENCE —Engineering, Civil 

ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220, ENCE 350 and MATH 246. Strength and deformation of deformable 
bodies, plane stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of 
beams, columns, slabs, plates and composite members under load. Elastic and inelastic stability. 

ENCE 41 1 Construction Scheduling and Estimating (4) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

Use of critical path planning and scheduling with arrow and precedence networks; project time 
control; introduction to resource leveling and least cost scheduling. Cost estimating, using cost in- 
dices, parametric estimates and unit price estimates. 

ENCE 420 Construction Equipment and Methods (3) 

Evaluation and selection of equipment and methods for engineering/constructi on projects, includ- 
ing earthmoving, paving, steel and concrete construction, rock excavation, tunneling, site prepara- 
tion, and organization of the site. 

ENCE 421 Construction Engineering and Management (3) 

Overview of the construction industry and the factors that need to be considered to successfully 
manage engineering/ construction projects. Introduction into how resources of money, labor, ma- 
terial and equipment are committed and managed within the construction environment. 



ENCE —Engineering, Civil 317 



ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Channel Flow (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application of basic princi- 
ples to the solution of engineering problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid resistance, open 
channel flow under uniform, gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions, sediment transport, role 
of model studies in analysis and design. 

ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 330 AND 360. Study of the physical processes of the hydrologic cycle. 
Hydrometeorology, concepts of weather modification, evaporation and transpiration infiltration stud- 
ies, runoff computations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on process simulation as a 
tool in the water resource development. 

ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 330. Concepts related to the development of the ground water resource, hy- 
drogeology, hydrodynamics of flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial recharge, 
sea water intrusion, basin- wide ground water development. 

ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 and ENCE 221. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory 
and analytical techniques used in evaluating man's environment. Emphasis on quantitative, physical, 
electroanalytical and organic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water. 

ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3) 

Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate re- 
ceptors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors 
governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollution 
control legislation. 

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The appli- 
cation of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to the design and operation of water and waste 
water treatment plants and the control of stream pollution. 

ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Two lectures and two laboratory sessions per week. Review of major 
soil tests and their interpretation for engineering purposes. Engineering classification tests (Atterberg 
limits, grain-size distribution, specific gravity), permeability and seepage properties, in-situ and lab 
density-moisture tests, soil strength (penetrometers, vane shear, CBR, unconfined compression, 
direct shear and triaxial) and compressibility characteristics. 

ENCE 441 Soil -Foundation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Review of classical lateral earth pressure theories, analysis of braced 
excavation systems, cantilever and anchored sheet piling design, bearing capacity of shallow founda- 
tions (footings and mats) design of deep pile foundations to include pile capacity and pile group ac- 
tion. 

ENCE 442 Highway and Airfield Pavement Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 Principles relative to the design, construction and rehabilitation of high- 
way and airfield pavement systems. Introduction to multi-layered elastic and slab theories, proper- 
ties of pavement materials and methods of characteriaztion, stochastic treatment of design variables, 
economic principles of design alternates and the effect of environment upon pavement performance. 
Review of existing rigid and flexible design methods as well as major fundamentals relative to the 
rehabilitation of existing pavement systems. 

ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: ENCE 360 and ENCE 35 1 . Analyses for stresses and deflections in structures 
by methods of consistent deformations, virtual work and internal strain energy. Application to design 
of plate girders, indeterminate and continuous trusses, two hinged arches and other structures. 
Elements of plastic analysis and design of steel structures. 



318 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 351 and pre- or corequisite ENCE 360. Three lecture hours and one labora- 
tory per week. Design of reinforced concrete structures, including slabs, footings, composite 
members, building frames, and retaining walls. Approximate methods of analysis; code require- 
ments; influence of concrete properties on strength and deflection; optimum design. Introduction to 
prestressed concrete design. 

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques For Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 360 and pre- or corequisite: ENCE 351. Two lecture hours and one labora- 
tory per week. Application of computer oriented methods and numerical techniques to analysis and 
design of structural systems. Matrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility methods for framed 
structures. Introduction of numerical techniques to the solution of selected problems in such topics 
as plates, structural stability, and vibrations. 

ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Application of the principles of engineering economy and 
statistics to the solution of civil engineering problems. Economic comparison of alternatives using 
present worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses. Development and use of simple 
and multiple regression models, and statistical decision theory. 

ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Development and application of the principles of engineering 
economics to problems in civl engineering. Evaluation of design alternatives, depreciation and sensi- 
tivity analysis. Use of systems analysis techniques, including CPM, PERT and decision networks. 
Introduction to microeconomic analysis. 

ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) 

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Location, de- 
sign, construction and maintenance of roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engineering. 

ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations and 
maintenance of airports and waterways, emphasis on design and operations of transportation facili- 
ties. 

ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations, and 
maintenance of railroads and mass transportation systems, emphasis on design and operations of 
transportation facilities. 

ENCE 489 Special Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. A course arranged to meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared 
students for study in a particular field of civil engineering. 

ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical examination of the methods 
for testing engineering materials and structures under static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. 
Laboratory experiments for the determination of strength and stiffness of strucrureal alloys, concrete 
and other construction materials. Critical examination of the effects of test factors on the determina- 
tion of engineering properties. 

ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 410 AND 411 or consent of instructor. Relation of structural analysis, prop- 
erties of materials and laboratory study of the behavior of members to structural design methods, 
codes and specifications. Effects of temperature, loading rates and state of combined stress on be- 
havior of construction materials. 

ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 600, or consent of instructor. Critical reviews of analytical and experimental 
investigations of the behavior of concretes under diverse conditions of loading and environment. 
Mechanics of granular aggregates and the chemistry of cements. Theories of the design of Portland 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 319 



cement and field experience. 

ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300, or equivalent. Analysis for stress and deformation 
in engineering members by the methods of mechanics of materials and elementary theories of elasti- 
city and plasticity. Problems in flexure, Torison plates and shells, stress concentrations, indeter- 
minate combinations, residual stresses, stability. 

ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and Model Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent instrumentation, data analysis; states of 
stress; structural models, structural similitude; analogies; non-destructive testing techniques; planning 
research projects, lab studies and reports. 

ENCE 620 Urban-regional Civil Engineering Planning (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: degree in civil engineering or consent instructor. Theory and metho- 
dology for the synthesis of general civil engineering aspects of urban and regional planning. 
Integration of land use conditions and capabilities, population factors and needs, engineering 
economics and engineering technologies. Application to special problems in urban-regional develop- 
ment. Preparation of engineering reports. Presentation methods. 

ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCE 620 or equivalent. General to comprehensive planning of 
complex engineering facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities and transportation projects. 
Planning based on the synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on general civil engineering 
planning including site, structural and construction planning. Plan evaluation and feasibility. 

ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: ENCE 461 or consent of instructor. Current applications and research 
approaches in land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban transportation, land-use interrelation- 
ships, and the planning implementation process in a systems analytic framework. 

ENCE 623 Interpretation of Satellite Imagery For Regional Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: foundation courses in computer programming and statisitcs. The concepts and ap- 
proaches used in the computer-aided interpretation of digital format data collected by orbiting 
electro-magnetic scanner systems. Emphasis on the translation of computer compatible tapes from 
the landsat series of satellites into information required for the analysis of land and water related 
problems on a regional scale. 

ENCE 630 Environmental and Water Resource Systems I (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Application of statistical and systems engineering tech- 
niques in the analysis of information necessary for the design or characterization of environmental or 
hydrologic processes; emphasis on the fundamental considerations that control the design of informa- 
tion collection programs, data interpretation, and the evolution of simulation models used to support 
the decision-making process. 

ENCE 631 Physical Foundations For Hydrologic Modeling (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 43 1 or permission of instructor. A detailed analysis of the physical processes 
controlling the distribution of runoff from land areas. Infiltration, interception, transpiration, eva- 
poration, and spatially varied flows. Emphasis on developing an understanding of the physics of hy- 
drologic processes and translating this understanding into models that can be used. 

ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow (3) 

Prerequisite ENCE 330 or equivalent. Application of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to prob- 
lems of free surface flow; computation of steady and transient water surface profiles; stratified flows 
in reservoirs and estuaries; diffusion; transition structures; sediment transport. 

ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 433 or consent of instructor. Application of principles from chemical thermo- 
dynamics and kinetics to the study and interpretation of the chemical characteristics of natural water 
systems. Explanation of the chemical composition of natural waters from a consideration of metal 
ion solubility controls, ph, carbonate equilibria, absorption reactions, redox reactions, and the kinet- 



320 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ics of oxygenation reactions which occur in natural water environments. 

ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 434 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. The 
theory and techniques used in the determination and measurement of chemical, radiological, and bio- 
logical pollutants in the atmosphere. Discussion of air sampling equipment, analytical methods and 
data evaluation. 

ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification Facilities (3) 

Corequisite: ENCE 636 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Application of basic science and engineering science to design of water supply and purification pro- 
cesses; design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems. 

ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 221 or consent of instructor. Properties and quality criteria of drinking water 
as related to health are interpretated by a chemical and biological approach. Legal aspects of water 
use and handling are considered. Theory and application of aeration, sedimentation, filtration, centri- 
fugation, desalinization, corrosion and corrosion control are among topics to be considered. 

ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of biological principles directly affecting 
man and his environment, with particular emphasis on microbiological interactions in environmental 
engineering related to air, water and land systems; microbiology and biochemistry of aerobic and 
anaerobic treatment processes for aqueous wastes. 

ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to the use of elastic theory in stress and di- 
splacement solutions to geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics). The effect of soil mois- 
ture (at rest) relative to effective stress principles, capillary and frost. Exact and numeric techniques 
for the analysis for soil seepage under isotropic and anisotropic conditions. Classical settlement 
(consolidation) and compressiblility theories, including finite difference solution for vertical and ra- 
dial drainage. 

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3) 

Prerquisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to braced lateral earth pressure concepts and 
theories applied to foundations. Analysis of braced excavations, retaining walls and design of can- 
tilever and anchored sheet piling systems. Principles of Cofferdam design; bearing capacity theories 
related to shallow and deep foundations; soil-foundation interactions for footing and mat designs and 
analysis of single pile and pile group foundations. Exact and numeric solution techniques. 

ENCE 642 Soil Dynamics (3) 

Pre- or corequisite - ENCE 640 or consent of instructor. Introduction to field and laboratory 
cethods for determining the dynamic characterization of soil at both small and large strain levels. 
Analysis and design of soil foundations subjected to machinery generated vibrations. A critical re- 
view of earthquake causes and their effect upon foundations and earth structures relative to earth- 
quake resistant design methodologies. 

ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Shear strength of saturated and partially saturated cohesive 
and cohesionless soils incorporating the effects of stress history and in-situ stress conditions. 
Fundamentals of lateral earth pressure and classical methods of analysis. Integration of basic tech- 
niques of subsurface exploration methods (equipment, sampling tubes, and number of samples) with 
the above topics to critically analyze stability of earth structures (landslides, slope stability and earth 
dam stability). 

ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North America (3) 

Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. A critcal review of the distribution of the soils in North 
America with respect to engineering design and construction problems. Design factors such as avail- 
ability of quality aggregate resouces, soil origin and texture, high volume change soils, potentially 
poor subgrade support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils. 



ENCE —Engineering, Civil 321 



ENCE 645 Embankment Dam Design (3) 

The design procedures involved in embankment dam design, touching on preliminary considera- 
tions, embankment design and construction preparation, with special attention to rock fill dams, 
small dams, and mine waste disposal dams. Dam surveillance, safety and repair. 

ENCE 646 Rock Mechanics (3) 

The composition, structure, and properties of intact rock and discontinuous rock masses and to 
the practical analysis and design techniques for common rock engineering problems. 

ENCE 647 Underground Construction (3) 

Design and construction aspects of soft ground tunnels, rock tunnels and caverns, shafts, and 
cut-and-cover excavations. Design criteria and philosophies, excavation systems, ground stability, 
support systems, support load analysis, and ground movement prediction. Project management, 
risk, liability, and contractual problems peculiar to tunneling. 

ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3) 

Review of basic structural and matrix theory. Development of force and displacement methods 
with emphasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics such as geometric non-linearity, automated 
and optimum design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open sections and sub-division of large 
structures. Emphasis on applications to civil engineering structures. 

ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 410 and ENCE 381 or equivalent review of theory of elasticity and in-plane 
forces; theory of orthotropic plates; approximate methods; large deflection theory, buckling; general 
theory of shells, cylindrical shells, domes. 

ENCE 653 Structural Dynamics (3) 

Analysis of the dynamic response of structures and structural components subjected to impact 
load, transient load, and ground excitations; study of single degree-of-freedom and multi degree-of- 
freedom systems in classical closed form solution and approximate numerical solution; solution in 
the frequency domain and the use of finite element method. 

ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. The study of the factors effecting the plastic behavior of 
steel structures and the criteria necessary for design. The design of beams, rigid frames and multi- 
story braced frames using current specifications. A review of current research and practice. 

ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent interpretation of specifications and codes 
for the design of steel buildings and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of steel connections, 
members and structures; the relationship between behavior and design specifications. 

ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 656. Correlation of theory, experience, and experiments in study of structural 
behavior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Special design problems of fatigue, buckling, vi- 
brations, and impact. 

ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3) 

ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Basic principles and fundamental concepts of the finite ele- 
ment method. Consideration of geometric and material nonlinearities, convergence, mesh gradation 
and computational procedures in analysis. Applications to plane stress and plane strain, plates and 
shells, eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, and other problems in civil engineering. 

ENCE 662 Construction Project Management (3) 

The techniques needed by a project manager to be successful in the engineering/construction en- 
vironment. Organizations and information needed by the construction manager to make timely deci- 
sions which affect quality, cost, progress and safety issues. 



322 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ENCE 663 Management of Construction Organizations (3) 

Study of establishing authority and responsibility for construction management techniques for mo- 
tivating construction labor organizations; and traits needed for success in managing construction pro- 
jects. 

ENCE 664 Project Acquisition and Risk Management (3) 

Concepts and current issues surrounding construction project evaluation and financing. The use of 
decision theory in evaluating project feasibility studies. 

ENCE 665 Project Planning and Resource Allocation (3) 

Analytic techniques for planning and controlling the duration of construction project. Networking 
techniques, including treatment of uncertainty, resource allocation and leveling, and time/cost 
tradeoff. 

ENCE 666 Cost Engineering and Control (3) 

Analytic techniques to estimate and control project costs, including site investigation, quantity 
takeoff, work analysis and bid preparation. Systematic cost control as related to job production and 
historical data. 

ENCE 667 Construction Operations and Improvement (3) 

Applications of time-lapse photography, crew balance, process charts, delay surveys, and other 
techniques to permit improvement analysis of construction operations. The use of safety, incentive 
and communication programs for productivity improvement. 

ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and Measurements (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 470 or consent of instructor. The study of the fundamental traits and behav- 
ior patterns of the road user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic characteristics of the pedestrian, the 
driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow and intersection operation, parking, and 
accidents. 

ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or consent of instructor. A survey of traffic laws and or- 
dinances. The design, application and operation of traffic control devices and aids, including traffic 
signs and signals, pavement markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, accident, and parking ana- 
lyses. 

ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Factors involved and the components of the pro- 
cess for planning statewide and regional transportation systems, encompassing all modes. 
Transportation planning studies, statewide traffic models, investment models, programming and 
scheduling. 

ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3) 

The contempory methodology of urban transportation planning. The urban transportation 
planning process, interdependence between the urban transportation system and the activity system, 
urban travel demand models, evaluation of urban transportation alternatives and their implementa- 
tion. 

ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Basic engineering components of conventional 
and high speed railroads and of air cushion and other high speed new technology. The study of ur- 
ban rail and bus transit. The characteristics of the vehicle, the supporting way, and the terminal re- 
quirements will be evaluated with respect to system performance, capacity, cost, and level of ser- 
vice. 

ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. The planning and design of airports including 
site selection, runway configuration, geometric and structural design of the landing area, and ter- 
minal facilities. Methods of financing airports, estimates of aeronautical demand, air traffic control, 
and airport lighting are also studied. 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 323 



ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 461, ENCE 462 or consent of the instructor. An examination of physical 
and statistical laws that are used to represent traffic flow phenomena. Deterministic models including 
heat flow, fluid flow, and energy-momentum analogies, car following models, and acceleration 
noise. Stochastic approaches using independent and Markov processes, Queuing models, and prob- 
ability distributions. 

ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in Transportation Engineering (3) 

Applications of operations research and management science models to the planning, design and 
operations of various types of transportation systems. Equilibrium traffic assignment, network de- 
sign, fleet assignment, fleet routing, crew scheduling, simulation, and queueing theory. 

ENCE 681 Freight Transportation Analysis (3) 

Application of operations research and system analysis methods to freight transportation systems. 
Cost and output analysis, terminal location, freight transportation demand models, freight transporta- 
tion network equilibrium models and analytic models for analyzing the operations of rail, motor car- 
rier, water carrier and air cargo systems. 

ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the current li- 
terature of civil engineering to suit the needs and background of students. May be taken for repeated 
credit when identified by topic title. 

ENCE 689 Seminar (1-16) 

ENCE 730 Environmental and Water Resource Systems II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 630 or permission of instructor. Advanced topics in operational research. 
Applications to complex environmental and water resource systems. The use of systems simulation 
and probabalistic modeling. 

ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 432 or equivalent. Theory and application of unsteady flow in porous media. 
Analysis of one and two dimensional unsteady flow. Solutions of non-linear equation of unsteady 
flow with a free surface. Development and use of approximate numerical and graphical methods in 
the study of ground water movement. 

ENCE 732 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A critical examination of advanced data analysis and mod- 
eling techniques used in hydrology; stochastic-deterministic interfaces; trade-offs among lumped, 
linked system and spatially distributed models; sensitivity analysis in performance evaluation; model 
formulation; calibration and verification concepts. 

ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 633 or consent of instructor. Three lectures, one lab a week. A study of the 
chemistry of both municipal and industrial water treatment processes. Among the topics to be con- 
sidered are water softening, stabilization, chemical destabilization of colloidal materials, ion ex- 
change, disinfection, chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions. 

ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 430 or equivalent. Physical properties of air-borne 
particles. Theories of: particle motion under the action of external forces; coagulation; brownian mo- 
tion and diffusion. Application of aerosols in atmospheric sciences and industrial processes. 

ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and Industrial Wastes Treatment Facilities (3) 

Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 
Application of basic science and engineering science to design of municipal and industrial waste 
treatment processes; design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems. 

ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid Waste Treatment and Disposal (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 221 and fundamentals of microbiology, or consent of instructor. Theory and 
basic principles of treating and handling waste products; hydraulics of sewers; biological oxidation; 
principles and design criteria of biological and physical treatment processes; disposal of waste 



324 Graduate Course Descriptions 



sludges and solids. 

ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes (3) 

Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. A study of the characterisitcs of liquid wastes from major 
industries, and the processes producing the wastes. The theory and methods of eliminating or treat- 
ing the wastes, and their effects upon municipal sewage-treatment plants, and receiving waters. 

ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media Flow (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 731. Analysis of two-liquid flows for immiscible fluids, simultaneous flow of 
two immiscible fluids and miscible fluids. Hydrodynamic dispersion theories, parameters of disper- 
sion and solutions of some dispersion problems with emphasis on migration of pollutants. A maxi- 
mum of six hours may be earned in this course. 

ENCE 741 Aircraft Remote Sensing in Civil Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Theoretical and practical aspects 
of the use of remote sensing in engineering. Emphasis on the interpretation of aerial photography 
and infrared, radar, multispectral and other sensor data. The planning of aerial and field remote 
sensing missions and the applications of these sensors to engineering programs including regional in- 
ventories, route locations, environmental surveys and site investigations. Computer analysis of re- 
mote sensing data is considered. 

ENCE 742 Site Investigation (3) 

Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. A study of various techniques 
for evaluating the physical environment and performing exploration programs for engineering facili- 
ties. Methods for using various techniques available for engineering site investigations, including 
interpretation of topographic, geological and agricultural soil maps; and the use of geophysical and 
subsurface exploration systems. 

ENCE 745 Advanced Pavement Design (3) 

Fundamentals of recent mechanistic structural design approaches of flexible and rigid systems for 
highway and airfield pavements. The principles of probabilistic (reliability) design approaches, 
dynamic material characterization, theoretical stress solutions (multilayer and slab analysis) and fun- 
damental distress criterion of material fatigue and deformability, integrated into a total structural de- 
sign system framework. 

ENCE 746 Pavement Management Systems (3) 

The overall framework necessary to develop a Pavement Management System (PMS) at the pro- 
ject and network level. Major emphasis on the data collection, maintenance and rehabilitation phases 
of the systems concept. Pavement condition, performance, safety and structural evaluation . 
Maintenance and rehabilitation methodologies needed to develop life cycle costing of various alter- 
native strategies. 

ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 45 1 or equivalent review of classical determinate and indeter- 
minate analysis techniques; numerical technique; multistory buildings; space structures; suspension 
bridges and cables structures; arches; long span bridges. 

ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 750 or equivalent. Elastic and inelastic behavior of structural members and 
frames; problems in torsion, stability and bending; open and closed thin-walled sections; curved 
girders. 

ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or equivalent the behavior and strength of reinforced concrete 
members under combined loadings, including the effects of creep, shrinkage and temperature. 
Mechanisms of shear resistance and design procedures for bond, shear and diagonal tension. Elastic 
and ultimate strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns in multistory frames. Applications to 
reinforced concrete strutures. 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 325 



ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or equivalent. Fundamental concepts of prestressed concrete. 
Analysis and design of flexural members including composite and continuous beams with emphasis 
on load balancing technique. Ultimate strength design for shear. Design of post tensioned flat slabs. 
Various applications of prestressing including tension members, compression members, circular pres- 
tressing, frames and folded plates. 

ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 

ENCH 425 Transport Processes II: Heat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 246. Pre- or corequisite: ENCH 280. Steady and unsteady state conduction, 
convective heat transfer, radiation, design of condensers, heat exchangers, evaporators, and other 
types of heat transfer equipment. 

ENCH 427 Transport Processes III: Mass Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state molecular diffusion, inter-phase transfer, si- 
multaneous heat and mass transfer, boundary layer theory, mass transfer and chemical reaction. 
Design applications in humidification, gas absorption, distillation, extraction, adsorption and ion ex- 
change. 

ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 427, ENCH 440, ENCH 442. Application of chemical engineering process 
and unit operation principles in small scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from experimental ob- 
servations are used to evaluate performance and efficiency of operations. Emphasis on correct pre- 
sentation of results in report form. 

ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 325. CHEM 481. Fundamental of chemical reaction kinetics 
and their application to the design and operation of chemical reactors. Reaction rate theory, homo- 
geneous reactions and catalysis electrochemical reactions. Catalytic reactor design. 

ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 425. Dynamic response applied to process systems. Goals and 
modes of control, Laplace transformations, analysis and synthesis of simple control systems, closed 
loop response, dynamic testing. 

ENCH 444 Process Engineering Economics and Design I (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 427, ENCH 440, ENCH 442. Principles of chemical engineering economics 
and process design. Emphasis on equipment types, equipment design principles, capital cost estima- 
tion, operating costs, and profitability. 

ENCH 445 Process Engineering and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Utilization of chemical engineering principles for the design of process 
equipment. Typical problems in the design of chemical plants. Comprehensive reports are required. 

ENCH 446 Process Engineering Economics and Design II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 444. Application of chemical engineering principles for the design of chemi- 
cal processing equipment. Typical problems in the design of chemical plants. Not open to students 
who already have credit for ENCH 445. 

ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Chemical process industries from the the standpoint of technology, raw 
materials, products and processing equipment. Operations of major chemical processes and industries 
combined with quantitative analysis of process requirements and yields. 

ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Application of digital and analog computers to chemical engineering 
problems. Numerical methods, programming, differential equations, curve fitting, amplifiers and 



326 Graduate Course Descriptions 



analog circuits. 

ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Mathematical techniques applied to the analysis and solution of chemi- 
cal engineering problems. Use of differentiation, integration, differentia! equations, partial differen- 
tial equations and integral transforms. Application of infinite series, numerical and statistical meth- 
ods. 

ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and Optimization (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 427. 440. Applications of mathematical models to the analysis and optim- 
ization of chemical processes. Models based on transport, chemical kinetics and other chemical engi- 
neering principles will be employed. Emphasis on evaluation of process alternatives. 

ENCH 455 Chemical Process Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 427 and 440. One lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. 
Experimental study of various chemical processes through laboratory and small semi-commercial 
scale equipment. Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer. 

ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering or consent of instructor. Theory and application of 
methods for the control and removal of airborne materials. Principles of design and performance of 
air quality control equipment. 

ENCH 468 Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Investigation of a research project under the direction 
of a faculty member. Comprehensive reports are required. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 

ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Fundamentals of electrochemistry with application to engineering and 
commercial processes. Equilibrium potentials, reaction mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, sur- 
face phenomena. Electrorefining. electrowinning. oxidation and reduction, solid. liquid and gas sys- 
tems. Aspects of design and performance of electroprocess plants. 

ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiological Systems (3) 

Engineering description and analysis of physiological systems. Survey of bioengineering litera- 
ture and an introduction to mathematical modeling of physiological systems. 

ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering or consent of instructor. Introduction to biochemical 
and microbiological applications to commerical and engineering processes, including industrial fer- 
mentation, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food and pharmaceutical processing and resulting waste treat- 
ment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth, energetics and mass transfer. 

ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: ENCH 482. Techniques of measuring pertinent parameters in fermen- 
tation reactors, quantification of production variables for primary and secondary metabolites such as 
enzymes and antibiotics, the insolublization of enzymes for reactors, and the demonstration of se- 
paration techniques such as ultrafiltration and affinity chromatography. 

ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. The elements of the chemistry, physics, processing methods, and engi- 
neering applications of polymers. 

ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of Polymers (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 481. Corequisite: CHEM 482 or consent of instructor. Kinetics of formation 
of high polymers, determination of molecular weight and structure, and applied thermodynamics and 
phase equilibria of polymer solutions. 

ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Measurement 
of mechanical, electrical, optical, thermal properties of polymers, measurement of molecular weight 
by viscosimetry isometric and light scattering methods. Application of X-ray. NMR, ESR. spectros- 



ENCH —Engineering, Chemical 327 



copy molecular relaxation, microscopy and electron microscopy to the determination of polymer 
structure, effects of ultraviolet light and high energy radiation. 

ENCH 495 Rheology of Polymer Materials (3) 

Prerequisite - ENCH 490 or 492. Mechanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum point of 
view and its relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity of 
single phase and multiphase materials. Students who have credit for ENCH 495 may not take 
ENMA 495 for credit. 

ENCH 496 Processing of Polymer Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. A comprehensive analysis of the operations carried out on po- 
lymeric materials to increase their utility. Conversion operations such as molding extrusion, blend- 
ing, film forming, and calendering. Development of engineering skills required to practice in the 
high polymer industry. Students who have credit for ENCH 496 may not take ENMA 496 for credit. 

ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar ( 1 ) 

ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3) 

First semester. Advanced application of the general thermodynamic methods to chemical engi- 
neering problems. First and second law consequences: estimation and correlation of thermodynamic 
properties: phase and chemical reaction equilibria. 

ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis (3) 

First semester, application of selected mathematical techniques to the analysis and solution of en- 
gineering problems: included are the applications of matrices, vectors, tensors, differential equations, 
integral transforms, and probability methods to such problems as unsteady heat transfer, transient 
phenomena in mass transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical reactors, process control, and 
nuclear reactor physics. 

ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena (3) 

First semester. Heat, mass and momentum transfer theory from the viewpoint of the basic tran- 
sport equations. Steady and unsteady state; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary layer theory, me- 
chanics of turbulent transport; with specific application to complex chemical engineering situations. 

ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction Kinetics (3) 

Second semester. The theory and application of chemical reaction kinetics to reactor design. 
Reaction rate theory; homogeneous batch and flow reactors; fundamentals of catalysis: design of he- 
terogeneous flow reactors. 

ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical Engineering (1-16) 

ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing 
chemicals, preserving foods, control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations. e.G., 
Cobalt 60 Gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical reactors. 

ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation applications as synthesizing 
chemicals, preserving foods, control of industrial processes. Design of irradiation installations, e.g.. 
Cobalt 60 Gamma ray sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical reactors. 

ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Effect of massive doses of radiation on the properties of 
matter for purposes other than those pointed toward nuclear power. Radiation processing, radiation- 
induced chemical reactions, and conversion of radiation energy: isotope power sources. 

ENCH 670 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: ENMA 650. Mechanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum point of view 
and its relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity. anelasticity and plasticity in single 
phase and multiphase materials. 



328 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simulation (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 630. Development of mathematical models of chemical 
processes based on transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, and other chemical engineering meth- 
ods. Emphasis on principles of model building and simulation utilizing mathematical solutions and 
computer methods. 

ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design (3) 

First and second semesters. Coordination of chemical engineering and economics to advanced 
process engineering and design. Optimization of investment and operating costs. Solution of typical 
problems encountered in the design of chemical engineering plants. 

ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage Processes (3) 

Second semester. The theory and application of complex equilibrium stages. Binary and multi- 
component absorption; extraction; fiquefaction. 

ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites: Differential equations or consent of instructor. Analysis of open and 
closed control loops and their elements; dynamic response of processes; choice of variables and link- 
ages; dynamic testing and synthesis; noise and drift: chemical process systems analysis; strategies for 
optimum operation. 

ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization (3) 

Second semester. Techniques of modern optimization theory as applied to chemical engineering 
problems. Optimization of single and multivariable systems with and without constraints. 
Application of partial optimization techniques to complex chemical engineering processes. 

ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 640. Enzyme science and kinetics: principles of enzyme insolublization and 
denaturation with application to design, operation and modeling of enzyme reactors. The relationship 
between mass transfer and apparent kinetics in enzyme systems: and techniques of separation and 
purification of enzymes. 

ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 482 or permission of instructor. Advanced topics to include use of a digital 
computer for mathematical modeling of the dynamics of biological systems; separation techniques 
for heat sensitive biologically active materials; and transport phenomena in biological systems. 

ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial Organs (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 480 or permission of instructor. Design concepts and engineering analysis of 
devices to supplement or replace natural functions; artificial kidney; heart assistor; membrane oxy- 
genator; materials problems, physiological considerations. 

ENCH 784 Polymer Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. Application and correlation of mechanical and 
dielectric relaxation. NMR, electron microscopy. X-ray diffraction, diffusion and electrical proper- 
ties to the mechanical properties and structure of polymers in the solid state. 

ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applications (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent of instructor. Application of theoretical knowledge of polym- 
ers to industrial processes. An analysis of polymerization, stabilization, electrical, rheological, ther- 
mal, mechanical and optical properties and their influence on processing conditions and end use ap- 
plications. 

ENCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: CHEM 604 

ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical Reaction Systems (3) 

First semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: ENCH 640. 



ENCH —Engineering, Chemical 329 



ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer Theory (3) 

First semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: ENCH 720. 

ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separation Processes (3) 

Second semester. Offered in alternate years. 

ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENEE — Engineering, Electrical 

ENEE 400 Computer Aided Circuit Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Computer aided analysis of electronic devices and components. Network 
topology, computer formulation of Kirchhoff laws, nodal analysis of linear and non-linear networks, 
computer formulation of the state equations, time domain and frequency domain solution, sensitivity 
calculations. 

ENEE 407 Microwave-circuits Laboratory (2) 

One lecture and three lab hours per week. 

Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 381. Experiments concerned with circuits constructed from 
microwave components providing practical experience in the design, construction and testing- of such 
circuits. Projects include microwave filters and S-parameter design with applications of current 
technology. 

ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or equivalent knowledge of circuit theory or consent of the instructor. 
This course is intended for students in the physical sciences, and for engineering students requiring 
additional study of electron circuits. Credit not normally given for this course in an electrical engi- 
neering major program. (ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as an associated laboratory). P-n 
junctions, transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating point stability, switches, large-signal 
analysis, models, small-signal analysis, frequency response, feedback and multistage amplifiers, 
pulse and digital circuits. 

ENEE 412 Advanced Electronics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Design and analysis of tuned circuits, oscillators. VCO"s phase-locked 
loops, multipliers, modulators and A/D converters and their application in telemetry, communication 
and instrumentation. 

ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory (2) 

One lecture and three laboratory hours per week. 

Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 314. The specification, design and testing of basic electronic 
circuits and practical interconnections. Emphasis on design with discrete solid state and integrated 
circuit components for both analog and digital circuits. 

ENEE 414 Network Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Network properties: linearity, reciprocity, etc.: 2-Port descriptions and 
generalization: Y. S. hybird matrices: description properties: symmetry, para-unity, etc.: basic topo- 
logical analysis: state-space techniques: computer-aided analysis; sensitivity analysis: approximation 
theory. 

ENEE 416 Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite : ENEE 304. Active and passive components, passivity, bounded and positive real. 
RC properties and synthesis. Brune and Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage and Y2I synthesis, ac- 
tive feedback configurations, image parameter design, computer-aided optimization synthesis via the 
embedding concept. 

ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3) 

Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: permission of instructor and department. Theoretical and ex- 
perimental projects. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of 5 credits. 



330 Graduate Course Descriptions 



ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical Engineering (2-3) 

Hours to be arranged. Prerequisite: completion of sophomore courses and permission of an ap- 
prenticeship director. May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of nine credits. A unique oppor- 
tunity for experience in experimental research and engineering design. A few highly qualified stu- 
dents will be selected as apprentices in one of the research facilities of the electrical engineering de- 
partment and will participate in the current research under the supervision of the laboratory director. 
In the past, apprenticeships have been available in the following laboratories: biomedical, electron 
ring accelerator, gas laser, integrated circuits, simulation and computer, and solid state laser. 

ENEE 420 Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 324. Fourier series, Fourier transforms and linear system analysis; random 
signals, autocorrelation functions and power spectral densities; analog communication systems: am- 
plitude modulation, single-sideband modulation, frequency and phase modulation, sampling theorem 
and pulse-amplitude modulation: digital communication systems pulse-code modulation, phase-shift 
keying, differential phase shift keying, frequency shift keying: performance of analog and digital 
communication systems in the presence of noise. 

ENEE 421 Information Theory and Coding (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 324. Definition of information and entropy: Memoryless and Markov 
sourcces; source coding; Kraft and MacMillan inequalities; Shannon's first theorem; Hoffman Codes; 
Channels, Mutual Information, and Capacity; Shannon's Noisy Channel Coding Theorem: Error 
Correcting Codes. 

ENEE 425 Digital Signal Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 322. Sampling as a modulation process; aliasing; the sampling theorem; the 
Z-transform and discrete-time system analysis: direct and computer-aided design of recursive and 
nonrecursive digital filters; the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT); 
digital filtering using the FFT; analog-to-digital and digital-to analog conversion; effects of quantiza- 
tion and finite- word-length arithmetic. 

ENEE 426 Communication Networks (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. The main design issues associated with ordinary, single- 
user, point-to-point communication systems and their juxtaposition to those involved in multi-user 
systems such as computer networks, satellite systems, radio nets, and general comminication net- 
works. Application of analytical tools of queueing theory to design problems in such networks. 
Review of proposed architectures and protocols. 

ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Networks and Signals (3) 

Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or 300. Introduction in the generation and pro